Hazards of travel
EMERGING
INFECTIOUS DISEASES
A Peer-Reviewed Journal Tracking and Analyzing Disease Trends
Vol.'ll, No.2, February 2005
A Peer-Reviewed Journal Tracking and Analyzing Disease Trends
pages 191-360
EMERGING
INFECTIOUS DISEASES
EDITOR-IN-CHIEF
D. Peter Drotman
EDITORIAL STAFF
Founding Editor
Joseph E. McDade, Rome, Georgia, USA
Managing Senior Editor
Polyxeni Potter, Atlanta, Georgia, USA
Associate Editors
Charles Ben Beard, Ft. Collins, Colorado, USA
David Bell, Atlanta, Georgia, USA
Patrice Courvalin, Paris, France
Stephanie James, Bethesda, Maryland, USA
Brian W.J. Mahy, Atlanta, Georgia, USA
Takeshi Kurata, Tokyo, Japan
Martin I. Meltzer, Atlanta, Georgia, USA
David Morens, Bethesda, Maryland, USA
J. Glenn Morris, Baltimore, Maryland, USA
Tanja Popovic, Atlanta, Georgia, USA
Patricia M. Quinlisk, Des Moines, Iowa, USA
Gabriel Rabinovich, Buenos Aires, Argentina
Didier Raoult, Marseilles, France
Pierre Rollin, Atlanta, Georgia, USA
David Walker, Galveston, Texas, USA
Henrik C. Wegener, Copenhagen, Denmark
Copy Editors
Angie Frey, Ronnie Henry, Anne Mather, Carol Snarey,
Cathy Young
Production
Reginald Tucker, Ann Jordan, Maureen Marshall
Editorial Assistant
Carolyn Collins
www.cdc.gov/eid
Emerging Infectious Diseases
Emerging Infectious Diseases is published monthly by the
National Center for Infectious Diseases, Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Road, Mailstop D61,
Atlanta, GA 30333, USA. Telephone 404-371-5329,
fax 404-371-5449, email eideditor@cdc.gov.
The opinions expressed by authors contributing to this journal
do not necessarily reflect the opinions of the Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention or the institutions with which the authors
are affiliated.
All material published in Emerging Infectious Diseases is in
the public domain and may be used and reprinted without special
permission; proper citation, however, is required.
Use of trade names is for identification only and does not
imply endorsement by the Public Health Service or by the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services.
oo Emerging Infectious Diseases is printed on acid-free paper that meets
the requirements of ANSI/NISO 239.48-1992 (Permanence of Paper)
EDITORIAL BOARD
Dennis Alexander, Addlestone Surrey, United Kingdom
Ban Alios, Nashville, Tennessee, USA
Michael Apicella, Iowa City, Iowa, USA
Barry J. Beaty, Ft. Collins, Colorado, USA
Martin J. Blaser, New York, New York, USA
David Brandling-Bennet, Washington, D.C., USA
Donald S. Burke, Baltimore, Maryland, USA
Jay C. Butler, Anchorage, Alaska
Charles H. Calisher, Ft. Collins, Colorado, USA
Arturo Casadevall, New York, New York, USA
Kenneth C. Castro, Atlanta, Georgia, USA
Thomas Cleary, Houston, Texas, USA
Anne DeGroot, Providence, Rhode Island, USA
Vincent Deubel, Shanghai, China
Ed Eitzen, Washington, D.C., USA
Duane J. Gubler, Honolulu, Hawaii, USA
Scott Halstead, Arlington, Virginia, USA
David L. Heymann, Geneva, Switzerland
Sakae Inouye, Tokyo, Japan
Charles King, Cleveland, Ohio, USA
Keith Klugman, Atlanta, Georgia, USA
S.K. Lam, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
Bruce R. Levin, Atlanta, Georgia, USA
Myron Levine, Baltimore, Maryland, USA
Stuart Levy, Boston, Massachusetts, USA
John S. MacKenzie, Brisbane, Australia
Tom Marrie, Edmonton, Alberta, Canada
John E. McGowan, Jr., Atlanta, Georgia, USA
Stephen S. Morse, New York, New York, USA
Philip P. Mortimer, London, United Kingdom
Fred A. Murphy, Davis, California, USA
Barbara E. Murray, Houston, Texas, USA
P. Keith Murray, Ames, Iowa, USA
Stephen Ostroff, Atlanta, Georgia, USA
Rosanna W. Peeling, Geneva, Switzerland
David H. Persing, Seattle, Washington, USA
Gianfranco Pezzino, Topeka, Kansas, USA
Richard Platt, Boston, Massachusetts, USA
Mario Raviglione, Geneva, Switzerland
Leslie Real, Atlanta, Georgia, USA
David Reiman, Palo Alto, California, USA
Nancy Rosenstein, Atlanta, Georgia, USA
Connie Schmaljohn, Frederick, Maryland, USA
Tom Schwan, Hamilton, Montana, USA
Ira Schwartz, Valhalla, New York, USA
Tom Shinnick, Atlanta, Georgia, USA
Patricia Simone, Atlanta, Georgia, USA
Bonnie Smoak, Bethesda, Maryland, USA
Rosemary Soave, New York, New York, USA
P. Frederick Sparling, Chapel Hill, North Carolina, USA
Jan Svoboda, Prague, Czech Republic
Bala Swaminathan, Atlanta, Georgia, USA
Robert Swanepoel, Johannesburg, South Africa
Phillip Tarr, Seattle, Washington, USA
Timothy Tucker, Cape Town, South Africa
Elaine Tuomanen, Memphis, Tennessee, USA
Mary E. Wilson, Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA
John Ward, Atlanta, Georgia, USA
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
EMERGING
INFECTIOUS DISEASES
A Peer-Reviewed Journal Tracking and Analyzing Disease Trends Vol. 1 1, No. 2, February 2005
On the Cover
Romare Bearden (1911-1988).
The Sea Nymph (1977)
Collage on various papers with paint and
graphite on fiberboard
(111.8 cm x 81.3 cm).
Permanent collection: Glen and Lynn Tobias.
Cover art copyright
Romare Bearden Foundation /
Licensed by VAGA, New York, New York
About the Cover p. 358
Perspective
Distinguishing Febrile Respiratory
Illnesses from SARS 191
K. Khan et al.
Optimal management of febrile respiratory illnesses
during a hypothetical SARS outbreak varies, but
increasing influenza vaccination rates would save
money and lives.
Research
Human Disease from Influenza A
(H5N1), Thailand, 2004 201
T. Chotpitayasunondh et al.
Direct contact with sick poultry, young age,
pneumonia and lymphopenia, and acute respiratory
distress syndrome should prompt specific laboratory
testing for H5 influenza.
No H5N1 Transmission to Hospital
Employees, Hanoi 210
N.T. Liem et al.
A seroprevalence study found no transmission of
avian influenza H5N1 viruses from patients to
hospital employees in Vietnam, 2004.
Bacterial Zoonoses and Infective
Endocarditis, Algeria 216
A. Benslimani et al.
Serologic and molecular tools are important for the
diagnosis of blood culture-negative endocarditis.
Novel Flavivirus or New
Lineage of West Nile Virus 225
T. Bakonyi et al.
Rabensburg virus, isolated from Culex pipiens
mosquitoes in central Europe, represents a new
lineage of West Nile virus or a novel flavivirus of the
Japanese encephalitis virus group.
Survey for Bat Lyssaviruses,
Thailand 232
B. Lumlertdacha et al.
Existence of lyssavirus infection in Thai bats has
been confirmed by demonstration of serum
neutralizing antibodies.
Spotted Fever and Typhus
Group Rickettsioses 237
Y.-J. Choi et al.
Multiplex nested PCR and sequencing analysis
indicated rickettsialike agents in serum specimens
from febrile patients.
Pneumocystis jirovecii in
General Population 245
F.J. Medrano et al.
P. jirovecii colonization can be frequently detected
in immunocompetent adults, which suggests that
the general population could be a source of this
infection.
Cryptosporidiosis Decline after
Membrane Filtration 251
S. Goh et al.
Sporadic cryptosporidiosis and associated hospital
admissions of children declined after membrane
filtration of public drinking water supplies was
introduced.
Carbapenemase in
Enterobacteriaceae, U.S. Rivers . . .260
C. Aubron et al.
Identification of imipenem-resistant Enterobacter
asburiae isolates from distant rivers indicates an
environmental reservoir for carbapenemase genes.
Investigation of Rickettsial
Infection in Brazil 265
L.A. Sangioni et al.
Surveys of horse serum are a useful method of
surveillance for Brazilian spotted fever in areas
where humans are exposed to Amblyomma
cajennense ticks.
Waddlia malaysiensis: New
Chlamydialike Bacterium 271
P.K.B. Chua et al.
A novel obligate intracellular bacterium was isolated
from urine samples from fruit bats ( Eonycteris
spelaea) in peninsular Malaysia.
Quarantine for SARS, Taiwan 278
Y.-H. Hsieh et al.
Quarantine for SARS during the 2003 Taiwan
outbreak expedited case detection, thereby
indirectly preventing infections.
Wild Animal Mortality Monitoring
and Human Ebola 283
P. Rouquet et al.
An animal mortality monitoring network in Gabon
and the Republic of Congo has demonstrated
potential to predict and possibly prevent human
Ebola outbreaks.
EMERGING
INFECTIOUS DISEASES
A Peer-Reviewed Journal Tracking and Analyzing Disease Trends Vol. 1 1, No. 2, February 2005
330 Pneumocystis Transmission in
Pediatric Transplant Unit
B. Hocker et al.
Another Dimension
333 First Self
G. Callahan
Letters
339 Schistosoma mansoni in Family
5 Years after Safari
Historical Review
p. 288 341 Methicillin-resistant
Staphylococcus aureus, Singapore
Smallpox Surveillance and
Control Measures 291
E. Kerrod et al.
Targeted surveillance and containment
interventions have been successful for outbreak
control and should be explored as alternatives to
mass vaccination.
343 Mumps Virus-associated
Hemophagocytic Syndrome
343 Imported Cutaneous Diphtheria,
Germany
344 Antimicrobial Drug Consumption
in Companion Animals
Dispatches
298 In Vitro Host-Cell Susceptibility
to Usutu Virus
T. Bakonyi et al.
302 Bat Incidents at Children’s
Camps, New York
A. Robbins et al.
306 West Nile Virus in Morocco
I. S chuff enecker et al.
310 Differential Detection of
Multiple Respiratory
Pathogens
T. Briese et al.
314 Comparing Aberration
Detection Methods
L. Hutwagner et al.
317 Malaria Epidemic and Drug
Resistance, Djibouti
C. Rogier et al.
322 Late Recognition of SARS in
Nosocomial Outbreak
T. Wong et al.
346
Vibrio cholerae SXT Element, Laos
347
Impact of Influenza Pandemic on
Pacific Islands
349
Mycotic Brain Abscess
351
Tuberculosis in Undocumented
p. 299
Migrants, Geneva
A 9 &
352
Mycobacterium chelonae in
Kidney-Pancreas Recipient
m m %
354
Psychological Effects of
Quarantine (Replies)
Book Reviews
356
Community-based Health
Research
356
The Pneumococcus
357
DNA Amplification
News & Notes
About the Cover
358
Hazards of Travel
326 Typhoid Fever in Children in
Urban Slum, Bangladesh
W.A. Brooks et al.
PERSPECTIVE
Managing Febrile Respiratory
Illnesses during a Hypothetical
SARS Outbreak
Kamran Khan,* Peter Muennig,t Michael Gardam4 and Joshua Graff Zivinj-
Since the World Health Organization declared the
global outbreak of severe acute respiratory syndrome
(SARS) contained in July 2003, new cases have periodical-
ly reemerged in Asia. This situation has placed hospitals
and health officials worldwide on heightened alert. In a
future outbreak, rapidly and accurately distinguishing
SARS from other common febrile respiratory illnesses
(FRIs) could be difficult. We constructed a decision-analy-
sis model to identify the most efficient strategies for manag-
ing undifferentiated FRIs within a hypothetical SARS
outbreak in New York City during the season of respiratory
infections. If establishing reliable epidemiologic links were
not possible, societal costs would exceed $2.0 billion per
month. SARS testing with existing polymerase chain reac-
tion assays would have harmful public health and econom-
ic consequences if SARS made up <0.1% of circulating
FRIs. Increasing influenza vaccination rates among the
general population before the onset of respiratory season
would save both money and lives.
O n July 5, 2003, the World Health Organization
(WHO) declared that human chains of transmission of
severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) had ended.
Since then, new cases of SARS have resurfaced in Asia,
including several in the absence of laboratory exposures.
This reemergence of the SARS -associated coronavirus
(SARS-CoV) has sparked international concern and has
prompted heightened surveillance by hospitals and health
officials worldwide. Such concerns have been amplified
by fears that a future SARS outbreak could coincide with
respiratory infection season, when influenza infections and
other febrile respiratory illnesses (FRIs) develop in large
segments of the population.
Current SARS case-definition and case-exclusion crite-
ria encompass clinical, epidemiologic, and laboratory fea-
*St. Michael’s Hospital, Toronto, Ontario, Canada; fColumbia
University, New York, New York, USA; and ^University Health
Network, Toronto, Ontario, Canada
tures (1). Should the timely establishment of epidemiolog-
ic links between SARS cases be lost in a future outbreak,
frontline healthcare providers would be forced to rely on
clinical signs and symptoms or diagnostic testing to con-
firm or exclude infections with SARS-CoV (2).
Unfortunately, the signs and symptoms of SARS are non-
specific and cannot be used reliably to differentiate SARS
from other FRIs. Moreover, existing serologic tests for
SARS-CoV cannot definitively exclude infection until at
least 4 weeks has elapsed from the onset of symptoms and
thus have no role in early clinical decision making (1).
Although reverse transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction
(RT-PCR) assays used to detect SARS-CoV can provide
test results within a matter of hours, their suboptimal sen-
sitivity makes them inadequate for ruling out SARS (3).
Furthermore, since SARS infections would likely make up
a minute fraction of FRIs circulating among the general
population, the pretest probability, and thus the positive
predictive value of RT-PCR tests, would be extremely low,
even if future generation assays had better test sensitivity
and specificity.
In 2003 and 2004, the emergence of SARS-CoV in
China coincided with respiratory illness season, which
suggests that the virus may resurface during winter
months, like many other respiratory pathogens. Should this
seasonal pattern recur, rapidly and accurately differentiat-
ing SARS infections from other FRIs would become a crit-
ical component of any future outbreak containment efforts
(2,3). This distinction will also continue to be an important
issue among travelers in whom FRIs develop after their
return from SARS -affected areas. However, existing diag-
nostic limitations place frontline healthcare practitioners in
a precarious position, since clinical decisions with poten-
tially dangerous consequences must be made in the face of
uncertainty. Recognizing such limitations, WHO recently
called for the development of evidence-based clinical
algorithms to help address these diagnostic dilemmas (4).
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
191
PERSPECTIVE
Methods
Overview and Definitions
A hypothetical cohort comprising all residents of New
York City was entered into a decision-analysis model. The
model is premised on a SARS outbreak during respirato-
ry season where person-to-person transmission of SARS
is documented and epidemiologic links between cases are
poorly defined. The outbreak was designed to be consis-
tent in size and duration with the Toronto outbreak (5).
The analytic horizon of the analysis was defined as the
expected lifetime of persons living in New York City dur-
ing the 2004-2005 respiratory illness season. FRIs are
defined herein as nonspecific infections caused by
pathogens other than SARS-CoV for which the microbio-
logic origin cannot be determined on the basis of clinical
grounds alone. The model was designed to identify the
most effective and cost-effective uses of societal
resources in managing FRIs of undetermined origin dur-
ing a SARS outbreak.
The analysis was conducted in adherence with the ref-
erence case scenario as defined by the Panel on Cost-
Effectiveness in Health and Medicine (6). All relevant
costs and benefits were considered from the societal per-
spective of New York City, including those related to sec-
ondary transmission of SARS. Since costs and changes in
health-related quality of life in the analysis were limited to
a single respiratory season, no discounting was performed
on these 2 parameters. However, all future years of life lost
due to premature death from infections were discounted at
an annual rate of 3%.
Decision-Analysis Model
A decision-analysis model was constructed by using
DATA 4.0 (TreeAge Software, Williamstown, MA, USA)
that examined 2 competing strategies in the context of a
SARS outbreak coinciding with respiratory season: 1)
home isolation for persons with FRIs of undetermined ori-
gin, pending fever and symptom resolution for at least 24
hours and 2) outpatient diagnostic testing of FRIs to ascer-
tain a microbiologic diagnosis with subsequent test-driven
management. A third complementary strategy entailing
mass influenza vaccination among the general population
before the onset of respiratory season was considered in
conjunction with the above competing strategies.
Primary assumptions of the model were as follows: 1)
epidemiologic linkages between SARS cases are not well
defined; 2) SARS cannot reliably be distinguished from
other FRIs on clinical grounds alone; 3) current SARS
tests cannot definitively rule out infection early in the
course of illness (1,7); 4) public nonadherence to home
isolation guidelines during a SARS outbreak would be
negligible (5,8); 5) positive SARS (RT-PCR) test requires
isolation precautions pending confirmation of the diagno-
sis (2); 6) patients with confirmed SARS cases will be
managed as inpatients pending resolution of the clinical ill-
ness; 7) patients with confirmed SARS cases require isola-
tion precautions for 10 days after resolution of illness (2);
8) persons with FRIs of undetermined origin must be
afebrile and symptom-free for 24 hours before returning to
work; 9) negative SARS (RT-PCR) test alone will have no
influence on SARS isolation precautions (2); 10) negative
SARS (RT-PCR) test result combined with a positive test
for another respiratory pathogen will result in the discon-
tinuation of SARS isolation precautions (2); 11) in the
absence of appropriate isolation precautions, persons with
SARS will transmit infection to 3 additional persons
(9,10); 12) SARS, influenza, respiratory syncytial virus,
and community-acquired pneumonia are the primary caus-
es of death from FRIs; 13) a future SARS outbreak would
be managed by using existing healthcare infrastructure;
and 14) no proven effective treatment for SARS currently
exists.
A plausible range of high and low values for each vari-
able was used to conduct sensitivity analyses, which exam-
ined the influence of parameter error on the results of the
analysis. Selected variables in the model are listed in
Tables 1 and 2.
Composition of FRIs
We used nationally representative data (25,27) in con-
junction with studies published in the medical literature
(11,28-30) to derive our base estimates for an “average”
respiratory season. In our model, the microbiologic origin
of an FRI was categorized into 1 of 4 mutually exclusive
groups: 1) SARS-CoV and coronaviruses OC43 and 229E;
2) influenza viruses A and B; 3) a panel of common respi-
ratory pathogens, including respiratory syncytial viruses A
and B, parainfluenza viruses 1-3, human metapneu-
movirus, Bordetella pertussis , Chlamydia pneumoniae ,
Mycoplasma pneumoniae , Legionella pneumophila , and L.
micdadev, and 4) all other causes.
In our base-case analysis, we assigned the proportion of
FRIs due to SARS to be 0.01%, which was estimated
assuming a SARS outbreak of similar size and duration to
the Toronto outbreak. The proportion of FRIs due to
influenza was derived from 2 large observational studies
conducted over multiple respiratory seasons (11,28) and
was corroborated by dividing the expected proportion of
the U.S. population who get influenza each season (25) by
the proportion of the U.S. population having influenzalike
infections (27). The proportion of FRIs due to the common
respiratory pathogen panel listed above was estimated
from the medical literature (29,30). In our base-case sce-
nario, we estimated that approximately one third of FRIs
would be due to influenza, one third would be due to the
192
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Distinguishing Febrile Respiratory Illnesses from SARS
panel of common respiratory pathogens, and the remaining
one third would be due to other miscellaneous pathogens
not indicated above.
Diagnostic Tests
We evaluated 3 categories of rapid diagnostic tests with
optimal turnaround times of <24 hours. The first category
constitutes RT-PCR assays capable of detecting SARS-
CoV as well as coronaviruses OC43 and 229E (23,24). A
second category includes 2 multiplex PCR assays, which,
when used in combination, can detect 13 different respira-
tory pathogens, including influenza viruses A and B, respi-
ratory syncytial viruses A and B, parainfluenza viruses
1-3, human metapneumo virus, C. pneumoniae , M. pneu-
moniae , L. pneumophila , L. micdadei , and B. pertussis
(20-22). The third category comprises a widely available
enzyme immunoassay capable of rapidly detecting infec-
tions with influenza A and B (19).
The sensitivity and specificity of these tests were
obtained from the medical literature (19-24), while the
positive predictive value of each diagnostic test was calcu-
lated by incorporating the estimated prevalence of specific
pathogens into Bayes’ equation.
Influenza Vaccination
The effectiveness of the influenza vaccine was derived
from the medical literature (31). To account for seasonal
variation between circulating strains of influenza and the
composition of the trivalent vaccine, we varied the effec-
tiveness of the vaccine over a wide range of plausible val-
ues in our sensitivity analysis. The average seasonal
effectiveness of the influenza vaccine was adjusted by
assuming that the vaccine would be poorly matched to cir-
culating influenza strains approximately twice every 10
years (31).
We used data from the U.S. Behavioral Risk Factor
Surveillance System to estimate seasonal influenza vacci-
nation rates among the population of New York City (33).
In our sensitivity analyses, we evaluated the incremental
costs and benefits of raising vaccination rates above this
seasonal average.
Management Algorithms
In our model, the home isolation strategy required per-
sons with FRIs of undetermined origin to remain at home
for at least 24 hours after resolution of illness. We assumed
that adherence to public health guidelines in the setting of
a widespread SARS outbreak would be near universal
(5,8). Under this strategy, we assumed that persons would
attempt to manage their illness at home by using self-care,
visit a healthcare provider if the illness were serious or per-
sistent, or proceed to a hospital if their illness became pro-
gressively severe.
The diagnostic evaluation strategy involved outpatient
testing of persons with FRIs to ascertain a microbiologic
origin. In this strategy, persons with FRIs of undetermined
cause would observe home isolation precautions until the
results of diagnostic tests were available. We assumed that
a positive SARS RT-PCR test would require isolation pre-
cautions for the patient, public health intervention, and
additional testing to confirm the diagnosis (2). We also
assumed that a negative SARS RT-PCR test in conjunction
Table 1 . Selected costs in the decision-analysis model*
Costsf
Low
Base
High
Source
Vaccines and medications
Influenza vaccine
$10.00
$27.78
$40.00
11
Antibiotics for FRIf
Medical care§
$30.00
$64.72
$80.00
12
Ambulatory clinic visit
$40.00
$60.03
$80.00
13
Hospitalization for FRI
$5,000
$1 1 ,645
$15,000
14
Hospitalization for influenza
$7,500
$17,465
$25,000
14
Hospitalization for PUI
$15,000
$19,441
$25,000
14
Hospitalization for SARS
Diagnostic tests
$20,000
$28,502
$40,000
14,15
Rapid influenza test
$15.00
$26.86
$40.00
16
Multiplex^} RT-PCR
$50.00
$154.02
$200.00
Prodesse Inc., pers. comm.
SARS# RT-PCR
$20.00
$54.80
$100.00
Prodesse Inc., pers. comm.
Miscellaneous
Patient time (per hour)
$15.00
$24.55
$30.00
17
Contact investigation (per SARS contact)
$100.00
$222.94
$300.00
5,18
*FRI, febrile respiratory illness; PUI, person under investigation (for SARS); SARS, severe acute respiratory syndrome; RT-PCR, reverse transcription-
polymerase chain reaction.
fMedical and nonmedical costs were adjusted to 2004 U.S. dollars by using the Consumer Price Index.
^Antimicrobial drug costs are based on a 7-day course of oral levofloxacin.
§lncludes laboratory tests, transportation costs, and patient time.
TfDetects influenza viruses A and B, respiratory syncytial viruses A and B, parainfluenza viruses 1-3, human metapneumovirus, Legionella pneumophila,
L. micdadei, Mycoplasma pneumoniae, Chlamydia pneumoniae, and Bordetella pertussis.
#Detects SARS-associated coronavirus and coronaviruses OC43 and 229E.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
193
PERSPECTIVE
Table 2. Selected probabilities in the decision-analysis model*
Selected probabilities
Low
Base
High
Source
Diagnostic tests
Sensitivity of influenza test
0.50
0.70
0.90
19
Specificity of influenza test
0.80
0.95
0.99
19
Sensitivity of multiplex! RT-PCR
0.70
0.85
0.95
20-22
Specificity of multiplex! RT-PCR
0.80
0.987
0.99
20-22
Sensitivity of SARSf RT-PCR
0.25
0.70
0.95
4,23
Specificity of SARSf RT-PCR
Morbidity and mortality
0.95
0.994
1.00
23,24
Hospitalization due to influenza
0.002
0.004
0.01
25
Death due to influenza
0.0
0.0012
0.01
25,26
Hospitalization due to FRI
0.010
0.015
0.02
Calculated
Death due to FRI
0.0
0.0009
0.01
Calculated
Death due to SARS
0.10
0.15
0.20
24
Miscellaneous probabilities
Probability of an FRI
0.10
0.33
0.50
27
Due to influenza
0.20
0.33
0.50
11,25,27,28
Due to multiplex! organisms other than
influenza
0.20
0.33
0.50
29,30
Due to other causes§
0.20
0.33
0.50
Calculated
Due to SARS
0.0
0.0001
0.01
Assigned
Influenza vaccine effectiveness
0.35
0.67
0.85
31
Annual probability of poor match between
vaccine and circulating influenza strains
0.05
0.20
0.50
31
Probability of successful self-care
management of an FRI at home
0.33
0.67
1.00
Assumption
Probability of receiving outpatient
antimicrobial drugs for an FRI
0.33
0.67
1.00
32
Miscellaneous values
Patient time for outpatient medical visit (min)
30
50
90
Estimate
Influenza length of illness (d)
3
7
10
31
Other FRIjf length of illness (d)
1
3
5
Estimate
Average duration of hospitalization, influenza
(d)
Average duration of hospitalization, FRI^j (d)
5
10.2
15
14
3
7.7
10
14
Average duration of hospitalization, SARS
(d)
HRQL scores
10
16
30
15
SARS, hospitalized
0.05
0.160
0.50
HUI
SARS, outpatient
0.25
0.670
0.75
HUI
SARS, contact
0.50
0.785
0.95
HUI
FRI, hospitalized
0.25
0.511
0.75
HUI
FRI, outpatient
0.50
0.804
0.95
HUI
Reproductive number for SARS#
2
3
4
9,10
Contact investigations (per SARS case)
25
50
100
5
*RT-PCR, reverse transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction; SARS, severe acute respiratory syndrome; FRI, febrile respiratory illness; HRQL, health-
related quality of life; HUI, Health Utilities Index.
fRefers to influenza viruses A and B, respiratory syncytial viruses A and B, parainfluenza viruses 1-3, human metapneumovirus, Legionella pneumophila,
L. micdadei, Mycoplasma pneumoniae, Chlamydia pneumoniae, and Bordetella pertussis.
^Detects SARS-associated coronavirus and coronaviruses OC43 and 229E.
§Febrile respiratory illnesses not due to SARS, influenza viruses A and B, respiratory syncytial viruses A and B, parainfluenza viruses 1-3, human
metapneumovirus, L. pneumophila, L. micdadei, M. pneumoniae, C. pneumoniae, and B. pertussis.
IJFebrile respiratory illnesses not due to SARS or influenza viruses A and B.
#ln the absence of public health interventions.
with a positive test for an alternate respiratory pathogen
would lead to the elimination of isolation precautions (2).
If all test results were negative, we assumed that isolation
precautions would remain in effect, since current SARS
RT-PCR assays are not sufficiently sensitive to rule out
SARS (2). We also assumed that persons with FRIs, for
which the microbiologic origin was confirmed to be due to
a pathogen other than SARS-CoV, would return to work
only after resolution of their illness.
Under each strategy, we considered the possibility that
persons with FRIs seeking medical care might receive
antimicrobial drugs during their evaluation. We estimated
194
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Distinguishing Febrile Respiratory Illnesses from SARS
this probability by using data from the National
Ambulatory Medical Care Survey (32).
Illness and Death
Changes in health-related quality of life (HRQL),
including the impact of isolation, due to SARS and other
FRIs were derived by using the Health Utilities Index
Mark 3 (HUI) (34). We used the HUI to minimize double
counting of productivity losses, since HRQL scores gener-
ated from this instrument do not include productivity loss-
es (William Furlong, pers. comm.). Parameters for the HUI
were derived from a panel of 4 specialist physicians with
clinical experience managing SARS patients in Toronto.
These physicians did not directly value health states, but
rather functioned as expert “describers,” who facilitated
the mapping of heath states to community-based prefer-
ence scores from the HUI.
SARS, influenza, respiratory syncytial virus, and com-
munity-acquired pneumonia due to typical and atypical
bacteria were assumed to be the primary contributors of
death from FRIs on a population level. Mortality data for
community-acquired pneumonia were obtained from the
National Center for Health Statistics (35); data for SARS,
influenza, and respiratory syncytial virus were obtained
from the medical literature (24,26,36). We estimated that
patients with SARS would each transmit infection to 3
other persons if appropriate isolation precautions were not
observed (e.g., false-negative SARS RT-PCR test com-
bined with a false-positive test for an alternate diagnosis)
(9,10).
Costs and Charges
Costs attributable to transportation, ambulatory care
(13), laboratory tests (16), influenza vaccination (11),
antimicrobial agents (12), hospitalization (14,15), public
health investigation (5,18), and patient time (17) were
included in the analysis. Transportation costs to see a med-
ical provider were derived by using U.S. national data and
were adjusted to account for the estimated proportion of
the population driving, using public transportation, or trav-
eling by other means such as biking or walking. The base
cost of an ambulatory care visit was estimated by using the
national average 2000 Medicare reimbursement rates for a
focused medical evaluation (CPT-code 99213); the cost of
the rapid influenza test was derived from the Centers for
Medicare and Medicaid Services (16). The costs of the
SARS RT-PCR assay and the multiplex PCR assays used
to detect the common respiratory pathogen panel were
obtained from a test manufacturer and included 15 minutes
of technician time (Prodesse Inc., pers. comm.)(18).
Influenza vaccination and antimicrobial drug costs
were obtained by using average wholesale prices of phar-
maceuticals (11,12). The costs and frequency of adverse
reactions to influenza vaccination were estimated from the
medical literature and incorporated into the net costs and
benefits of the vaccine (37).
Hospital charges and the average length of stay for
patients with influenza and other respiratory infections
requiring hospitalization were estimated from the
Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project (14). The
Medicare Provider Analysis and Review system was used
to derive cost-to-charge ratios and subsequently convert
hospital charges into societal costs (38). Per diem hospital-
ization costs for SARS were approximated by using ICD-
9 code 769, “respiratory distress syndrome,” which was
subsequently multiplied by the average length of stay for
hospitalized patients with SARS (15). Public health costs,
including contact investigation, were estimated from the
Toronto SARS experience (5).
Patient time costs were estimated from data on the
median salary of persons living in New York City and
included time spent in travel and receiving medical care
(17). When applicable, medical and nonmedical costs were
adjusted to 2004 U.S. dollars by using the Consumer Price
Index. The potential economic effects of a SARS outbreak
on tourism or other commercial industries were not consid-
ered in the analysis.
Results
If SARS were to resurface during the 2004-2005 respi-
ratory season and the timely establishment of epidemio-
logic links between SARS cases was not possible, our
analysis estimates that the societal costs for New York City
would exceed $2.0 billion for each month in which the
SARS outbreak and respiratory season coincided.
In our base-case analysis, we found the use of multiplex
PCR assays to detect infections with a broad panel of com-
mon respiratory pathogens to be the dominant strategy,
saving $79 million and resulting in the gain of 8,474 qual-
ity-adjusted life-years (QALYs) relative to a strategy of
home isolation. If SARS RT-PCR testing were used in con-
junction with multiplex PCR assays in our base-case sce-
nario, however, we estimate that costs would increase by
about $87 million and have lower effectiveness than mul-
tiplex PCR testing alone. These findings are directly
related to the very low positive predictive value of the
SARS RT-PCR test under low prevalence conditions and
the harm resulting from false-positive test results.
If SARS testing were unavailable, confirming an alter-
nate diagnosis for an FRI would be the most effective and
least expensive strategy, dominating a strategy of influen-
za testing alone or home isolation. However, if multiplex
PCR testing were also unavailable, home isolation would
be the least expensive strategy, albeit less effective than
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
195
PERSPECTIVE
testing for influenza alone. Rapid influenza testing would
be accomplished at an incremental cost of $9.0 million but
would result in gains of 5,286 QALYs (incremental cost-
effectiveness ratio of $1,702 per QALY gained). If the
described outbreak were to unfold, a campaign to increase
influenza vaccination rates among the general population
before the onset of respiratory season would save an esti-
mated $5.0 million and lead to the gain of 128 QALYs for
each percentage of New York City’s population vaccinated
above the seasonal baseline.
The total costs, the number of QALYs gained, and the
incremental cost-effectiveness of each strategy in the
model is shown in Table 3. The results of sensitivity analy-
ses are shown in Table 4 and Figure 1 . Algorithms outlin-
ing optimal treatment strategies under different testing
capabilities are shown in Figure 2.
Discussion
Our analysis indicates that current diagnostic limita-
tions in discriminating SARS from other common FRIs
could have enormous public health and economic conse-
quences, particularly if epidemiologic links between
SARS cases were to become tenuous. Under such condi-
tions, we found that most costs would not be related to
SARS infections themselves, but rather to procedural
changes in the management of other FRIs due to the
known or perceived presence of SARS.
We report 3 key findings with direct policy relevance.
First, in our base analysis, the most efficient mechanism
for discriminating SARS infections from other FRIs
involves excluding SARS by confirming an alternate diag-
nosis. This approach is the most cost-effective strategy
under low prevalence conditions since the positive predic-
tive value of SARS RT-PCR tests would be extremely low,
and false-positive SARS tests would have deleterious soci-
etal repercussions. While the Centers for Disease Control
and Prevention supports an approach of excluding SARS
by confirming an alternate diagnosis (2), caution is advised
since SARS coinfection with other respiratory pathogens,
including the human metapneumo virus, has been docu-
mented (39).
Second, we demonstrate that SARS testing under low
prevalence conditions would be detrimental from both a
public health and an economic perspective. In our analysis,
the low positive predictive value of the SARS RT-PCR test
translates into unnecessary costs from diagnostic testing,
public health interventions, and lost opportunity costs for
persons with false-positive test results. Moreover, negative
consequences on quality of life would occur when persons
are incorrectly diagnosed as having an infection with
SARS. Our sensitivity analyses indicate that SARS diag-
nostic testing should not be performed unless the preva-
lence or pretest probability of SARS among persons
presenting with FRIs exceeds 0.1%.
Third, the use of influenza vaccination as a means to
distinguish SARS from influenza has been debated (40). In
our analysis, we find that if SARS reemerged during respi-
ratory season, higher rates of influenza vaccination among
the general population would lead to both health benefits
and economic savings. These savings would occur by
reductions in influenza illness and death, reductions in
costs related to the investigation and isolation of persons
with FRIs, and increases in the pretest probability of SARS
and, therefore, the positive predictive value of SARS diag-
nostic testing. The policy implications of these findings,
however, must be carefully considered in the context of
available influenza vaccine supplies and must ensure their
prioritization for groups at high risk (40).
Our analysis has several limitations. Foremost was our
inability to derive specific estimates of the proportion of
FRIs due to specific pathogens. Since the seasonal compo-
sition of respiratory viruses and bacteria varies across
regions and seasons, we attempted to derive estimates that
best reflected seasonal averages. Although national
Table 3. Cost-effectiveness of strategies for managing FRIs of undetermined etiology*
Available public health strategies
Monthly total
Costs ($ billion)! QALY gained Incremental cost-effectiveness (cost per QALY gained)
Flome isolation
2.13
0
-
Influenza testing
2.14
5,286
$1,702
Flome isolation
2.13
0
-
Influenza testing
2.14
5,286
Dominated
Multiplex RT-PCR testing!
2.05
8,474
Savings
Flome isolation
2.13
0
-
SARS + influenza testing
2.19
5,280
Dominated
Influenza testing
2.14
5,286
Dominated
SARS + multiplex RT-PCR testing!
2.14
8,429
Dominated
Multiplex RT-PCR testing!
2.05
8,474
Savings
*FRI, febrile respiratory illness; QALY, quality-adjusted life-year; RT-PCR, reverse transcription-polymerase chain reaction; -, reference category.
fShown in 2004 U.S. dollars rounded to the nearest 10 million.
^Multiplex RT-PCR testing to detect influenza viruses A and B, respiratory syncytial viruses A and B, parainfluenza viruses 1-3, human
metapneumovirus, Bordetella pertussis, Chlamydia pneumoniae, Mycoplasma pneumoniae, Legionella pneumophila, and L. micdadei.
196
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Table 4. Threshold values from one-way sensitivity analyses*
Distinguishing Febrile Respiratory Illnesses from SARS
SARS prevalence (%)f
Appropriate strategy
Broad testing capabilities^
<0.1% Multiplex§ RT-PCR testing alone is the most effective and least expensive (i.e., dominant)
strategy.
0.1 %-0.9% Combination of SARS and multiplex§ RT-PCR testing is the most effective strategy, while
multiplex PCR testing alone is the least expensive strategy.
>0.9% Combination of SARS and multiplex}: RT-PCR§ testing is the most effective strategy, while home
isolation is the least expensive strategy.
Intermediate testing capabilities^
<0.9% Multiplex§ RT-PCR testing alone is the most effective and least expensive (i.e., dominant)
strategy.
>0.9% Multiplex§ RT-PCR testing alone is the most effective strategy, while home isolation is the least
expensive strategy.
Minimal testing capabilities#
<1 .9% Rapid influenza testing is more effective than home isolation.
Any Home isolation is less expensive than rapid influenza testing.
Influenza is >36% of FRIs Rapid influenza testing is the dominant strategy.
*SARS, severe acute respiratory syndrome; FRI, febrile respiratory illness; RT-PCR, reverse transcription-polymerase chain reaction.
■{■Prevalence or pretest probability of SARS among circulating FRIs.
^Capable of performing rapid influenza antigen detection tests, multiplex polymerase chain reaction assays to detect influenza viruses A and B,
respiratory syncytial viruses A and B, parainfluenza viruses 1-3, human metapneumovirus, Bordetella pertussis, Chlamydia pneumoniae, Mycoplasma
pneumoniae, Legionella pneumophila, and L, micdadei, and coronavirus assays to detect SARS-associated coronavirus and coronaviruses OC43 and
229E (with test turnaround times <24 hours).
§Refers to influenza viruses A and B, respiratory syncytial viruses A and B, parainfluenza viruses 1-3, human metapneumovirus, B, pertussis, C.
pneumoniae, M. pneumoniae, L. pneumophila, and L. micdadei.
IJCapable of performing rapid influenza antigen detection tests, multiplex PCR assays to detect influenza viruses A and B, respiratory syncytial viruses A
and B, parainfluenza viruses 1-3, human metapneumovirus, B. pertussis, C. pneumoniae, M. pneumoniae, L. pneumophila, and L. micdadei (with test
turnaround times of <24 hours).
#Capable of performing rapid influenza antigen detection tests (with test turnaround times of <24 hours).
surveillance data on influenza are available, information
on other common respiratory pathogens are more limited,
since most of these pathogens are self-limited, nonre-
portable diseases, for which treatment is infrequently
sought.
We estimated the sensitivity of current SARS RT-PCR
assays to be -70% (4); however, we recognize that the type
of specimen tested and the timing of collection can influ-
ence the test’s sensitivity (4,36). In our base-case scenario,
in which SARS represented 0.01% of all circulating FRIs,
changes in SARS RT-PCR test sensitivity had a negligible
impact on overall societal costs and population health. If
the pretest probability of SARS were to increase substan-
tially above our baseline, however, SARS RT-PCR test
sensitivity would have an increasingly important influence
on the effectiveness of strategies involving SARS testing.
Our reported test sensitivity for the multiplex PCR
assays, which detect common respiratory viruses and bac-
teria, is lower than values reported in the medical literature
(20-22). Since estimates in the literature reflect experi-
mental conditions and are essentially measures of test effi-
cacy, we wished to estimate real-world effectiveness of
these tests by taking into account factors such as ineffec-
tive specimen collection methods, delays in laboratory
testing, or other related factors.
Our analysis demonstrates that influenza vaccination
would lead to cost-savings, which has been reported in
other studies of healthy adults in the pre-SARS era (31,37).
However, the specific benefits quantified in our analysis
would only be realized if the conditions of the model were
to occur, i.e., the reemergence of SARS during a respirato-
ry season, when epidemiologic links between cases are
poorly defined.
Finally, our analysis does not adequately address the
complexities of microbiologic coinfection in the develop-
ment of FRIs. While our model allows for multiple posi-
tive test results, we assume that only 1 organism is
responsible for causing an FRI. This issue is particularly
relevant when considering SARS coinfection with other
respiratory organisms (39). Nonetheless, in our analysis
the effect of SARS coinfection on a population level is
minimal given that SARS -Co V infections make up only
0.01% of all FRIs.
Speculation about the reemergence of SARS has
prompted heightened surveillance by health officials
worldwide. Given that SARS has resurfaced in each of the
past 2 respiratory seasons in the absence of accidental lab-
oratory exposures, SARS -Co V may reappear annually at
times when FRIs are widely prevalent among the general
population. Even if the world does not experience another
large-scale, multinational outbreak, healthcare providers
around the globe will continue to see patients with nonspe-
cific FRIs who are incidentally returning from SARS-
affected areas. This fact underscores the importance of
having evidence-based guidelines to facilitate the timely
and accurate distinction of SARS infections from other
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
197
PERSPECTIVE
prgtwbitft y <at SARS iimnog undiff .w.mtLrtlnrl FRk
Figure 1. Two-way sensitivity analysis on the prevalence (i.e.,
pretest probability) of severe acute respiratory syndrome and
influenza among undifferentiated febrile respiratory illnesses. A)
Preferred strategies to minimize societal costs. B) Preferred strate-
gies to maximize societal health.
FRIs of lesser public health importance. Our analysis pro-
vides guidance on the most effective and efficient use of
resources when managing persons with FRIs of undeter-
mined etiology when the epidemiologic history for SARS
is either unavailable or unreliable. Our findings will help
policy makers and healthcare practitioners make decisions
based on available evidence and avoid decisions that are
driven by fear and misinformation.
Acknowledgments
We are indebted to James Brunton, Kevin Gough, Mona
Loutfy, and Sharon Walmsely for sharing their SARS knowledge
and experience; Arthur Slutsky for his insightful comments on the
manuscript; Marisa Creatore and Peter Gozdyra for their assis-
tance in developing the decision analysis model; and Mohammad
Keshoofy for his assistance in preparing this manuscript.
This research was jointly conducted by the Inner City Health
Research Unit, St. Michael’s Hospital, Toronto, and the Mailman
School of Public Health, Columbia University, New York City.
Funding for this study was provided by the Canadian
Institutes of Health Research and Columbia University. Joshua
Figure 2. Optimal management of undifferentiated febrile respira-
tory illnesses under different testing capabilities. pSARS, preva-
lence (i.e., pretest probability) of severe acute respiratory
syndrome among febrile respiratory illnesses. Values are rounded
to the nearest fraction.
Graff Zivin is the recipient of an unrestricted research grant from
the Merck Company Foundation to study medical innovation and
health policy. None of the authors bears financial conflicts of
interest pertaining to influenza vaccination, diagnostic tests, or
any other elements of the study.
Dr. Khan is an infectious diseases specialist with advanced
training in preventive medicine and public health. He is an assis-
tant professor of medicine at St. Michael’s Hospital, University
of Toronto, where he conducts research on infectious diseases in
new immigrant and refugee populations. His additional research
interests include population mobility, the global movement of
infectious diseases, health economics, and decision and cost-
effectiveness analyses.
References
1. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Revised U.S. surveil-
lance case definition for severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS)
and update on SARS cases — United States and worldwide, December
2003. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2003;52:1202-6.
2. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Clinical guidance on the
identification and evaluation of possible SARS-CoV disease among
persons presenting with community-acquired illness [monograph on
the Internet]. 2004 Jan 8 [cited 2004 Jan 28]. Available from
http ://www. cdc . go v/ncidod/ sars/pdf/clinicalguidance .pdf
198
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
PERSPECTIVE
3. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Public health guidance
for community-level preparedness and response to severe acute res-
piratory syndrome (SARS) version 2/3 [monograph on the Internet].
2004 Jul 20 [cited 2004 Nov 23]. Available from http://www.cdc.
go v/ncidod/ sars/ guidance
4. World Health Organization. Summary of the discussion and recom-
mendations of the SARS laboratory workshop [monograph on the
Internet]. 2003 Oct 22 [cited 2004 Jan 28]. Available from
http ://w ww. who .int/csr/ sars/ guidelines/ en/S ARSLabmeeting .pdf
5. Basrur SV. Toronto Public Health’s response to the severe acute res-
piratory syndrome (SARS) outbreak 2003. Report to board of health
[monograph on the Internet]. 2003 Sep 9 [cited 2004 Jan 28].
Available from http://www.city.toronto.on.ca/health/pdf/boh_2003
septl5_tph_response_to_sars.pdf
6. Gold MR, Siegel JE, Russel LB, Weinstein MC, editors. Cost-effec-
tiveness in health and medicine. New York: Oxford University Press;
1996.
7. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Interpreting SARS-CoV
test results from CDC and other public health laboratories [mono-
graph on the Internet]. 2004 Jan 8 [cited 2004 Jan 28]. Available from
http://www.cdc.gOv/ncidod/sars/guidance/F/pdf/app7.pdf
8. Blendon RJ, Benson JM, DesRoches CM, Raleigh E, Taylor-Clark K.
The public’s response to severe acute respiratory syndrome in
Toronto and the United States. Clin Infect Dis. 2004;38:925-31.
9. Lipsitch M, Cohen T, Cooper B, Robins J, Ma S, James L, et al.
Transmission dynamics and control of severe acute respiratory syn-
drome. Science. 2003;300:1966-70.
10. Riley S, Fraser C, Donnelly CA, Ghani AC, Abu-Raddad LJ, Hedley
AJ, et al. Transmission dynamics of the etiological agent of SARS in
Hong Kong: impact of public health interventions. Science.
2003;300:1961-6.
11. Bridges C, Thompson W, Meltzer M, Reeve G, Talamonti W, Cox N,
et al. Effectiveness and cost-benefit of influenza vaccination of
healthy working adults. JAMA. 2000;284:1655-63.
12. Drug topics red book: pharmacy’s fundamental resource. Montvale
(NJ): Medical Economics; 2003.
13. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Medicare payment sys-
tems and coding files - physician fee schedule [monograph on the
Internet]. [cited 2004 Jan 28]. Available from
http://www.cms.gov/physicians/pfs/default.asp
14. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. Healthcare cost and uti-
lization project [database on the Internet]. 2001 [cited 2004 Jan 28].
Available from http://hcup.ahrq.gov/HCUPnet.asp
15. Ontario Ministry of Health and Long Term Care, Public Health
Division, Epi-Centre. SARS database. 2004. Toronto, Canada.
16. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Medicare payment sys-
tems and coding files - clinical laboratory fee schedule [monograph
on the Internet], [cited 2004 Jan 28]. Available from
http ://w w w. cms .gov/ pro vider s/puf do wnload/def ault . asp#labf ee
17. Bureau of Labor Statistics. Mean hourly earnings and weekly hours
by selected characteristics, private industry and state and local gov-
ernment [monograph on the Internet]. 2002 Apr [cited 2004 Jan 28].
Available from http://www.bls.gov/ncs/ocs/sp/ncbl0497.txd
18. Bureau of Labor Statistics. National occupational employment and
wage estimates; healthcare practitioner and technical occupations
[monograph on the Internet]. 2003 Nov 26 [cited 2004 Jan 28].
Available from http://www.bls.gov/oes/2002/oes_29He.htm
19. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Laboratory diagnostic
procedures for influenza [monograph on the Internet], [cited 2004 Jan
28]. Available from: http://www.cdc.gov/flu/professionals/labdiagno-
sis.htm
20. Hindiyeh M. Hillyard DR. Carroll KC. Evaluation of the Prodesse
Hexaplex multiplex PCR assay for direct detection of seven respira-
tory viruses in clinical specimens. Am J Clin Pathol.
2001;116:218-24.
21. Fan J. Henrickson KJ. Savatski LL. Rapid simultaneous diagnosis of
infections with respiratory syncytial viruses A and B, influenza virus-
es A and B, and human parainfluenza virus types 1, 2, and 3 by mul-
tiplex quantitative reverse transcription-polymerase chain
reaction- enzyme hybridization assay (Hexaplex). Clin Infect Dis.
1998;26:1397-402.
22. Welti M, Jaton K, Altwegg M, Sahli R, Wenger A, Bille J.
Development of a multiplex real-time quantitative PCR assay to
detect Chlamydia pneumoniae, Legionella pneumophila and
Mycoplasma pneumoniae in respiratory tract secretions. Diagn
Microbiol Infect Dis. 2003;45:85-95.
23. Chan HK, Poon LLLM, Cheng VCC, Guan Y, Hung IFN, Kong J, et
al. Detection of SARS coronavirus in patients with suspected SARS.
Emerg Infect Dis [serial on the Internet]. 2004 Feb [cited 2004 Jan
28]. Available from http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/EID/voll0no2/03-
0610.htm
24. World Health Organization. Consensus document on the epidemiolo-
gy of severe acute respiratory syndrome [monograph on the Internet].
2003 [cited 2004 Jan 28]. Available from http://www.who.int/csr/
sars/en/WHOconsensus.pdf
25. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Influenza: the disease
[monograph on the Internet]. 2004 Nov 15 [cited 2004 Nov 23].
Available from http://www.cdc.gov/flu/about/disease.htm
26. Thompson WW, Shay DK, Weintraub E, Brammer L, Cox N,
Anderson LJ, et al. Mortality associated with influenza and respirato-
ry syncytial virus in the United States. JAMA. 2003;289:179-86.
27. Adams PF, Hendershot GE, Marano MA. Current estimates from the
National Health Interview Survey, 1996. National Center for Health
Statistics. Vital Health Stat. 1099; 10.
28. Zambon M, Stockton J, Clewley J, Fleming D. Contribution of
influenza and respiratory syncytial virus to community cases of
influenza-like illness: an observational study. Lancet.
2001;358:1410-6.
29. Lieberman D, Shvartzman P, Ben-Yaakov M, Lazarovich Z, Hoffman
S, Mosckovitz R, et al. Etiology of respiratory tract infection in adults
in a general practice setting. Eur J Clin Microbiol Infect Dis.
1998;17:685-9.
30. Lieberman D, Lieberman D, Korsonsky I, Ben-Yaakov M,
Lazarovich Z, Friedman MG, et al. A comparative study of the etiol-
ogy of adult upper and lower respiratory tract infections in the com-
munity. Diagn Microbiol Infect Dis. 2002;42:21-8.
31. Nichol K. Cost-benefit analysis of a strategy to vaccinate healthy
working adults against influenza. Arch Intern Med.
2001;161:749-59.
32. Steinman M, Landefeld C, Gonzales R. Predictors of broad-spectrum
antibiotic prescribing for acute respiratory tract infections in adult
primary care. JAMA. 2003;289:719-25.
33. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Behavioral Risk Factor
Surveillance System [database on the Internet], [cited 2004 Jan 28].
Available from http://www.cdc.gov/brfss/
34. Feeny DH, Furlong W, Boyle M, Torrance GW. Multiattribute health
status classification systems: Health Utilities Index.
Pharmacoeconomics. 1 995 ;7 :490-502.
35. Multiple cause of death public use file for 2000 data [software].
Hyattsville (MD): National Center for Health Statistics; 2000.
36. Peiris JSM, Yuen KY, Osterhaus ADME, Stohr K. The severe acute
respiratory syndrome. N Engl J Med. 2003;349:2431-41.
37. Muennig P, Khan K. Cost-effectiveness of vaccination versus treat-
ment of influenza in healthy adolescents and adults. Clin Infect Dis.
2001;33:1879-85.
38. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Medicare provider and
analysis review (MEDPAR) of short stay hospitals, 2001 [monograph
on the Internet]. 2004 Sep 17 [cited 2004 Nov 23]. Available from
http://cms.hhs.gov/statistics/medpar/default.asp
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
199
PERSPECTIVE
39. Chan PK, Tam JS, Lam CW, Chan E, Wu A, Li CK, et al. Human
metapneumovirus detection in patients with severe acute respiratory
syndrome. Emerg Infect Dis. 2003;9:1058-63.
The opinions expressed by authors contributing to this journal do
not necessarily reflect the opinions of the Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention or the institutions with which the authors
are affiliated.
40. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. SARS, influenza, and
use of influenza vaccine. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep.
2003;52:941-2.
Address for correspondence: Kamran Khan, Inner City Health Research
Unit, St. Michael’s Hospital, 30 Bond St, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5B
1W8; fax: 416-864-5485; email: km.khan@utoronto.ca
To receive tables of contents of new issues send an email to iistserve@dc.gov with subscribe eid-toc in the body of your message.
200
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Human Disease from Influenza A
(H5N 1), Thailand, 2004
Tawee Chotpitayasunondh,* Kumnuan Ungchusak,t Wanna Hanshaoworakul,f
Supamit Chunsuthiwat,t Pathom Sawanpanyalert,t Rungruen Kijphati,t Sorasak Lochindarat,*
Panida Srisan,* Pongsan Suwan,t Yutthasak Osotthanakorn,f Tanakorn Anantasetagoon,t
Supornchai Kanjanawasri,t Sureeporn Tanupattarachai,t Jiranun Weerakul,t
Ruangsri Chaiwirattana,t Monthira Maneerattanaporn,t Rapol Poolsavatkitikool,t
Kulkunya Chokephaibulkit,± Anucha Apisarnthanarak,§ and Scott F. Dowell^
Influenza A (H5N1) is endemic in poultry across much
of Southeast Asia, but limited information exists on the dis-
tinctive features of the few human cases. In Thailand, we
instituted nationwide surveillance and tested respiratory
specimens by polymerase chain reaction and viral isola-
tion. From January 1 to March 31, 2004, we reviewed 610
reports and identified 12 confirmed and 21 suspected
cases. All 12 confirmed case-patients resided in villages
that experienced abnormal chicken deaths, 9 lived in
households whose backyard chickens died, and 8 reported
direct contact with dead chickens. Seven were children <14
years of age. Fever preceded dyspnea by a median of 5
days, and lymphopenia significantly predicted acute respi-
ratory distress syndrome development and death. Among
hundreds of thousands of potential human cases of influen-
za A (H5N1 ) in Asia, a history of direct contact with sick
poultry, young age, pneumonia and lymphopenia, and pro-
gression to acute respiratory distress syndrome should
prompt specific laboratory testing for H5 influenza.
T he 1997 outbreak of avian influenza in Hong Kong
challenged the prevailing hypothesis that avian
influenza viruses could infect humans only after passing
through pigs or other intermediate hosts. In that outbreak,
18 persons were infected with influenza A (H5N1) virus, 6
died (1), and the epidemiologic and virologic evidence
strongly suggested that direct contact with infected poultry
was the route of transmission (1-3). All known influenza
A virus subtypes that express hemagglutinins HI to HI 5
and neuraminidases N1 to N9 are found in wild waterfowl
(4,5), but only HI, H2, or H3 hemagglutinin subtypes had
*Queen Sirikit National Institute of Child Health, Bangkok,
Thailand; fMinistry of Public Health, Nonthaburi, Thailand; 4Siriraj
Hospital, Bangkok, Thailand; §Thammasat University Hospital,
Bangkok, Thailand; and ^International Emerging Infections
Program, Nonthaburi, Thailand
previously been known to cause human illness. Since
1997, avian outbreaks with some subtypes of influenza A
viruses have been reported to cause mostly mild or inap-
parent infection in humans. For example, 2 mild clinical
cases of H9N2 infection occurred in Hong Kong (6), and a
large outbreak of conjunctivitis caused by H7N7 occurred
in the Netherlands (7).
In late 2003 and early 2004, outbreaks of highly patho-
genic avian influenza A (H5N1) virus infection were
reported to cause lethal illness among poultry in at least 8
Asian countries (Cambodia, Indonesia, Japan, Laos, South
Korea, China, Vietnam, and Thailand) (8). The first human
cases were confirmed in Vietnam and Thailand in January
2004, and some clinical features of the first 5 Thai cases
and 10 Vietnamese cases have been reported (9,10).
Despite the fact that new outbreaks among poultry contin-
ued to be reported through the time of this writing (August
2004), human cases have not been recognized outside of
Thailand and Vietnam. This finding may be in part because
pneumonia is very common, and the distinguishing fea-
tures of pneumonia caused by influenza A (H5N1) are not
widely appreciated. We report the clinical details of 12
confirmed cases in Thailand and compare these with 21
suspected but unconfirmed cases and 577 reported cases
that were later excluded. In addition, predictors of severe
disease, pathologic features, and epidemiologic exposures
are analyzed and discussed.
Methods
Epidemiologic Investigations
Nationwide surveillance to detect influenza A (H5N1)
was initiated by the Thai Ministry of Public Health in
December 2003, after outbreaks of sudden death in poultry
were reported in some provinces in the central region.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
201
RESEARCH
Under this newly established surveillance system, all
patients visiting the health services with pneumonia or
influenzalike illness were asked if they had been exposed
to ill poultry during the preceding 7 days or had resided in
an area where abnormal poultry deaths occurred during the
preceding 14 days. Influenzalike illness was defined
according to the World Health Organization (WHO) rec-
ommendations, which require acute fever (temperature
>38.0°C) and either cough or sore throat in the absence of
other diagnoses. Patients admitted with pneumonia or
influenza and either of these poultry exposures were
reported through the provincial public health office to the
regional disease prevention and control centers and also to
Bureau of Epidemiology at the Ministry of Public Health.
Throat or nasopharyngeal swabs and serum samples were
collected for viral study at the Thai National Institute of
Health, Department of Medical Sciences. Staff members
from the provincial health office visited family members to
confirm history of exposure and assess the household envi-
ronment.
Patients with confirmed cases of H5N 1 were defined as
patients reported to the system who had laboratory evi-
dence of influenza A (H5N1) infection. Suspected case-
patients were defined as patients with reported exposure to
ill poultry and severe pneumonia, or patients with expo-
sure and laboratory evidence of influenza A infection not
confirmed as H5N1. Excluded case-patients were all
remaining patients reported through the system who did
not meet the exposure criteria or who lacked laboratory
evidence of influenza A (H5N1) infection, including those
with infections caused by influenza A H3 or HI, as well as
other laboratory-confirmed pneumonia pathogens.
We performed comparisons of dichotomous variables
by using chi-square or Fisher exact tests, as appropriate,
and t tests for continuous variables that were normally
distributed, or Wilcoxon rank-sum tests for other continu-
ous variables. We considered p values of <0.05 to be
significant.
Laboratory Investigations
Respiratory specimens (including nasopharyngeal aspi-
rates, nasopharyngeal swabs, nasal swabs, or throat swabs)
were collected and stored in viral transport medium. Blood
cultures were obtained from all patients on admission, and
serum samples for mycoplasma titer and cold agglutinin
testing were obtained when available. Paired serum sam-
ples taken at least 14 days apart, if available, were collect-
ed for serologic confirmation of H5N1 infection. An
adequate sample was defined as any of the above respira-
tory specimens collected from day 2 to day 14 after onset
of fever.
All specimens were submitted for testing at the National
Institute of Health of Thailand, except 1, which was tested
at Virology Laboratory at Siriraj Hospital, Mahidol
University. Methods used for H5 identification were in
accordance with those recommended by the WHO refer-
ence laboratories for influenza (11). Specifically, specimens
in transport medium were tested by reverse transcrip-
tion-polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) to detect nucleic
acids of influenza A and B and injected onto a Madin-
Darby canine kidney (MDCK) cell monolayer for viral iso-
lation. Nasopharyngeal aspirates were agitated and
centrifuged to separate the epithelial cells. Sediments of
epithelial cells were tested for influenza A and B by
immunofluorescence assay (IFA) with specific monoclonal
antibodies. Specimens positive for influenza A were further
tested for subtypes HI, H3, and H5 with specific mono-
clonal antibodies. The supernatant was tested by RT-PCR
and viral isolation for the other types of specimens (12).
Specimens positive for influenza A by RT-PCR were
further tested for subtypes HI, H3, and H5 by using spe-
cific primer sets. The H5- specific primer set was as fol-
lows: H5-1 GCC ATT CCA CAA CAT ACA CCC, and
H5-2 TAA ATT CTC TAT CCT CCT TTC CAA, with an
expected product size of 358 bp (12,13). If results were
negative for all subtypes or positive for H5, they were con-
firmed by real-time RT-PCR using primer/probe H5 as fol-
lows: InfA_TH5_A, InfA_TH5_F, InfA_TH_Ic, and
InfA_TH5_fl (14). For viral isolation, if a cytopathic
effect was observed, IFA was performed to identify the
virus in infected cell cultures by using specific monoclon-
al antibodies to HI, H3, and H5. If a cytopathic effect was
not observed in the first passage, the culture medium pas-
saged in MDCK for a second time. If no cytopathic effect
occurred, the negative cell culture was confirmed by IFA
with pooled viral monoclonal antibodies.
Specimens were considered positive for avian influen-
za virus if the viral culture was positive and was confirmed
by IFA with H5- specific monoclonal antibody provided by
the WHO, if epithelial cells in clinical specimens were IFA
positive for H5, or if the RT-PCR was positive with H5
specific primers (RT-PCR or real-time RT-PCR). A speci-
men was negative for avian influenza virus if IFA, RT-PCR
or real-time RT-PCR, and viral isolation (second passage)
were negative.
Clinical Investigations
All potential case-patients reported through the surveil-
lance system needed basic demographic, exposure, and
clinical information recorded, as well as specimens sub-
mitted, for the purpose of case classification. Patients with
suspected cases were reviewed in more detail by telephone
or written correspondence with the attending physician.
Laboratory-confirmed case-patients had a thorough review
with standardized forms of all medical records, chest radi-
ographs, and laboratory data by the attending physicians.
202
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Respiratory failure was defined as requiring ventilatory
support and cardiac failure as requiring inotropic drug sup-
port. Liver dysfunction was diagnosed when serum aspar-
tate aminotransferase (AST) or alamin aminotransferase
(ALT) was >8 times the upper limit of normal. Renal dys-
function was diagnosed when serum creatinine was >1.5
mg/dL. Bone marrow dysfunction was diagnosed when all
3 of the cell lines in the peripheral blood (erythrocytes,
leukocytes, and platelets) were below the lower limit of
normal. Leukopenia was defined as a total leukocyte count
below the following age-specific cutoffs; 1-3 years
<6,000, 4-7 years <5,500, and >8 years <4,500 cells/mm 3 .
Lymphopenia was defined as an absolute lymphocyte
count <1,500 cells/mm 3 , and thrombocytopenia was
defined as a platelet count <150, 000/mm 3 (15).
The attending radiologist classified chest radiograph
findings as normal, interstitial infiltrates, lobar infiltrates,
or combinations of these by using standard criteria. Acute
respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) was defined when
clinical deterioration was associated with chest radi-
ographs showing diffuse bilateral infiltrates accompanied
by severe arterial hypoxemia.
Results
From January 1 to March 31, 2004, a total of 610 cases
were reported from 67 of 76 provinces in Thailand. After
thorough review of the clinical, epidemiologic, and labora-
tory findings, we identified 12 confirmed and 21 suspect-
ed cases. The onset of illness of the first confirmed case
was on January 3, and the last was on March 2 (Figure 1).
A total of 577 cases were excluded, including 38 who had
positive RT-PCR tests for influenza A (H3) infection, 48
seropositive for Mycoplasma pneumoniae , and 10 for
Chlamydophila pneumoniae.
Table 1 compares characteristics of patients with con-
firmed, suspected, and excluded cases. Confirmed case-
patients tended to be younger than suspected case-patients
and more often had fatal disease than excluded patients
(p < 0.0001). Reported poultry exposure was similar in all
groups, but all confirmed patients had an adequate labora-
tory specimen, whereas 10% of suspected patients and
19% of excluded patients did not. All patients with an ade-
quate laboratory specimen had testing completed.
Human Disease from Influenza A (H5N1), Thailand, 2004
Figure 1. Epidemic curve showing the dates of onset for 12 con-
firmed and 21 suspected human cases of avian influenza A
(H5N1) infection, Thailand, 2004.
Of the 12 confirmed cases, 7 were in children <14 years
of age, and 5 were in adults (Table 2). Fever was often the
first symptom, and dyspnea often occurred a median of 5
days after illness onset (range 1-16). During the initial
evaluation at hospital, all patients were found to have
fever, cough, and dyspnea, and almost half had myalgia
and diarrhea. The hospital course was characterized by
intermittent high fevers and persistent cough productive of
thick sputum. One patient had a small amount of hemopt-
ysis. Later in the course of the disease, organ failure or
dysfunction was commonly observed, including respirato-
ry failure in 9 (75%) patients, cardiac failure in 5 (42%),
and renal dysfunction in 4 (33%).
Routine laboratory tests on admission showed leukope-
nia in 7 (58%) patients, lymphopenia in 7 (58%), and
thrombocytopenia in 4 (33%) (Table 2). During the course
of illness, elevated serum transaminase values were docu-
mented in 67% of patients, although they were >8 times
normal in only 17%. Serum creatinine rose to >1.5 mg/dL
in 4 (33%) patients. Blood cultures were negative in all
patients. One adult patient was found to be HIV seroposi-
tive, and 1 pediatric patient had a mycoplasma titer of
1:160.
Admission leukocyte and platelet counts tended to be
more depressed in the 8 patients who died than in the 4
patients who survived (Figure 2). ARDS was associated
with a fatal outcome (p = 0.02), and depressed admission
leukocyte and platelet counts were also associated with
Table 1. Characteristics of 12 confirmed,
21 suspected, and 577 excluded human cases of avian influenza A (H5N1) in Thailand, 2004
Characteristic
Confirmed
Suspected
Excluded
No.
12
21
577
Median age (y) (range)
12(2-58)
33(1-67)
12(1-92)
Sex (% male)
67
71
59
Poultry contact (%)
58
52
48
Adequate* specimen (%)
100
90
81
Death (%)
67
38
4
*Adequate was defined as a respiratory specimen obtained 2-14 days after onset of fever.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
203
RESEARCH
Table 2. Characteristics and clinical findings of confirmed avian influenza A (H5N1) cases in Thailand, 2004*
Patient no.
Characteristics 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 V\ 12 %
Age (y), sex 2JJ\ 27, F 31, M 46, F 5JM
Symptoms
Fever
+
+
+
+
+
Rhinorrhea
-
+
-
-
+
Cough
+
+
+
+
+
Sore throat
+
+
-
+
+
Myalgia
-
+
+
+
-
Dyspnea
+
+
+
+
+
Diarrhea
+
-
+
-
+
Abdominal pain
-
-
-
-
+
Conjunctivitis
-
-
-
-
-
Vomiting
-
-
-
-
-
Laboratory values
Flematocrit (vol%)
30
39
38
46
39
Total leukocyte
4,200
13,600
4,660
7,360
5,600
count
Total lymphocyte
2,646
3,400
513
2,429
2,296
count
Platelet count
214
306
171
272
94
(xl 0 3 )
Treatment
Oseltamivir
+
-
+
-
+
Corticosteroids
+
-
+
-
-
Outcome
ARDS
-
-
+
-
+
Inotropic support
-
-
-
-
+
Peak AST (U)
129
18
74
NA
70
Peak ALT (U)
57
23
41
NA
47
Peak BUN (mg/dL)
NA
8
10.7
NA
12
Peak creatinine
NA
0.8
1.07
NA
0.7
(mg/dL)
6, M
6, M
6, M
7, M
13, M
39, F
58, F
67 (M)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
100
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
33
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
100
-
+
+
+
+
-
+
75
-
-
+
-
-
+
-
42
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
100
-
-
+
-
-
+
-
42
-
+
-
-
-
-
-
17
-
-
+
-
+
+
-
u
25
32
39
40
41
37
33
38
1,200
2,200
4,900
4,100
2,000
3,300
5,680
624
638
1,763
1,435
580
660
454
89
140
111
304
150
380
185
+
-
+
+
+
-
-
58
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
67
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
75
-
-
+
+
+
-
+
42
790
175
280
120
34
394
NA
150
43
50
52
47
106
NA
NA
14
22
10
132
37
39
NA
1.7
1.1
0.7
8.1
3.6
2.3
-(20)
-(18)
-(8)
-(29)
-(16)
-(13)
-(8)
33
Survival + + + + - (13)
(day of death)
*M, male; f, female; +, yes, -, no, NA, not applicable; ARDS, acute respiratory distress syndrome; AST, aspartate aminotransferase; ALT, alanine
aminotransferase; BUN, blood urea nitrogen.
ARDS development. The most pronounced difference was
in the absolute lymphocyte count, with a mean of 995 in
those with ARDS vs. 2,825 in those without (p = 0.002). A
low absolute lymphocyte count on admission was also
associated with death (mean of 1,056/mm 3 in those who
died compared to 2,247/mm 3 in those who survived, p =
0.05). In addition, the median total leukocyte count was
3,700/mm 3 for those who died compared with 6,010/mm 3
for those who survived (p = 0.09), and the median platelet
count was 145,000/mm 3 in those who died and
243,000/mm 3 in those who survived (p = 0.17).
All 12 patients had abnormal chest radiographs a medi-
an of 7 days after onset of fever (range 3-17 days). Two
patients had interstitial infiltration, and 10 had patchy
lobar infiltrates in a variety of patterns (single lobe, multi-
ple lobes, unilateral or bilateral distributions). The radi-
ographic pattern progressed to diffuse bilateral
ground-glass appearance, with clinical features compatible
with ARDS, in all 8 patients who died and in 1 patient who
survived (Figure 3). A pneumothorax developed in 1
patient during mechanical ventilation. The median time
from onset to ARDS development was 6 days (range
4-13).
Treatment for all patients included broad- spectrum
antimicrobial drugs aiming to cover most of the usual and
unusual respiratory pathogens. Eight patients were treated
with corticosteroid drugs, including 2 patients who sur-
vived and 6 patients who died. Seven patients were treated
with the neuraminidase inhibitor oseltamivir at various
stages of illness. Treatment tended to have been started
earlier in those who survived (a median of 4.5 days from
onset compared with 9 days for those who died), and both
survivors who were treated received the complete 5 -day
course of drug, whereas 2 of 5 patients who died received
the complete 5 -day course (Figure 4).
Pathologic tissues from the lungs and spleen of 3
patients were available for analysis in the current report. A
fourth patient (number 6) was autopsied but is the subject
204
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Figure 2. Distribution of the absolute lymphocyte count (ALC), total
leukocyte count, and platelet count on admission for 4 patients
who survived and 8 who died of human influenza A (H5N1) infec-
tion, Thailand, 2004. ARDS, acute respiratory distress syndrome.
of a separate report. The lungs showed diffuse alveolar
damage, with hyaline membrane formation, reactive
fibroblasts, and areas of hemorrhage. The spleen had
numerous atypical lymphocytes but no viral inclusions
(Figure 5).
All 12 confirmed patients resided in a village with
abnormal chicken deaths (Table 3). Nine lived in a house
whose backyard chickens died unexpectedly. Direct con-
tact with dead chickens was reported in 8 patients, with a
median of 4 days between the last exposure and the onset
of symptoms (range 2-8 days). The details of exposures in
these case-patients and in groups of matched controls are
the subject of a separate investigation.
Discussion
The detection of a few human infections with influenza
A (H5N1) in the context of an avian epizootic involving at
least 8 countries has proven to be a considerable challenge.
Human Disease from Influenza A (H5N1), Thailand, 2004
The history of direct contact with sick and dying poultry,
young age of many patients, pneumonia and lymphopenia,
and progression to ARDS in spite of broad- spectrum
antimicrobial treatment indicate that specific laboratory
testing for H5 influenza should be sought. Ideally, such
information should be routinely collected and used to min-
imize opportunities for recombination of this virulent new
pathogen with existing human influenza viruses.
The optimal treatment for case-patients with suspected
H5 infection is not known, but in vitro susceptibility test-
ing suggests that resistance to adamantanes is a common
feature of H5 isolates from 2004 (11), whereas these iso-
lates remain susceptible to the neuraminidase inhibitors.
Although no controlled data are available on which to base
treatment recommendations, our observations were that
the 4 patients who survived tended to have been treated
with oseltamivir earlier in the course of their disease. We
advocate using this agent in the early treatment of case-
patients with suspected H5N 1 influenza, in agreement with
the recommendations of WHO (16). Controlled trials of
oseltamivir and corticosteroid treatment would be helpful
in confirming or refuting any specific benefit.
Approximately 1,820,387,000 persons live in the 8
countries in Asia that reported poultry epidemics with
avian influenza A (H5N1) in 2004 (-30% of the world’s
population). One community survey in Thailand found that
12%-61% of rural residents had regular contact with back-
yard birds (17). Thus, the 12 cases we report likely repre-
sent the end result of hundreds of thousands of potential
exposures and an unknown number of human cases.
Perhaps in part because few distinctive features of human
disease caused by avian influenza have been reported, and
specific diagnostic tests for H5 disease are not widely
available, human cases have been few and have been
reported only from Vietnam and Thailand.
Among >600 possible case-patients reported to the Thai
Ministry of Public Health, most reported clear exposure to
Figure 3. Chest radiographs from patients 8 and 9. Panel A demonstrates patchy alveolar infiltration of the right lower lung on day 5 of
illness for patient 9; panel B demonstrates the progression to acute respiratory disease syndrome (ARDS) on day 8. panel C shows inter-
stitial infiltration of both lungs of patient 8 on day 4 of illness; panel D shows the rapid progression to ARDS by day 6.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
205
RESEARCH
Figure 4. Timing of the clinical course and oseltamivir treatment for
4 patients who survived and 8 patients who died of human influen-
za A (H5N1 ) infection, Thailand, 2004.
sick poultry, and the demographic characteristics were
similar among confirmed, suspected, and excluded groups.
All confirmed patients had an adequate specimen submit-
ted and processed, whereas 10% of the suspected patients
and 19% of those excluded had inadequate specimens. The
availability of properly collected specimens and use of
specific laboratory tests for influenza A (H5N1) will be
essential for monitoring the ongoing risk from this
pathogen in East Asia.
Human infections with highly pathogenic avian
influenza may be easy to miss in the context of the regular
incidence of pneumonia in much of rural Asia, where the
capacity to make specific etiologic diagnoses remains lim-
ited. We found certain features to be helpful, as have inves-
tigators in Vietnam (9). Eight of the 12 patients had direct
exposures to ill poultry 2-8 days before onset. Seven of the
12 were young children, and routine laboratory testing at
the time of admission to hospital identified marked lym-
phopenia in 8. Although the initial chest radiographs
would not immediately identify these cases as unusual,
deaths in children and younger adults from hospitalized,
radiographically confirmed pneumonia typically range
from 1% to 10% and from l%-5% among patients with
radiographically confirmed pneumonia in rural Thailand
(18-20). Thus, the progression in 9 of the 12 patients to
ARDS, followed by the death of 8 patients, separates these
cases as a form of unusually severe pneumonia.
The disease may in fact be more severe than that seen in
Hong Kong in 1997. Of the 34 cases officially reported to
the WHO in 2004, 23 (68%) patients died compared to 6
(33%) of those in Hong Kong (p = 0.02). Several lines of
evidence indicate that the H5N1 viruses have evolved to
more virulent forms since 1997, with different antigenic
structure (21), internal gene constellations (22), and an
expanded host range (23,24). This virologic evolution may
be a factor in the persistence of H5N 1 viruses in the avian
populations. Since the 1997 outbreak, Hong Kong has
experienced a series of reintroductions of H5 viruses,
despite instituting unusually stringent control measures,
including the culling of all poultry in the territory, strict reg-
ulations of live poultry markets, and monthly “off days,” in
which all markets are emptied and cleaned (22,25). H5 out-
breaks in poultry have also recurred repeatedly in Thailand,
Figure 5. Pathologic findings from a patient
(number 6) with confirmed influenza A (H5N1)
infection. All slides are stained with hematoxylin
and eosin, shown at 40x objective. Panel A
shows hyaline membrane formation lining the
alveolar spaces of the lung and vascular con-
gestion with a few infiltrating lymphocytes in the
interstitial areas. Reactive fibroblasts are also
present. Panel B is an area of lung with prolifer-
ating reactive fibroblasts within the interstitial
areas. Few lymphocytes are seen, and no viral
intranuclear inclusions are visible. Panel C
shows fibrinous exudates filling the alveolar
spaces, with organizing formation and few hya-
line membranes. The surrounding alveolar
spaces contain hemorrhage. Panel D is from a
section of spleen, showing numerous atypical
lymphoid cells scattered around the white pulp.
No viral intranuclear inclusions are seen.
206
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Table 3: Brief history of exposure of the 1 2 confirmed case-patients
Human Disease from Influenza A (H5N1), Thailand, 2004
Patient no. Province/sex/age (y)
Exposure history
1
Supanburi/M/2
Raised chickens in backyard. Chickens died unexpectedly 5 days before illness onset.
Frequently played with chickens and had direct contact with carcasses.
2
Uttradit/F/27
Raised chickens in backyard, but chickens did not die. Two months before onset, ducks in a
nearby area died unexpectedly.
3
Nakornratchasima/M/31
Raised chickens in backyard. Three days before onset, chickens started to die. The last
patient died on the date he became sick. He buried all carcasses.
4
Lopburi/F/46
Raised 60 chickens in back yard. All chickens died unexpectedly 1 month before onset. She
burned and buried carcasses without protection.
5
Khonkaen/M/5
Raised fighting cocks that died 4 days before onset. Reported direct contact with carcasses.
Ate chicken with suspected H5N1 influenza.
6
Kanchanaburi/M/6
No poultry in family. Helped slaughter one ill chicken 2 days before onset.
7
Sukhothai/M/6
Mother slaughtered 2 ill chickens in house 4 days before onset. No direct contact with
chickens. Mother got sick on same day and died without laboratory confirmation.
8
Kanchanaburi/M/6
Chickens in backyard died unexpectedly. Grandfather slaughtered ill chickens. No direct
contact with chickens but played near slaughtering area.
9
Supanburi/M/7
No poultry in family. Frequently played on ground near a chicken farm that reported
unexpected poultry deaths.
10
Chaiyapoum/M/13
Helped raise chickens in backyard. Eight days before onset, chickens died unexpectedly
and patient assisted with slaughtering.
11
Patumthani/F/39
Factory worker living in province A during weekdays but in province B on weekends.
Fighting cocks lived at a neighboring house. Province B reported outbreaks 2 months before
onset. No contact with live or dead chickens.
12
Supanburi/F/58
Raised 40-50 chickens in backyard. Chickens started to die 5 days before onset. Buried and
slaughtered ill chickens every day until onset date.
Vietnam, and elsewhere despite intensive control measures
(26), and recurrences should be anticipated for the foresee-
able future.
If H5 viruses do persist, they will likely continue to
evolve, potentially to forms more easily transmitted from
person to person. We identified no suspected or confirmed
cases among Thai health personnel, supporting the experi-
ence from Vietnam and Hong Kong that efficient human-
to-human transmission has not occurred (9,27). Serologic
studies of healthcare workers and household contacts of
patients in the 1997 Hong Kong outbreak provided evi-
dence of occasional seroconversions associated with close
exposures. These findings indicate that inefficient trans-
mission is possible and reinforce the importance of infec-
tion control precautions (28,29). Studies of healthcare
workers and poultry cullers in Thailand are under way to
determine whether similar seroconversions may have
occurred after exposure to patients with the 2004 viruses.
In addition to gradual mutational changes, H5 viruses
have the potential to reassort with existing human influen-
za viruses to produce a strain with high virulence and effi-
cient transmissibility. In this context, the known pattern of
human influenza isolations in Thailand raises particular
concerns about control of avian influenza during the
months from June to August, when human influenza can
be expected to peak (Figure 6).
After the official announcement of the first human case
on January 23, a national public education campaign was
carried out through the mass media and thousands of vil-
lage health volunteers. Villagers, especially children, were
informed to avoid exposure to ill poultry. According to the
Department of Livestock, ~40 million chickens in 160
affected villages of 41 provinces were slaughtered from
January to May 2004. Within 2 months of implementing
widespread poultry culling, quarantine measures, and the
public education campaign, the number of potential cases
reported to the surveillance system decreased dramatically
and confirmed human cases ceased, despite interim
improvement in the quality of surveillance and laboratory
testing. The course of this outbreak reconfirms observa-
tions from the smaller 1997 outbreak in Hong Kong that
early detection of human cases and aggressive public
health and agricultural interventions can save lives (30).
We believe this outbreak of H5N 1 is unlikely to be the
last because of the formidable challenges in eradicating the
virus, and the potential reservoir in waterfowl (31). We
must be well prepared for a future surge of either small or
Figure 6. Seasonal variation in viral isolations of human influenza
A (H3N2), A (H INI), and B, in Thailand.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
207
RESEARCH
large outbreaks, early detection must be ensured, informa-
tion shared, and control measures for both animals and
humans promptly implemented.
Acknowledgments
We thank Jaran Tinwutthipongse and Kith Kittiampon for
strong policy support; the provincial chief medical officers and
epidemiology staff of Suphanburi, Kanchanaburi, Sukhothai,
Chaiyapoum, Uttradit, Khonkaen, Lopburi, Nakhonratchasima,
Pathumthani, and Ayuthaya for being directly involved in the
investigations at the village level; the laboratory staff at the
Department of Medical Sciences, including Pranee Thawatsupha,
Wattana Auwanit, Malinee Chittaganpitch, Sunthareeya
Waicharoen, Siriphan Saeng-Aroon, Wattanapong Wootta, and
Wimol Petkanchanapong, for working long hours processing
hundreds of specimens during the outbreak; Rungnapa
Prasanthong, Ubonrat Naruponjirakul, Chuleeporn Jirapongsa,
Potjaman Siriarayaporn, Yongjur Laosirithaworn, trainees of the
Field Epidemiology Training Program, and the directors of the
disease control offices in regions 1-12, who supported the field
investigation teams from the central level; and Cathy E. Roth and
Teresa Tam, Khanchit Limpakarnjanarat, Sonja Olsen, and Mark
Simmerman for technical assistance.
The Ministry of Public Health, Thailand, supported the out-
break response as a part of its routine public health function.
Dr. Chotpitayasunondh is a pediatric infectious disease spe-
cialist at Queen Sirikit National Institute of Child Health,
Bangkok, Thailand. He serves as a senior medical consultant for
the Thai Ministry of Public Health on emerging and reemerging
infectious diseases, including SARS and avian influenza.
References
1. Chan PK. Outbreak of avian influenza A (H5N1) vims infection in
Hong Kong in 1997. Clin Infect Dis. 2002;34:S58-64.
2. Subbarao K, Klimov A, Katz J, Regnery H, Lim W, Hall H, et al.
Characterization of an avian influenza A (H5N1) vims isolated from
a child with a fatal respiratory illness. Science. 1998;279:393-6.
3. Bridges CB, Lim W, Hu-Primmer J, Sims L, Fukuda K, Mak KH, et
al. Risk of influenza A (H5N1) infection among poultry workers,
Hong Kong, 1997-1998. J Infect Dis. 2002;185:1005-10.
4. Shortridge KF, Gao P, Guan Y, Ito T, Kawaoka Y, Markwell D, et al.
Interspecies transmission of influenza viruses: H5N1 vims and a
Hong Kong SAR perspective. Vet Microbiol. 2000;74:141-7.
5. Nicholson KG, Wood JM, Zambon M. Influenza. Lancet.
2003;362:1733-45.
6. Peiris M, Yuen KY, Leung CW, Chan KH, Ip PL, Lai RW, et al.
Human infection with influenza H9N2. Lancet. 1999;354:916-7.
7. Fouchier RA, Schneeberger PM, Rozendaal FW, Broekman JM,
Kemink SA, Munster V, et al. Avian influenza A vims (H7N7) asso-
ciated with human conjunctivitis and a fatal case of acute respiratory
distress syndrome. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 2004;101:1356-61.
8. World Health Organization. Avian influenza A (H5N1) — situation
(poultry) in Asia as at 2 March 2004: need for a long-term response,
comparison with previous outbreaks. Wkly Epidemiol Rec.
2004;79:96-9.
9. Tran TH, Nguyen TL, Nguyen TD, Luong TS, Pham PM, Nguyen
VC, et al. Avian influenza A (H5N1) in 10 patients in Vietnam. N
Engl J Med. 2004;350:1179-88.
10. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Cases of influenza A
(H5N1)— Thailand, 2004. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep.
2004;53:100-3.
11. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Outbreaks of avian
influenza A (H5N1) in Asia and interim recommendations for evalu-
ation and reporting of suspected cases — United States, 2004. MMWR
Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2004;53:97-100.
12. World Health Organization. Animal influenza training manual.
Harbin, China: The Organization; 2001.
13. Ministry of Public Health T. Influenza A (H5N1) laboratory training
manual. Bangkok, Thailand: Ministry of Public Health; 2004.
14. Spackman E, Senne DA, Myers TJ, Bulaga LL, Garber LP, Perdue
ML, et al. Development of a real-time reverse transcriptase PCR
assay for type A influenza virus and the avian H5 and H7 hemagglu-
tinin subtypes. J Clin Microbiol. 2002;40:3256-60.
15. Berhman R, Kliegman R, Jenson H. Nelson textbook of pediatrics.
Philadelphia: Saunders; 2000. p. 2186-7.
16. World Health Organization. WHO interim guidelines on clinical man-
agement of humans infected by influenza A (H5N1). Vol. 2004.
Geneva: The Organization; 2004.
17. Olsen S, Wannachaiwong Y, Chotpitayasunondh T, Chittaganpitch M,
Limpakarnjanarat K, Dowell S. Human and avian influenza in
Thailand: reducing opportunities for reassortment. Boston: Infectious
Diseases Society of America; 2004.
18. Nascimento-Carvalho CM, Rocha H, Santos-Jesus R, Benguigui Y.
Childhood pneumonia: clinical aspects associated with hospitaliza-
tion or death. Braz J Infect Dis. 2002;6:22-8.
19. Marrie TJ, Carriere KC, Jin Y, Johnson DH. Factors associated with
death among adults <55 years of age hospitalized for community-
acquired pneumonia. Clin Infect Dis. 2003;36:413-21.
20. Kanlayanaphotporn J, Brady M, Chantate P, Chantra S,
Siasiriwattana S, Dowell S, et al. Pneumonia surveillance in
Thailand: current practice and future needs. Southeast Asian J Trop
Med Public Health. 2004;35:711-6.
21. Horimoto T, Fukuda N, Iwatsuki-Horimoto K, Guan Y, Lim W, Peiris
M, et al. Antigenic differences between H5N 1 human influenza virus-
es isolated in 1997 and 2003. J Vet Med Sci. 2004;66:303-5.
22. Sims LD, Ellis TM, Liu KK, Dyrting K, Wong H, Peiris M, et al.
Avian influenza in Hong Kong 1997-2002. Avian Dis.
2003;47:832-8.
23. Sturm-Ramirez KM, Ellis T, Bousfield B, Bissett L, Dyrting K, Rehg
JE, et al. Reemerging H5N 1 influenza viruses in Hong Kong in 2002
are highly pathogenic to ducks. J Virol. 2004;78:4892-901.
24. Perkins LE, Swayne DE. Pathogenicity of a Hong Kong-origin H5N 1
highly pathogenic avian influenza virus for emus, geese, ducks, and
pigeons. Avian Dis. 2002;46:53-63.
25. Guan Y, Poon LL, Cheung CY, Ellis TM, Lim W, Lipatov AS, et al.
H5N 1 influenza: a protean pandemic threat. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S
A. 2004; 101:8 156-61. 26.
26. Normile D, Enserink M. Infectious diseases. Avian influenza makes a
comeback, reviving pandemic worries. Science. 2004;305:321.
27. Yuen KY, Chan PK, Peiris M, Tsang DN, Que TL, Shortridge KF, et
al. Clinical features and rapid viral diagnosis of human disease asso-
ciated with avian influenza A H5N1 virus. Lancet. 1998;351:467-71.
28. Buxton Bridges C, Katz JM, Seto WH, Chan PK, Tsang D, Ho W, et
al. Risk of influenza A (H5N1) infection among health care workers
exposed to patients with influenza A (H5N1), Hong Kong. J Infect
Dis. 2000;181:344-8.
29. Katz JM, Lim W, Bridges CB, Rowe T, Hu-Primmer J, Lu X, et al.
Antibody response in individuals infected with avian influenza A
(H5N1) viruses and detection of anti-H5 antibody among household
and social contacts. J Infect Dis. 1999;180:1763-70.
208
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Human Disease from Influenza A (H5N1), Thailand, 2004
30. Tam JS. Influenza A (H5N1) in Hong Kong: an overview. Vaccine.
2002;20:S77-81.
Use of trade names is for identification only and does not imply
endorsement by the Public Health Service or by the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services.
31. Chen H, Deng G, Li Z, Tian G, Li Y, Jiao P, et al. The evolution of
H5N 1 influenza viruses in ducks in southern China. Proc Natl Acad
Sci USA. 2004; 101:10452-7.
Address for correspondence: Scott F. Dowell, Department of Disease
Control Building 7, Ministry of Public Health, Tivanon Road, Nonthaburi
11000, Thailand; fax +66-2-580-0911; email sdowell@cdc.gov
EMERGING
INFECTIOUS DISEASES
A Peer-Reviewed Journal Tracking and Analyzing Disease Trends Vol.8, No.l, January 2002
sMol-
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
209
RESEARCH
Lack of H5N1 Avian Influenza
Transmission to Hospital
Employees, Hanoi, 2004
Nguyen Thanh Liem,* World Health Organization International Avian Influenza
Investigation Team, Vietnam , 1 and Wilina Limj-
To establish whether human-to-human transmission of
influenza A H5N1 occurred in the healthcare setting in
Vietnam, we conducted a cross-sectional seroprevalence
survey among hospital employees exposed to 4 confirmed
and 1 probable H5N1 case-patients or their clinical speci-
mens. Eighty-three (95.4%) of 87 eligible employees com-
pleted a questionnaire and provided a serum sample,
which was tested for antibodies to influenza A H5N1.
Ninety-five percent reported exposure to >1 H5N1 case-
patients; 59 (72.0%) reported symptoms, and 2 (2.4%) ful-
filled the definition for a possible H5N1 secondary
case-patient. No study participants had detectable antibod-
ies to influenza A H5N1. The data suggest that the H5N1
viruses responsible for human cases in Vietnam in January
2004 are not readily transmitted from person to person.
However, influenza viruses are genetically variable, and
transmissibility is difficult to predict. Therefore, persons pro-
viding care for H5N1 patients should continue to take
measures to protect themselves.
D irect transmission of H5N1 viruses of purely avian
origin from birds to humans was first described dur-
ing an outbreak among poultry in Hong Kong in 1997. In
that outbreak, 6 of 18 confirmed human H5N1 case-
patients died (1), and serologic evidence was found for
asymptomatic infection in humans after exposure to infect-
ed poultry (2).Avian-to-human transmission of influenza
viruses is believed to be infrequent because of host barri-
ers to infection, such as cell receptor specificities, and
because the acquisition by avian viruses of the ability for
human-to-human transmission requires either genetic reas-
sortment with a human influenza strain or genetic mutation
(3). However, a study of household and social contacts of
*National Pediatric Hospital, Hanoi, Vietnam; and fDepartment of
Health, Hong Kong, Special Administrative Region, China
Hong Kong H5N 1 case-patients found evidence, although
limited, for human-to-human transmission (4). Further evi-
dence was provided by a study of healthcare workers
(HCWs), which found that significantly more HCWs
exposed to patients with H5N 1 infection were positive for
H5 antibody than nonexposed HCWs (3.7% vs. 0.7%); 2
HCWs seroconverted after exposure to H5N1 -infected
patients, in the absence of known poultry exposure (5).
These 2 studies provided the first evidence, although lim-
ited, of human-to-human transmission of H5N1 viruses of
purely avian origin.
On December 12, 2003, influenza A H5N1 viruses were
detected among poultry at a farm near Seoul, the Republic
of Korea (6), and outbreaks of H5N1 in poultry were sub-
sequently reported in 8 other Asian countries (Japan,
World Health Organization (WHO) International Avian Influenza
Investigation Team, Vietnam: Bach Huy Anh (Hanoi Medical
University), Philippe Barboza (Institut de Veille Sanitaire, France),
Niranjan Bhat (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, USA
[CDC]), Arnold Bosman (EPIET, National Institute for Public Health
and the Environment, Netherlands), Sofia Boqvist
(Smittskyddsinstitutet, Sweden), Rick Brown (Asian Development
Bank), Pascale Brudon (WHO), Philippe Calain (WHO), Maria
Cheng (WHO), Aaron Curns (CDC), Valerie Delpech (Health
Protection Agency, UK), Robert Dietz (WHO), Nguyen Cong Doan
(CDC), United States), Rodger Doran (WHO), Mirna Du Ry van
Beest Holle (European Programme for Intervention Epidemiology
Training, EPIET), Joel Francart, Keiji Fukuda (CDC), Amy Wolkin
(CDC), Patrice Gautier (Veterinaires sans frontieres, Vietnam),
Futoshi Hasebe (Asian Development Bank), Peter Horby (WHO),
Shigeyuki Itamura (National Institute for Infectious Diseases,
Japan), Veronique Jestin (OIE), Donna Mak (Centre for
International Health, Australia), Noel Miranda (SERVAC,
Philippines), Hitoshi Oshitani (WHO), Takehiko Saito (National
Institute for Infectious Diseases, Japan), Taronna Maines (CDC),
Reiko Saito (Nigata University, Japan), James Mark Simmerman
(CDC), Terry Tumpey (CDC), Timothy Uyeki (CDC).
210
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
No H5N1 Influenza Hospital Transmission, Hanoi, 2004
Indonesia, Vietnam, Thailand, Laos, Cambodia, China,
and Malaysia); a situation that the Office International des
Epizooties has called “a crisis of global importance” (7).
Human case-patients infected with H5N1 related to these
poultry outbreaks were identified in Vietnam and Thailand
in January 2004, and on September 28, 2004, possible
human-to-human transmission was reported in a family
cluster in Thailand (8).
Concern is widespread that the current situation in
Asia favors the emergence of a highly pathogenic
influenza virus with the ability for efficient transmission
from person to person, which would lead to an influenza
pandemic. While experiences from Hong Kong in 1997
indicate that human-to-human transmission of purely
avian H5N1 viruses is possible but not sustainable, genet-
ic alterations over time may lead to subsequent H5N1
infections behaving quite differently. An understanding
of the current and absolute risk for human-to-human
transmission of circulating avian H5N1 viruses is vital to
guide appropriate public health and infection control
responses and to inform pandemic preparedness.
Unfortunately, little data are available to quantify the
transmissibility of the H5N1 strains currently circulating
in poultry in Asia. To investigate the risk for human-to-
human transmission of avian H5N1 viruses to hospital
employees, we undertook a cross-sectional seropreva-
lence study among employees of 1 hospital in Vietnam,
who were exposed to confirmed and probable H5N1
case-patients or their clinical samples.
Methods
From December 27, 2003, to January 19, 2004, 4 chil-
dren, 4-12 years of age, with confirmed H5N1 infection
and 1 with probable H5N1 infection were admitted and
treated at the National Pediatric Hospital (NPH), Hanoi,
Vietnam. Detailed information regarding the 4 confirmed
H5N1 patients has been published elsewhere (9). Eligible
study participants were hospital employees who had possi-
ble exposure to the patients with confirmed or probable
H5N1 infections, such as by working in wards or entering
rooms where H5N 1 patients were admitted, or having han-
dled clinical specimens from these patients. To allow suf-
ficient time for seroconversion in any infected HCWs, the
study took place 29 days after discharge of the last con-
firmed H5N1 patient. All eligible participants were pro-
vided with written and verbal information about the study
and gave written consent for participation.
Definitions
We used the following definitions in our study: study
period, from date of admission of first confirmed case-
patient (December 27, 2003) to 29 days after discharge of
the last confirmed case-patient (February 17, 2004); con-
firmed H5N1 primary case patient, a patient admitted to
NPH, Hanoi, from December 27, 2003, to January 19,
2004, inclusive with a respiratory illness and influenza A
H5N1 virus detected in clinical specimens by either viral
culture or reverse transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction;
probable H5N 1 primary case patient, a patient admitted to
NPH, Hanoi, from December 27, 2003, to January 19,
2004, inclusive with a respiratory illness and high titer of
antibodies to influenza A/H5 detected in a single serum
sample; possible H5N1 secondary case, a hospital employ-
ee who had fever (if measured >38°C), and at least 1 of 3
symptoms (cough, shortness of breath, sore throat), and
contact with a confirmed or probable influenza A H5N1
case-patient, in the absence of exposure to poultry.
Questionnaires
Information was collected by using a self-administered
questionnaire in Vietnamese. Participants were asked their
age, sex, residence address, occupation, department where
they worked, whether they smoked, their medical history,
whether they had symptoms during the study period,
whether they had taken hygienic measures while caring for
H5N1 case-patients, their influenza vaccination status, use
of oseltamivir prophylaxis, and potential risk factors for
H5N1. These risk factors included duration and type of
exposure to H5N1 case-patients, contact with ill poultry or
poultry that died of an illness, and whether they shopped at
live-poultry markets or had freshly butchered or live poul-
try in their home in the previous month.
Serologic Testing
All participants were asked to provide a single blood
specimen. Serum samples were collected on February 17,
2004, immediately processed, stored at -25 °C, and
shipped frozen on dry ice to the Government Virus Unit,
Department of Health, Hong Kong, China. Serum samples
were tested for antibodies to influenza A H5N 1 virus by
microneutralization test as described by Rowe et al. (10)
with H5N1 viruses A/Vietnam/ 11 94/2004 and A/Vietnam/
3212/2004. Serum was considered to be positive in the
microneutralization test if an anti-H5 titer of >40 was
obtained in 2 independent assays. Microneutralization
antibody-positive serum was adsorbed with influenza A
H1N1 virus to eliminate the possibility of detecting anti-
body that was cross-reactive among influenza virus of dif-
ferent subtypes, and the microneutralization test was
repeated. No change in antibody titer after adsorption indi-
cated the presence of anti-H5 antibody, while a >4-fold
reduction in microneutralization after adsortion was inter-
preted as evidence for significant cross-reaction.
Microneutralization antibody-positive serum was subject-
ed to Western blot analysis by using recombinant protein
from A/HK/ 15 6/97 virus.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
211
RESEARCH
Table 1 . Demographic and exposure characteristics of study
participants
Characteristic n (%)*
Age group (y)
<30
20 (24.1)
30-39
26 (31.3)
40-49
26 (31.3)
>49
11 (13.3)
Male sex
30 (36.1)
Residence in Hanoi City
81 (97.6)
Department
ICUf
37 (45.1)
Infectious diseases
30 (36.6)
Laboratory
8 (9.8)
Radiology
6 (7.3)
Hematology
1 (1-2)
Years smoked
None
64 (78.1)
<10
6 (7.3)
10-30
12(14.6)
Chronic medical condition
22 (26.5)
Influenza vaccination in 2004
56 (68.3)
Oseltamivir since Dec 27, 2003
1 (1-2)
No. of H5N1 patients visited
0 (none)
4 (4.9)
1
3 (3.7)
2
31 (37.8)
3
32 (39.0)
4
4 (4.9)
5 (all)
8 (9.8)
Changed bedding
Yes
46 (59.0)
No
32 (41 .0)
Touched patients
Yes
75 (96.2)
No
3 (3.9)
Exposure to H5N1 patient(s) who
57 (73.1)
did not wear masks
*The no. of study participants (n) for each characteristic ranged from 78 to
83; percentage provided is based on the actual number of participants.
flCU, intensive care unit.
Results
Study Participants
Of 87 eligible staff members who had possible expo-
sure to H5N1 patients, 83 (95.4%) completed a question-
naire and provided a serum sample (Table 1). The median
age of employees was 37.4 years (range 22-55 years), and
53 (64%) were female. Most employees (97.6%) were res-
idents of Hanoi City, Vietnam. Of the 83 employees, 51
(61%) were nurses or nurse’s aides, 19 doctors (23%), 7
(8%) laboratory employees, and 6 (7%) other. Thirty-seven
(45.1%) worked in the intensive care unit (ICU), 30
(36.6%) in the infectious diseases department, 8 (9.8%) in
the laboratory, 6 (7.3%) in radiology, and 1 in the hema-
tology department. More than two thirds (68.3%) of the
employees reported receiving influenza vaccine in 2004,
and 1 person reported taking oseltamivir for treatment of
influenzalike illness since December 27, 2003. No respon-
dents took oseltamivir as prophylaxis against influenza
infection. In total, 76.8% of participants reported contact
with 2 or 3 influenza A H5N1 patients. Four hospital
employees (4.9%) reported no contact with H5N1 patients;
they were all laboratory personnel who had handled clini-
cal material from H5N1 patients. Median duration of expo-
sure to the hospitalized H5N1 primary case-patients
reported was 82 hours, ranging from 1 to 299 hours (N =
78). Most participants reported always wearing protective
masks (94.8%), gloves (61.5%), and eye-protection
(31.6%) while caring for H5N1 patients (Table 2).
Clinical Symptoms
The figure summarizes the symptoms reported by hos-
pital employees during the study period. Overall, 59
(72.0%) employees reported symptoms during the study
period; 66.0% of these had onset of symptoms within 1 to
7 days after exposure to a H5N 1 patient. Median duration
of reported illness was 5 days (range CM10 days). Three
persons (5.4%) were too ill to work; none were admitted to
the hospital. Two persons (2.4%) who worked in ICU met
the possible secondary H5N1 case-patient definition. They
reported contact with patients but not with sick poultry or
pigs, and neither worked in the laboratory. Both reported
receiving the 2003-2004 influenza vaccine and denied tak-
ing oseltamivir. Table 3 summarizes reported contact with
poultry and pigs by participants. Approximately 1 quarter
of participants (25.6%) reported the presence of poultry
outside their homes, and 2 HCWs (9.5%) reported that
poultry had died in the past month. The 2 possible H5N1
secondary case-patients did not report have poultry dying
outside their homes within the previous month.
H5N1 Antibody Prevalence
Samples were obtained from all 83 participants, includ-
ing the 2 with possible secondary cases, and none were
positive for antibodies to influenza A H5N 1 . One sample
initially had an antibody titer of 160 and 640 against
A/Vietnam/1 194/2004 and A/Vietnam/3212/2004, respec-
tively. However, microneutralization tests using influenza
A H1N1 viruses showed a high titer of 10,240, and
microneutralization repeated after adsorption with influen-
za A H1N1 virus showed an 8-fold reduction in the anti-
body titer, which was interpreted as indicating a
cross-reacting anti-Nl antibody.
Discussion
No evidence was found of nosocomial transmission of
H5N1 viruses among 83 hospital employees with exposure
212
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
No H5N1 Influenza Hospital Transmission, Hanoi, 2004
Table 2. Protective equipment used by hospital employees while
examining or caring for H5N1 patients
Equipment n (%)
Mask (N = 77)
Always
73 (94.8)
Not always
2 (2.6)
Never
2 (2.6)
Types of masks (N = 75)*
N95
65 (86.7)
Surgical
55 (73.3)
N92
2(2.7
Other
8(10.7)
Eye protection (N = 76)
Always
24 (31.6)
Not always
15(19.7)
Never
37 (55.2)
Type of eye protection (N = 39)
Glasses
36 (92.3)
Face shield
3 (7.7)
Gloves (N = 78)
Always
48 (61.5)
Not always
21 (26.9
Never
9(11.5)
*Use of multiple respirators or masks at different times possible.
to 4 confirmed and 1 probable H5N 1 case-patients or their
clinical samples. A number of possible factors may explain
these findings: a lack of infectivity of the patients at the
time of admission; the effective use of personal protective
equipment (PPE) and infection control; low sensitivity of
the antibody detection method; lack of susceptibility of
HCWs, or a lack of transmissibility of this particular H5N1
strain.
No data are available on the duration of H5N1 virus
shedding in children. However, for human influenza
viruses, viral shedding at high titers is generally more pro-
longed in children, and virus can be recovered up to 6
days before and 21 days after the onset of symptoms. The
H5N1 patients in this study were admitted with severe ill-
ness 3-7 days after onset of symptoms and PCR-positive
specimens were obtained from the 4 confirmed case-
patients on the day 1(1 patient), day 2(1 patient), and day
3 (2 patients) after admission. In addition, live virus was
cultured from samples taken from 2 of the patients on
days 1 and 3 after admission, respectively. None of the
patients were treated with oseltamivir because this was
not available at the time (9). Two of the patients were
treated orally with the nucleoside analogue ribavirin dur-
ing their admission, 1 on day 4 after admission, and the
other on day 1 (9). However, the 2 other confirmed case-
patients and the probable case-patient did not receive
antiviral treatment and, if human infection with H5N 1 is
associated with viral shedding, these patients would be
expected to be contagious during their admission.
Most hospital employees (94.8%) reported that they
always wore masks while caring for H5N1 patients, and
often the reported type of mask was an N95 respirator.
However, N95 respirators were first available in NPH on
January 7, and some employees reported wearing N95s
before this date. Therefore, reported PPE use in this study
may be biased by inaccurate recall or a tendency to report
behavior that HCWs know is recommended. Enhanced
infection control practices and PPE were instituted on
January 7, and the diagnosis of avian influenza was first
confirmed on January 9. Therefore some HCWs in this
study were likely exposed to H5N 1 patients without opti-
mal PPE or infection control.
Oseltamivir prophylaxis was not used by any of the
staff in this study and therefore did not play a role in pro-
tecting HCWs. Whether the HCWs in the study were pro-
tected by cross-reactive immunity to other influenza A
subtypes is hard to assess. One possible explanation for the
observation that most confirmed H5N1 case-patients are
reported in children or young adults is that older adults are
protected by cross-reactive immunity from previous expo-
sure to other influenza A viruses. This hypothesis requires
further investigation.
Serum samples were taken from HCWs at least 29 days
after last possible exposure and at a time when the anti-
body response to exposure would be expected to be
detectable (4). Based on a small number of samples, the
sensitivity of microneutralization test in detecting antibod-
ies to H5N1 in children and adults is 88% and 80%,
respectively, while the specificity is 100% and 93%,
respectively (10). Also, the microneutralization assay uti-
lized H5N1 strains isolated from human patients in North
Vietnam, so the negative results are unlikely to be false
negatives due to a poor match between antigen and anti-
body. False-positive results are perhaps more likely, and 1
sample was initially positive but appeared to be due to
cross-reacting anti-Nl antibody.
Epidemiologic evidence from Vietnam and Thailand
clearly indicates that sustained human-to-human trans-
mission of H5N1 has not yet occurred. Most reports of
Table 3. Possible non-healthcare-related H5N1
among study participants
exposures
Exposure
n (%)*
Poultry outside the home in last 4 weeks
21 f (25.6)
Do not know
6 (7.3)
Pigs outside the home in the last 4 weeks
10t (12.2)
Do not know
7 (8.5)
Visited market with sick poultry in last 4 weeks
3 (3.7)
Do not know
18(22.2)
<1 m from sick or dead poultry since July 2003
8(10.)
Do not know
11 (13.6)
Anyone sick in the household in the last week
11 (13.4)
Do not know
2 (2.4)
*The no. (N) of study participants for each characteristic was 80 to 82 with
the percentage provided based on the actual number of respondents.
fOf which 2 persons had dying poultry outside their home.
JOf which none had dying pigs outside their home.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
213
RESEARCH
% of respondents
Figure. Reported symptoms and percentage of hospital employ-
ees with symptoms (N = 82).
H5N1 -infected patients have been sporadic, and despite
the evidence from Hong Kong of human-to-human trans-
mission and the occurrence of family clusters of H5N1 in
Vietnam and Thailand, no evidence indicates that
influenza A H5N1 has ever caused >1 generation of
human-to-human transmission. Although this study has
not distinguished the inherent transmissibility of the virus
from the influence of infection control or host resistance,
the data provides further reassurance that the risk for
human-to-human transmission of currently circulating
avian H5N1 viruses is low. Studies among household
members of confirmed H5N1 case-patients will provide
additional information on the risk for human-to-human
transmission in the absence of infection control meas-
ures.
While the absolute risk for human-to-human transmis-
sion of avian H5N1 viruses may be low at this time, the
high case-fatality proportion among recent human H5N1
patients demonstrates that the individual consequences of
infection are very serious, and intensive measures to pro-
tect healthcare workers and laboratory staff against infec-
tion remain warranted. The risk of person-to-person
transmission of H5N1 viruses could increase in the future.
Consequently, every H5N 1 case should be managed by cli-
nicians and public health professionals with the assump-
tion that human-to-human transmission can occur and that
the risk for such transmission is unpredictable.
Acknowledgments
We acknowledge the invaluable support and cooperation of
the staff of NHP, Hanoi, and of the Ministry of Health of the
Socialist Republic of Vietnam. We also thank Jackie Katz for pro-
viding advice on testing and the recombinant protein for
A/HK/ 156/97 for Western blot analysis, and Alain Moren for
reviewing the manuscript.
This document has been produced with the financial assis-
tance of the European Union and of the Italian Government. The
views expressed herein can in no way be taken to reflect the offi-
cial opinion of the European Union or the Italian Government.
The authors of this article participated as follows: Nguyen
Thanh Liem contributed to the conception, planning, and imple-
mentation of the study and to the preparation and review of the
manuscript. Wilina Lim tested the biological samples, interpreted
the results, and contributed to the preparation of the manuscript.
Mirna Du Ry van Beest Holle and Arnold B osman contributed to
the study design, planning and implementation, and drafting of
the manuscript. Bach Huy Anh contributed to the study design
and implementation. Timothy Uyeki and Peter Horby contributed
to study conception, design, and manuscript drafting. Tom Grein,
Keiji Fukuda, Aaron Curns, and Valerie Delpech contributed to
the study design.
Dr. Liem is director of the National Pediatric Hospital,
Hanoi, Vietnam.
References
1. Yuen KY, Chan PK, Peiris M, Tsang DNC, Que TL, Shortridge KF,
et al. Clinical features and rapid viral diagnosis of human disease
associated with avian influenza A H5N1 virus. Lancet.
1998;351:467-71.
2. Buxton Bridges C, Lim W, Hu-Primmer J, Sims L, Fukuda K, Mak
KH, et al. Risk of influenza A (H5N1) infection among poultry work-
ers, Hong Kong, 1997-1998. J Infect Dis. 2002;185:1005-10. Epub
Mar 19, 2002.
3. Webster RG. Influenza virus: transmission between species and rele-
vance to emergence of the next human pandemic. Arch Virol.
1997;120 (Suppl 120):105-13.
4. Katz JM, Lim W, Bridges CB, Rowe T, Hu-Primmer J, Lu X, et al.
Antibody response in individuals infected with avian influenza A
(H5N1) viruses and detection of anti-H5 antibody among household
and social contacts. J Infect Dis. 1999;180:1763-70.
5. Buxton Bridges C, Katz JM, Seto WH, Chan PK, Tsang D, Ho W, et
al. Risk of influenza A (H5N1) infection among health care workers
exposed to patients with influenza A (H5N1), Hong Kong. J Infect
Dis. 2000;181:344-8.
6. Office International des Epizooties. Disease information bulletin. 12
December 2003. Vol. 16 - No. 50. [accessed October 11.2004].
Available from http://www.oie.int/eng/info/hebdo/AIS_67.HTM#Sec2
7. Office International des Epizooties. Press release. Update on highly
pathogenic avian influenza control methods in Asia including use of
vaccination [accessed October 11, 2004], Available from
http://www.oie.int/eng/press/en_040927.htm
8. Thailand Ministry of Public Health. Press Release: Avian influenza
infectious of patients in Kamphaeng-Phet (Sept 28, 2004) [accessed
October 11, 2004]. Available from http://thaigcd.ddc.moph.go.th/
download/AI_press_280904_en.pdf
9. Hien TT, Liem NT, Dung NT, San LT, Mai PP, Chau NvV, et al. Avian
influenza A (H5N1) in 10 patients in Vietnam. N Engl J Med.
2004;350:1179-88.
214
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
No H5N1 Influenza Hospital Transmission, Hanoi, 2004
10. Rowe T, Abernathy RA, Hu-Primmer J, Thompson WW, Lu X, Lim
W, et al. Detection of human serum antibody to avian influenza A
(H5N1) virus using a combination of serologic assays. J Clin
Microbiol. 1999;37:937-43.
Mirna Du Ry van Beest Holle, Center for Infectious Disease
Epidemiology, National Institute for Public Health and the Environment,
PO Box 1, 3720 BA, Bilthoven, the Netherlands; fax: 31-30-2744409;
email: mirna.du.ry@rivm.nl
The opinions expressed by authors contributing to this journal do
not necessarily reflect the opinions of the Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention or the institutions with which the authors
are affiliated.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
215
RESEARCH
Bacterial Zoonoses and Infective
Endocarditis, Algeria
Akila Benslimani,* 1 Florence Fenollar^ 1 Hubert Lepidi,t and Didier Raoultf
Blood culture-negative endocarditis is common in
Algeria. We describe the etiology of infective endocarditis
in this country. Samples from 110 cases in 108 patients
were collected in Algiers. Blood cultures were performed in
Algeria. Serologic and molecular analysis of valves was
performed in France. Infective endocarditis was classified
as definite in 77 cases and possible in 33. Causative
agents were detected by blood cultures in 48 cases. All 62
blood culture-negative endocarditis cases were tested by
serologic or molecular methods or both. Of these, 34 test-
ed negative and 28 had an etiologic agent identified. A total
of 18 infective endocarditis cases were caused by zoonot-
ic and arthropodborne bacteria, including Bartonella quin-
tana (14 cases), Brucella melitensis (2 cases), and Coxiella
burnetii (2 cases). Our data underline the high prevalence
of infective endocarditis caused by Bartonella quintana in
northern Africa and the role of serologic and molecular
tools for the diagnosis of blood culture-negative endo-
carditis.
I n Algeria, infective endocarditis is common. Vegetations
graft primarily on lesions of rheumatic heart disease
(1,2). The rate of blood culture-negative endocarditis in
Algeria is as high as 76% (2), which leads to difficulty in
antimicrobial treatment. Most cases of blood culture-neg-
ative endocarditis have been thought to be caused by pre-
vious antimicrobial therapy. Infective endocarditis
prognosis is often obscured by delayed diagnosis and a
lack of specific treatment. In Algeria, poor socioeconomic
level and lack of medical follow-up of patients are among
the factors associated with endocarditis. The concentration
of medical infrastructures in the northern part of the coun-
try leads to the referral of patients with serious illnesses,
such as endocarditis, to northern hospitals, especially with-
in Algiers (Figure 1). Algiers, the capital and largest city
with ~5 million inhabitants, has 7 hospitals, including 6
cardiology and 5 cardiac surgery wards. These wards
receive patients with endocarditis, either for diagnosis and
*Service de Biologie Clinique, Alger, Algerie; and fUniversite de la
Mediterranee, Marseille, France
treatment or for corrective surgery of postendocarditis
lesions. A retrospective analysis of Algerian infective
endocarditis cases showed streptococci and staphylococci
were the leading causes, followed by less frequent causes,
such as enterobacteria and Haemophilus spp. (2). A high
percentage of blood culture-negative endocarditis was
noted. However, no study has evaluated the agents respon-
sible for blood culture-negative endocarditis. New sero-
logic and molecular tools, which have improved the
etiologic diagnosis of infective endocarditis, have not been
used to clarify the unknown role of fastidious bacteria
(3-11). In our study, samples were collected from 110
patients with suspected cases of endocarditis. All samples
were analyzed prospectively by using conventional micro-
biologic methods in Algiers. When available, cardiac
valves and serum samples were stored to perform retro-
spective analysis at the Unite des Rickettsies (Marseille,
France).
Material and Methods
Patients
Clinicians usually diagnose infective endocarditis by
using the modified Duke criteria, which includes 3 major
criteria (blood cultures typical of infective endocarditis,
vegetations on echocardiography, and Coxiella burnetii
serologic testing with immunoglobulin [Ig] G phase I titer
>1:800) and 7 minor criteria (positive blood cultures,
fever, previous heart disease, arterial embolism, positive
results on serologic examination for endocarditis bacterial
pathogens, immunologic disorders, and atypical but com-
patible findings on echocardiography) (12). Definite infec-
tive endocarditis is diagnosed if any of the following
conditions is met: 2 major criteria exist; 1 major criterion
and 3 minor criteria; or 5 minor criteria. Possible infective
endocarditis is considered if 1 major criterion and 1 minor
criterion or 3 minor criteria exist. On the basis of these
criteria, we could locate 110 cases in 108 patients with
Hhese 2 authors have contributed equally to the manuscript.
216
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Bacterial Zoonoses and Infective Endocarditis, Algeria
Figure 1. Map of Algeria. Courtesy of Wikipedia Encyclopedia
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki).
definite or possible infective endocarditis in 5 cardiology
wards and 2 cardiac surgery wards in Algiers during a 42-
month period (June 2000-December 2003). For each
patient, an information sheet with epidemiologic, clinical,
echocardiographic, and biologic data was filled out. A min-
imum of 3 blood cultures were sampled per patient. Thirty-
eight cardiac valve specimens from 38 (35.4%) patients
were sampled and stored at -80°C. Thirty-seven cardiac
valve specimens from another 30 (27.3%) patients were
formalin-fixed for pathologic testing. Sixty-one serum
samples from 61 (55.5%) patients were available.
Blood Cultures
Either Castaneda Aer/Anaer (Bio-Rad, Marnes-La-
Coquette, France) or broth for blood culture (Institut
Pasteur d’Algerie, Algiers, Algeria) were used as blood-
culture medium and were incubated at 37°C. If signs of
culture appeared, a blood sample was taken from the cul-
ture bottle and Gram staining on Columbia blood agar
(BioMerieux, Marcy L’Etoile, France) and chocolate agar
(BioMerieux) was performed. Agar plates were incubated
in 5% C0 2 at 37 °C. In the event of culture, the microor-
ganism was identified by API identification tests
(BioMerieux). At day 15 of incubation, if cultures
remained negative, an enrichment of each bottle was
processed on Todd-Hewitt broth (Institut Pasteur
d’Algerie) supplemented with 0.01% L-cysteine (Sigma-
Aldrich, Lausanne, Switzerland) and 0.001% hypochloride
pyridoxal (Sigma- Aldrich). In cases of broth turbidity,
microscopic examinations were performed as described
above. If culture was positive, the strain was identified.
Valve Analysis
Axenic Culture
Thirty-eight excised cardiac valves were examined. If
macroscopic lesions of infective endocarditis were detect-
ed, we attempted to divide the valve into 3 parts to be used
for bacteriologic analysis, storage at -80°C, and histologic
analysis. Portions of valve tissue were ground with a mor-
tar and pestle and cultured on Columbia blood agar and
chocolate agar supplemented with Polyvitaminic
Supplement (Bio-Rad) at 35°C for 15 days in 5% C0 2 . We
performed direct Gram staining and identified colonies as
described above.
Cell Culture
Cell cultures were performed in France. Specimens
from 12 cardiac valves positive on polymerase chain reac-
tion (PCR) for Bartonella quintana or Brucella melitensis
were spread onto cells grown within a shell vial as previ-
ously described (13,14). After 3 weeks of incubation at
37°C, the bacteria were detected by using Gimenez stain-
ing, a direct immunofluorescence test incorporating poly-
clonal antibodies directed against Bartonella , and by PCR
targeting the 16S rRNA sequence.
Molecular Biology
For the 38 cardiac samples stored at -80°C, molecular
analysis was performed in France. After 18 hours of pro-
teinase K digestion at 55°C, DNA was extracted from tis-
sue by using the MagNA Pure LC instrument (Roche
Molecular Biochemicals, Manheim, Germany) and
MagNA Pure LC DNA Isolation Kit III (Roche Molecular
Biochemicals), as described by the manufacturer. A PCR-
positive valve sample taken from a patient with
Staphylococcus aureus endocarditis was used as a positive
control. A mixture of all reagents used for DNA extraction
and DNA extracted from normal heart tissue were
processed as negative controls. One negative control was
included for every 5 samples tested. PCR amplification
and sequencing were performed, as previously described
(15), by using primers in Table 1. PCR targeting the 16S
rRNA sequence was systematically performed. When a
negative result occurred, additional PCR was performed
targeting the 18S and 28S rRNA internal transcribed spac-
er to search for fungal infections. All positive PCR prod-
ucts were sequenced. The sequences were compared to
those available in GenBank. Positive PCR results were
considered as certain, when congruence existed between
the results obtained with PCR and those obtained with
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
217
RESEARCH
Table 1. Primers used for broad-range 16S rRNA polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and, according to species identified by
sequencing, primers targeting a second gene for confirmation of positive 1 6S rRNA PCR results and primers used for fungal PCR
Microorganisms Gene
Eubacteria
16S rRNA
Staphylococcus spp.
RpoB
Streptococcus spp.
RpoB
Enterococcus spp.
RpoB
Streptococcus spp.
SOD
Enterobacteriaceae
RpoB
Mycoplasma homlnls
FtsY
Coxlella burnetii
IS111
Bartonella spp.
ITS
Bacillus spp.
RpoB
Cory ne bacterium spp.
RpoB
Fungi
18S-28S ITS
Forward primer
536f 5' CAGCAGCCGCGGTAATAC
StphF 5' AAACCIATACGCAATTGGTT
StrpF 5' AARYTIGGMCCTGAAGAAAT
StrpF 5' AARYTIGGMCCTGAAGAAAT
dl 5' CCITAYICITAYGAYGCIYTIGARCC
CM7 5' AACCAGTTCCGCGTTGGCCTGG
MH1 F 5' GT GTT GT ATCGACAACAG
Trans3 5' CAACT GT GTGGAATT GAT GA
ITSF1 5' GCGACTGGGGTGAAGTGG
Bc55F 5' T CTCGTATGGAACGT GTT GT
C2700F 5' GWATGAACATYGGBCAGGT
FCU 5' TCCGTAGGTGAACCTGCGG
Reverse primer
RP2 5' ACGGCTACCTTGTTACGACTT
StphR 5' GTTTCATGACTTGGGACGG
StrpR 5' TGIARTTTRT CAT CAACCAT GT G
StrpR 5' TGIARTTTRT CAT CAACCAT GT G
d2 5' ARRTARTAIGCRTGYTCCCAIACRTC
CM31 b 5' CCTGAACAACACGCTCGGA
MH1 R 5' GT GTT GT ATCGACAA
TransS 5' TTTACATGACGCAATAGCGC
ITSR1 5' AGGCTTGGGAT CAT CAT C
Bc260R 5' T GAACGT CACGYACTT CAAA
C3130R 5' TCCATYTCRCCRAARCGCT
RCU 5' GCTGCGTTCTTCATCGATGC
other analyses. With a positive result interpreted as a pos-
sible case, we performed additional PCR, targeting a sec-
ond gene with genus-specific primers (Table 1). When the
PCR was positive and the sequence gave the same result,
the case was reclassified as certain. When the second PCR
was negative, we performed a PCR targeting a third gene.
When both PCRs targeting the second and the third gene
were negative, the result was classified as negative.
Histologic and Immunohistologic Analysis
Thirty- seven valve samples underwent fixation by for-
malin and were paraffin-embedded. Valve specimens were
cut to 3-qm thickness serial sections. Hematoxylin-eosin-
saffron, periodic acid-Schiff, Giemsa, Brown-
Hopps/Brown-Brenn Gram, Grocott-Gomori methena-
mine silver, and Warthin- Starry stains were used (16). On
the basis of the histologic findings, valve specimens were
divided into 3 groups: A, B, and C. Group A samples
showed histologic features of infective endocarditis con-
sisting of vegetations or polymorphonuclear leukocyte-
rich valvular inflammation. Group B specimens showed
valvular inflammation composed of mainly inflammatory
mononuclear cells, macrophages, and lymphocytes with-
out vegetations and microorganisms. Group C samples
were devoid of inflammation, vegetations, or microorgan-
isms. When Bartonella endocarditis was suspected,
immunohistochemical analysis was performed on valve
sections with an anti- Bartonella rabbit polyclonal antibody
as previously described (17).
Serum Sample Analysis
Serologic Testing
Brucella serologic analysis was performed by Rose-
Bengale agglutination (Bio-Rad, Marnes-La-Coquette,
France) for 61 serum samples from 61 patients in Algiers,
and the samples were stored at -20°C for further study.
The confirmation was observed by Wright Serology (Bio-
Rad). In the case of endocarditis, specific antibody titers
exceeded 1:800. Bartonella and C. burnetii serologic test-
ing was performed in France on all 61 samples. For
Bartonella serologic testing, B. quintana and B. henselae
were used as antigens in a microimmunofluorescence
(MIF) assay performed as previously described (18). A
patient was considered to have Bartonella endocarditis
when IgG titers >1:800 were observed (18). The species
identification was performed with Western blot performed
before and after serum cross-adsorption as previously
described (19). For C. burnetii serologic testing,
immunoglobulin (Ig) G, IgM, and IgA antibody titers were
estimated by using an MIF test as previously described
(20). A diagnosis of chronic endocarditis was made when
a patient had an IgG phase I titer >1:800 (20). A Light
Cycler nested PCR was performed on positive serum sam-
ples for Bartonella and C. burnetii as previously described
( 21 , 22 ).
Results
Patient Characteristics
Our prospective study led to identification of 110 cases
from 108 patients. The 110 episodes were classified as 77
(70%) definite infective endocarditis and 33 (30%) possi-
ble infective endocarditis (12). A second episode of infec-
tive endocarditis developed in 2 patients during our survey.
The patients included 64 men and 40 women with a mean
age of 35.3 years (range 17-72 years). The series included
4 children, 2 boys (6 and 8 years of age) and 2 girls (9 and
14 years of age). Among the patients, 34 came from rural
areas, 61 lived in urban areas, 1 was in prison, and no
information could be obtained for 12. Among 96 patients
whose living conditions were known, 59 (61.5%) lived in
poor and crowded families of at least 10 persons. Among
the 110 cases, 87 (79%) episodes were diagnosed on native
valve and 23 (21%) on prosthetic valve. The mitral valve
was affected in 31 (28.2%) cases, the aortic in 29 (26.3%),
and both in 41 (37.2%). The tricuspid valve was affected
in 3 (2.7%) patients, and 4 (3.6%) had aortic, mitral, and
218
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
tricuspid involvement. We reported 1 case with mitral and
pulmonary valves affected, with the persistence of an arte-
rial canal, and 1 patient on a pacemaker.
Blood Cultures
Blood cultures identified 48 microorganisms (Table 2).
Of the 22 Streptococcus spp. cultures, 5 Streptococcus
mitis , 6 Streptococcus sp., 3 S. agalactiae , 3
Granulicatella adiacens , 2 a- Streptococcus, 1 S. oralis , 1
S. intermedius, and 1 Gemella morbillorum were identi-
fied. Seven Staphylococcus aureus and 5 coagulase-nega-
tive Staphylococcus were observed. One Haemophilus
influenzae , 1 H. aphrophilus, 1 Haemophilus sp., 1
Kingella kingae , and 1 Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomi-
tans were identified among the HACEK group
( Haemophilus , Actinobacillus , Cardiobacterium ,
Eikenella , Kingella.). One Brucella melitensis , a zoonotic
agent, was isolated.
Serum Analysis
Using serologic testing, infective endocarditis could be
diagnosed in 11 (18%) of 61 serum samples. A positive
Brucella serologic result with titers of 1:3,200 was
observed for 2 patients (1 sample was also culture posi-
tive). Two other patients had a typical profile of Q fever
endocarditis (Phase I: IgG 1:3,200; IgM 1:25; IgA
1: 1,600/Phase II: IgG 1:6,400; IgM 1:25; IgA 1:1,600 for
1 patient and Phase I: IgG 1:6,400; IgM 1:800; IgA
1: 50/Phase II: IgG 1:12,800; IgM 1:800; IgA 1:100 for the
other patient). Among these 2 patients, C. burnetii Light
Cycler nested-PCR performed on serum samples was
Bacterial Zoonoses and Infective Endocarditis, Algeria
positive for the sample from 1 patient. A positive
Bartonella serologic result, with IgG >1:800, was
observed for 7 patients (Table 3). The Western-blot analy-
sis of the 7 serum samples allowed the specific diagnosis
of B. quintana (Figure 2). Of these 7 patients, B. quintana
Light Cycler nested-PCR performed on serum samples
was positive for 5 patients (Table 3).
Cardiac Valve Analysis
Axenic culture of cardiac valves was positive for 9
samples. The growth of 2 coagulase-negative
Staphylococcus , 2 Streptococcus sp., 1 Staphylococcus
aureus , 1 Streptococcus mitis , 1 S. intermedius , 1
Corynebacterium sp., and 1 Candida kruzei was observed.
Another sample was polymicrobial. Cell culture allowed
the growth of B. quintana , an arthropodborne disease
agent, from 3 valve samples (Tables 2 and 3). The num-
bers of valve specimens classified into groups A, B, and C
were 21, 5, and 11, respectively. With the exception of
Bartonella endocarditis, the samples with histologic fea-
tures of infective endocarditis had vegetations in most
cases, moderate fibrosis, calcifications in some cases, and
numerous inflammatory infiltrates composed predomi-
nantly of polymorphonuclear leukocytes and abundant
neovascularization. By using special stains, microorgan-
isms were visualized in 16 samples from group A, gram-
positive cocci and gram-negative bacilli in 8 cases each.
In samples from group B, the inflammatory infiltrates
were rare and focal and consisted mainly of macrophages
and lymphocytes with discrete neovascularization. The
specimens from group C showed noninflammatory
Table 2. Distribution of 1 10 infective endocarditis cases* diagnosed in Algeria using blood culture, cardiac valve culture, serologic
testing, cardiac valve polymerase chain reaction (PCR), and PCR on serum samples
Positive samples/tested samples
Identified microorganisms
Blood culture
(N = 110)
Cardiac valve
culture (N = 38)
Serologic
testing (N = 61)
Cardiac valve
PCR (N = 38)
PCR on serum
sample (N = 9)
Total
Streptococcus spp. and related
genera
0/22
0/4
NP
7/0
NP|
24/0
Bartonella quintana
0/1 J
0/3
5/2
10/0
3/2
12/2
Staphylococcus spp.
2/10
0/3
NP
2/1
NP
11/3
HACEK§
0/4
0/0
NP
1/1
NP
5/1
Enterococcus spp.
1/1
0/0
NP
1/0
NP
2/1
Brucella melitensis
0/1
0/0
2/0
2/0
NP
2/0
Coxiella burnetii
0/0
0/0
2/0
0/0
1/NP
2/0
Corynebacterium spp.
0/2
0/1
NP
1/0
NP
2/0
Mycoplasma hominis
0/0
0/0
NP
1/0
NP
1/0
Enterobacteria spp.
1/1
0/0
NP
0/0
NP
1/1
Alcaligenes faecalis
0/1
0/0
NP
0/0
NP
1/0
Pseudomonas aeruginosa
0/1
0/0
NP
0/0
NP
1/0
Bacillus cereus
0/0
0/0
NP
1/0
NP
1/0
Candida spp.
0/0
0/1
NP
1/0
NP
1/0
Negative samples for definite infective endocarditis/negative samples
for possible infective endocarditis
No etiology 10/25 211 8/20 211 NP/NP
*77 definite and 33 possible.
fNP, not performed.
jlf we consider that Bartonella quintana was misidentified as Haemophilus influenzae.
§ HACEK, Haemophilus, Actinobacillus, Cardiobacterium, Eikenella, Kingella.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
219
RESEARCH
Table 3. Living conditions, involved cardiac valves, and diagnostic tools for Bartonella qulntana endocarditis cases in 14 patients*
Bartonella Cardiac
Patient
Living conditions
Involved cardiac
valves
Blood
culture
serologic
testing
PCR on serum
sample
valve
culture
Cardiac
valve PCR
Histologic
analysis
1
Poor rural area
Aortic
-
1:800
B. quintana
B. quintana
B. quintana
NP
2
Poor rural area
Mitral
-
1:1,600
-
-
B. quintana
WS+/IC+
3
Poor urban area
Mitral
-
1:800
B. quintana
NP
NP
WS+/IC+
4
Poor rural area
Aortic
-
NP
NP
-
B. quintana
NP
5
Poor urban area
Tricuspid
+ t
1:1,600
B. quintana
NP
NP
NP
6
Poor rural area
Aortic + mitral
-
NP
NP
-
B. quintana
WS+/IC+
7
Unknown
Aortic + mitral
-
NP
NP
-
B. quintana
WS+/IC+
8
Poor urban area
Aortic
-
1:800
B. quintana
-
B. quintana
WS+/IC+
9
Good urban area
Aortic
-
NP
NP
B. quintana
B. quintana
WS+/IC+
10
Good rural area
Aortic + mitral
-
NP
NP
B. quintana
B. quintana
WS+/IC+
11
Poor urban area
Mitral
-
1:3,200
-
NP
NP
NP
12
Poor rural area
Aortic
-
1:3,200
B. quintana
NP
NP
NP
13
Poor rural area
Aortic
-
NP
NP
-
B. quintana
NP
14
Poor rural area
Aortic
-
NP
NP
-
B. quintana
NP
*NP, not performed; WS+, Warth in-Starry positive; IC+, immunochemistry positive; PCR, polymerase chain reaction,
flf we consider that B, quintana was misidentified as Haemophilus influenzae.
degenerative damage with extensive fibrosis and often
calcifications. The histologic features of Bartonella endo-
carditis were different from the other infective endocardi-
tis. Samples from 7 cases with Bartonella endocarditis
were examined. The valve tissues showed degenerative
damage with extensive fibrosis. The valve tissues were
poorly inflamed with rare mononuclear inflammatory cell
infiltrates composed of lymphocytes and macrophages
and discrete neovascularization. Vegetations, present in
all samples, were small in size. In all cases, the Warthin-
Starry stain detected Bartonella , mainly in vegetations as
small bacillary organisms (Figure 3).
The 16S rRNA PCR was positive for 29 cardiac valves
(Tables 2 and 4). B. quintana was detected on 10 speci-
mens (Table 3). Among the Streptococcus spp. and related
genera, 3 Streptococcus sp., 1 S. mitis , 1 S. mutans , 1 S.
gordonii , 1 S. pneumoniae , and 1 Granulicatella adiacens
were detected. Two Staphylococcus aureus and 1 coagu-
lase-negative Staphylococcus were identified. Among the
2 bacteria from the HACEK group, 1 H. paraphrophilus
and 1 Cardiobacterium hominis were identified. PCR per-
formed with a second gene confirmed the previous PCR
results with 1 exception. One Streptococcus sp. was not
retrieved by PCR targeting a second or third gene and was
considered as contamination. The PCR targeting the
18S-28S rRNA ITS allowed the detection of 1 Candida
parapsilosis. Finally, Bartonella spp. were also specifical-
ly visualized in vegetations by immunohistochemistry in
all the cases of B. quintana endocarditis (Figure 3).
Causative Microorganisms and Discordant Results
The overall distribution of causative microorganisms
and their identification, depending on the diagnostic tools
used, are displayed in Table 2. An etiologic agent could not
be determined for 10 (13%) of definite cases and 28 (76%)
of possible cases. For the 2 patients with recurring infective
endocarditis, the cause for the first episode was different
than that of the second episode. One patient had endocardi-
tis caused by Streptococcus oralis , and 1 year later, endo-
carditis caused by K. kingae developed. For the other
patient, no etiologic diagnosis was established for the first
episode, during which a valve removal was necessary. Four
months after cardiac surgery, the patient had endocarditis
12345 12345 12345
207 ►
129 *
85 ►
39 ►
32 ►
17.5 ►
7.1 ►
A B
L
)
c
Figure 2. Western blot performed with a serum sample from a
patient with an endocarditis caused by Bartonella quintana.
Molecular masses (in kilodaltons) are given to the left of the pan-
els. A) Untreated serum sample analyzed with B. quintana (lane
1), B. henselae (lane 2), B. elizabethae (lane 3), B. vinsonii subsp.
arupensis (lane 4), and B. vinsonii subsp. berkhoffii (lane 5) anti-
gens. B) B. quintana - adsorbed serum sample analyzed with B.
quintana (lane 1), B. henselae (lane 2), B. elizabethae (lane 3), B.
vinsonii subsp. arupensis (lane 4), and B. vinsonii subsp. berkhoffii
(lane 5) antigens. C) B. fre/ise/ae-adsorbed serum analyzed with
B. quintana (lane 1), B. henselae (lane 2), B. elizabethae (lane 3),
B. vinsonii subsp. arupensis (lane 4), and B. vinsonii subsp. berk-
hoffii (lane 5) antigens.
220
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Bacterial Zoonoses and Infective Endocarditis, Algeria
Figure 3. A) Section of an aortic valve from a patient with
Bartonella endocarditis. Note the extensive fibrosis of the connec-
tive valve tissue (arrowhead), the vegetation (*), and the low
inflammatory infiltrate of the valve tissue (hematoxylin-phloxine-
saffron, original magnification lOOx). B) Resected valve with
Bartonella quintana infection showing darkly stained bacilli consis-
tent with Bartonella. Note the numerous clusters of argyrophilic
bacteria present in the valvular vegetation (Warth in-Starry silver,
original magnification 1,000x). C) Immunohistochemical detection
of B. quintana in a resected valve from a patient with Bartonella
endocarditis. Note the extracellular distribution of the bacterial
colonies (*) in the valvular vegetation (polyclonal antibody and
hematoxylin counterstain, original magnification 250x).
caused by Staphylococcus epidermidis. Nine discrepant
results were also observed and are summarized in Table 4.
Discussion
Endocarditis cases with fastidious agents escape micro-
biologic diagnosis classically applied in Algerian laborato-
ries. For the first time, we established a profile of the
microbiologic etiology of infective endocarditis in Algeria.
Our conclusions concerning PCR results were submitted to
a rigorous strategy of validation. All of the controls must
be correct for validating each assay. The result was con-
sidered true if confirmation was obtained by successfully
amplifying bacterial DNA when targeting another gene,
the PCR result was congruent with the results of other
diagnostic tools, or both.
Of the 77 cases of definite infective endocarditis, the
cause was found for 67 (87%) cases. The diagnosis was
performed on the basis of positive blood cultures for 44
cases. For 20 (26%) cases, no etiologic diagnosis was
obtained in Algeria but was performed in France on the
basis of cardiac valve PCR, and Bartonella and Coxiella
burnetii serologic testing. These data show improvement
in the etiologic diagnosis of endocarditis when molecular
or serologic tools are used. The rate of remaining infective
endocarditis without cause is comparable to the prevalence
in western countries (16). As in other countries, the etio-
logic distribution is dominated by the bacteria responsible
for infective endocarditis, such as Streptococcus spp. and
related genera, Staphylococcus spp., and bacteria from the
HACEK group. The difference in comparison to other
countries is that blood culture-negative endocarditis is
mainly linked to zoonotic and arthropodborne agents.
For the 33 cases of possible infective endocarditis, the
number of etiologic diagnoses was fewer than those for
definitive infective endocarditis However, in this group,
some cases are infective endocarditis and others are not. If
we consider a Bartonella serologic result >1:800 as a
major criterion (5), the 2 possible cases of B. quintana
infective endocarditis will be classified as definite.
Therefore, Bartonella serologic results should be taken
into account in future revisions of the Duke criteria. Of the
48 case-patients with positive blood cultures, 19 had addi-
tional samples tested through a second analysis (serologic
or molecular methods). Of the 19, 11 had negative results,
5 were concordant, and 3 were discordant. Of these 48 cul-
tures, 1 corresponds to brucellosis.
Of the 62 blood culture-negative endocarditis cases,
samples from all were tested by serologic or molecular
methods. Of these, 34 were negative, and 28 had an etio-
logic agent identified. Seventeen of those were due to
zoonoses or arthropodborne bacterial diseases.
Discrepancies were observed between the results ob-
tained by using the various techniques. Some discrepancies
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
221
RESEARCH
Table 4. Discrepant results between blood culture, cardiac valve culture, cardiac valve PCR, and serologic testing for 9 patients*
Patient
Blood culture
Cardiac valve
culture
16S rRNA PCR
PCR targeting
another gene
Histologic
analysis
Serologic
testing
Conclusions
n
Negative
Candida krusei
Streptococcus
spp.
RpoB: negative
SOD: negative
18-28S ITS: C.
parapsilosis
NP
Negative
C. parapsilosis
2t
Negative
Polymicrobial
Streptococcus
mitis
S. mitis
A
Negative
S. mitis
3t
Negative
CNS
Haemophilus
paraphrophilus
NP
A /BGN
Negative
H. paraphrophilus
4t
Negative
CNS
Bartonella
quintana
B. quintana
NP
NP
B. quintana
5t
S. mitis
Staphylococcus
aureus
Streptococcus
gordonii
S. gordonii
A /CGP
Negative
S. gordonii
6t
H. influenzae
NP
NP
NP
NP
1:1,600
Positive
PCR on
serum
samples
B. quintana
7t
Streptococcus
intermedius
Streptococcus
intermedius
S. mutans
S. mutans
A
NP
S. mutans
at
Negative
Cory ne bacterium
spp.
Bacillus cereus
B. cereus
A
Negative
B. cereus
at
Negative
S. mitis
Enterococcus
ga Hina rum
E. gallinarum
A /CGP
Negative
E. gallinarum
*PCR, polymerase chain reaction; NP, not performed; CNS, coagulase-negative Staphylococcus', BGN, bacillus gram negative; CGP, cocci gram positive.
■fThe microorganisms detected in valve culture were contaminants.
JThe microorganisms were misidentified.
resulted from culture contamination with the cutaneous
flora. A significant rate of contamination has been already
reported, and the low specificity of valve culture that we
observed confirms these results (23-25). One discrepancy
was caused by identification problems at the species level
for Streptococcus. This fact has been previously reported
(7). Another discrepancy was linked to a Candida species
misidentification by phenotypic analysis, which was cor-
rected by using molecular tools. The last discordant case
corresponded to a patient for whom blood cultures were
positive for H. influenzae. When serum samples were ana-
lyzed, a diagnosis of B. quintana endocarditis has been
established in the presence of positive Bartonella MIF,
Western blot, and PCR. We do not know if B. quintana was
misidentified as H. influenzae , which is possible as both
are slow-growing, hemin-dependent, small, gram-negative
bacteria (26). We believe that as fastidious, small, gram-
negative bacteria growing in blood agar, the 2 organisms
may be confused.
In Algeria, cases of infective endocarditis caused by
zoonotic and arthropodborne disease agents, such as
Coxiella burnetii , Brucella melitensis , and Bartonella
quintana are frequently observed and correspond to one
quarter of the performed diagnoses. B. quintana would be
one of the most common agents of infective endocarditis in
our Algiers series (15.6% of definite infective endocardi-
tis). The prevalence of endocarditis caused by Bartonella
varies depends on the country. In Canada, Bartonella caus-
es 3% of endocarditis cases (27). In Sweden, no Bartonella
endocarditis was identified in an analysis of 334 infective
endocarditis cases (28). In the United Kingdom,
Bartonella endocarditis accounts for 1.1% of infective
endocarditis cases (29). In Germany and in France,
Bartonella endocarditis accounts for 3% of all infective
endocarditis (A. Sander et al. unpub. data) (27). The fre-
quency of Bartonella endocarditis is <1% for Sweden and
higher in France, Germany, the United Kingdom (3%), and
North Africa (15%). Such differences may be linked to dif-
ferences in living conditions.
Homeless people are at risk for B. quintana endocardi-
tis (30,31). Indeed, B. quintana, like Rickettsia
prowazekii , the agent of epidemic typhus, is transmitted
by body lice. Those who live in extreme poverty are often
the persons who are infested. The recent description of
typhus in Algeria confirms that poor socioeconomic con-
ditions still exist in this country (32-34). In our studies, B.
quintana endocarditis cases occurred in patients living in
poor conditions. Although the only known reservoir for B.
quintana is humans, the bacterium has recently been asso-
ciated with fleas (35). Moreover, some cases of B. quin-
tana infections have been linked to contact with cats and
cat fleas in patients who were not homeless and did not
have body lice (36).
Brucella melitensis , well known in northern Africa,
where bucellosis is endemic in certain areas, accounts for
2.6% of all infective endocarditis cases for which an etio-
222
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Bacterial Zoonoses and Infective Endocarditis, Algeria
logic diagnosis has been performed (37). Be cause C. bur-
netii detection requires specialized tests not normally
found in most laboratories, it is not often diagnosed in
Algeria (38). Two cases were retrospectively detected.
Importance of infective endocarditis caused by zoonot-
ic and arthropodborne agents in Algeria leads to 2 consid-
erations. First, specific serologic tests need to be used for
diagnosis. Indeed, 25% of our etiologic diagnoses corre-
spond to microorganisms for which the diagnosis is usual-
ly based on serologic testing. Secondly, the therapeutic
impact of Brucella and Coxiella diagnosis is important
because the antimicrobial treatment of endocarditis caused
by these agents must include doxy cy cline. The 2 patients
with Q fever endocarditis died during their hospitalization
because of inadequate antimicrobial therapy. Finally, the
high rate of blood culture-negative endocarditis was not
linked to prior antimicrobial therapy but rather to fastidi-
ous microorganisms for which serologic testing (as for
zoonotic and arthropodborne disease agents) or molecular
analysis (as for Mycoplasma hominis [39] and
Corynebacterium spp.) are diagnostic tools.
Our study underlines the need to perform serologic
analysis to determine for the etiology of infective endo-
carditis. Bartonella serologic testing is an important tool
for diagnosis of blood culture-negative endocarditis and
should be taken into account in future revisions of the
Duke criteria. This study made it possible to show that
zoonotic and arthropodborne disease agents cause one
quarter of infective endocarditis in Algeria; B. quintana
caused 13% of our cases.
Acknowledgments
We thank Kelly Johnston for reviewing the manuscript.
Dr. Benslimani is a physician working at the E.H.S. Dr
Maouche, Algiers, Algeria. Her research interests include the
clinical features and diagnosis of endocarditis.
References
1. Moreillon P, Que YA. Infective endocarditis. Lancet.
2004;363:139-49.
2. Kezzal K. Importance of blood culture in septicemia, particularly
bacterial endocarditis. Arch Inst Pasteur Alger. 1986;55:41-60.
3. Bentley S, Maiwald M, Murphy L, Pallen M, Yeats C, Dover L, et al.
Sequencing and analysis of the genome of the Whipple’s disease bac-
terium Tropheryma whipplei. Lancet. 2003;361:637-44.
4. Gauduchon V, Chalabreysse L, Etienne J, Celard M, Benito Y, Lepidi
H, et al. Molecular diagnosis of infective endocarditis by PCR ampli-
fication and direct sequencing of DNA from valves tissue. J Clin
Microbiol. 2003;41:763-6.
5. Rolain JM, Lecam C, Raoult D. Simplified serological diagnosis of
endocarditis due to Coxiella burnetii and Bartonella. Clin Diagn Lab
Immunol. 2003;10:1147-8.
6. Watkin RA, Lang S, Lambert PA, Littler WA, Elliott TSJ. The micro-
bial diagnosis of infective endocarditis. J Infect. 2003;47:1-11.
7. Podglajen I, Bellery F, Poyart C, Coudol P, Buu-Hoi A, Bruneval P,
et al. Comparative molecular and microbiologic diagnosis of bacteri-
al endocarditis. Emerg Infect Dis. 2003;9:1543-7.
8. Goldenberger D, Kunzli A, Vogt P, Zbinden R, Altwegg M. Molecular
diagnosis of bacterial endocarditis by broad-range PCR amplification
and direct sequencing. J Clin Microbiol. 1997;35:2733-9.
9. Mylonakis E, Calderwood S. Infective endocarditis in adults. N Engl
J Med. 2001;345:1318-30.
10. Millar BC, Moore JE. Emerging issues in infective endocarditis.
Emerg Infect Dis. 2004;10:1110-6.
11. Millar BC, Moore JE. Current trends in the molecular diagnosis of
infective endocarditis. Eur J Clin Microbiol Infect Dis.
2004;23:353-65.
12. Li JS, Sexton DJ, Mick N, Nettles R, Fowler VG Jr, Ryan T, et al.
Proposed modifications to the Duke criteria for the diagnosis of infec-
tive endocarditis. Clin Infect Dis. 2000;30:633-8.
13. Raoult D, Vestris G, Enea M. Isolation of 16 strains of Coxiella bur-
netii from patients by using a sensitive centrifugation cell culture sys-
tem and establishment of the strains in HEL cells. J Clin Microbiol.
1990;28:2482-4.
14. La Scola B, Raoult D. Culture of Bartonella quintana and Bartonella
henselae from human samples: a 5-year experience (1993 to 1998). J
Clin Microbiol. 1999;37:1899-905.
15. La Scola B, Michel G, Raoult D. Use of amplification and sequenc-
ing of the 16S rRNA gene to diagnose Mycoplasma pneumoniae
osteomyelitis in a patient with hypogammaglobulinemia. Clin Infect
Dis. 1997;24:1161-3.
16. Lepidi H, Durack DT, Raoult D. Diagnostic methods current best
practices and guidelines for histologic evaluation in infective endo-
carditis. Infect Dis Clin North Am. 2002;16:339-61.
17. Lepidi H, Fournier P, Raoult D. Quantitative analysis of valvular
lesions during Bartonella endocarditis. A case control study. Am J
Clin Pathol. 2000;114:880-9.
18. Fournier P, Mainardi J, Raoult D. Value of microimmunofluorescence
for the diagnosis and follow-up of Bartonella endocarditis. Clin Diag
Lab Immunol. 2002;9:795-801.
19. Houpikian P, Raoult D. Western Immunoblotting for Bartonella
endocarditis. Clin Diag Lab Immunol. 2003;10:95-102.
20. Tissot-Dupont H, Thirion X, Raoult D. Q fever serology: cutoff deter-
mination for microimmunofluorescence. Clin Diag Lab Immunol.
1994;1:189-96.
21. Zeaiter Z, Fournier P, Greub G, Raoult D. Diagnosis of Bartonella
endocarditis by a real-time nested-PCR assay using serum. J Clin
Microbiol. 2003;41:919-25.
22. Fournier P, Raoult D. Comparison of PCR and serology for the diag-
nosis of acute Q fever. J Clin Microbiol. 2003;41:5094-8.
23. Giladi M, Szold O, Elami A, Bruckner D, Johnson BL Jr.
Microbiological cultures of heart valves and valve tags are not valu-
able for patients without infective endocarditis who are undergoing
valve replacement. Clin Infect Dis. 1997;24:884-8.
24. Chuard C, Antley CM, Reller LB. Clinical utility of cardiac valve
Gram stain and culture in patients undergoing native valve replace-
ment. Arch Pathol Lab Med. 1998;122:412-5.
25. Campbell WN, Tsai W, Mispireta LA. Evaluation of the practice of
routine culturing of native valves during valve replacement surgery.
Ann Thorac Surg. 2000;69:548-50.
26. Colson P, Lebrun L, Drancourt M, Boue F, Raoult D, Nordmann P.
Multiple recurrent bacillary angiomatosis due to Bartonella quintana
in an HIV-infected patient. Eur J Clin Microbiol Infect Dis.
1996;15:178-80.
27. Raoult D, Fournier P, Drancourt M, Marrie T, Etienne J, Cosserat P,
et al. Diagnosis of 22 new cases of Bartonella endocarditis. Ann
Intern Med. 1996;125:646-53.
28. Werner M, Fournier PE, Andersson R, Hogevik H, Raoult D.
Bartonella and Coxiella antibodies in 334 prospectively studied
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
223
RESEARCH
episodes of infective endocarditis in Sweden. Scand J Infect Dis.
2003;35:724-7.
29. Lamas CC, Eykyn SJ. Blood culture negative endocarditis: analysis
of 63 cases presenting over 25 years. Heart. 2003;89:258-62.
30. Klein JL, Nair SK, Harrison TG, Hunt I, Fry NK, Friedland JS.
Prosthetic valve endocarditis caused by Bartonella quintana. Emerg
Infect Dis. 2002;8:202-3.
31. Posfay Barbe K, Jaeggi E, Ninet B, Liassine N, Donatiello C, Gervaix
A, et al. Bartonella quintana endocarditis in a child. N Engl J Med.
2000;342:1841-2.
32. Niang M, Brouqui P, Raoult D. Epidemic typhus imported from
Algeria. Emerg Infect Dis. 1999;5:716-8.
33. Birg ML, La Scola B, Roux V, Brouqui P, Raoult D. Isolation of
Rickettsia prowazekii from blood by shell vial cell culture. J Clin
Microbiol. 1999;37:3722-4.
34. Mokrani K, Fournier PE, Dalichaouche M, Tebbal S, Aouati A,
Raoult D. Epidemic typhus is a reemerging threat in Algeria. J Clin
Microbiol. 2004;42:3898-900.
35. Rolain JM, Franc M, Davoust B, Raoult D. Molecular detection of
Bartonella quintana , B. koehlerae, B. henselae , B. clarridgeiae,
Rickettsia felis, and Wolbachia pipientis in cat fleas, France. Emerg
Infect Dis. 2003;9:338-42.
36. Fournier P, Lelievre H, Eykyn S, Mainardi J, Marrie T, Bruneel F, et
al. Epidemiologic and clinical characteristics of Bartonella quintana
and Bartonella henselae endocarditis: a study of 48 patients.
Medicine. 2001;80:245-51.
37. Memish ZA, Balkhy HH. Brucellosis and international travel. J
Travel Med. 2004;11:49-55.
38. Maurin M, Raoult D. Q fever. Clin Microbiol Rev. 1999;12:518-53.
39. Fenollar F, Gauduchon V, Casalta JP, Lepidi H, Vandenesch F, Raoult
D. Mycoplasma endocarditis: two case reports and a review. Clin
Infect Dis. 2004;38:e21-4.
Address for correspondence: Didier Raoult, CNRS UMR 6020, Unite des
Rickettsies, IFR, 48 Universite de la Mediterranee, Faculte de medecine,
27 Boulevard Jean Moulin, 13385 Marseille cedex 5, France; fax: 33-
491-83-03 90; email: Didier.Raoult@medecine.univ-mrs.fr
224
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Novel Flavivirus or New Lineage of
West Nile Virus, Central Europe
Tamas Bakonyi,*t Zdenek Hubalek,± Ivo Rudolf^ and Norbert Nowotny *§ 1
A flavivirus (strain 97-103) was isolated from Culex
pipens mosquitoes in 1997 following floods in South
Moravia, Czech Republic. The strain exhibited close anti-
genic relationship to West Nile virus (WNV) prototype strain
Eg-101 in a cross-neutralization test. In this study, mouse
pathogenicity characteristics and the complete nucleotide
and putative amino acid sequences of isolate 97-103,
named Rabensburg virus (RabV) after a nearby Austrian
city, were determined. RabV shares only 75%-77%
nucleotide identity and 89%-90% amino acid identity with
representative strains of WNV lineages 1 and 2. Another
RabV strain (99-222) was isolated in the same location 2
years later; it showed >99% nucleotide identity to strain 97-
103. Phylogenetic analyses of RabV, WNV strains, and
other members of the Japanese encephalitis virus (JEV)
complex clearly demonstrated that RabV is either a new
(third) lineage of WNV or a novel flavivirus of the JEV
group.
W est Nile vims (WNV), a member of the Japanese
encephalitis vims (JEV) group within the genus
Flavivirus , family Flaviviridae , is the most widespread
flavivirus, occurring in Africa, Eurasia, Australia, and
North America. Other members of the JEV group fla-
vivimses are Cacipacore virus (CPCV), Koutango virus
(KOUV), JEV, Murray Valley encephalitis virus (MVEV),
Alfuy virus (ALFV), St. Louis encephalitis virus (SLEV),
Usutu virus (USUV), and Yaounde vims (YAOV) (1).
Although initially WNV was considered to have minor
human health impact, the human and equine outbreaks in
Europe (Romania, Russia, France, Italy), Africa (Algeria,
Tunisia, Morocco), and Asia (Israel) within the last 10
years, and especially the virus’s emergence and spread in
North America since 1999, put it into the focus of scientif-
ic interest. The distribution and ecology of WNV, as well
as clinical features, pathogenesis, and epidemiology of
West Nile disease have been reviewed (2-6). Phylogenetic
*University of Veterinary Medicine, Vienna, Austria; fSzent Istvan
University, Budapest, Hungary; ^Institute of Vertebrate Biology
ASCR, Brno, Czech Republic; and §United Arab Emirates
University, Al Ain, United Arab Emirates
analyses showed 2 distinct lineages of WNV strains
(which themselves subdivide into several subclades or
clusters), isolated in different geographic regions (7-10).
The presence of WNV in central Europe has been
known for some time. Serologic surveys have detected
specific antibodies to WNV in several vertebrate hosts in
Austria, Czech Republic, Hungary, and Slovakia during
the past 40 years, and several virus strains were isolated
from mosquitoes, rodents, and migrating birds (3). Human
cases of West Nile fever were reported in the Czech
Republic in 1997 (11) and in Hungary in 2003 (12).
Although these countries are important transit areas or
final destinations for migratory birds from the African con-
tinent, and hence may play an important role in the circu-
lation and conservation of different WNV strains, genetic
information about the strains isolated in central Europe has
not been available. We report the complete genome
sequence and phylogenetic analyses, as well as antigenic
and mouse virulence characteristics, of a unique flavivirus
strain (97-103), closely related to WNV, which was isolat-
ed by intracranial injection of suckling mice with
homogenates of female Culex pipiens mosquitoes collect-
ed 10 km from Lanzhot, Czech Republic, after a flood in
1997 (11,13,14). The collection site was very close to the
Czech-Austrian border, ~2 km from the small Austrian
town of Rabensburg. Consequently, the isolate 97-103 was
later tentatively called Rabensburg virus (RabV). Another
antigenically identical or very closely related strain (99-
222) was isolated from Cx. pipiens mosquitoes in the same
location 2 years later (14).
Methods
Isolates 97-103 (passage 5 in suckling mouse brain
[SMB]) and 99-222 (passage 4 in SMB) were freeze-dried
in October 2000 (14). Viral RNA was extracted from
140 |lL of virus resuspended in diethylpyrocarbonate
Hhis study will be presented at the International Conference on
Emerging Infectious Diseases, February 26-March 1 , 2005, Al Ain,
United Arab Emirates.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
225
RESEARCH
(DEPC)-treated water, using the QIAamp viral RNA Mini
Kit (Qiagen, Hilden, Germany), according to the manufac-
turer’s instructions. For amplification of the complete
genome, oligonucleotide primers were designed with the
help of the Primer Designer 4 for Windows 95 program
(Scientific and Educational Software, version 4.10) and
were synthesized by GibcoBRL Life Technologies, Ltd.
(Paisley, Scotland, UK). A complete list of the 35 primers
used in reverse transcription-polymerase chain reaction
(RT-PCR) and sequencing reactions is available upon
request. Reverse transcription and amplification were per-
formed with a continuous RT-PCR method with the Qiagen
OneStep RT-PCR Kit (Qiagen) following the manufactur-
er’s instructions. Reverse transcription (at 50°C for 30 min)
was followed by a denaturation step at 95 °C for 15 min, and
40 cycles of amplification (94°C for 40 s, 57°C for 50 s,
72°C for 1 min). Reactions were completed by a final
extension for 7 min at 72°C, and the amplicons were kept
at 4°C until electrophoresis was carried out. The reactions
were performed in a Perkin-Elmer GeneAmp PCR System
2400 thermocycler (Perkin-Elmer Corp., Wellesley, MA,
USA). After RT-PCR, the amplicons were electrophoresed
in agarose gel, stained with ethidium bromide, and bands
were visualized under UV light. Gels were photographed
with a Kodak DS Electrophoresis Documentation and
Analysis System (Eastman Kodak Company, New Haven,
CT, USA). Product sizes were determined with reference to
a 100 - bp DNA Ladder (Promega, Madison, WI, USA).
Fluorescence-based direct sequencings were performed in
both directions on the PCR products with the ABI Prism
Big Dye Terminator cycle sequencing ready reaction kit
(Perkin-Elmer) and an ABI Prism 310 genetic analyzer
(Perkin-Elmer) automated sequencing system (15).
The nucleotide sequences were identified by BLAST
search against GenBank databases and were compiled and
aligned with the help of the Align Plus 4 for Windows 95
(Scientific and Educational Software, version 4.00) and
ClustalX Multiple Sequence Alignment (version 1.81) pro-
grams. Phylogenetic analysis was performed with the
Phylogeny Inference Program Package (PHYLIP) version
3.57c. Distance matrices were generated by the Fitch pro-
gram, with a translation/transversion ratio of 2.0.
Phylogenetic trees were delineated by using the Tree View
(Win32) program version 1.6.6.
Results
Both virus strains were identified as WNV by comple-
ment fixation and neutralization tests (11,13). Strain 97-
103 was compared antigenically in detail with the
Egyptian Eg- 101 topotype strain of WNV (16), a represen-
tative of WNV lineage 1 (clade la). In plaque-reduction
cross-neutralization tests (PRNT) with homologous and
heterologous antisera (produced by injection of ICR mice
with 3 intraperitoneal doses at weekly intervals), the serum
raised against Eg- 101 neutralized both the homologous
virus and 97-103 at a titer of 512, while the strain 97-103
specific serum was effective against strain Eg- 101 only at
a titer of 64, although it neutralized the homologous virus
at 512. The average 4-fold difference in cross-PRNT titers
indicates certain antigenic heterogeneity of the 2 strains,
and the 97-103 isolate was therefore regarded as a subtype
of WNV (14).
Virulence of RabV strains 97-103 and 99-222 was deter-
mined by intracranial and intraperitoneal injection of spe-
cific-pathogen-free (SPF) outbred ICR mice. Central
nervous system symptoms (e.g., pareses of hind limbs)
developed in suckling mice, which died 7-15 days after
intracranial injection (Table 1). Adult mice did not show
any clinical symptoms and survived the experimental infec-
tion. On the other hand, the WNV topotype strain Eg- 101
caused fatal illness in intracranially injected mice, killing
them within 4 to 6 days after infection, regardless of their
age (11,13). After intraperitoneal injection, strain Eg- 101
killed all suckling mice but a <10% of adult mice; RabV
strains 97-103 and 99-222 killed approximately one third of
suckling mice, and the average survival time was 11 days
(range 10-14 days). Thus, both Rabensburg virus strains
exhibit clearly lower virulence for mice than the Egyptian
WNV topotype strain. In addition, average survival time of
suckling ICR mice injected intracranially with RabV was
significantly longer than with strain Eg- 101.
The genome of strain 97-103 Rabensburg virus (RabV)
was investigated by RT-PCR and subsequent direct
sequencing of the amplicons. Initially, oligonucleotide
primers designed on the consensus sequences of linage 1
and 2 WNV strains were applied to the viral nucleic acid
of RabV. On the basis of the sequence information
obtained from these PCR products, specific primer pairs
were designed to produce overlapping amplicons covering
Table 1 . Survival time (days) of suckling mice injected intracranially with Rabensburg virus isolates 97-103 and 99-222
Suckling mouse brain
Strain 97-103
Strain 99-222
(SMB) passage no.
Average survival time
Range
Average survival time
Range
smb 0 *
12.1
12-13
12.2
9-15
SMB 1
8.5
7-10
11.8
11-13
smb 2
8.5
7-11
10.0
9-11
smb 3
8.1
7-9
8.7
7-10
*Represents the original mosquito suspension during virus isolation attempts.
226
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
the entire genome. The RT-PCR products were sequenced,
and the sequences were compiled, resulting in a 10,972 -
nucleotide (nt-) sequence that represented the complete
genome of the virus. The sequence was identified by
BLAST search against GenBank databases. The highest
identity rates of RabV to other flavi viruses (78%-90%)
were found with certain regions of WNV strains of lineage
1 and 2.
From the second isolate (99-222), 5 genomic regions
have been amplified and sequenced so far, showing a total
of 3656 nt. They represent partial coding sections from the
core (C), anchored C, premembrane (PreM), and mem-
brane (M) protein regions (between nucleotide positions
117 and 752); NS 3 protein region (between nucleotide
positions 5294 and 5536, and between nucleotide positions
5565 and 6343); NS4b and NS5 regions (between
nucleotide positions 7321 and 8112); and NS5 protein
region (between nucleotide positions 9095 and 10305).
Partial sequence analysis of isolate 99-222 showed >99%
identity to 97-103. Aligned to strain 97-103, only a few
nucleotide substitutions were observed, in the following
positions: C 609 to T; C 720 to A; G 5727 to A (resulting in an
amino acid change Met to lie); T 5910 to C (resulting in an
Novel Flavivirus or New Lineage of West Nile Virus
amino acid change lie to Thr); T 5961 to C; C 9630 to A; and
^9843 t° T.
Similar to other flavi viruses (17), the nucleotide
sequence of RabV contains 1 open reading frame (ORF)
encoding the viral proteins as a large polyprotein precur-
sor. The ORF starts at nucleotide position 97, and codes for
a 3,433-amino acid (aa) polypeptide. The putative amino
acid sequence of the polyprotein precursor gene of RabV
97-103 has been translated; based on the amino acid align-
ment with WNV, the putative mature proteins, conserved
structural elements, and putative enzyme motifs were
localized. The anchored C protein is located between nt 97
and 465; within this region, the C protein is located
between nt 97 and 411. The PreM protein is encoded from
nt 466 to nt 966, with the M protein between nt 742 and
966. The envelope (E) protein is encoded between
nucleotide positions 967 and 2469, followed by the non-
structural proteins NS1 (nt 2470-3525), NS2a (nt
3526-4218), NS2b (nt 421SM611), NS3 (nt 4612-6468),
NS4a (nt 6469-6846), 2K (nt 6847-6915), NS4b (nt
6916-7680), and NS5 (nt 7681-10395), respectively.
Amino acid identities with WNV were found at the known
conserved positions (i.e., Cys residues involved in
Table 2. Sequences of West Nile virus (WNV) strains and other members of the Japanese encephalitis virus group used for
phylogenetic analyses
Virus name
Code
Accession
no.*
Year
Isolation
Host
Geographic origin
WNV lineage,
clade
WNV HNY1999
NY99a
AF202541
1999
Human
New York
la
WNV NY99flamingo38299
NY99b
AF1 96835
1999
Flamingo
New York
la
WNV IS98STD
Is98
AF481864
1998
Stork
Israel
la
WNV Italyl 998Equine
It98
AF404757
1998
Horse
Italy
la
WNV RO9750
Ro96
AF260969
1996
Culex pipiens
Romania
la
WNV VLG4
Rus99a
AF317203
1999
Human
Volgograd
la
WNV LEIV-Vlg99-27889
Rus99b
AY277252
1999
Human
Volgograd
la
WNV PaHOOl
Tu97
AY268133
1997
Human
Tunisia
la
WNV PaAnOOl
FrOO
AY268132
2000
Horse
France
la
WNV EglOl
Eg51
AF260968
1951
Human
Egypt
la
WNV Chin-01
ChinOI
AY490240
Unknown
Unknown!
China
la
WNV Kunjin MRM61C
WNV Sarafend
Kunjin
Sarafend
D00246
AY688948
1960
Cx. armulirostris
Laboratory strain
Australia
1b
2
WNV B956 (WNFCG)
Ug37
Ml 2294
1937
Human
Uganda
2
WNV LEIV-Krnd88-1 90
Rus98
AY277251
1998
Dermacentor
marginatus
Caucasus
4t
Rabensburg virus (97-103)
RabV
AY765264
1997
Cx. pipiens
Czech Republic
3t
Japanese encephalitis virus
JEV
NC_001 437
-
-
-
-
Murray Valley
encephalitis virus
MVEV
NC_000943
—
—
—
—
Usutu virus
USUV
AY45341 1
-
-
-
-
Saint Louis
encephalitis virus
SLEV
AF013416
-
-
-
-
Alfuy virus
ALFV
AF0 13360
-
-
-
-
Cacipacore virus
CPCV
AF013367
-
-
-
-
Koutango virus
KOUV
AF0 13384
-
-
-
-
Yaounde virus
YAOV
AF013413
-
-
-
-
*Partial nucleotide sequences (NS5 protein region) are indicated in italics.
fUnknown, tentative speciation.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
227
RESEARCH
intramolecular bonds in the E and NS1 protein, putative
integrin binding motif of the E protein, catalytic triad and
substrate binding pocket of the trypsin-like serine protease,
RNAhelicase motif of the NS3 protein, and RNA-depend-
ent RNA polymerase motif of the NS 5 protein; 15).
To investigate the phylogenetic relationship of RabV to
other WNV isolates, multiple nucleotide and putative
amino acid sequence alignments were made involving 16
WNV strains (listed in Table 2). Although several
complete WNV nucleotide sequences from previously
published studies (10,18) have been deposited in the
GenBank databases, only selected representatives of line-
ages and clades have been included in our alignments, in
order to obtain more precise and demonstrative trees.
RabV exhibited 73%-77% nucleotide identity rates to
the different WNV strains (Table 3). The relationships
between the strains are demonstrated in Figure 1. The 2
lineages of WNV are obviously separated in the tree. Clade
la viruses form a tight cluster with close genetic relation-
ship among the members. Kunjin virus, the representative
of clade lb, appears as a separate branch of lineage 1.
Unfortunately, no complete genome sequence information
is available on clade lc (Indian strains); thus, they are not
represented in the tree. The prototype Uganda strain B956
(WNFCG) of lineage 2 is grouped together with the
Sarafend strain, a laboratory strain with uncertain origin
and passage history. Two viruses proved to be clearly dis-
tinct with significant genetic distances to all other WNV
strains and also from each other: RabV and strain LEIV-
Kmd88-190 (in the phylogenetic trees designated Rus98).
The latter virus was isolated from Dermacentor margina-
tus ticks in the northwest Caucasus Mountain valley in
1998 and was regarded as a new variant of WNV (19-21).
Because these 2 viruses differ considerably from all WNV
strains, the issue is raised about whether classifying these
2 viruses as separate members of the JEV group might be
more appropriate.
To elucidate this question, a comprehensive phyloge-
netic analysis was performed on all representatives of the
JEV group. Because only partial common sequence infor-
mation of the NS 5 protein gene region is currently avail-
able from SLEV, ALV, CPCV, KOUV, and YAOUV (22),
the phylogenetic analysis had to be restricted to this
region (Figure 2). Within the investigated genome stretch,
RabV showed 77%-78% identity to lineage 1 and 2 WNV
strains, 77% identity to strain LEIV-Krnd88-190, and
71%-76% identity to other representatives of the JEV
group. In the phylogenetic tree (Figure 2), the separation
of the 2 unique strains (RabV and LEIV-Krnd88-190 =
Rus98) from WNV is clearly visible. Although RabV
Table 3.
Nucleotide and amino acid identity rates between RabV*
and other flaviviruses
Code
Identity to RabV (%)
Nucleotide
Amino acid
WNV lineage and clade
Complete
Partial!
Complete
Partial!
NY99a
la
77
78
90
95
NY99b
la
77
78
90
95
Is98
la
77
78
90
95
It98
la
77
78
90
95
Ro96
la
77
78
90
95
Rus99a
la
77
78
90
95
Rus99b
la
77
78
90
95
Tu97
la
76
78
90
95
FrOO
la
77
78
90
95
Eg51
la
77
78
90
95
ChinOI
la
77
78
90
95
Kunjin
1b
75
77
89
94
Sarafend 2
77
78
90
96
Ug37
2
77
78
90
96
Rus98
4 (speculation)
73
77
87
95
JEV
-
68
74
75
86
MVEV
-
69
74
76
86
USUV
-
68
72
75
83
SLEV
-
-
71
-
78
ALFV
-
-
74
-
88
CPCV
-
-
71
-
79
KOUV
-
-
76
-
90
YAOV
-
-
75
-
87
*RabV, Rabensburg virus; JEV, Japanese encephalitis virus; MVEV, Murray Valley encephalitis virus; USUV, Usutu virus; SLEV, St. Louis encephalitis
virus; ALFV, Alfuy virus; CPCV, Cacipacore virus; KOUV, Koutango virus; YAOV, Yaounde virus.
tPartial alignment between nucleotide positions 9067 and 10101.
^Partial alignment between amino acid positions 2991 and 3335.
228
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Novel Flavivirus or New Lineage of West Nile Virus
Figure 1. Phylogenetic tree illustrating the genetic relationship
between selected West Nile virus strains based on their complete
genome sequences. Bar on the left demonstrates the genetic dis-
tance. (Abbreviations and accession numbers are listed in Table 2.)
exhibits the closest relationship to the WNV representa-
tives, similar identity rates (76%) exist between MVEV
and USUV, as well as between JEV and ALFV, and these
viruses have been taxonomically classified as separate
viruses. The Rus98 virus clusters together with KOUV, a
virus isolated originally from a Kemp’s gerbil ( Tatera
kempi) in Senegal 1968 and subsequently recovered from
other rodent species and several genera of ticks
( Rhipicephalus , Hyalomma , Alectorobius ) in central
Africa (23). The Rus98 strain was also isolated from
ticks.
The putative amino acid sequence of RabV was also
compared with the corresponding sequences of representa-
tives of WNV lineages and clades, as well as with other
JEV group viruses on the available polypeptide sequence
regions. RabV shared 89%-90% identity on the complete
polypeptide precursor region with the WNV strains, 87%
identity with the Rus89 strain, and 75%-76% identity with
JEV, USUV, and MVEV. The alignments of the partial
amino acid sequences of the NS5 region (between aa 2991
and 3335) showed 94%-96% identity rates with the WNV
strains, 95% with strain Rus98, and 78%-90% with the
other members of the JEV group (Table 3). Phylogenetic
trees, based on the amino acid alignments, displayed near-
ly identical topology to nucleotide sequence-based trees
(data not shown). The complete genome sequence of RabV
(flavivirus strain 97-103) has been deposited in GenBank
under accession no. AY765264.
Discussion
WNV strains of different lineages exhibit considerable
genomic diversity (76%-77% nucleotide identity only). At
the same time, WNV is not sharply delimited genomically
from the other members of the JEV group. The available
partial sequences of the NS 5 gene region from other virus-
es of the group show 71%-76% nucleotide and 78%-90%
amino acid identities to WNV strains. The closest relatives
of WNV are KOUV and YAOV (10,22-24).
Lineage 1 of WNV comprises strains from several con-
tinents and is subdivided into at least 3 clades. In clade la,
several subclades or clusters are formed by closely related
strains, such as strains isolated 40-50 years ago in Europe
and Africa; strains isolated 20-30 years ago in Africa;
strains isolated within the last 10 years in Europe and
Africa; and strains isolated within the last 5 years in the
United States and Israel. Clade lb consists of the
Australian isolates (Kunjin), while clade lc contains
strains from India. Lineage 2 is composed of WNV strains
that have been isolated, so far exclusively, in the sub-
Saharan region of Africa and in Madagascar (18). The
genetic distance between the 2 lineages is relatively great
in contrast to that within some representatives of lineage 1
that were isolated in distant geographic locations and with-
in considerable time intervals. While the viruses in clade
la share 95.2%-99.9% nucleotide and 99.3%-100%
amino acid identity to each other, and also 86.6%-87.8%
nucleotide and 97.4%-97.7% amino acid identity to the
clade lb viruses, the overall identity rates between lineage
1 and 2 are only 75.7%-76.8% on nucleotide level and
93.2%-94.0% on amino acid level (18), identity rates that
resemble those between RabV and either lineage 1 or line-
age 2 WNV strains. Besides genomic differences, anti-
genic variability can be observed in cross-neutralization
analyses and monoclonal antibody binding assays (8,18).
The results of the phylogenetic analyses indicate that
viruses closely related to WNV are present in central
Europe and southern Russia. Although these viruses have
initially been identified as WNV, they can be regarded, on
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
229
RESEARCH
Figure 2. Phylogenetic tree illustrating the genetic relationship
between representatives of the Japanese encephalitis virus com-
plex and selected West Nile virus strains based on partial genome
sequences of the NS5 protein gene. Bar on the left demonstrates
the genetic distance. (Abbreviations and accession numbers are
listed in Table 2.)
the basis of their genetic distances, either as separate line-
ages of WNV (RabV: lineage 3; LEIV-Krnd88-190 =
Rus98: lineage 4) or as new viruses within the JEV group.
The antigenic and biologic differences between RabV and
the WNV reference strain Eg- 101 also support this opin-
ion. Isolation of RabV in 1997 was obviously not an iso-
lated event; rather, flaviviruses of the RabV type seem to
be present or persist in this area, as demonstrated by the
isolation of an almost identical virus strain (99-222) 2
years later (14). The ecology of RabV needs further inves-
tigation. Other unanswered questions concern the patho-
genicity and host spectrum of the virus, especially
regarding possible human infections.
To summarize, a novel flavivirus strain of unknown
human pathogenicity, repeatedly isolated from Cx. pipiens
mosquitoes in central Europe, has been molecularly char-
acterized, including determination of its complete
nucleotide and deduced amino acid sequences. Based on
the analysis of the virus and comparison with related virus-
es including phylogenetic relationships, we suggest that
RabV be classified either as a new (third) lineage of WNV
or as a novel flavivirus within the JEV group.
This study was funded by a grant of the Austrian Federal
Ministry for Health and Women’s Issues, and it was also sup-
ported by the Czech Science Foundation (206/03/0726).
Dr. Bakonyi is a lecturer in virology at the Faculty of
Veterinary Science, Budapest, and also works as a guest
researcher at the University of Veterinary Medicine, Vienna. He
is interested in the molecular diagnosis and epidemiology of ani-
mal and human viruses.
References
1. Heinz FX, Collett MS, Purcell RH, Gould EA, Howard CR,
Houghton M, et al. Family Flaviviridae. In: van Regenmortel MHV,
Faquet CM, Bishop DHL, editors. Virus taxonomy, Seventh
International Committee for the Taxonomy of Viruses. San Diego:
Academic Press; 2000. p. 859-78.
2. Hayes CG. West Nile fever. In: Monath TP, editor. The arboviruses:
epidemiology and ecology. Vol. V. Boca Raton (FL): CRC Press;
1989. p. 59-88.
3. Hubalek Z, Halouzka J. West Nile fever — a reemerging mosquito-
borne viral disease in Europe. Emerg Infect Dis. 1999;5:643-50.
4. Hubalek Z. European experience with the West Nile virus ecology
and epidemiology: could it be relevant for the New World? Viral
Immunol. 2000;13:415-26.
5. Murgue B, Zeller H, Deubel V. The ecology and epidemiology of
West Nile virus in Africa, Europe. In: Mackenzie JS, Barrett ADT,
Deubel V, editors. Japanese encephalitis and West Nile viruses.
Current topics in Microbiology. Vol. 267: West Nile. Berlin: Springer;
2002. p. 195-221.
6. Zeller HG, Schuffnecker I. West Nile virus: an overview of its spread
in Europe and the Mediterranean basin in contrast to its spread in the
Americas. Eur J Clin Microbiol Infect Dis. 2004;23:147-56.
7. Berthet F, Zeller HG, Drouet M, Rauzier J, Digoutte J, Deubel V.
Extensive nucleotide changes and deletions within the envelope gene
of Euro-African West Nile viruses. J Gen Virol. 1997;78:2293-7.
8. Savage HM, Ceianu C, Nicolescu G, Karabatsos N, Lanciotti RS,
Vladimirescu A, et al. Entomologic and avian investigations of an
epidemic of West Nile fever in Romania, 1996, with serologic and
molecular characterization of a virus from mosquitoes. Am J Trop
MedHyg. 1999;61:600-11.
9. Lanciotti RS, Roehrig JT, Deubel V, Smith J, Parker M, Steele K, et
al. Origin of the West Nile virus responsible for an outbreak of
encephalitis in the northeastern U.S. Science. 1999;286:2333-7.
10. Charrel RN, Brault AC, Gallian P, Lemasson JJ, Murgue B, Murri S,
et al. Evolutionary relationship between Old World West Nile virus
strains evidence for viral gene flow between Africa, the Middle East,
and Europe. Virology. 2003;315:381-8.
11. Hubalek Z, Halouzka J, Juricova Z. West Nile fever in Czechland.
Emerg Infect Dis. 1999;5:594-5.
12. Ferenzi E, Bakonyi T, Toth-Mittler E, Czegledi A, Ban E. Emergence
of an old-new virus: domestic West Nile virus infections with central
nervous system symptoms, 2003-2004. In: Abstracts of the 2004 year
Congress of the Hungarian Society for Microbiology; 2004. Oct. 7-9,
Keszthely, Hungary. Abstract p. 36-7 [in Hungarian]. Budapest:
Hungarian Soceity for Microbiology; 2004.
230
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Novel Flavivirus or New Lineage of West Nile Virus
13. Hubalek Z, Halouzka J, Juricova Z, Sebesta O. First isolation of mos-
quito-borne West Nile vims in the Czech Republic. Acta Virol.
1998;42:119-20.
14. Hubalek Z, Savage HM, Halouzka J, Juricova Z, Sanogo YO, Lusk S.
West Nile virus investigations in South Moravia, Czechland. Viral
Immunol. 2000;13:427-33.
15. Bakonyi T, Gould EA, Kolodziejek J, Weissenbock H, Nowotny N.
Complete genome analysis and molecular characterization of Usutu
virus that emerged in Austria in 2001; comparing with the South
African strain SAAR- 1776 and other flaviviruses. Virology.
2004;328:301-10.
16. Melnick JL, Paul JR, Riordan JT, Barnett VH, Goldblum N, Zabin E.
Isolation from human sera in Egypt of a virus apparently identical to
West Nile vims. Proc Soc Exp Biol Med. 1951;77:661-5.
17. Rice CM, Lenches EM, Eddy SR, Shin SJ, Sheets RL, Strauss JH.
Nucleotide sequence of yellow fever virus: Implications for flavivirus
gene expression and evolution. Science. 1985;229:726-33.
18. Lanciotti RS, Ebel GD, Deubel V, Kerst AJ, Murri S, Meyer R, et al.
Complete genome sequences and phylogenetic analysis of West Nile
virus strains isolated from the United States, Europe, and the Middle
East. Virology. 2002;298:96-105.
19. Prilipov AG, Kinney RM, Samokhvalov El, Savage HM, Al’khovskii
SV, Tsuchiya KR, et al. Analysis of new variants of West Nile fever
virus [in Russian], Vopr Virusol. 2002;47:36-41.
20. Lvov DK, Kovtunov Al, Iashkulov KB, Gromashevskii VL,
Dzharkenov AF, Shchelkanov MI, et al. Circulation of West Nile
virus (. Flaviviridae , Flavivirus ) and some other arbovimses in the
ecosystems of Volga delta, Volga- Akhtuba flood-lands and adjoining
arid regions (2000-2002) [in Russian]. Vopr Virusol. 2004;49:45-51.
21. Lvov DK, Butenko AM, Gromashevsky VL, Kovtunov Al, Prilipov
AG, Kinney R, et al. West Nile virus and other zoonotic viruses in
Russia: examples of emerging-reemerging situations. Arch Virol
Suppl. 2004;18:85-96.
22. Kuno G, Chang GJ, Tsuchiya KR, Karabatsos N, Cropp CB.
Phylogeny of the genus Flavivirus. J Virol. 1998;72:73-83.
23. Burke DS, Monath TP. Flavivimses. In: Knipe DM, Howley PM,
Griffin DE, Lamb RA, Martin MA, Roizman B, et al. editors. Fields
virology, vol. 1. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2001.
p. 1055-109.
24. Gaunt MW, Sail AA, de Lamballerie X, Falconar AK, Dzhivanian TI,
Gould EA. Phylogenetic relationships of flavivimses correlate with
their epidemiology, disease association and biogeography. J Gen
Virol. 2001;82:1867-76.
Address for correspondence: Norbert Nowotny, Zoonoses and Emerging
Infections Group, Clinical Virology, Clinical Department of Diagnostic
Imaging, Infectious Diseases and Clinical Pathology, University of
Veterinary Medicine, Vienna, A- 12 10 Vienna, Austria; fax: 43 1
250772790; email: Norbert.Nowotny@vu-wien.ac.at
Past Issues on West Nile Virus
EMERGING I
INFECTIOUS DIS
EMERGING #
INFECTIOUS DISEASE
INFECTIOUS DISEASES
EMERGIN
a ea
emergBI
OPPORTUNITIES FOR PEER REVIEWERS
The editors of Emerging Infectious Diseases seek to
increase the roster of reviewers for manuscripts submitted
by authors all over the world for publication in the journal.
If you are interested in reviewing articles on emerging
infectious disease topics, please e-mail your name, address,
curriculum vitae, and areas of expertise to eideditor@
cdc.gov
At Emerging Infectious Diseases, we always request
reviewers’ consent before sending manuscripts, limit
review requests to three or four per year, and allow 2-4
weeks for completion of reviews. We consider reviewers
invaluable in the process of selecting and publishing high-
quality scientific articles and acknowledge their contribu-
tions in the journal once a year.
Even though it brings no financial compensation, partic-
ipation in the peer-review process is not without rewards.
Manuscript review provides scientists at all stages of their
career opportunities for professional growth by familiariz-
ing them with research trends and the latest work in the
field of infectious diseases and by improving their own
skills for presenting scientific information through con-
structive criticism of those of their peers. To view the spec-
trum of articles we publish, information for authors, and
our extensive style guide, visit the journal web site at
w w w. cdc . go v/eid .
For more information on participating in the peer-review
process of Emerging Infectious Diseases, email eideditor@
cdc.gov or call the journal office at 404-371-5329.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
231
RESEARCH
Survey for Bat Lyssaviruses,
Thailand
Boonlert Lumlertdacha,* Kalyanee Boongird,t Sawai Wanghongsa,t Supaporn Wacharapluesadee4
Lawan Chanhome,* Pkamatz Khawplod,* Thiravat Hemachudha4 Ivan Kuzmin, §
and Charles E. Rupprecht§
Surveillance for lyssaviruses was conducted among
bat populations in 8 provinces in Thailand. In 2002 and
2003, a total of 932 bats of 11 species were captured and
released after serum collection. Lyssavirus infection was
determined by conducting virus neutralization assays on
bat serum samples. Of collected samples, 538 were either
hemolysed or insufficient in volume, which left 394 suitable
for analysis. These samples included the following:
Pteropus lylei (n = 335), Eonycteris spelaea (n = 45),
Hipposideros armiger (n = 13), and Rousettus leschen-
naulti (n = 1). No serum samples had evidence of neutral-
izing antibodies when tested against rabies virus. However,
16 samples had detectable neutralizing antibodies against
Aravan virus, Khujand virus, Irkut virus, or Australian bat
lyssavirus; all were specifically associated with fruit bats P.
lylei (n = 15) and E. spelaea (n = 1). These results are con-
sistent with the presence of naturally occurring viruses
related to new putative lyssavirus genotypes.
R abies is an acute encephalitis caused by a lyssavirus.
On a global basis, bats have been associated with sev-
eral different genotypes of lyssavirus (1-5). Two human
infections with Australian bat lyssavirus (ABLV) have
been reported, the clinical signs of which were consistent
with classical rabies infection, namely a diffuse, nonsup-
purative encephalitis (3). A serosurvey for agents similar to
ABLV among bats in the Philippines detected a prevalence
of 9.5% (22/231) (6). Six of 14 species (fruit- and insect-
eating bats) were seropositive for reactivity against ABLV.
These included Taphozous melanopogan (4/30),
Mineopterus schreibersi (4/11), Philetor brachypterus
(1/13), Scotophilus kuhlii (4/63), Pteropus hypomelanus
(3/14), and Rousettus amplexicaudatus (6/50) (6).
*Thai Red Cross Society, Bangkok, Thailand; fMinistry of
Agriculture, Bangkok, Thailand; 4Chulalongkorn University,
Bangkok, Thailand; and §Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention, Atlanta, Georgia, USA
However, Asian bat lyssaviruses (1,2,4) were unavailable
at that time to check for cross-reactivity.
Canine rabies is enzootic in Thailand. No bat- associated
rabies or lyssavirus deaths in have been reported in humans
or other animals (7).This lack of data for other agents, how-
ever, does not exclude their existence (1). Rabies statistics
in humans and animals are underreported (8). Moreover,
without a history of dog bite, rabies may be dismissed, or
clinical manifestations of bat-related cases may be variable
(8). In the context of bat lyssavirus as an emerging global
infectious disease, baseline data are necessary to allow for
future public health assessment of its impact. This active
surveillance sought to determine whether bats in Thailand
had evidence of lyssavirus infections.
Methods
Collection of Specimens
From March 2002 through August 2003, bats were col-
lected from 8 provinces throughout central, eastern, and
southern Thailand (Figure 1). Sites were chosen on the
basis of local reports of known bat colonies or after inves-
tigation by the Royal Department of Forestry, Ministry of
Agriculture. Insectivorous bats in caves were captured dur-
ing the day by using fine-mesh, long-handled butterfly
nets. Larger fruit bats were captured with nets near sunset,
as the bats flew for foraging activities, or before dawn
when returning to their roosts (Figure 2). Thick leather
gloves were worn when bats were handled and transferred
into individual cotton pouches for transportation and pro-
cessing.
Of the 932 bats collected, all were identified to 11 dif-
ferent species of both insectivorous and frugivorous bats
(Table 1). Forty percent were female. All bats appeared
healthy. At least 110 bat species (>20 million) are believed
to be present in Thailand, according to estimates from a
232
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Survey for Bat Lyssaviruses, Thailand
Figure 1. Map of Thailand showing bat collection sites from 8
provinces and locations of bats found seropositive. 1 = Chonburi,
2 = Singburi, 3 = Ayuttaya, 4 = Chachongsao, 5 = Rayong, 6 =
Prachinburi, 7 = Ratchaburi, 8 = Suratthani.
Royal Department of Forestry survey in 2003. Eighty five
percent are insectivorous; the rest are frugivorous.
Bats were anesthetized by administering a 0.2- to 0.5-
mg intramuscular injection of ketamine hydrochloride.
Animals were identified to sex and by species, based on
gross morphology, as described (9). Animals were marked
by hair or claw clipping. Blood, obtained from wing veins
or by direct cardiac puncture, was transferred from the col-
lecting syringe into 1.5-mL microtubes (Axygen
Scientific, Union City, CA, USA) and stored in an icebox
until centrifugation. Serum was frozen at -20°C during
transportation and stored in a freezer at -70°C. After
recovery from sedation, bats were allowed to fly to their
roosts. Sixteen of 932 died during the capture process.
Inspection of the capture sites 1-2 months later included
an assessment of whether the local ecology was disturbed.
No additional bats died after the procedure, according to
residents living near roosts.
Serologic Testing for Neutralizing Antibodies
Serum specimens were obtained from blood samples
after clotting. In general, 394 samples from 4 different
species were of sufficient volume and quality (Table 2).
The samples originated from Chonburi (n = 167), Ayuttaya
(n = 105), Chachoengsao (n = 36), Singburi (n = 81), and
Surattani (n = 5). For adequate volume during testing, they
were diluted 1:5 in Eagle’s minimum essential medium
(Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA, USA) supplemented with 2%
fetal bovine serum (Invitrogen). Serum samples were heat-
inactivated for 30 min at 56°C before testing.
Initially, all 394 samples were screened in a modified
rapid fluorescent focus inhibition test (6) against rabies
virus (RABV, strain CVS- 11) and ABLV (pteropid sub-
type; 40 50% tissue culture infective dose), with World
Health Organization standard serum as a source for posi-
tive control antibody with 50% endpoint dilution of 1 IU =
1:20. Approximately 50 qL of diluted serum at 1:5, 1:10,
and 1:20 dilutions was incubated with 50 |lL of ABLV in
96- well microtiter plates for 90 min at 37 °C in a C0 2 incu-
bator. Murine neuroblastoma cells (50 qL) were added to
each serum-virus mixture, which was incubated for 20 h.
Culture medium was removed after incubation, and the
plates were fixed with 90% acetone, air-dried, and then
stained with fluorescein isothiocyanate-conjugated anti-
rabies monoclonal antibodies (Fujirebio Diagnostic, Inc,
Malvern, PA, USA). Samples were considered positive if
the number of fluorescent foci was reduced by 50% at the
1:5 dilution.
Those samples that demonstrated positive or suspicious
activity were additionally tested against a broader panel of
other lyssaviruses, including Aravan, Khujand, and Irkut
virus isolates. Twofold serum dilutions, from 1:25 to 1:100,
were tested, and virus doses varied from 32 to 100 infec-
tious units. These reactions were performed by using drops
of cell culture medium on 4-well (6-mm) Teflon-coated
glass slides (Cell-line/Erie Scientific Co., Portsmouth, NH,
USA), incubated in a moist chamber for 48 h.
Direct Fluorescent Antibody (DFA)
and Mouse Inoculation (Ml) Testing of Brains
Brains from 16 dead bats (2 P. lylei and 14 P. hypome-
lanus) were collected in iceboxes at the capture sites for
transportation and then were stored at -70°C until testing.
Each brain was tested for lyssavirus antigen by DFA.
Multiple impressions were prepared, and slides were fixed
in acetone, allowed to dry at room temperature, and stained
with commercial fluorescein isothiocyanate-conjugated
anti-rabies monoclonal antibodies (Fujirebio Diagnostic,
Inc). These brain impressions were examined with a fluo-
rescent microscope.
For MI testing, pooled 20% brain suspensions from all
16 bats were prepared by mixing ~0.5 g of each bat brain
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
233
RESEARCH
Figure 2. Thai Flying foxes (Pteropus lylei) at their roost.
in 32 mL of normal saline solution. No antimicrobial
preparations were added. The mixture was left to sediment
at room temperature for 30 min, and the supernatant was
used to inject into the brains of 1 -month-old Swiss albino
strain mice. Approximately 0.03 mL of each suspension
was injected into each of 30 mouse brains. They were kept
in 6 glass jars (5 in each) with a diameter of 15 cm and
were observed for 60 days.
Results
Serologic Testing
All 394 serum samples were negative against RABV,
but 16 (4%) were positive or suggestive of ABLV (Table 2).
Further tests of these samples demonstrated neutralizing
activity against Aravan, Khujand, or Irkut viruses or ABLV
(Table 3). These 16 samples originated from 2 species, P.
lylei (n = 15) and Eonycteris spelaea (n = 1), collected at
Chonburi (n = 9), Singburi (n = 4), Ayuttaya (n = 2), and
Chachoengsao (n =1) Provinces (Table 2).
Chonburi is adjacent to Chachoengsao Province in the
east, whereas Singburi and Ayuttaya are both located in the
central part of the country (Figure 1). Approximately 5%
of positive bat serum specimens were found in 2 eastern
provinces (Chonburi, 9/158 and Chachoengsao, 1/36) ver-
sus 3% in 2 central provinces (Singburi, 4/81, and
Ayuttaya, 2/105). Antibody-positive bats were dispersed
throughout the collection period (March 2002 through
August 2003). Most (15 of 16) positive samples came from
P. lylei. One of 45 E. spelaea (versus 15 of 335 P. lylei)
tested positive.
DFA and Ml Testing
Sixteen bat brains tested by DFA had no detectable
lyssavirus antigen. After intracerebral injection, 4 of 30
mice died, on days 11, 12, 14, and 21, respectively. None
of these 4 brains tested positive with DFA for evidence of
lyssavirus antigens.
Discussion
This study presents evidence of neutralization of
lyssaviruses other than RABV and ABLV by sera from
Thai bats. These findings are consistent with the presence
of naturally induced antibodies against >1 lyssavirus geno-
type in the Thai bat populations studied.
Lyssaviruses are classified into groups on the basis of
their genetic, antigenic, and relative pathogenic attributes.
At least 7 putative genotypes and 2 major phylogroups are
recognized on the basis of their overall phylogenetic
Table 1 . Bat species captured in Thailand
Province
Species
Chonburi Rayong Ayuttaya
Chachoengsao Singburi
Prachinburi
Ratchaburi
Suratthani
Total
Hipposideros
lavatus
46
40
86
H. armiger
103
103
Eonycteris
spelaea
28
36
64
Rousettus
1
5
5
11
leschennault
Pteropus lylei
150 242
110 58
28
588
P. hypomelanus
16 3
19
P. vampyrus
23
23
Emballonura
14
14
monticola
Scotophillus
heath I
3
3
Mega derm a
13
13
spasma
Cynopterus
sphinx
8
8
Total
241 3 245
110 99
28
124
82
932
234
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Survey for Bat Lyssaviruses, Thailand
Table 2. Bat sera screened and positive for neutralizing antibodies (positive/screened)
Species
Site
Total
Chonburi
Singburi
Ayuttaya
Chachoengsao
Suratthani
Hipposideros armiger
1/8
0/5
1/13
Eonycteris spelaea
0/22
0/23
0/45
Rousettus leschermault
0/1
0/1
Pteropus lylei
8/1 36
4/58
2/1 05
1/36
15/335
Total
9/1 67
4/81
2/1 05
1/36
0/5
16/394
relatedness (1). Phylogroup I includes RABV (genotype
1), Duvenhage vims (DUVV) (genotype 4), European bat
lyssavirus (EBLV) 1 (genotype 5), EBLV-2 (genotype 6),
and ABLV (genotype 7). Phylogroup II includes Lagos bat
vims (LBV) (genotype 2) and Mokola virus (MOKV)
(genotype 3) (10). In this study, neutralization titers to new
putative genotypes, namely, Irkut, Khujand, and Aravan
vimses, and of much lesser degree to ABLV but not to
RABV, were evident. Khujand virus is related to genotype
6, while Aravan virus is related to Khujand virus, with
moderate similarity to genotypes 4, 5, and 6 (2,4). ABLV
is more closely related to RABV (3). When a comparative
phylogenetic analysis was performed, Irkut virus was rec-
ognized as a member of a cluster joining lyssavirus geno-
types 4 and 5 (76% bootstrap support) (1).
This preliminary study demonstrates that which vims is
used for a serologic test is critical. All Thai samples were
negative to RABV and most to ABLV, findings which help
explain why lyssavirus infection has not previously been
reported in Thai bats. A relatively low prevalence of
lyssavirus infection in Thai bats in the current study (4%
as compared to 9.5% in the Philippines survey [6]) may be
explained by the fact that as many as 43 samples had a 1:5
(some of them, both 1:5 and 1:10) dilution considered
unreadable because of the effect of hemolysis. Moreover,
another 13 samples with equivocal result were seropositive
for ABLV after subsequent testing. Lurther testing of these
additional 13 samples against Irkut, Khujand, and Aravan
viruses was not possible because of insufficient volume.
Therefore, the actual positive number might be 29 (7.3%)
of 396. Nevertheless, without a Thai lyssavirus isolate,
concluding to which virus these bats have been exposed is
difficult. These data also suggest that several lyssaviruses
are in circulation throughout Thailand as well as other
Asian countries, such as in the Philippines, Central Asia,
and portions of Russia (1,2, 4, 6).
Lurther studies throughout the year should be expanded
to other species of bats, as well as a focus upon bats such
as P. lylei and in locations with the highest prevalence of
neutralizing antibodies. Whether P. lylei is the single most
important species is not known. Surveillance among sick
and dying bats and collection of their brains would assist
in identifying infecting viruses.
Public health authorities need to be aware of the poten-
tial for bats to transmit lyssaviruses, and to increase sur-
veillance and public education. Attention should focus on
the protective efficacy of commercially available vaccines
and immune globulins against these novel nonrabies
lyssaviruses after exposure, before fatal human infection
occurs.
Table 3. Neutralization of lyssaviruses by Thai bat sera*|
Antibody titers against different viruses
Serum ID
Aravan
Khujand
Irkut
ABLV
CVS-1 1
78B
<10
<10
>200
<10
<10
733
<10
<10
>200
<10
<10
688
1:56
1:25
<10
<10
<10
615
1:13
1:25
<10
<10
<10
120
<10
<10
1:65
<10
<10
0/69
<10
<10
1:170
<10
<10
96
<10
1:21
1:33
<10
<10
125
1:20
1:56
1:13
<10
<10
741
1:12
<10
>200
1:13
<10
731
<10
<10
>200
<10
<10
724
1:35
1:56
1:29
<10
<10
303
1:35
1:50
1:50
<10
<10
740
1:35
<10
>200
<10
<10
729
1:40
>200
>200
1:20
<10
461
1:56
<10
1:16
<10
<10
519
1:35
<10
1:50
<10
<10
*ABLV, Australian bat lyssavirus; CVS, challenge virus standard.
fBoldface indicates statistical significance.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
235
RESEARCH
Acknowledgments
We thank our colleagues at the Thai Red Cross Society,
Ministry of Agriculture, and Chulalongkorn University for their
input and expertise, Denny Constantine and Richard Luce, and
staff members in the Viral and Rickettsial Zoonoses Branch of the
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Special thanks to the
family of Joachim-Sutthiporn Bulian for the field information.
This research was supported in part by a grant from
Thailand Research Fund.
Dr. Lumlertdacha is a staff member in the Rabies Diagnostic
and Quarantine Unit, Queen Saovabha Memorial Institute, Thai
Red Cross Society. His areas of interest are rabies epidemiology,
zoonoses, including surveys of Nipah virus and lyssaviruses, and
the diagnosis of rabies in animals.
References
1. Botvinkin AD, Poleschuk EM, Kuzmin IV, Borisova TI, Gazaryan
SV, Yager P, et al. Novel lyssaviruses isolated from bats in Russia.
Emerg Infect Dis. 2003;9:1623-5.
2. Arai YT, Kuzmin IV, Kameoka Y, Botvinkin AD. New lyssavirus
genotype from the Lesser Mouse-eared Bat ( Myotis blythi ),
Kyrghyzstan. Emerg Infect Dis. 2003;9:333-7.
3. Gould AR, Hyatt AD, Lunt R, Kattenbelt JA, Hengstberger S,
Blacksell SD. Characterization of a novel lyssavirus isolated from
pteropid bats in Australia. Virus Res. 1998;54:165-87.
4. Kuzmin IV, Orciari LA, Arai YT, Smith JS, Hanlon CA, Kameoka Y,
et al. Bat lyssaviruses (Aravan and Khujand) from Central Asia: phy-
logenetic relationships according to N, P and G gene sequences. Virus
Res. 203;97:65-79.
5. Iwasaki T, Inoue S, Tanaka K, Sato Y, Morikawa S, Hayasaka D, et
al. Characterization of Oita virus 296/1972 of Rhabdoviridae isolat-
ed from a horseshoe bat bearing characteristics of both lyssavirus and
vesiculovirus. Arch Virol. 2004;149:1139-54.
6. Arguin PM, Murray-Lillibridge K, Miranda ME, Smith JS, Calaor
AB, Rupprecht CE. Serologic evidence of lyssavirus infections
among bats, the Philippines. Emerg Infect Dis. 2002;8:258-62.
7. Smith P, Lawhaswasdi K, Vick W. Isolation of rabies virus from fruit
bats in Thailand. Nature. 1967;216:384.
8. Hemachudha T, Laothamatas J, Rupprecht CE. Human rabies: a dis-
ease of complex neuropathogenetic mechanisms and diagnostic chal-
lenges. Lancet Neurol. 2002;1:101-9.
9. Lekagul B, McNeely J. Mammals of Thailand. Bangkok: Darnsutha
Press; 1988.
10. Badrane H, Bahloul C, Perrin P, Tordo N. Evidence of two lyssavirus
phylogroups with distinct pathogenicity and immunogenicity. J Virol.
2001;75:3268-76.
Address for correspondence: Boonlert Lumlertdacha, Queen Saovabha
Memorial Institute, Thai Red Cross Society, Rama 4 Rd, Bangkok 10330,
Thailand; fax: 662-2540212; email: Qsmibld@yahoo.com
EMERGING
INFECTIOUS DISEASES
A Peer-Reviewed Journal Tracking and Analyzing Disease Trends Vol.8, No.3, March 2002
236
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Spotted Fever Group and Typhus
Group Rickettsioses in Humans,
South Korea
Yeon-Joo Choi,* 1 Won-Jong Jang, 1 * Jong-Hyun Kim,* Ji-Sun Ryu,* Seung-Hyun Lee,* Kyung-Hee
Park,* Hyung-Suk Paik,t Young-Sang Koh4 Myung-Sik Choi,§ and Ik-Sang Kim§
The presence of the nucleic acid of the spotted fever
group (SPG) and typhus group (TG) rickettsiae was inves-
tigated in 200 serum specimens seropositive for SFG rick-
ettsiae by multiplex-nested polymerase chain reaction with
primers derived from the rickettsial outer membrane protein
B gene. The DNAof SFG, TG, or both rickettsiae was ampli-
fied in the 24 serum specimens, and sequence analysis
showed Rickettsia conorii, R. japonica, and R. felis in the
specimens. R. conorii and R. typhi were found in 7 serum
specimens, which indicated the possibility of dual infection
in these patients. These findings suggest that several kinds
of rickettsial diseases, including boutonneuse fever, rick-
ettsialpox, R. felis infection, and Japanese spotted fever, as
well as scrub typhus and murine typhus, are occurring in
Korea.
H uman rickettsioses, known to occur in Korea, include
mainly scrub typhus, murine typhus, and epidemic
typhus. Scrub typhus, caused by Orientia tsutsugamushi , a
major rickettsial disease in Korea, is transmitted through
the bites of mite larvae. An earlier study by Choi and col-
leagues reported that 34.3% of febrile hospital patients in
autumn were seropositive for the disease (1). Rickettsia
typhi , transmitted by the fleas of various rodents, causes
murine typhus, which is a milder form of typhus than
human typhus (2). The first patient with murine typhus in
Korea was reported in 1959. Two cases of murine typhus
confirmed by culture were reported since 1988 (3,4), and
now >200 cases of murine typhus are presumed to occur
annually in South Korea. Epidemic typhus is caused by R.
*Konkuk University, Choongbuk, Republic of Korea; fPusan
National University, Pusan, Republic of Korea; 4Cheju National
University College of Medicine, Jeju, Republic of Korea; and
§Seoul National University College of Medicine and Institute of
Endemic Disease, Seoul, Republic of Korea
prowazekii and is transmitted by the body louse (5). The
disease is fatal in 10% to 30% of patients, depending on
underlying diseases and the nutritional state of the host (2).
The disease appeared after the end of the Korean War.
Since 1951, however, no other cases have been reported in
Korea (6).
Spotted fever group (SFG) rickettsioses are associated
with arthropods, such as ticks, mites, and fleas (2). SFG
comprises several divergent lineages: the R. rickettsii
group, R. japonica , R. montana , the R. massiliae group, R.
Helvetica , R. felis, and the R. akari group (2). Recently, the
nucleic acids of R. japonica and R. rickettsii were found in
Haemaphysalis longicornis in Korea (7). A previous sero-
epidemiologic study demonstrated that SFG rickettsioses
were highly likely in Korea (8). No clinical human case of
SFG rickettsioses, however, has been reported in Korea
until now.
In this study, to check whether SFG rickettsioses were
present in humans, serum specimens from patients with
acute febrile disease were studied by using molecular
sequence-based identification techniques. We report the
presence of the rompB gene of SFG rickettsiae, similar to
R. akari , R. conorii , R. japonica , and R. felis , in serum
specimens from Korean patients with acute febrile disease.
The nucleic acids of both R. conorii and R. typhi were
found to coexist in 7 serum specimens. This study presents
the first molecular evidence of SFG rickettsioses in
humans.
Materials and Methods
Rickettsial Strains
The following strains were obtained from the American
W.-J. Choi and W.-J. Jang contributed equally to this work.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
237
RESEARCH
Type Culture Collection (ATCC; Manassas, VA, USA): R.
typhi Wilmington (VR-144), R. prowazekii Breinl (VR-
142), R. akari MK (VR-148), R. japonica YH (VR-1363),
R. conorii Indian Tick Typhus (VR-597), and R. sibirica
246 (VR-151). These rickettsial agents were propagated in
Vero (CRL-1586) or L929 (CCL-1) cell monolayers.
Serum Samples and Serologic Testing
The serum specimens analyzed in this study were
obtained from South Korean patients with acute febrile ill-
ness from 1993 to 1999. The specimens were submitted to
the Institute of Endemic Disease at Seoul National
University’s Medical Research Center for laboratory diag-
nosis for scrub typhus, leptospirosis, and hemorrhagic
fever with renal syndrome caused by hantavirus. Some of
the serum specimens were used for the nucleic acid detec-
tion study of SFG rickettsial agents. The rationale for
selecting the samples for polymerase chain reaction (PCR)
analysis included the presence of immunoglobulin (Ig) M
antibodies with titers from 1:40 to 1:160 against any of the
tested antigens in the samples. Serologic testing was per-
formed by indirect immunofluorescence assay (IFA) with
a panel of 4 SFG rickettsial antigens, R. japonica, R. akari ,
R. conorii , and R. sibirica , as previously described (8).
Oligonucleotide Primers
The oligonucleotide primers used for priming the PCRs
are shown in Table 1 . The primers were developed on the
basis of the rompB gene sequences of R. conorii strain
Seven (GenBank accession no. AF123721), and the citrate
synthase (git A) gene sequence of R. prowazekii (GenBank
accession no. M17149) was synthesized. The selection of
the primers was based on the “primer 3” program
(http://www-genome.wi.mit.edu/cgi-bin/primer/
primer3_www.cgi/), to obtain the optimal melting temper-
ature and GC content and to avoid hairpin loop structures.
The selected sequences were analyzed through the BEAST
program (http : //w w w. ncbi . nlm. nih. go v/B FAST) .
Detection of rompB Gene in Human Sera
DNA for PCR analysis was extracted from 200 p L of
serum samples by using QIAamp Blood Mini Kit (Qiagen
GmbH, Hilden, Germany) according to the manufacturer’s
instructions. SFG and typhus group (TG) rickettsia rompB
gene in human sera were detected with multiplex nested
PCR. The primary amplification of the specimen was per-
formed in a final reaction volume of 50 pD. The reaction
mixture contained 5 pD of prepared DNA sample, 20 pmol
of rompB outer forward primer (OF) and outer reverse
primer (OR), 200 pM of deoxynucleoside triphosphate
mixture (dNTP, Takara, Otsu, Japan), 1 x PCR buffer, 1.25
U Taq polymerase (Takara EX Taq, Takara), and distilled
water. First, PCR reactions were incubated at 95 °C for 5
min, subjected to 35 cycles of 95°C for 15 s, 54°C for 15
s, and 72°C for 30 s, and final extension at 72°C for 3 min
in a GeneAmp PCR system 9600 (Perkin-Elmer Applied
Biosystems, Foster City, CA, USA). After this, 2 pD of the
amplified product was again amplified in a nested fashion
with inner primer sets (rompB SFG IF, rompB SFG/TG IR,
and rompB TG IF). The nested PCR reaction mixture con-
tained 10 pmol of each primer in a PCR premixture tube
(AccuPower PCR PreMix, Bioneer Corp., Daejon, Korea)
that contained 1 U of Taq DNA polymerase, 250 qmol/F
each of dNTP, 50 mmol/F of Tris-HCl (pH 8.3), 40
mmol/F of KC1, 1.5 mmol/F of MgCl 2 , and gel loading
dye. The volume was then adjusted to 20 pD with distilled
water. Nested PCR reactions were incubated at 95 °C for 5
min, subjected to 35 cycles of 95°C for 15 s, 56°C for 15
s, and 72°C for 30 s, and final extension at 72°C for 3 min.
PCR amplification of the gltA gene of SFG and TG rick-
ettsiae was performed by using the oligonucleotide pairs
RpCS.877p and RpCS.l,258n for the primary PCR ampli-
fication and RpCS.896p and RpCS.l,233n for the second-
ary amplification. The primary PCR cycling condition
consisted of incubation at 95 °C for 5 min, then 35 cycles
each of 15 s at 95°C, 15 s at 54°C, and 30 s at 72°C, fol-
lowed by a final extension cycle of 3 min at 72°C. The
nested PCR cycling condition consisted of incubation at
Table 1 . Oligonucleotide primers for amplification of partial rickettsial genes*
Primer
Target rickettsia group
Gene
Position
Nucleotide sequence (5-3')
rompB OF
SFG and TG
rompB}
3,620-3,643
GTAACCGGAAGTAATCGTTTCGTAA
rompB OR
SFG and TG
rompB
4,131-4,109
GCTTTATAACCAGCTAAACCACC
rompB SFG IF
SFG
rompB
3,652-3,674
GTTTAATACGTGCTGCTAACCAA
rompB SFG/TG IR
SFG and TG
rompB
4,077-4,057
GGTTTGGCCCATATACCATAAG
rompB TG IF
TG
rompB
3,828-3,850
AAGATCCTT CT GAT GTTGCAACA
RpCS.877p§
SFG and TG
gltAt
877-895
GGGGGCCTGCTCACGGCGG
RpCS.1 ,258n§
SFG and TG
gltA
1 ,258-1 ,237
ATTGCAAAAAGTACAGTGAACA
RpCS.896p
SFG and TG
gltA
896-91 5
GGCTAATGAAGCAGTGATAA
RpCS.1 ,233n
SFG and TG
gltA
1,233-1,215
GCGACGGTATACCCATAGC
*SFG, spotted fever group; TG, typhus group; OR, outer reverse primer; OF, outer forward primer.
fOligonucleotide primer sequences derived from Rickettsia conorii genes (accession no. AF123721).
^Oligonucleotide primer sequences derived from R. prowazekii genes (accession no. Ml 7149).
§Primer sequences derived from (9).
238
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Spotted Fever and Typhus Group Rickettsioses
95°C for 5 min, then 35 cycles each of 15 s at 95°C, 15 s
at 54°C, and 30 s at 72°C, followed by a final extension
cycle of 3 min at 72°C. To avoid cross-contamination, 3
separate rooms with entirely separate equipment and solu-
tions were used. Thus, the handling and treatment of sam-
ples and the addition of a template, the handling of
DNA-free PCR reagents, and the post-PCR work were
strictly separated. Aerosol-resistant tips (Axigen
Scientific, Inc., Union City, CA, USA) were used for the
handling of all reagents in the PCR study. The amplifica-
tion products were visualized by electrophoresis on a 1.5%
agarose gel stained with ethidium bromide (0.5 |lg/mL)
and using 1 x TAE migration buffer (pH 8.0; 40 mmol/L
Tris-acetate, 1 mmol/L EDTA).
Restriction Fragment Length
Polymorphism (RFLP) Analysis
The PCR products were purified by using an AccuPrep
PCR purification kit (Bioneer Corp.), according to the
manufacturer’s instructions. Restriction endonuclease
digestions were performed with 10 (iL of amplified prod-
ucts by using Alul (New England Biolabs, Beverly, MA,
USA). The digested DNA was resolved by electrophoresis
through a 10% polyacrylamide gel at 100 V for 4 h in a 1
x TBE buffer (pH 8.0; 90 mmol/L Tris-borate, 2 mmol/L
EDTA), and was visualized after staining with ethidium
bromide.
Cloning, Sequencing, and Analysis of Nucleotide
All positive PCR products were cloned by using
pGEM-T Easy Vector System I (Promega). Verifying
whether the clones contained inserts was accomplished by
digestion of plasmid DNA with EcoRI (New England
Biolabs) and separation in 1.5% agarose gels. Plasmids
containing DNA inserts were sequenced for both strands
by using Big Dye Terminator Sequence Kit and ABI Prism
377 Automated DNA Sequencer (Perkin-Elmer Applied
Biosystems), according to the manufacturer’s protocol.
The obtained sequences, except for the primer regions,
were aligned with the corresponding sequences of other
rickettsiae deposited in the GenBank database to identify
known sequences with a high degree of similarity using
multisequence alignment programs, the Phydit software
(10), and the Meg Align software package (Windows ver-
sion 3.12e; DNASTAR, DYNASTAR Inc., Madison, WI,
USA). Phylogenetic trees were generated by using the
neighbor-joining algorithms and the Jukes and Cantor
matrix. Bootstrap analysis was performed to investigate
the stability of the trees obtained through the neighbor-
joining method. The percentages of similarity were deter-
mined using the FASTA network service (European
Bioinformatics Institute Fasta Service; available from
http : //www. ebi . ac.uk/fasta) .
Nucleotide Sequence Accession Numbers Used
GenBank accession numbers of the rompB gene
sequences used for sequence comparisons are AB003681
for R. japonica , AF123705 for R. aeschlimannii ,
AF123706 for R. africae , AF123707 for R. akari ,
AF123708 for Astrakhan rickettsia strain A-167,
AF 123709 for R. australis , AF123711 for R. honei strain
RB, AF123712 for Israeli tick typhus rickettsia, AF123714
for R. massiliae , AF123715 R. mongolotimonae ,
AF 1237 16 for R. montanensis , AF 1237 17 for R. parkeri ,
AF 1237 19 for R. rhipicephali , AF 123721 for R. conorii
strain Seven, AF123722 for R. sibirica , AF123723 for R.
slovaca, AF123725 forR. Helvetica, AF 182279 for R.felis,
AF211820 for R. prowazekii strain Florida, AF211821 for
R. prowazekii strain Virginia, AF123718 for R. prowazekii,
AF161079 for R. prowazekii, AF479763 for R. ambly-
ommii strain WB-8-2 rompB pseudogene, AY260451 for
R. heilongjiangensis, AY260452 for R. hulinensis, L04661
for R. typhi crystalline surface layer protein (slpT) gene,
and X16353 for R. rickettsii. The GenBank accession num-
ber of the git A gene sequence used for developing primers
is M17149 for R. prowazekii.
Results
Multiplex Nested PCR Amplification of rompB Gene
Nested PCR assay, with primer pairs rompB OF and
rompB OR in primary reactions and rompB SFG IF, rompB
SFG/TG IR, and rompB TG IF in multiplex-nested reac-
tions, was performed to identify the unknown rickettsial
agents in the seropositive serum specimens and to differen-
tiate between SFG and TG rickettsiae in terms of size. When
the primers previously mentioned were used, the nested
PCR assay generated -420 bp for SFG rickettsiae and about
230 bp for TG rickettsiae. The negative controls consistent-
ly failed to yield detectable PCR products, whereas the pos-
itive controls always gave the expected PCR products.
Overall, 200 serum specimens from febrile patients from all
areas of South Korea were tested. After the nested PCR was
performed, the expected rompB gene products were
obtained from 24 seropositive serum samples. Figure 1
shows the result of electrophoresis of 24 PCR-amplified
samples. Of the 24 amplified products, 16 showed the elec-
trophoretic pattern of 1 DNA band of -420 bp, which cor-
responded to SFG. The amplified size of only 1 sample was
-230 bp for TG. The 7 other amplified products showed an
electrophoretic pattern of 2 bands of -420 bp for SFG and
230 bp for TG. Therefore, the 23 amplified products corre-
sponding to SFG rickettsial agents were named HI product,
while the 8 products corresponding to TG were named H2
product. The HI products included HI to H24 (except HI 9),
while the H2 products were H3-2, H7-2, H8-2, H13-2, H14-
2, H15-2, H18-2, and H19 (Figure 1).
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
239
RESEARCH
Ml 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12
M 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Figure 1. Agarose gel electrophoresis analysis on 1.5% agarose
gel of DNA sequences amplified by multiplex-nested polymerase
chain reaction (PCR) assay by using outer and inner primer sets
targeted rompB gene and template DNAs from serum samples.
Lanes: M, size marker DNA (100-bp DNA ladder); 1-24, each
number of amplified H products. The number on the left indicates
the molecular size (in base pairs) of the amplified PCR products.
RFLP Analysis and Sequencing Analysis
RFLP analysis of the 23 HI products corresponding to
SFG rickettsial agents using Alul demonstrated that the
restriction patterns of 17 HI products were identical with
that of R. conorii , 2 with that of R. akari , 1 with that of R.
japonica , and 3 with that of R. felis (Figure 2). RFLP
analysis of the 8 H2 products corresponding to TG rick-
ettsial agents by using Alul showed that the restriction pat-
terns of all the H2 products were identical with that of R.
typhi (Figure 3).
Sequencing Analysis
To identify the SFG and TG rickettsiae detected in
human serum specimens, nucleotide sequences of the
PCR-amplified products were determined and compared
with partial rompB gene sequences of various rickettsial
agents obtained from the GenBank database. Table 2
shows the similarity between the partial rompB gene
sequences of various rickettsial agents and 6 of the
sequenced HI products (clones HI, H3, H5, H10, H20,
and H22). Clones HI, H3, and H20 showed 100%,
99.72%, and 98.87% degrees of similarity to R. conorii ,
respectively. Clone H10 showed 100% similarity to R.
japonica , and clone H5 showed 100% similarity to R.
akari. In particular, clone H22 showed 99.44% similarity
to R. felis. All the compared HI products showed low lev-
els of similarity (70.90%-74.01%) to the TG species. The
clones that clustered partially with the rompB gene of R.
conorii were differentiated in 3 groups by their levels of
similarity: group 1 (12 HI products with 100% similarity),
group 2 (4 HI products with 99.72% similarity), and group
3 (1 HI product with 98.87% similarity). Clones H22,
H23, and H24 clustered as the R. felis group. Table 3
shows the similarity between the partial rompB gene
sequences of various rickettsial species and H2 product
sequences. All H2 products showed low levels of similari-
ty (67.05%-69.94%) to SFG rickettsial species, such as R.
sibirica , R. akari , R. conorii , R. felis , and R. japonica.
They also showed high levels of similarity
(93.64%-100%) to TG rickettsial species, such as R.
prowazekii and R. typhi. The H2 products’ levels of simi-
larity to R. typhi ranged from 99.42% to 100%. A neigh-
bor-joining analysis based on partial rompB gene
sequences demonstrated that 17 HI products formed a
cluster with R. conorii , 2 with R. akari , 1 with R. japoni-
ca , and 3 with R. felis (data not shown). The analysis of the
Figure 2. Restriction fragment length polymor-
phism analysis of HI products amplified with
multiplex-nested primer set from seropositive
sera. Ethidium bromide-stained polyacrylamide
gels of Alul restriction endonuclease digestion
of =420 bp rickettsial DNA amplified by using
the nested primer H set WJ77/80 in the primary
reactions and WJ79/83/78 in the nested reac-
tions. Lanes: M, size marker DNA (25-bp DNA
ladder); 1-18: HI -HI 8; 19-23: H20-24; C,
Rickettsia conorii ; A, R. akari ; J, R. japonica ; F,
R. felis. J-S; predicted fragments after digestion.
The number on the left indicates the molecular
size (in base pairs) of restriction fragments.
240
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Spotted Fever and Typhus Group Rickettsioses
M1 2345 678PT
Figure 3. Restriction fragment length polymorphism analysis of
H2-products amplified with multiplex-nested primer set from
seropositive sera. Ethidium bromide-stained polyacrylamide gels
of Alul restriction endonuclease digestion of «230-bp rickettsial
DNA amplified by using the nested primer H set WJ77/80 in the
primary reactions and WJ79/83/78 in the nested reactions. Lanes:
M, size marker DNA (25-bp DNA ladder); 1, H3-2; 2, H7-2; 3, H8-
2; 4, HI 3-2; 5, HI 4-2; 6, HI 5-2; 7, HI 8-2; 8, HI 9; P, Rickettsia
prowazekii ; T, R. typhi. P and T; predicted fragments after diges-
tion. The number on the left indicates the molecular size (in base
pairs) of restriction fragments.
8 H2 product sequences showed that the sequences of all
H2 products formed a cluster with R. typhi and were sepa-
rated from the SFG rickettsial strains (data not shown).
Nested PCR Amplification of gltA Gene
The results of the multiplex nested PCR of the rompB
gene were confirmed by a second PCR assay with specific
primer pairs RpCS.877p and RpCS. 1,258 in primary reac-
tions and RpCS.896p and RpCS. 1,233 in nested reactions.
The primer sets generated ~338 bp for SFG and TG rick-
ettsiae. The expected size of the gltA gene fragment was
generated in 22 of 24 samples that were positive for the
PCR detection of the rompB gene (Figure 4). All positive
PCR products were cloned, and their sequences were
determined. Since the PCR assay using primer sets for the
amplification of the gltA gene could not discriminate
between the SFG rickettsia and TG rickettsia by size dif-
ference, the sequences of 3 clones for each PCR product
were determined. The results of the sequencing analysis
for gltA- PCR amplifications were identical to those of the
analysis of the rompB -PCR product (data not shown).
Seven samples that were positive for both the rompB genes
of R. conorii and R. typhi were also positive for both of
their gltA genes (data not shown).
Discussion
SFG and TG rickettsial infections occur worldwide and
may cause serious diseases in humans. These pathogenic
bacteria are transmitted to people by arthropod vectors,
such as ticks, fleas, and lice. In this study, multiplex-nest-
ed PCR was conducted to detect and identify SFG and TG
rickettsial antigens in patient sera with positive results
from the serosurvey. The rompB gene domain II region,
which is a highly conserved region of rompB , was targeted
for PCR amplification for the specific detection of SFG
and TG rickettsiae. Amplified DNA sequences were ana-
lyzed by using nucleotide-sequencing methods, and RFLP
analysis was used to confirm the PCR results. The results
indicated the presence of several SFG rickettsiae, R.
conorii , R. akari , R. japonica , and R. felis, in the serum
specimens. The results were also confirmed by a second
PCR with specific primer pairs for the gltA gene and by
sequence analysis of its DNA amplicons.
Table 2. Similarity matrix between partial rompB gene sequence of various rickettsial strains and nested polymerase chain reaction (HI
products)
1*
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1|
H3
H5 H10 H20 H22
1*
2
93.79
3
96.05
94.92
-
4
91.81
96.89
92.94
-
5
92.94
98.59
94.07
96.61
-
6
74.01
73.16
74.29
72.32
73.45
-
7
72.03
70.9
72.32
70.34
71.19
93.22
-
H1|
93.79f
100
94.92
96.89
98.59
73.16
70.9
-
H3
93.5
99.72
94.63
96.61
98.31
72.88
70.62
99.72
-
H5
100
93.79
96.05
91.81
92.94
74.01
72.03
93.79
93.5
-
H10
91.81
96.89
92.94
100
96.61
72.32
70.34
96.89
96.61
91.81
H20
92.66
98.87
93.79
96.33
97.46
72.6
70.34
98.87
98.59
92.66 96.33
H22
95.76
94.63
99.44
92.66
93.79
74.01
72.03
94.63
94.35
95.76 92.66 93.5
*1 , partial rompB of Rickettsia akari (AF123707), 2; R. conorii (AF123721); 3, R. felis (AF182279); 4, R. japonica (AB003681); 5, R. sibirica (AF12322); 6,
R. prowazekii (AF21 1820); 7, R. typhi (L04661).
fH, HI products amplified from patient sera.
JThe similarity values (%) on the lower left are the levels of similarity between partial rompB gene sequences.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
241
RESEARCH
Table 3. Similarity matrix between partial rompB gene sequence of various rickettsial strains and nested polymerase chain reaction (H2
products) [Table is separated into 2 parts because of print limitations; see 1-piece version available at http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/eid/vol1 1no02/04-0603.htm#table3]
1*
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1*
2
92.49
3
98.84
93.64
-
4
94.8
95.38
95.95
-
5
95.38
90.17
96.53
92.49*
-
6
67.63
70.52
67.63
68.79
67.05
-
7
67.63
70.52
67.63
68.79
67.05
100
-
8
67.63
70.52
67.63
68.79
67.05
100
100
-
9
67.63
70.52
67.63
68.79
67.05
100
100
100
-
10
67.63
69.94
67.63
69.36
67.05
94.22
94.22
94.22
94.22
H8-2|
67.63
69.94
67.63
69.36
67.05
94.22
94.22
94.22
94.22
HI 3-2
67.05
69.36
67.05
68.79
66.47
93.64
93.64
93.64
93.64
HI 4-2
67.63
69.94
67.63
69.36
67.05
94.22
94.22
94.22
94.22
HI 5-2
67.63
69.94
67.63
69.36
67.05
94.22
94.22
94.22
94.22
HI 8-2
68.21
70.52
68.21
69.94
67.63
93.64
93.64
93.64
93.64
H19
67.63
69.94
67.63
69.36
67.05
94.22
94.22
94.22
94.22
H3-2
67.63
69.94
67.63
69.36
67.05
94.22
94.22
94.22
94.22
H7-2
67.63
69.94
67.63
69.36
67.05
94.22
94.22
94.22
94.22
10*
H8-2|
HI 3-2
HI 4-2
HI 5-2
HI 8-2
H19
H3-2
H7-2
1 *
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
-
H8-2|
100
-
HI 3-2
99.42
99.42
-
HI 4-2
100
100
99.42
-
HI 5-2
100
100
99.42
100
-
HI 8-2
99.42
99.42
98.84
99.42
99.42
-
H19
100
100
99.42
100
100
99.42
-
H3-2
100
100
99.42
100
100
99.42
100
H7-2
100
100
99.42
100
100
99.42
100 100
*1 , partial rompB genes of Rickettsia sibirica (AF 12322); 2, R. akari (AF 123707), 3; R. conorii (AF 123721); 4, R. felis (AF 182279); 5, R. japonica
(AB003681); 6, R. prowazekii (AF21 1820); 7, R. prowazekii (AF123718); 8, R. prowazekii (AF161079); 9, R. prowazekii (AF21 1821); 10, R. typhi (L04661).
fH, H2 products amplified from patient sera.
*The similarity values (%) on the lower left are the levels of similarity between partial rompB gene sequences and the values (bp) on the upper right are the
number of different bases out of compared total bases in partial rompB gene sequences.
For the first time, SFG rickettsiae in human serum
specimens in South Korea have been reported. R. akari is
a member of the spotted fever group rickettsiae and is a
causative agent of rickettsial pox, a disease transmitted by
the bite of Allodermanyssus sanguineus , a mite ectopara-
site of the domestic mouse ( Mus muscularis) (2). The dis-
ease was first described in New York City in 1946. R. akari
was isolated from the Korean vole in 1957. The previous
seroepidemiologic study conducted by the authors on
3,401 patients with febrile disease indicated that the
seropositive rate was 16.24% for the rickettsial antigen
through IFA. R. conorii is an etiologic agent of the
Mediterranean spotted fever or boutonneuse fever (2). Our
previous study indicated that the seropositive rate was
14.34% for the antigen. R. japonica, the causative agent of
Oriental spotted fever, was first isolated from a patient
with febrile, exanthematous illness in Japan in 1985 (2).
The disease is now endemic in the southwestern part of
Japan, where >100 cases have been described (2). Previous
studies showed the presence of nucleic acids of R. japoni-
ca and R. rickettsii in H. longicornis by PCR. Our seroepi-
demiologic study demonstrated that the seropositive rate
242
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Spotted Fever and Typhus Group Rickettsioses
Ml 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9101112
M 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Figure 4. Agarose gel electrophoresis analysis on 1.5% agarose
gel of DNA sequences amplified by nested polymerase chain reac-
tion (PCR) assay using primer sets targeted partial gltA gene and
template DNA sequences from 24 serum samples. Lanes: M, size
marker DNA (100-bp DNA ladder); 1-24, each number of amplified
gltA products. The number on the left indicates the molecular size
(in base pairs) of the amplified PCR products.
was 19.9%. Although no clinical human case of SFG rick-
ettsioses has been reported in Korea until now, this study’s
findings strongly suggest the prevalence of SFG rick-
ettsiosis in Korea.
R. felis is an emerging pathogen responsible for
fleaborne spotted fever and had been considered a member
of the TG rickettsiae based on its reactivity with anti -R.
typhi antibodies. A genetic analysis of the 16S rRNA, cit-
rate synthase, rompA , and rompB genes, however, placed
R. felis as a member of SFG. R. felis has been reported in
various countries, including the United States, Mexico,
Brazil, Germany, and France (11,12). In Asia, the first case
of R. felis infection was reported in 2003 (13). R. typhi was
also among those detected in the SFG rickettsiae in the
febrile disease patients’ sera. Fleas are also found to be
vectors for R. typhi (2). Of major importance to the epi-
demiology of the rickettsioses caused by R. typhi and R.
felis is the maintenance of both rickettsial agents in their
hosts by transovarial transmission, and the fact that neither
organism is lethal for fleas (14).
Finally, we report the presence of both R. conorii and R.
typhi in serum from Korean patients. Sera from patients
with SFG rickettsiosis have been reported to react with TG
rickettsiae by using serologic analysis methods (15). The
serum specimens from patients with TG rickettsiosis were
also demonstrated to contain cross -reactive antibodies
against SFG rickettsiae (15,16). In a previous study,
approximately one third of specimens seropositive for
antibodies against SFG rickettsiae had antibodies against
TG rickettsiae (unpub. data). Therefore, the multiplex-
nested PCR was designed to detect and differentiate SFG
rickettsial agents from TG rickettsial agents in the patient
serum specimens with positive results from the serosurvey
with SFG rickettsial antigens. SFG rickettsiae and TG
rickettsiae were differentiated in terms of the size of ampli-
fied products. PCR results also confirmed the RFLP and
sequencing analysis. In sera taken from 7 patients, both
SFG and TG rickettsial antigens were detected, which
indicated dual infection. Previously, a case of dual infec-
tion with Ehrlichia chaffeensis and an SPG rickettsia was
reported in a human patient. Cases of dual infection with
Bartonella clarridgeiae and B. henselae in cats have also
been reported, as well as infection with the 2 different
genotypes of B. henselae (17,18). A recent report suggest-
ed that coinfection of R. felis with either B. clarridgeiae or
B. quintana in fleas may cause dual infection in a human
that comes in contact with flea feces (14). These reports
support this study’s findings regarding the dual infection of
SFG and TG rickettsiae in 7 patients. The differences
between R. conorii and R. typhi vectors, however, still can-
not be explained, and further studies are needed.
In conclusion, this study confirmed, by using PCR-
based amplification methods, that several SFG rickettsiae,
R. conorii , R. akari , R. japonica, and R. felis, existed in the
sera of Korean patients with febrile episodes. Our findings
indicate that SFG rickettsiae, including R. felis , should be
used in serologic tests on Korean patients suspected of
having rickettsiosis. TG rickettsiae existed in 8 patients,
and 7 of them were also infected with R. conorii. The evi-
dence of double infection is expected to help describe the
cross-reactivity between the patient sera of SFG rick-
ettsioses and TG rickettsioses.
This study was supported by a grant from the Korea Health
21 Research and Development Project, Ministry of Health and
Welfare, Republic of Korea (01-PJ10-PG6-01GM0 1-0004). This
study was conducted in the Department of Microbiology, College
of Medicine, Konkuk University.
Dr. Choi is a postdoctoral fellow in the Department of
Microbiology, College of Medicine, Konkuk University,
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
243
RESEARCH
Choong-cheongbuk-do, Korea. This work is part of her doctoral
thesis. Her research focuses on the serologic and molecular epi-
demiology of various rickettsial diseases and the development of
diagnostic tools.
References
1. Choi MS, Park SK, Chang WJ, Huh MS, Kim HR, Han TH, et al. A
seroepidemiological survey on the scrub typhus in Korea, 1994. J
Korean Soc Microbiol. 1994;30:593-602.
2. Raoult D, Roux V. Rickettsioses as paradigms of new or emerging
infectious diseases. Clin Microbiol Rev. 1997;10:694-719.
3. Kim YW, Cho MK, Min CH, Yoon CS. Isolation and characterization
of Rickettsia typhi from patients in Korea. J Korean Soc Microbiol.
1988;23:265-75.
4. Song JW, Baek LJ, Lee YJ, Song KJ, Han SH. Seroepidemiologic
analysis of acute rebrile illness from Korea in 1996. J Korean Soc
Virol. 1998;28:377-82.
5. Gross L. How Charles Nicolle of the Pasteur Institute discovered that
epidemic typhus is transmitted by lice: reminiscence from my years
at the Pasteur Institute in Paris. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA.
1996;93:10539-40.
6. Chung HY. Suspected human infectious diseases in Korea;
Rickettsial infections. Korean J Infect Dis. 1985;18:93-7.
7. Lee JH, Park HS, Jung KD, Jang WJ, Koh SE, Kang SS, et al.
Identification of spotted fever group rickettsiae detected from
Haemaphysalis longicornis in Korea. Microbiol Immunol.
2003;47:301-4.
8. Jang WJ, Kim JH, Choi YJ, Jung KD, Kim YG, Lee SH, et al. First
serologic evidence of human spotted fever group rickettsiosis in
Korea. J Clin Microbiol. 2004;42:2310-3.
9. Roux V, Rydkina E, Eremeeva M, Raoult D. Citrate synthase gene
comparison, a new tool for phylogenetic analysis, and its application
for the rickettsiae. Int J Syst Bacteriol. 1997;47:252-61.
10. Chun J. Computer-assisted classification and identification of actino-
mycetes. [Ph.D. thesis]. Newcastle Tyne, United Kingdom:
University of Newcastle upon Tyne; 1995.
11. Zavala- Velazquez JE, Ruiz-Sosa JA, Sanchez-Elias RA, Becerra-
Carmona G, Walker DH. Rickettsia felis rickettsiosis in Yucatan.
Lancet. 2000;356:1079-80.
12. Richter J, Fournier PE, Petridou J, Haussinger D, Raoult D. Rickettsia
felis infection acquired in Europe and documented by polymerase
chain reaction. Emerg Infect Dis. 2002;8:207-8.
13. Parola, P, Miller RS, McDaneiel P, Telford SR 3rd, Rolain JM,
Wongsrichanalai C, et al. Emerging rickettsioses of the Thai-
Myanmar border. Emerg Infect Dis. 2003;9:592-5.
14. Rolain JM, Franc M, Davousr B, Raoult D. Molecular detection of
pathogenic Bartonella and Rickettsia in cat fleas from France. Emerg
Infect Dis. 2003;9:338-42.
15. Hechemy KE, Raoult D, Fox J, Han Y, Elliotte LB, Rawlings J.
Cross-reaction of immune sera from patients with rickettsial disease.
J Med Microbiol. 1989;29:199-202.
16. Uchiyama T, Zhao L, Yan Y, Uchida T. Cross-reacttivity of Rickettsia
japonica and Rickettsia typhi demonstrated by immunofluorescence
and Western immunoblotting. Microbiol Immunol. 1995;39:951-7.
17. Gurfield AN, Boulouis HJ, Chomel BB, Kasten RW, Heller R,
Bouillin C, et al. Epidemiology of Bartonella infection in domestic
cats in France. Vet Microbiol. 2001;80:185-98.
18. Abbott RC, Chomel BB, Kasten RW, Floyd-Hawkins KA, Kikuchi Y,
Koehler JE, et al. Experimental and natural infection with Bartonella
henselae in domestic cats. Comp Immunol Microbiol Infect Dis.
1997;20:41-51.
Address for correspondence: Ik-Sang Kim, Department of Microbiology
and Immunology, Seoul National University College of Medicine and
Institute of Endemic Disease, Seoul, 110-799, Republic of Korea; fax: 82-
43-851-9329; email: molecule @ plaza. snu.ac.kr
Full text free online at
www.cdc.gov/eid
EMERGING
INFECTIOUS DISEASES
The print journal is available at no charge to public health professionals
| | YES, I would like to receive Emerging Infectious Diseases.
Please print your name and business
address in the box and return by fax to
404-371-5449 or mail to
EID Editor
CDC/NCID/MS D61
1600 Clifton Road, NE
Atlanta, GA 30333
Moving? Please give us your new address (in the box) and print the number of your old
mailing label here
244
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Pneumocystis jirovecii in
General Population
Francisco J. Medrano,* Marco Montes-Cano,* Manuel Conde,* Carmen de la Horra,*
Nieves Respaldiza,* Antonia Gasch,* Maria J. Perez-Lozano,* Jose M. Varela,*
and Enrique J. Calderon*
The possible presence of Pneumocystis among
healthy adults was examined by detecting Pneumocystis
jirovecii- specific DNA in prospectively obtained oropharyn-
geal wash samples from 50 persons without underlying
lung disease or immunosuppression. Pneumocystis car-
riage, defined by detecting Pneumocystis DNA by nested
polymerase chain reaction in 2 independent analyses plus
successful mitochondrial large subunit ribosomal RNA typ-
ing by direct sequencing, was found in 20% of cases. All
carriers were asymptomatic, anti-HIV negative, and had
normal total lymphocyte and CD4+ cell counts. A second
sample obtained in the 6-month follow-up was positive in 2
of 9 available carriers. Genotype analysis showed different
polymorphisms; 85A/248C (40%) and 85C/248C (30%)
were most frequently observed. This study provides the
first evidence that P jirovecii DNA can be frequently detect-
ed in the respiratory tract of immunocompetent adults,
which agrees with the hypothesis that the general popula-
tion could be a reservoir and source of this infection.
neumocystis jirovecii (formerly known as
Pneumocystis carinii f. sp. hominis) (1) is the
causative agent of Pneumocystis pneumonia (PCP), one of
the most frequent and severe opportunistic infections in
immunocompromised patients (2). Pneumocystis organ-
isms represent a large group of species of atypical fungi
with universal distribution and pulmonary tropism, and
each species has a strong specificity for a given mam-
malian host species (3,4).
Despite the advances made in understanding human
Pneumocystis infection, many aspects about its epidemiol-
ogy and natural history remain unclear. Serologic studies
have shown that specific antibodies to the pathogen can be
detected in most children early in life (5-7), which indi-
cates frequent exposure to this organism. Based on this
*Virgen del Rocio University Hospital, Seville, Spain
finding, disease in immunocompromised persons has long
been thought to result from reactivation of latent infection
acquired in childhood. However, animal and human stud-
ies have shown that elimination of Pneumocystis often
occurs after infection (8-9), which implies that the persist-
ence of latent organisms is limited.
Alternatively, the possibility that Pneumocystis can be
transmitted from person to person has been raised after the
reports of cluster outbreaks of PCP among solid-organ
transplant and oncology patients (10,11). Evidence sup-
porting the active or de novo airborne acquisition of the
organism from human sources has accumulated in the last
few years, including evidence for different Pneumocystis
genotypes in different episodes of PCP in the same patient
(12,13). Also, Pneumocystis DNA was detected in the
upper respiratory tract of healthy participants after close
contact with patients with PCP (14-16) and in air samples
from the rooms of PCP patients (17,18). Pneumocystis has
also been found in immunosuppressed patients without
PCP (19); these situations have been described as
Pneumocystis colonization or carriage.
PCP patients, immunodeficient carriers, or transiently
parasitized immunocompetent persons have been hypothe-
sized to play a role as sources of Pneumocystis infection
(4). Although some earlier studies failed to detect the
organism in postmortem lung samples or bronchoalveolar
samples from immunocompetent adults (20,21), a recent
report indicates that Pneumocystis DNA can be frequently
detected in healthy infants (22).
The ability to detect Pneumocystis in normal, healthy
persons is due to the development of more sensitive meth-
ods. Pneumocystis can now be detected in respiratory sam-
ples obtained by noninvasive methods using immuno-
fluorescence staining and polymerase chain reaction
(PCR) (23,24). By using these methods, Pneumocystis
carriage was found in 10% to 40% of immunocompetent
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
245
RESEARCH
patients with different chronic lung diseases (25,26). From
an epidemiologic point of view, this high prevalence is dif-
ficult to determine if PCP or colonized immunosuppressed
patients and their close contacts are the only sources of
infection, since the persistence of latent organism in lung
appears to be time-limited (8,9). We tested the hypothesis
that in a normal community environment healthy adults
can be transiently colonized by Pneumocystis , and these
persons play a role in the persistence of the organism in the
human ecosystem. Identifying Pneumocystis sources is
essential to developing proper measures to prevent a dis-
ease that still causes substantial illness and death among
immunosuppressed patients. This study attempts to deter-
minate whether P. jirovecii can be detected in the general
normal, healthy population.
Methods
Study Population
This prospective study included persons who 1) had not
been exposed to patients in a hospital environment within
the year before the study or 2) had not been diagnosed with
or were not suspected to have chronic lung disease, neo-
plasm, or immunosuppression of any cause. The first 50
persons evaluated in the Occupational Health Service of
the Virgen del Rocio University Hospital from February to
July 2003 who had not been excluded by the above crite-
ria were enrolled in this study.
The mean age of persons in this study group was 33.9
+ 9.45 years. Nineteen (31.6%) were male. Distribution
according to professional standing was 28 (56%) newly
employed physician residents, 13 (26%) university or
common services staff members, and 9 (18%) administra-
tive staff.
Each participant underwent a clinical-epidemiologic
examination, and oropharyngeal samples were collected
for analysis in the Occupational Health Service, a building
located outside the hospital environment. Demographic
variables, underlying medical conditions, habits, and
antimicrobial therapy were recorded by using a standard-
ized form. Informed consent was obtained from partici-
pants. The study protocol was designed and performed
according to the Helsinki Declaration and was approved by
the ethics committee, Virgen del Rocio University
Hospital, Seville, Spain.
For all Pneumocystis carriers, a complete clinical and
biologic evaluation was performed, including physical
examination, chest x-ray, conventional blood work, anti-
HIV serologic examination, and peripheral blood lympho-
cyte subsets analyses. Volunteers who were designated P.
jirovecii carriers were reexamined after 6 months, when
oropharyngeal samples were again obtained.
Case Definition
A Pneumocystis carrier was defined as a person who
met all of the following conditions: 1) no clinical history
of PCP, 2) respiratory specimen with detectable P. jirovecii
DNA by nested PCR in 2 independent analyses, and 3)
successful mitochondrial large subunit ribosomal RNA
(mtLSU-rRNA) typing of the respiratory specimen by
direct sequencing at least once. Persons who did not meet
these criteria were considered Pneumocystis- negative.
Sampling and Detecting P. jirovecii
Oropharyngeal wash samples were obtained by gar-
gling with 10 mL of sterile physiologic serum (0.9% NaCl)
for a period of 1 min. Samples were centrifuged at 2,900 x
g for 5 min and kept frozen at -20°C until DNA was
extracted.
After digestion with proteinase K at 56°C for 2 h, DNA
from 2 aliquots of each oropharyngeal wash sample was
extracted on 2 days by using a commercial kit from Qiagen
(Hilden, Germany). Sham extractions, carried out in paral-
lel with the processing of samples, were also included to
control for contamination in the DNA extraction step. The
purified DNA was used as a template to amplify the region
containing mtLSU-rRNA by nested PCR, as described
elsewhere (27,28). The sensitivity of this nested PCR assay
is 1 organism/qL. Briefly, in the first amplification round,
the external primers pAZ102-E (5'-GAT GGC TGT TTC
CAA GCC CA-3') and pAZ102-H (5'-GTG TAC GTT
GCA AAG TAC TC-3') were used. This amplification
yields a 346-base pair (bp) fragment. The second round of
amplification used the primers pAZ102-X (5'-GTG AAA
TAC AAATCG GAC TAG G-3') and pAZ102-Y (5'-TCA
CTT AAT ATT AAT TGG GGA GC-3') and yielded a 260-
bp product. Forty cycles of amplification were carried out
for both rounds.
The amplification products were analyzed by elec-
trophoresis on a 1.5% agarose gel containing ethidium bro-
mide, and the bands were visualized by UV light. To
prevent false-positives from contamination, pipettes with
filters were used in all manipulations. DNA extraction,
preparation of the reaction mixture, PCR amplification,
and detection were performed in different areas under a
laminar flow hood. To detect any cross-contamination, all
PCRs were performed with negative controls and sterile
water.
The products from nested PCR amplification were puri-
fied by using Sephacryl S-400 columns (Amersham
Pharmacia Biotech AB, Uppsala, Sweden) and reamplified
by using ABI Prism dRhodamine Terminator Cycle
Sequencing Ready Reaction Kit (PE Applied Biosystems,
Foster City, CA, USA). Then, for each reaction, 5 qL of
PCR product, 4 pH terminator-ready reaction mix, and 3
pmol of primer were added. The extension products were
246
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Pneumocystis jirovecii in General Population
purified by ethanol precipitation to remove excess dye ter-
minators. Each sample pellet was resuspended in 12.5 |iL
of template suppression reagent and heated at 95°C for 3
min for denaturation. Electrophoresis was carried out on
the ABI prism 310 sequencer (PE Applied Biosystems)
according to manufacturer’s recommendations. The
sequenced DNA fragments were analyzed by using
Sequence Navigator v. 1.0.1 (PE Applied Biosystems).
In the specimens of carriers, the P. jirovecii dihy-
dropteroate synthase (DHPS) locus was analyzed by PCR
restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP), as pre-
viously described (28). In brief, the single-copy gene of
DHPS was amplified by the primers DHPS-3 (5'-GCG
CCT ACA CAT ATT ATG GCC ATT TTA AAT C-3') and
DHPS -4 (5'-GGA ACT TTC AAC TTG GCA ACC AC-3')
by using a touchdown-PCR protocol, yielding a 370-bp
fragment. The PCR product was divided into 3 aliquots.
One was used to confirm the presence of a 370-bp frag-
ment from the DHPS gene. The second and third aliquots
were used to identify wild-type sequences versus muta-
tions in codons 55 and 57 by RFLP with AccI and Haelll
(Roche Diagnostics, Mannheim, Germany), respectively.
When the mutation is present, a 370-bp band appears.
After RFLP in wild-type samples, bands appear at 229 bp
and 141 bp with AccI and at 221 bp and 149 bp with
Haelll.
Laboratory Studies
Peripheral blood lymphocyte subsets were determined
by using a flow cytometer (Cytoron Absolute, Ortho,
Raritan, NJ, USA) after incubation with monoclonal anti-
bodies OKT3, OKT4, and OKT8 (Ortho). Serum anti-HIV
antibodies were determined by a commercial enzyme-
linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) (Multispot HIV-
l/HIV-2 rapid test, BioRad, Hercules, CA, USA). The
results were interpreted according to the manufacturer’s
recommendations .
Statistical Analysis
The chi-square test was used for assessing differences
between proportions. Results were considered significant
at p < 0.05. Statistical analyses were performed by using
the Statistical Package for Serial Studies for personal com-
puters (SPSS version 12, SPSS Inc., Chicago, IL, USA).
Results
P. jirovecii DNA in 12 of 50 samples was successfully
amplified twice by nested PCR. The mtLSU-rRNA frag-
ment locus was successfully typed in 10 of the 12 samples
in which mtLSU-rRNA had been amplified. Thus, P.
jirovecii carriage was detected in 20% of the participants.
To assess the reproducibility and consistency of results,
serial samples were obtained with a 2-day interval in 5 par-
ticipants (1 carrier and 4 noncarriers). In all of them, con-
sistent positive and negative patterns of results were
obtained (positive PCR test after a positive result and neg-
ative PCR test after a negative result).
The DHPS primer sets amplified a 370-bp band in 7
(70%) of 10 carriers. In all positive specimens with the
DHPS-based PCR assay, the RFLP technique identified a
wild DHPS genotype (Table).
Results of physical examination were normal for
Pneumocystis carriers. All were anti-HIV negative and had
normal total lymphocyte and CD4+ cell counts. Chest radi-
ographs were normal in 8 participants, and 1 participant
had an apical cystic bullae (Table). Only 1 person had
taken steroids for a brief period in the 6 months before the
study. No differences were detected due to age, sex, pro-
fession, alcohol intake, and smoking habit between P.
jirovecii carriers and noncarriers.
Five known mtLSU-rRNA types are described for this
Pneumocystis gene locus (15); 4 genotypes were isolated
in the current study. Genotypes at this locus were identi-
fied on the basis of polymorphisms at nucleotide positions
85 and 248. Genotype 2 (85:A/248:C) was observed in 4
cases, genotype 1 (85:C/248:C) in 3 cases, genotype 3
(85:T/248:C) in 2 cases, and genotype 4 (85:C/248:T) in
the remaining case (Table).
During the follow-up, all carriers were asymptomatic
for pulmonary disease. Pneumocystis DNA was detected
by PCR in a second oropharyngeal wash obtained 6
months after the first in 2 (22.2%) of the 9 available carri-
ers. Neither sample was typed because of insufficient
quantity of PCR product.
Discussion
This study on immunocompetent healthy adults docu-
ments that P. jirovecii DNA can be detected by sensitive
DNA amplification techniques by using noninvasive sam-
pling of the respiratory tract. DNA detection does not
establish the existence of infectious intact organisms.
However, in animal models, detecting Pneumocystis DNA
in nasal and oral samples is a good indicator that the organ-
ism is in the lung (29). Also, experiments show that
Pneumocystis organisms can replicate in the lung alveolus
of immunocompetent hosts and remain infectious (30).
Thus, our results agree with the hypothesis that the gener-
al human population could play an important role as a
reservoir and source of P. jirovecii infection and support
the saprophytic nature of this pathogen in humans.
An important finding of this study is that Pneumocystis
DNA was not detected in >75% of the immunocompetent
colonized adults within 6 months, which suggests the pos-
sible transience of the carrier state in healthy persons.
This observation agrees with previous reports that show
that most immunocompetent healthcare workers who
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
247
RESEARCH
Table. Epidemiologic, biologic, and microbiologic features of healthy Pneumocystis carriers*
Participant
(age [y],
sex)f
Profession
Alcohol
intake
>40
g/day
Smoking
habit
Total
lymphocyte
count
(cells/pL)
CD4+ cell
count
(cells/pL)
mtLSU-rRNA
genotype
(nucleotide
position: identity)
DHPS genotype
(codon position:
identity) by PCR-
RFLP assay
PCR result
at month
6 of
follow-up
1 (28, F)
Administrative
No
No
2,327
653
3 (85:T/248:C)
1 (55:Thr/57:Pro)
+
2 (42, F)
Administrative
No
No
2,455
1,168
1 (85:C/248:C)
1 (55:Thr/57:Pro)
-
3 (43, F)
Administrative
No
No
NA
NA
4 (85:C/248:T)
Not amplified
-
4 (40, M)
Administrative
Yes
No
1,528
520
3 (85:T/248:C)
Not amplified
-
5 (41 , F)
New resident
No
No
NA
NA
2 (85:A/248:C)
1 (55:Thr/57:Pro)
NA
6 (27, F)
New resident
No
No
1,354
550
2 (85:A/248:C)
1 (55:Thr/57:Pro)
-
7 (32, F)
New resident
No
No
2,300
604
1 (85:C/248:C)
1 (55:Thr/57:Pro)
-
8 (40, M)
University
staff
Yes
Yes
1,730
924
2 (85:A/248:C)
1 (55:Thr/57:Pro)
+
9 (26, M)
University
staff
Yes
Yes
3,602
924
2 (85:A/248:C)
1 (55:Thr/57:Pro)
-
10(42, M)
University
staff
No
No
1,518
432
1 (85:C/248:C)
Not amplified
-
*mtLSU-rRNA, mitochondrial large subunit ribosomal RNA; DHPS, dihydropteroate synthase; PCR, polymerase chain reaction; RFLP, restriction fragment
length polymorphism; F, female; M, male; +, positive result; -, negative result; NA, not available.
fChest radiograph results were normal for all participants, except participant 5, for whom results were not available, and participant 9, who showed an
apical cystic bullae.
were colonized with the pathogen cleared the infection
(15,16).
The number of persons examined in this study suffi-
ciently demonstrated that P. jirovecii is an organism fre-
quently found in healthy adults in the normal community.
Since participants were all affiliated in some way with the
Virgen del Rocio University Hospital in Seville, Spain, a
broader group of healthy adults would need to be exam-
ined to estimate the prevalence of the carriers in the gener-
al population. Carrying out the study in a hospital could
have somewhat biased the results, although we excluded
persons with prior exposure to patients within the hospital
and collected samples in a building outside the hospital.
The accepted current diagnostic standard for
Pneumocystis infection is the direct demonstration of the
stained microorganism in respiratory samples. Techniques
based on PCR amplification of specific genome regions
that provide high sensitivity are now widely used to diag-
nose several infectious diseases. These technical advances
have allowed us to detect infections with samples obtained
by noninvasive methods and in samples with low pathogen
load. Different studies involving both sputum and bron-
choalveolar lavage specimens have demonstrated the high-
er sensitivity of these techniques compared to
conventional staining and monoclonal antibody immuno-
histochemical techniques (31,32). The main drawback to
PCR is the possibility of false-positives (usually because
of contamination) and the absence of rapid culture meth-
ods to confirm the PCR amplification results obtained. We
avoided potential false-positives by adopting stringent pre-
cautionary measures and by examining the PCR signal
from 2 different genes of P. jirovecii.
The mtLSU-rRNA gene was selected for genotyping
because it has a high degree of genetic conservation and is
useful for detecting intraspecific differences between pop-
ulations (33). The allelic frequency distribution patterns at
this gene seen in the present study are similar to those
reported in AIDS-associated PCP cases in a large study
conducted in 5 cities in the United States (33). In that
study, P. jirovecii genotypes were correlated with the place
of diagnosis, rather than the person’s place of birth. Our
results support the concept of a community source of the
infectious agents. Furthermore, an epidemiologic study
was recently performed in patients in Spain with various
pulmonary diseases. By also analyzing mtLSU-rRNA
types, we found a high prevalence of genotype 1 (45%)
and genotype 3 (40%) and lower of genotype 2 (10%) (28).
In contrast, in the present study, genotype 2 was the most
prevalent, whereas it was low in the pulmonary patient
study, and genotype 3 was more frequently found in pul-
monary patients than in normal healthy adults. Patients
with pulmonary disorders may have a greater susceptibili-
ty to genotype 3.
In our study, the rate of carriers identified as having the
DHPS gene is 70%. The low amplification rate obtained is
perhaps related to a low pathogen load in the samples.
However, this rate is similar to that reported for AIDS
patients with PCP in previously published studies (33).
In the last decade, PCR technologies have shown that
immunocompromised patients without PCP can be sub-
clinically infected with Pneumocystis (19). In addition, a
high prevalence of Pneumocystis is seen among immuno-
competent patients with chronic pulmonary disorders
(25,26,34), patients with small-cell lung carcinoma (35),
or pregnant women (36). The pathogen has been detected
in immunocompetent contacts of patients with PCP and in
immunocompetent healthcare workers, whether or not they
had contact with immunocompromised patients (15,16).
248
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Pneumocystis jirovecii in General Population
Also, immunocompetent animal model hosts are common-
ly transiently colonized; Pneumocystis can replicate
actively in their lungs and can be transmitted to another
host (30,37). Moreover, postmortem lung screening using
conventional staining for Pneumocystis showed small
numbers of the organism in the lungs of immunocompetent
individuals (38).
Thus, substantial evidence exists of Pneumocystis colo-
nization of healthy persons, and our findings are consistent
with these observations. Most previous studies that failed
to find the organism on autopsy (21) or in respiratory sam-
ples (14,29,31,36,39) from immunocompetent persons
were performed on only a few persons. In some cases, fail-
ure was probably related to the use of either single PCR
(31) or a less sensitive PCR (39). In others, failure could
be related to the use of sputum or nasal secretions
(14,29,36) that may have had lower numbers of organisms
than in the oropharyngeal wash we analyzed or because of
different procedures used for analyses (29). Protocols for
acquiring and processing respiratory samples and analyti-
cal probes and methods should be standardized to enable
better comparisons between studies performed in different
laboratories.
In summary, immunocompetent healthy adults might
harbor short-lived infections that could be transmitted to
other immunocompetent host in whom a transient infec-
tion can develop. Similarly, infants can become infected
and a primary infection can develop, and immunosup-
pressed, susceptible people can become infected and clini-
cal PCP can develop. Today, we know that human
pneumocystosis is anthroponotic. Our findings may sug-
gest that healthy adults represent a new dynamic reservoir
and source of infection for human Pneumocystis species.
Immunocompetent carriers in community ecosystems
might present a public health issue that merits further
research.
Acknowledgment
We thank Edna S. Kaneshiro for assistance during the prepa-
ration of the manuscript.
This study was partially supported by the fifth Framework
Program of the European Commission contract No. QLK2-2000-
01369, the Research Project 32/02 of the Ministry of Health,
Junta de Andalucia, and the Research Project FIS 03/1743 of the
Spanish Ministry of Health.
Dr. Medrano is an instructor and fellow in the Department of
Internal Medicine, Virgen del Rocio University Hospital, Seville,
Spain. His main areas of interest include physiopathologic and
epidemiologic research on human pathogens, such as Leishmania
and Pneumocystis spp.
References
1. Stringer JR, Beard CB, Miller RF, Wakefield AE. A new name
( Pneumocystis jirovecii ) for Pneumocystis from humans. Emerg
Infect Dis. 2002;8:891-6.
2. Calderon- Sandubete EJ, Varela- Aguilar JM, Medrano-Ortega FJ,
Nieto-Guerrero V, Respaldiza-Salas N, de la Horra-Padilla C, et al.
Historical perspective on Pneumocystis carinii infection. Protist.
2002;153:303-10.
3. Gigliotti F, Harmsen AG, Haidaris CG, Haidaris PJ. Pneumocystis
carinii is not universally transmissible between mammalian species.
Infect Immun. 1993;61:2886-90.
4. Dei-Cas E. Pneumocystis infections: the iceberg? Med Mycol.
2000;38(Suppl l):23-32.
5. Meuwissen JHE Th, Tauber I, Leeuwenberg ADEM, Beckers PJA,
Sieben M. Parasitologic and serologic observations of infection with
Pneumocystis in humans. J Infect Dis. 1977;136:43-9.
6. Pifer LL, Hughes WT, Stagno S, Woods D. Pneumocystis carinii
infection: evidence for high prevalence in normal and immunosup-
pressed children. Pediatrics. 1978;61:35-41.
7. Medrano FJ, Respaldiza N, Medrano A, Varela JM, Montes-Cano M,
de La Horra C, et al. Seroprevalence of Pneumocystis human infec-
tion in southern Spain. J Eukaryot Microbiol. 2003;50(Suppl):
649-50.
8. Chen F, Gigliotti F, Harmsen AG. Latency is not an inevitable out-
come of infection with Pneumocystis carinii. Infect Immun.
1993;61:5406-9.
9. O’Donnell WJ, Pieciak W, Chertow GM, Sanabria J, Lahive KC.
Clearance of Pneumocystis carinii cystic in acute P. carinii pneumo-
nia: assessment serial sputum induction. Chest. 1998;114:1264-8.
10. Chaves JP, David S, Wauters JP, Van Melle G, Francioli P.
Transmission of Pneumocystis carinii from AIDS patients to other
immunosuppressed patients: a cluster of Pneumocystis carinii pneu-
monia in a renal transplant recipient. AIDS. 1991;5:927-32.
11. Vrathalitis I, Aoun M, Daneau D, Meunier F. Pneumocystis carinii
pneumonia in patients with cancer. An increasing incidence. Cancer.
1993;71:481-5.
12. Keely SP, Stringer JR, Baughman RP, Linke MJ, Walzer PD, Smulian
AG. Genetic variation among Pneumocystis carinii hominis isolates
in recurrent pneumocystosis. J Infect Dis. 1995;172:595-8.
13. Keely SP, Stringer JR. Sequences of Pneumocystis carinii s.f. homin-
is strains associated with recurrent pneumonia vary at multiple loci. J
Clin Microbiol. 1997;35:2745-7.
14. Vargas SL, Ponce CA, Giglotti F, Ulloa AV, Prieto S, Munoz MP, et
al. Transmission of Pneumocystis carinii DNA from a patient with P.
carinii pneumonia to immunocompetent contact health care workers.
J Clin Microbiol. 2000;38:1536-8.
15. Miller RF, Ambrose HE, Wakefield AE. Pneumocystis carinii f. sp
hominis DNA in immunocompetent health care workers in contact
with patients with P. carinii pneumonia. J Clin Microbiol.
2001;39:3877-82.
16. Durand- Joly I, Soula F, Chabe M, Dalle JH, Lafitte JJ, Senechal M,
et al. Long-term colonization with Pneumocystis jirovecii in hospital
staffs: a challenge to prevent nosocomial pneumocystosis. J Eukaryot
Microbiol. 2003;50(Suppl):614-5.
17. Bartlett MS, Vermund SH, Jacobs R, Durant PJ, Shaw MM, Smith
JW, et al. Detection of Pneumocystis carinii DNA in air samples:
likely environmental risk to susceptible persons. J Clin Microbiol.
1997;35:2511-3.
18. Olsson M, Lidman C, Latouche S, Bjorkman A, Roux P, Linder E, et
al. Identification of Pneumocystis carinii f. sp. hominis gene
sequences in filtered air in hospital environments. J Clin Microbiol.
1998;36:1737-40.
19. Nevez G, Raccurt C, Jounieaux V, Dei-Cas E, Mazars E.
Pneumocystosis versus pulmonary Pneumocystis carinii colonization
in HIV-negative and HIV-positive patients. AIDS. 1999;13:535-56.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
249
RESEARCH
20. Peters SE, Wakefield AE, Sinclair K, Millard PR, Hopkin JM. A
search for Pneumocystis carinii in postmortem lungs by DNA ampli-
fication. J Pathol. 1992;166:195-8.
21. Wakefield AE, Pixley FJ, Banerji S, Sinclair K, Millard PR, Hopkin
JM. Detection of Pneumocystis carinii with DNA amplification.
Lancet. 1990;336:451-3.
22. Vargas SL, Hughes WT, Santolaya ME, Ulloa AV, Ponce CA, Cabrera
CE, et al. Search for primary infection by Pneumocystis carinii in a
cohort of normal health children. Clin Infect Dis. 2001;32:855-61.
23. Eisen D, Ross BC, Fairbairn J, Warren RJ, Baird RW, Dwyer B.
Comparison of Pneumocystis carinii detection by toluidine blue O
staining, direct immunofluorescence and DNA amplification in spu-
tum specimens from HIV patients. Pathology. 1994;26:198-200.
24. Helweg-Larsen J, Jensen JS, Benfield T, Svendsen UG, Lundgren JD,
Lundgren B. Diagnostic use of PCR for detection of Pneumocystis
carinii in oral wash samples. J Clin Microbiol. 1998;36:2068-72.
25. Calderon EJ, Regordan C, Medrano FJ, Ollero M, Varela JM.
Pneumocystis carinii infection in patients with chronic bronchial dis-
ease. Lancet. 1996;347:977.
26. Sing A, Roggenkamp A, Autenrieth IB, Heesemann J. Pneumocystis
carinii carriage in immunocompetent patients with primary pul-
monary disorders as detected by single or nested PCR. J Clin
Microbiol. 1999;37:3409-10.
27. Wakefield AE, Pixley FJ, Banerji S, Sinclair K, Miller RF, Moxon
ER, et al. Amplification of mitochondrial ribosomal RNA sequences
from Pneumocystis carinii DNA of rat and human origin. Mol
Biochem Parasitol. 1990;43:69-76.
28. Montes-Cano MA, de la Horra C, Martin- Juan J, Varela JM,
Torronteras R, Respaldiza N, et al. Pneumocystis jiroveci genotypes
in Spanish population. Clin Infect Dis. 2004;39:123-8.
29. Oz HS, Hughes WT. DNA amplification of nasopharyngeal aspirates
in rats: a procedure to detect Pneumocystis carinii. Microb Pathog.
1999;27:119-21.
30. Chabe M, Dei-Cas E, Creusy C, Fleurisse L, Respaldiza N, Camus D,
et al. Immunocompetent host as a reservoir of Pneumocystis organ-
ism: histological and RT-PCR data demonstrate active replication.
Eur J Clin Microbiol Infect Dis. 2004;23:89-97.
31. Wakefield AE, Guiver L, Miller RF, Hopkin JM. DNA amplification
on induced sputum samples for diagnosis of Pneumocystis carinii
pneumonia. Lancet. 1991;337:1378-9.
32. Leibovitz E, Pollack H, Moore T, Papellas J, Gallo L, Krasinski K, et
al. Comparison of PCR and standard cytological staining for detec-
tion of Pneumocystis carinii from respiratory specimens from
patients with or at high risk for infection by human immunodeficien-
cy virus. J Clin Microbiol. 1995;33:3004-7.
33. Beard CB, Carter JL, Keely SP, Huang L, Pieniazek NJ, Moura INS,
et al. Genetic variation in Pneumocystis carinii isolates from differ-
ent geographic regions: implications for transmission. Emerg Infect
Dis. 2000;6:265-72.
34. Vargas SL, Ponce CA, Sanchez CA, Ulloa AV, Bustamante R, Juarez
G. Pregnancy and asymptomatic carriage of Pneumocystis jiroveci.
Emerg Infect Dis. 2003;9:605-6.
35. Calderon EC, de la Horra C, Medrano FJ, Lopez-Suarez A, Montes-
Cano M, Respaldiza N, et al. Pneumocystis jirovecii isolates with
dihidropteroate synthase (DHPS) mutations in patients with chronic
bronchial diseases. Eur J Clin Microbiol Infect Dis. 2004;23:545-9.
36. de la Horra C, Varela JM, Fernandez-Alonso J, Medrano FJ,
Respaliza N, Montes-Cano M, et al. Association between human-
Pneumocytis infection and small-cell lung carcinoma. Eur J Clin
Invest. 2004;34:229-35.
37. Dumolin A, Mazars E, Segury N, Gargallo- Viola V, Vargas S, Cailliez
JC, et al. Transmission of Pneumocystis carinii disease from
immunocompetent contacts of infected host to susceptible. Eur J Clin
Microbiol Infect Dis. 2000;19:671-8.
38. Sheldon WH. Subclinical Pneumocystis pneumonitis. Am J Dis
Child. 1959;97:287-97.
39. Atzori C, Agostine F, Angeli E, Mainini A, Orlando G, Cargnel A.
Combined use of blood and oropharyngeal samples for noninvasive
diagnosis of Pneumocystis pneumonia using the polymerase chain
reaction. Eur J Clin Microbiol Infect Dis. 1998;17:241-6.
Address for correspondence: Francisco J. Medrano, Department of
Internal Medicine, Virgen del Rocfo University Hospital, Avda Manuel
Siurot s/n, 41013 Seville, Spain; fax: 34-95-501-4278; email: medra-
no@cica.es
All material published in Emerging Infectious Diseases is in the
public domain and may be used and reprinted without special per-
mission; proper citation, however, is appreciated.
250
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Sporadic Cryptosporidiosis
Decline after Membrane Filtration
of Public Water Supplies,
England, 1996-2002
Stella Goh,* Mark Reacher,f David P. Casemore^ Neville Q. Verlander,§ Andre Charlett,§
Rachel M. Chalmers, H Margaret Knowles,# Anthony Pennington,* Joy Williams,* Keith Osborn,**
and Sarah Richardstt
The incidence of sporadic cryptosporidiosis among
106,000 residents of 2 local government districts in north-
west England before and after installation of membrane fil-
tration of public water supplies was compared to that of
59,700 residents whose public water supplies remained
unchanged. A national outbreak of foot and mouth disease
in livestock during 2001 was associated with a decline in
sporadic human cryptosporidiosis in all regions of the
United Kingdom. In a Poisson regression model, mem-
brane filtration was associated with an estimated 79%
reduction (incidence ratio 0.207, 95% confidence intervals
0.099-0.431 , p < 0.0001 ) after adjustment for the interval of
the foot and mouth disease epidemic and the water source.
Despite the confounding effect of that epidemic, membrane
filtration of the public water supply was effective in reduc-
ing the risk for sporadic human Cryptosporidium infection in
this population.
C ryptosporidium is a genus of enteric parasites that
cause diarrhea in humans and many animal species
worldwide; it is the third most common cause of non viral
infectious diarrhea reported in England and Wales (1,2).
Oocysts are shed in large numbers in feces of infected
humans and animals and contain highly infectious sporo-
zoites when ingested (1,3). Disease may be prolonged and
fatal in immunocompromised persons (1). Crypto-
sporidium hominis (previously designated C. parvum
*Carlisle and District Primary Care Trust, Carlisle, United
Kingdom; fHealth Protection Agency, Cambridge, United
Kingdom; ^University of Wales, Aberystwyth, Ceredigion, Wales,
United Kingdom; §Health Protection Agency Centre for Infections,
Colindale, London, United Kingdom; ^Singleton Hospital,
Swansea, Wales, United Kingdom; #Cumberland Infirmary,
Carlisle, United Kingdom; **United Utilities, Great Sankey,
Warrington, United Kingdom; and tfWest Cumberland Hospital,
Whitehaven, United Kingdom
genotype 1) is found in humans but occurs naturally in
livestock animals very rarely; C. parvum (previously des-
ignated C. parvum genotype 2) infects humans and live-
stock (4-6).
Cryptosporidium oocysts are a threat to the safety of
drinking water supplies because they remain viable in
water and damp soils for prolonged periods and are resist-
ant to concentrations of disinfectants, including chlorine,
used in conventional water treatment. Removal of these
oocysts depends on sedimentation, coagulation, and filtra-
tion (1,7,8). We have previously reported a prospective
case-control study of risk factors for sporadic cryp-
tosporidiosis in residents of Allerdale and Copeland local
government districts in North Cumbria, rural northwest
England, from March 1, 1996, to February 29, 2000. That
study showed a strong association with the usual daily vol-
ume of cold unboiled tap water drunk and with short visits
to farms (9). We present extended observation of the pop-
ulation to August 31, 2002, during which time membrane
filtration of public drinking water supplies was introduced
for two thirds of the study population and a national out-
break of foot and mouth disease (FMD) in livestock
occurred.
Materials and Methods
The study area comprises part of the Lake District
National Park. The lakes act as natural reservoirs for local
public water supplies and have livestock farms and open
grazing land abutting them. Approximately one third of the
study population receive public water supplies from
Ennerdale Lake, one third from Crummock Lake, and one
third from a number of smaller sources. From March 1,
1996, to February 29, 2000, water from Ennerdale and
Crummock Lakes was disinfected with chlorine, but unfil-
tered, because the low level of particulate matter in these
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
251
RESEARCH
sources precluded chemically assisted flocculation.
Membrane filtration began on March 1, 2000, at works
treating water from Ennerdale and Crummock Lakes and
remained active until the end of the study. The remaining
third of the population received water from a number of
smaller sources undergoing a variety of conventional treat-
ments, including coagulation, filtration and chlorination,
and chlorination alone. No changes in the treatment of
water from these other sources occurred at any time.
FMD Epidemic in Livestock
The first FMD case in livestock was confirmed on
February 21, 2001, in southeast England and the last case
on September 30, 2001, in northwest England (10).
Epidemic controls were enforced throughout the United
Kingdom; they included culling livestock, excluding live-
stock from traditional pastures, limiting livestock move-
ments, and excluding the public from the countryside. The
FMD epidemic was associated with marked attenuation of
the usual spring peak in human cryptosporidiosis reporting
from all regions of England and Wales and with a decline
predominantly of C. parvum (livestock and human
species). FMD epidemic controls were applied uniformly
across the Allerdale and Copeland Districts and ended on
January 21, 2002.
Analysis of risk factors and laboratory testing for
Cryptosporidium were undertaken as previously
described; cases with date of onset from March 1 , 2000, to
August 31, 2002, and associated controls were added (5,9).
To determine if introduction of membrane filtration and
the FMD epidemic in livestock were associated with a
change in risk factors or incidence of human cryp-
tosporidiosis, observations were divided into 5 intervals:
before commissioning of membrane filtration (March 1,
1996, to February 29, 2000); membrane filtration commis-
sioning (March 1, 2000, to July 31, 2000); established
membrane filtration before the FMD epidemic (August 1 ,
2000, to February 20, 2001); the FMD livestock epidemic
to ending of local FMD epidemic controls (February 21,
2001 to January 20, 2002); and post-FMD epidemic
(January 21, 2002, to August 31, 2002).
Case Definition
Case-patients were residents of Allerdale or Copeland
who had diarrhea (>3 loose stools in a 24-hour period)
with onset from March 1, 1996, to August 31, 2002; were
fecal smear positive for Cryptosporidium oocysts, but
feces negative for other enteric pathogens; and had spent at
least 1 night within the study area in the 14 days before
onset. Patients were excluded if, within 14 days of onset,
they had contact with another household patient with cryp-
tosporidiosis or any diarrhea illness, traveled outside the
United Kingdom, or traveled within the United Kingdom
and stayed outside the study area during the entire 14-day
period before onset of illness; or if they, or a household
member, had already been enrolled as a case-patient or
control at any time during the study.
Control Definition
Controls were residents of Allerdale or Copeland who
had no history of diarrhea (defined as >3 loose stools in a
24-hour period) and had spent at least 1 night within the
study area in the 14 days before interview. Potential con-
trols were excluded if they had traveled outside the United
Kingdom in the 14 days before the date of interview or if
they had traveled within the United Kingdom and stayed
outside the study area during the entire 14 day period
before the date of interview. Potential controls were also
excluded if they or a household member had already been
enrolled as a case-patient or control at any time during the
study.
The local water company provided details of the water
sources, water supply zones, number of houses and resi-
dents served by each water source and water supply zone,
and treatment of water to each zone. The study team and
water company maintained vigilance for changes in the
water supplies to the population at all stages of the study.
In a minority of participants, the water source changed;
these case-patients and controls were categorized as
receiving mixed supplies from >1 source.
Risk Factor Analysis
Five sets of contingency tables, 1 for each interval of
observation defined by introduction of membrane filtration
and the FMD epidemic, were constructed for each expo-
sure variable, and odds ratios were calculated. Main effects
variables were defined as those significant at p < 0.2 in any
of the 5 sets of contingency tables. These variables — inter-
val, age, sex, and water supply zone — were put into a mul-
tivariable model. Stepwise sequential removal of variables
with p > 0.05 was undertaken retaining time interval, age,
sex, and water supply zone. The significance of interaction
terms between time interval and the remaining main
effects variables was tested in separate models with step-
wise sequential removal of terms with p > 0.05.
Incidence Rates and Incident Rate Modeling
Incidence rates were determined for residents by water
supply zone and modeled by Poisson regression using the
number of cases as the predictor variable and the number
of person-years of observation as the offset (11,12). The
models had 3 predictor variables: membrane filtration
(before and after), FMD epidemic (before, during, and
after local FMD controls), and water source (Ennerdale,
Crummock, and “other” water supplies). The interaction
between these predictors was explored. The models
252
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Cryptosporidiosis Decline after Membrane Filtration
provided estimates of the incidence rate ratio (IRR). The
goodness-of-fit of the models was assessed. The species of
Cryptosporidium isolates before and after membrane
filtration were compared.
Results
Population and Water Supplies
Public water supplies derived from Crummock Lake
served 58,295 residents; from Ennerdale Lake, 47,780 res-
idents; and from a variety of other smaller water sources,
including a few private water supplies, the remaining
59,699 residents of Allerdale and Copeland (Appendix
Table 1; available from http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/EID/
volllno2/04-0274_app.htm). Public drinking water sup-
plies derived from Crummock and Ennerdale Lakes before
March 1, 2000, were chlorinated but not filtered
(Appendix Table 1). Separate membrane filtration plants at
water treatment works at Crummock and Ennerdale Lakes
were commissioned from March 1, 2000, to July 31, 2000;
full operation was achieved by August 1, 2000. These
plants remained fully operational until the end of the study,
August 31, 2002. The treatment of water derived from
other sources remained unchanged for the study period.
These multiple smaller sources received a variety of con-
ventional treatments, including coagulation, filtration and
chlorination, and chlorination alone. In addition, a small
number of houses had private water supplies, which were
untreated (Appendix Table 1).
Recruitment and Exclusion of Patients
A total of 249 patients identified as having sporadic
cryptosporidiosis were ascertained during the study peri-
od; 74 (30%) were excluded, and 175 (70%) were enrolled
(Table 1). Of the 175 primary cases of cryptosporidiosis
enrolled, 153 (87%) had onset dates from March 1, 1996,
to February 29, 2000, before the commissioning of mem-
brane filtration at Crummock and Ennerdale Lakes; 22
(13%) patients had onset from March 1, 2000, to August
31, 2002, after the membrane filtration plants were intro-
duced (Table 1).
Recruitment and Exclusion of Controls
A total of 929 potential controls were approached dur-
ing the study; 392 (42%) were excluded, and 537 (58%)
were enrolled. Two hundred and twenty one (24%) persons
either refused to participate or were repeatedly unavailable
for interview (Table 1). The address was not found for 3
(<1%). One hundred twelve (12%) were excluded because
they did not meet the study control definition for a variety
of reasons (Table 1). Fifty- six (6%) were not enrolled for
administrative reasons. The study team cancelled inter-
views for 44 (5%) because 3 control interviews had been
completed for the associated case and 9 (1%) interviews
because the potential controls were found to be in the
wrong age band; the reason for exclusion was not record-
ed for 3 potential controls (<1%). Of the 537 controls
enrolled, 468 (87%) had interview dates from March 1,
1996, to February 29, 2000; and 69 (12.9%) had interviews
from March 1, 2000, to August 31, 2002 (Table 1).
Study Population
Patients
Of the 175 case-patients, 150 (86%) were <16 years of
age, and 96 (55%) were <6 years of age. Ninety (51%)
were male (Table 2). The proportion of cases <16 years of
age and the proportion who were male were lower after
membrane filtration was introduced into Crummock and
Ennerdale Lake water. The proportion of case-patients
served by water from other sources that never received
membrane filtration was higher after introduction of mem-
brane filtration (Table 2).
In addition to diarrhea, a substantial proportion of
patients had abdominal pain, vomiting, fever, loss of
appetite, and weight loss (Appendix Table 2). Forty-two
(24%) patients remained symptomatic at interview. Of the
133 (76%) whose symptoms had abated at interview, the
median duration of illness was 9 days (range 2-21 days)
(Appendix Table 2). In children <6 years of age, 14 (25%)
of 55 of boys and 6 (15%) of 41 girls were admitted to hos-
pital because of diarrhea (Appendix Table 3). The admis-
sion rates in children 6-15 years of age were 3 (11%) of 28
boys and 3 (12%) of 26 girls. Most of the patients and all
male patients <6 years of age had onset dates before the
membrane filtration was introduced (Appendix Table 3).
Twenty-six (17%) of the 150 patients who were <16 years
of age were admitted to hospital, but none over this age.
Species identification was undertaken for 68 fecal spec-
imens from patients with onset from January 1, 1998, to
February 29, 2000 (Appendix Table 4). Fifty-seven (84%)
were C. parvum. Thirteen (81%) of the 16 smears derived
from patients with onset dates from March 1, 2000, to
August 31, 2002, were also C. parvum. Overall, 70
(83.3%) of the 84 specimens for which the species was
identified were C. parvum.
Controls
The 537 controls had similar age, sex, and drinking
water supplies as the 175 patients (Table 2). The time
between notification of a case by a microbiology laborato-
ry to the study-coordinating center to enrollment of the
patient and his or her associated controls was a median of
2 weeks (range 1-8 weeks) and was similar before and
after the introduction of membrane filtration.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
253
RESEARCH
Table 1. Exclusions and recruitment of case-patients and controls
n(%)
Before and after
Before membrane
After membrane filtration,
membrane filtration,
filtration, March 1 , 1996-
March 1 , 2000-August 31 ,
March 1, 1996-
Exclusion criteria
February 29, 2000
2002
August 31, 2002
Case-patients
Refused to participate
1 (0.5)
0(0)
1 (0.4)
Could not complete adequate interview
1 (0.5)
1 (2.4)
2 (0.8)
Did not respond to letters or phone calls
Did not meet study case definition
2(1.0)
0(0)
2 (0.8)
No history of diarrhea
1 (0.5)
1 (2.4)
2 (0.8)
Mixed enteric infection
1 (0.5)
0
1 (0.4)
Secondary case
36(17.4)
10(23.8)
46(18.5)
Travel outside UK in 14 days before onset
8 (3.9)
8(19.0)
16(6.4)
Visitor to study area
1 (0.5)
0(0)
1 (0.4)
Residence outside study area
1 (0.5)
0(0)
1 (0.4)
Case-patient or household member previously
interviewed as case or control
2(1.0)
0(0)
2 (0.8)
Potential case-patients approached
207(100)
42(100)
249(100)
Potential cases excluded
54 (26.1)
20 (47.6)
74 (29.7)
Total case-patients enrolled
Controls
Refused or unavailable for interview
153 (73.9)
22 (52.4)
175 (70.3)
Refused to participate
23 (3.0)
12(7.9)
35 (3.8)
Unavailable at requested interview times
125(17.1)
23(15.2)
148(15.9)
Said interview times were not convenient
35 (4.5)
3 (2.0)
38 (4.1)
Address not found
Did not meet study control definition
3 (0.4)
0(0)
3 (0.3)
History of diarrhea
46 (5.9)
6 (4.0)
52 (5.6)
Travel outside UK in 14 days before interview
8 (1 .0)
4(2.6)
12(1.3)
Not resident in study area in 14 days before
interview
3 (0.4)
1 (0.7)
4 (0.4)
Moved from study area
27 (3.5)
7(4.6)
34 (3.7)
Residence outside study area
2 (0.3)
0(0)
2 (0.2)
Control or household member already interviewed
as a case or control
7 (0.9)
1 (0.7)
8 (0.9)
Not enrolled for administrative reasons or reason
not recorded
Interview cancelled; 3 controls already enrolled
for associated case
19(2.4)
25(16.6)
44 (4.7)
Interview cancelled; potential control found to be
in wrong age group
9(1.2)
0(0)
9 (1 .0)
Reason for exclusion not recorded
3 (0.4)
0(0)
3 (0.3)
Potential controls approached
778(100)
151 (100)
929(100)
Potential controls excluded
310(39.8)
82 (54.3)
392 (42.2)
Total controls enrolled
468 (60.2)
69 (45.7)
537 (57.8)
Risk Factor Analysis
None of the interaction terms between the main effects
variables and time intervals of observation, defined by
introduction of membrane filtration and the FMD epidem-
ic in livestock, were significant, including the term for the
usual volume of cold unboiled tap water drunk per day (p
= 0.12). These interaction terms were therefore excluded
from the final multivariable risk factor model (Table 3).
The risk for sporadic cryptosporidiosis was independently
associated with the usual volume of cold unboiled tap
water drunk each day, with contact with cattle farms and
noncattle farms, and with feeding pets leftovers. Water
supply zones, the time interval of observation, age, and
gender were not independently associated with having a
case (Table 3).
Incidence and Seasonality
The incidence within the populations served by public
water supplies derived from Ennerdale Lake, Crummock
Lake, and other water sources was similar before March
2000 at ~22 cases per 100,000 person years but declined to
<10 per 100,000 person years after March 1, 2000
254
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Cryptosporidiosis Decline after Membrane Filtration
(Table 4) (Figure 1). The decline was more marked in the
populations served by water derived from treatment works
at Ennerdale and Crummock Lakes, where membrane fil-
tration plants had been installed, than in the population
served by other water sources, where membrane filtration
was not installed. A well-defined spring peak in cases was
apparent from 1996 to 1999, but not from 2000 to 2002
(Figures 2 and 3).
Table 2. Baseline characteristics of case-patients and controls
Characteristics
n (%)
Before membrane
filtration, March 1, 1996-
February 29, 2000
After membrane
filtration, March 1, 2000-
August 31 , 2002
Before and after membrane
filtration, March 1, 1996-
August 31 , 2002
Case-patients, total
153(100)
22(100)
175(100)
Sex
Female
70 (45.8)
15(68.2)
85 (48.6)
Male
83 (54.2)
7(31.8)
90 (51.4)
Age
<1-5
87 (56.9)
9 (40.9)
96 (54.9)
6-15
47 (30.7)
7(31.8)
54 (30.9)
16+
19(12.4)
6 (27.3)
25(14.3)
Water sources and water supply zones
Crummock Lake
Crummock North
37 (24.2)
2(9.1)
39 (22.3)
Crummock South
19(12.4)
4(18.2)
23(13.1)
Ennerdale Lake
Ennerdale North
30(19.6)
2(9.1)
32(18.3)
Ennerdale South
13(8.5)
1 (4.5)
14(8.0)
Other sources
Millom
19(12.4)
3(13.6)
22(12.6)
Quarry Hill
16(10.5)
6 (27.3)
22(12.6)
Hausegill
3 (2.0)
0
3(1.7)
Hayknott
2(1.3)
0
2(1.1)
Underscar
1 (0.7)
2(9.1)
3(1.7)
Fellside
0
0
0
Mixed >1 source
11 (7.2)
1 (4.5)
12(6.9)
Different private water supplies
2(1.3)
1 (4.5)
3(1.7)
Controls, total
468(100)
69(100)
537(100)
Sex
Female
234 (50)
31 (44.9)
265 (49.3)
Male
234 (50)
38 (55.1)
272 (50.7)
Age
<1-5
273 (58.3)
27 (39.1)
300 (55.9)
6-15
137 (29.3)
20 (29.0)
157 (29.2)
16+
58(12.4)
12(17.4)
70(13.0)
Water sources and water supply zones
Crummock Lake
Crummock North
104 (22.2)
7(10.1)
111 (20.7)
Crummock South
49(10.5)
13(18.8)
62(11.5)
Ennerdale Lake
Ennerdale North
100 (21.4)
7(10.1)
107(19.9)
Ennerdale South
43 (9.2)
3 (4.3)
46 (8.6)
Other sources
Millom
54(11.5)
10(14.5)
64(11.9)
Quarry Hill
42 (9.0)
16(23.2)
58(10.8)
Hausegill
5(1.1)
0
5 (0.9)
Hayknott
6(1.3)
1 (1 .4)
7(1.3)
Underscar
3 (0.6)
6 (8.7)
8(1.5)
Fellside
0
2 (2.9)
2 (0.4)
Mixed >1 source
1 (0.2)
0
1 (0.2)
Different private water supplies
51 (10.9)
4(5.8)
55(10.2)
Crummock Lake
10(2.1)
0
10(1.9)
*Mixed: mixed supply derived from Ennerdale and Crummock, or from Ennerdale and another source, or from Crummock and another source.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
255
RESEARCH
After membrane filtration was introduced for
Crummock and Ennerdale supplies, an estimated reduction
in incidence of -79% occurred (IRR 0.207, 95% confi-
dence intervals [Cl] 0.099-0.431), p < 0.0001, after adjust-
ment for the FMD epidemic interval and water source in a
Poisson regression model (Table 5). The decrease attrib-
uted to the FMD interval was -60% (IRR 0.394, 95% Cl
0.167-0.925), with some evidence of a residual effect after
the end of local FMD epidemic controls (IRR 0.686, 95%
Cl 0.292-1.61). No additional effect was contributed by
water source (p = 0.6). The data for this model are pre-
sented graphically in Figure 1 and detailed in Table 4.
Fittle difference was made by modeling the intervals for
commissioning and postcommissioning of membrane
Table 3. Final multivariable model of risk factors for sporadic cryptosporidiosis, Allerdale and Copeland residents, March 1 , 1 996, to
August 31 , 2002
Risk factors
Case-patients
Controls
Adjusted odds
ratio*
Lower 95% Clf
Upper
95% Cl
p value
Sex
Female
85
265
1
0.45
1.184
0.202
Male
90
272
0.73
Age
<1-5
96
300
1 ,002/y
0.938
1.021
0.872
6-15
54
157
16+
25
70
Water sources and water supply zones
0.556
Crummock Lake
Crummock North
39
111
1
Crummock South
23
62
1.262
0.547
2.913
Ennerdale Lake
Ennerdale North
32
107
1.25
0.594
2.63
Ennerdale South
14
46
0.556
0.164
1.881
Other sources
Millom
22
64
1.502
0.686
3.288
Quarry Hill
22
58
0.703
0.273
1.81
Hausegill
3
5
1.356
0.22
8.34
Hayknott
2
7
1.016
0.1
10.29
Underscar
3
9
0.983
0.1
9.18
Fellside
0
1
0.005
0
OO
Bridgend
0
2
0.004
0
OO
Mixed public supplies
12
55
0.893
0.32
2.494
Private water supplies
3
10
0.1
0.007
1
Usual daily volume of cold unboiled tap
1 .543 per pint
1.212
1.965
< 0.001
water drunk at home
<1/4 pint
25
122
1/4-1 pint
78
260
>1-2 pints
46
106
>2 pints
22
42
Contact with a cattle farm
Yes
19
29
4.532
1.757
11.69
0.002
No
144
475
Contact with a noncattle farm
Yes
17
24
3.809
1.677
8.651
0.002
No
146
471
Feed pet leftovers
Yes
14
19
3.746
1.214
11.56
0.021
No
161
515
Interval of study
0.585
March 1 , 1996-February 29, 2000
153
468
1
March 1, 2000-July 31,2000
4
16
0.965
0.235
3.958
August 1 , 2000-February 20, 2001
6
16
1.115
0.319
3.895
February 21 , 2001 -January 21 , 2002
6
18
0.367
0.078
1.72
January 1 1 , 2002-August 31 , 2002
6
19
0.485
0.138
1.701
*Adjusted for accidentally touching animal feces, feeding pets biscuits, feeding pets raw vegetables, contact with anyone outside the household with a
history of diarrhea, type of sewage system to the house, consumption of mixed salad, and local authority of residence.
fCI, confidence interval.
256
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Cryptosporidiosis Decline after Membrane Filtration
Table 4. Incidence of sporadic cryptosporidiosis by water source, March 1 , 1 996-August 31 , 2002
Rate per 100,000
Water source and time intervals*
Membrane filtration (MF)
Cases (n)
Person-years
person-years
95% Clf
Crummock Lake
Before MF interval
No
56
233,623
23.97
(18.11, 31.13)
After MF interval
Commissioning MF
Yes
1
25,726
3.89
(0.10, 21.66)
Established MF pre-FMDE
Yes
1
33,970
2.94
(0.07, 16.40)
Established MF and FMDE
Yes
1
54,902
1.82
(0.05, 10.15)
Established MF and post-FMDE
Yes
3
31,490
9.53
(1.96, 27.84)
Total after MF
Yes
6
146,088
4.11
(1.51, 8.91)
Ennerdale Lake
Before MF interval
No
43
191,053
22.51
(16.29, 30.32)
After MF interval
Commissioning MF
Yes
0
20,258
0
(0, 18.21)
Established MF pre-FMDE
Yes
1
27,223
3.67
(0.09, 20.47)
Established MF and FMDE
Yes
2
46,387
4.31
(0.52, 15.57)
Established MF and post-FMDE
Yes
0
26,606
0
(0, 13.86)
Total after MF
Yes
3
120,474
2.49
(0.51, 7.28)
Other sources
Before MF interval
No
54
238,265
22.66
(17.03, 29.57)
After MF interval
Commissioning MF
No
3
24,449
12.27
(2.53, 35.86)
Established MF pre-FMDE
No
4
32,257
12.4
(3.38,31.75)
Established MF and FMDE
No
3
51,997
5.77
(1.19, 16.86)
Established MF and post-FMDE
No
3
29,824
10.06
(2.07, 29.40)
Total after MF
No
13
138,527
9.38
(5.00,16.05)
*Time intervals. pre-MF (membrane filtration) March 1 , 1996-February 29, 2000; post-MF March 1 , 2000-August 31 , 2002. Post-MF comprises the
following: commissioning MF, March 1 , 2000-July 31 , 2000; established MF before foot and mouth disease epidemic (FMDE), August 1 , 2000-February
20, 2001 ; established MF and FMDE, February 21 , 2001-January 20, 2002; established MF and post-FMDE, January 21 , 2002-August31 , 2002.
fCI, confidence intervals.
filtration separately, and no significant difference was seen
between these rate estimates when this modeling was done
(p = 0.35)
Discussion
Consumption of cold unboiled tap water from public
drinking water supplies was shown to be a leading inde-
pendent risk factor for sporadic cryptosporidiosis with a
highly significant increase in risk with the usual volume
drunk each day (Table 3). Risk was also increased by con-
tact with cattle farms and noncattle farms and with feeding
pets leftovers. Fifty five percent of patients were <6 years
of age, and 31% were 6-15 years. Infection was predomi-
nantly with C. parvum (livestock and human species). The
results of the risk factor analysis for the entire study peri-
od were similar to those obtained for the interval before
installation of membrane filtration, when most cases arose
(9). Illness was prolonged and almost one fifth of children
<6 years of age required hospital admission. The excess in
hospitalization in boys <6 years of age may suggest that
young boys are more vulnerable to Cryptosporidium than
young girls, a bias in favor of admitting young boys, or a
combination of these factors.
The 2001 FMD epidemic in livestock, which occurred
after membrane filtration was introduced in Allerdale and
Crummock Lake water, affected all regions of the United
Kingdom (10). This livestock epidemic was associated
with a highly significant decline in laboratory reports of
human cryptosporidiosis from all regions of England and
Wales and was more marked in Northwest England. The
decline in reports was most marked for C. parvum (the
species infectious in humans and livestock species) than
for C. hominis (infectious only in humans) (10). The FMD
epidemic control measures of excluding the public from
the countryside, extensively culling farm animals, and lim-
iting animal movements probably decreased direct and
indirect exposure of the human population to livestock and
livestock feces.
The annual agricultural and horticultural census con-
ducted by the U.K. Department for Environment, Food and
Rural Affairs and its predecessor, the Ministry of
Agriculture, Food and Fisheries showed >600,000 sheep,
300,000 lambs, 100,000 total cattle and calves, and 40,000
calves <1 year of age in each of the years 1996-2000 with-
in the 135,000 hectares of agricultural land in Allerdale
and Copeland local government districts (13,14). A sub-
stantial decline occurred in 2001 and 2002 associated with
the FMD epidemic, but no evidence suggested that the
decline in animal densities or change in human contact
with livestock and with the countryside differed within
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
257
RESEARCH
30
Mar 1 , 1 996 - Feb 29. 2000 Mar 1 . 2000 - Aug 31 . 2002
Figure 1. Cases of primary cryptosporidiosis per 100,000 person-
years before and after membrane filtration introduced into public
water supplies, derived from Crummock Lake, Ennerdale Lake,
and other water sources.
Allerdale and Copeland, according to the sources or distri-
bution of the public drinking water supplies (13,14). The
decline in incidence attributable to the FMD epidemic
effect was therefore expected for our entire study popula-
tion, regardless of its household water supply. We therefore
believe that the experience of the population served by
other supplies provided a valid measure of the impact of
the FMD epidemic in livestock, whereas the population
served by water from Ennerdale and Crummock Lakes
experienced the effect of both membrane filtration and the
FMD epidemic. The results of the Poisson regression
model indicated a marked reduction of incidence in spo-
radic cryptosporidiosis following introduction of mem-
brane filtration after adjustment for the FMD epidemic
interval and water source (Table 5). Despite the confound-
ing effect of the FMD epidemic, our study provides con-
vincing evidence that membrane filtration was highly
effective in reducing the risk for sporadic cryptosporidio-
sis in this population; this measure was also associated
with a decline in hospital admissions for cryptosporidiosis
in children, especially of boys <6 years of age.
The incidence rates associated with other supplies from
a number of different sources and treatment works, some
using conventional flocculation and filtration, were similar
from March 1996 to February 2001 to the rates in the pop-
Figure 2. Average number of cases by month of onset before
membrane filtration, March 1, 1996-February 29, 2000, Allerdale
and Copeland local government districts.
Figure 3. Average number of cases by month of onset after mem-
brane filtration introduced March 1, 2000, to August 31, 2002,
Allerdale and Copeland local government districts.
ulation served by Crummock and Ennerdale Lakes, whose
water was unfiltered at this time. This finding supports the
notion that conventional sand filtration and flocculation
may be insufficient to prevent intermittent low-level
Cryptosporidium oocyst contamination of treated water.
The local water company has since closed higher risk
sources and substituted them with water from lower risk
catchments.
Our observations strongly support recent revision of the
UK drinking water regulations requiring water companies
to undertake risk assessments of water sources, and where
judged to be a risk, to implement continuous monitoring of
Cryptosporidium oocyst concentrations in treated water
(15). A minimum standard of an average of <1 oocyst per
10 L of water in any 24-hour period is required.
Table 5. Poisson regression model of the incidence of sporadic cryptosporidiosis*
Predictor
Category
IRR
95% Cl
P
Membrane filtration
No
Reference
Yes
0.207
0.099-0.431
<0.0001
Foot and mouth disease epidemic
Pre
Reference
During
0.394
0.167-0.925
Post
0.686
0.292-1.612
0.05
Water supply
Crummock
Reference
Ennerdale
0.907
0.620-1 .329
Other
0.820
0.573-1.174
0.6
*IRR, incidence rate ratio; Cl, confidence interval. Goodness-of-fit test (chi square 10.84, 9 df, p = 0.3).
258
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Cryptosporidiosis Decline after Membrane Filtration
The substantial negative impact of waterborne cryp-
tosporidiosis leading to potentially life-threatening diar-
rhea and stunting in childhood is well-recognized in
developing countries (16,17). Our findings show that
Cryptosporidium remains an obstacle in water and sanita-
tion infrastructure and a threat to child health in industrial-
ized countries as well. The scale of this effect will continue
to be underestimated if adequate surveillance of cryp-
tosporidiosis by testing diarrheal feces specimens for
Cryptosporidium and collation of positive test results,
especially in children, is omitted by health services (18).
Although the study population was located in an area of
livestock farming with high historic rates of cryp-
tosporidiosis in England, the demonstration that public
drinking water supplies were a leading independent risk
factor for sporadic cryptosporidiosis and that introduction
of membrane filtration at water treatment works was effec-
tive in substantially lowering this risk, may have relevance
to water companies, regulators, policymakers, and con-
sumers in other countries.
Acknowledgments
We thank colleagues in the steering group and in the many
local and national agencies that contributed to this research. In
particular, we thank Brian White, Vic Emmerson, Mary
Cosgrove, Peter Daley, John Cain, Rachel Horton, Susan
Partridge, Judith Hilton, Patrick Wall, Ros Stanwell-Smith,
James Stuart, Claire Gilham, Alan Godfree, Matthew Wilkinson,
Charmian Kerr, David Counter, Andrew Holliman, John Gray,
Tony Lloyd, Mark Smith, David Holt, Joy Graham, Jennifer
Clay, Paul Blaylock, Richard Lamb, Dennis Massey, Emma
Wigginton, Kristin El win, and Anne Thomas.
This study was funded by the Department of Environment,
Food and Rural Affairs, Department Health, United Kingdom
Water Industry Research Limited and was supervised by the
Drinking Water Inspectorate. The Membrane Filtration plant
installed in this study was provided by Memcor Ltd. None of the
authors has any financial links with Memcor Ltd. No funding was
obtained from Memcor Ltd. for this study.
Dr. Goh is an honorary consultant to the Carlisle and District
Primary Care Trust and was formerly the consultant in
Communicable Disease Control to North Cumbria Health
Authority, in northwest England. She specialized in public health
medicine and developed an interest in childhood immunization,
enteric infection, Cryptosporidium , and water supplies.
References
1. Guerrant RL. Cryptosporidiosis: an emerging highly infectious
threat. Emerg Infect Dis. 1997;3:51-7.
2. Health Protection Agency. Trends in selected gastrointestinal infec-
tions-2001. Comm Dis Rep CDR Weekly. 2003 [accessed 14 Dec
2002]. Available from http://www.hpa.org.uk/cdr/PDfiles/2002/
cdr0702.pdf
3. Fayer R, Morgan.U, Upton SJ. Epidemiology of Cryptosporidium :
transmission, detection, and identification. Int J Parasitol.
2000;30:1305-22.
4. Peng MM, Xiao L, Freeman AR, Arrowood MJ, Escalante AA,
Weltman AC, et al. Genetic polymorphism among Cryptosporidium
parvum isolates: evidence of two distinct human transmission cycles.
Emerg Infect Dis. 1997;3:567-73.
5. Spano F, Putigagni L, McLauchlin J, Casemore DP, Crisanti A. PCR-
RFLP analysis of the Cryptosporidium oocyst wall protein (COWP)
gene discriminates between C. wrairi and C. parvum , and between C.
parvum isolates of human and animal origin. FEMS Microbiol Lett.
1997;150:209-17.
6. Xiao L, Fayer R, Upton SJ. Cryptosporidium taxonomy: recent
advances and implications for public health. Clin Microbiol Rev.
2004;17:72-97.
7. Korich DG, Mead JR, Madore MS, Sinclair NA, Sterling CR. Effects
of ozone, chlorine dioxide, chlorine, and monochloramine on
Cryptosporidium parvum oocyst viability. Appl Environ Microbiol.
1990;56:1423-8.
8. Meinhardt PL, Casemore DP, Miller KB. Epidemiologic aspects of
human cryptosporidiosis and the role of waterborne transmission.
Epidemiol Rev. 1996;18:118-36.
9. Goh S, Reacher M, Casemore DP, Verlander NQ, Chalmers R,
Knowles M, et al. Sporadic cryptosporidiosis, North Cumbria,
England, 1996-2000. Emerg Infect Dis. 2004;10:1007-15.
10. Smerdon WJ, Nichols T, Chalmers RM, Heine H, Reacher MH. Foot
and mouth disease in livestock and reduced cryptosporidiosis in
humans, England and Wales. Emerg Infect Dis. 2003;9:22-8.
11. Clayton D, Hills M. Chapter 23: Poisson and logistic regression.
Statistical models in epidemiology. Oxford: Oxford University Press;
1993. p. 227-36.
12. Stata Corp. Poisson regression. College Station (TX): Stata
Corporation; 2003.
13. Goh S. Animal cryptosporidiosis. North Cumbria sporadic cryp-
tosporidiosis study. Carlisle, U.K.: Carlisle and District Primary Care
Trust; 2004. p. 209-24.
14. Agricultural and Horticultural Annual Census Parish group data
(excluding minor holdings). York: Department for Environment,
Food and Rural Affairs; 2004.
15. The Stationery Office. The water supply (water quality)
(Amendment) regulations 2000 statutory instrument No. 3184.
London: The Stationery Office; 1999. [accessed 12 Dec 2004].
Available from http://www.dwi.gov.uk/regs/si3184.
16. Checkley W, Gilman RH, Black RE, Epstein L, Carbrera L, Sterling
CR. Effect of water and sanitation on childhood health in a poor
Peruvian peri-urban community. Lancet. 2004;363:112-8.
17. Dillingham R, Guerrant RL. Childhood stunting: measuring and
stemming the staggering costs of inadequate water and sanitation.
Lancet. 2004;363:94-5.
18. Crook P, Mayon-White R, Reacher M. Enhancing surveillance of
cryptosporidiosis: test all faecal specimens from children. Commun
Dis Public Health. 2002;5:112-3.
The opinions expressed by authors contributing to this journal do
not necessarily reflect the opinions of the Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention or the institutions with which the authors
are affiliated.
Address for correspondence: Mark Reacher, Health Protection Agency,
East of England, Institute of Public Health, University Forvie Site,
Robinson Way, Cambridge CB2 2SR, United Kingdom; fax: 44 0 1223
331865; email: mark.reacher@hpa.org.uk
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
259
RESEARCH
Carbapenemase-producing
Enterobacteriaceae, U.S. Rivers
Cecile Aubron,* Laurent Poirel,* Ronald J. Ash,f and Patrice Nordmann*
Our study was initiated by previous isolation of 30
imipenem-resistant, gram-negative rods from 7 of 16 U.S.
rivers sampled from 1999 to 2001. Imipenem hydrolysis
was detected in 22 of those isolates identified as
Enterobacter asburiae. Random amplified polymorphism
DNA analysis showed that these E. asburiae isolates were
genetically indistinguishable. An identical clavulanic
acid-inhibited p-lactamase IMI-2 was identified from each
isolate that shared 99% and 97% amino acid identity with
the chromosome-encoded p-lactamases IMI-1 and NmcA,
respectively, from E. cloacae clinical isolates. The b/alMI-2
gene was located on a self-transferable 66-kb plasmid.
Sequence analysis of a cloned 5.5-kb DNA fragment
obtained from 1 of the imipenem-resistant E. asburiae iso-
lates identified an upstream LysR-type regulator gene that
explained inducibility of IMI-2 expression. p-Lactamase IMI-
2 is the first inducible and plasmid-encoded carbapene-
mase. Identification of clonally related E. asburiae isolates
from distant rivers indicates an environmental and enter-
obacterial reservoir for carbapenemase genes.
C arbapenems, such as imipenem and meropenem, are
the most potent p-lactam antimicrobial drugs for
avoiding resistance in gram-negative rods. Resistance to
carbapenems is rare in Enterobacteriaceae and may be
mediated by 3 mechanisms: hyperproduction of an AmpC-
type cephalosporinase combined with decreased drug per-
meability through the outer membrane, decreased affinity
of penicillin-binding proteins that constitute target proteins
for carbapenems, and carbapenem-hydrolyzing p-lacta-
mases (1-3). These rare carbapenemases may be either
plasmid-mediated metallo- p-lactamases (IMP- and VIM-
type) or chromosomally encoded and clavulanate-inhibited
enzymes (NmcA, IMI-1, Sme-l/Sme-2) (2,4-9). The latter
group of enzymes shares consistent percentage of identity
and belongs to the Ambler class A of p-lactamases (2,10).
Very recently, plasmid-mediated and clavulanate-inhibited
carbapenemases have been reported as a source of nosoco-
mial infections in U.S. hospitals (11-15).
*University Paris XI, Paris, France; and fWashburn University,
Topeka, Kansas, USA
While the role of animals in the emergence of clinical-
ly important, antimicrobial-resistant strains has been
extensively shown (e.g., in Salmonella spp.), the role of
aquatic environment as a reservoir of antimicrobial-resist-
ance genes is less established (16-21). A recent study
described high levels of antimicrobial-resistant strains
from U.S. rivers (22). We identified the imipenem-resist-
ant, gram-negative strains recovered from that study and
analyzed the molecular mechanism involved in carbapen-
em resistance of the imipenem-resistant enterobacterial
strains. Clonally related Enterobacter asburiae strains
were identified in midwestern U.S. rivers. E. asburiae nat-
urally produces a cephalosporinase but no carbapenemase
and may be responsible for nosocomial infections (23).
Here, the strains expressed a novel plasmid-encoded and
clavulanate-inhibited carbapenemase.
Materials and Methods
Bacterial Isolates
A previous study identified 30 imipenem-resistant,
gram-negative strains out of 1,861 ampicillin-resistant,
gram-negative isolates from 7 out of 16 U.S. rivers that
were sampled from 1999 to 2001 (22). Identification of
these imipenem-resistant isolates was performed by con-
ventional biochemical techniques (API-20E and API-NE
systems [bioMerieux, Marcy-l’Etoile, France]), and con-
firmed by 16S rDNA sequencing (24).
E. asburiae CIP 103358 and E. asburiae CIP 105006
were used as reference strains (Institut Pasteur strain col-
lection, Paris, France). E. cloacae NOR-1 and E. cloacae
1413B were used as strains that produce the chromosome-
encoded, clavulanate-inhibited carbapenemases NmcA
and IMI-1, respectively (5,8). One of the E. asburiae iso-
lates recovered from a river (strain MS7) was used for
cloning experiments. Streptomycin-resistant Escherichia
coli DH10B strain was used in cloning and conjugation
experiments (Life Technologies, Eragny, France).
Antimicrobial Agents and Resistance Study
The antimicrobial agents and their sources were as
260
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Carbapenemase in Enterobacteriaceae, U.S. Rivers
follows: amoxicillin, ceftazidime, clavulanic acid, and
ticarcillin (GlaxoSmithKline, Nanterre, France); aztreon-
am (Bristol-Myers Squibb, Paris La Defense, France);
cephalothin (Eli Lilly, Saint-Cloud, France); piperacillin
and tazobactam (Lederle, Les Oullins, France); cefotaxime
(Aventis, Romainville, France); imipenem (without cilas-
tatin) (Merck Sharp and Dohme, Paris, France); meropen-
em (AstraZeneca, Paris, France); ampicillin and
streptomycin (Sigma, Paris, France).
MICs were determined by an agar dilution technique on
Mueller-Hinton (MH) agar (Sanofi Diagnostics Pasteur,
Marnes-La-Coquette, France) with an inoculum of 10 4
CFU per spot (25). Carbapenemase activity was deter-
mined by UV spectrophotometry with culture extracts of
each of the imipenem-resistant, gram-negative rods and
imipenem (100 pmol) as substrate, as reported previously
(26) . One unit of enzyme activity corresponded to the
hydrolysis of 1 pmol of substrate per min. Inducibility of
the (3-lactamase expression was determined with imipen-
em and cefoxitin as (3-lactamase inducers, as described
(27) . Briefly overnight culture of each imipenem-resistant
E. asburiae isolate was diluted (1: 10) in a prewarmed tryp-
ticase soy broth, allowed to culture in an antimicrobial-free
medium for 2 h, and further cultured for 6 h with cefoxitin
(2-50 mg/L) or imipenem (10-50 mg/L). (3-Lactamase
culture extracts were obtained after centrifugation and son-
ication, as detailed (26).
Nucleic Acid Techniques and Conjugation
Genotype comparison of the imipenem-resistant E.
asburiae strains was performed by using the random
amplified polymorphism detection (RAPD) technique as
described with primer 6MW (CCGACTCGAG
NNNNNNATGTGG) and primers UBC 245 and UBC 282
(26,28,29). Transfer of the imipenem resistance marker
from each imipenem-resistant E. asburiae isolate to E. coli
DH10B was attempted by using the immobilization filter
mating out technique, as described (26). Briefly, equal vol-
ume (0.1 mL) of overnight cultures of each E. asburiae
isolate and E. coli DH10B were put onto a paper filter that
was placed on an MH agar plate. Twenty-four hours later,
the filter was removed, washed with water (0.2 mL), and
the bacterial suspension was spread onto MH agar plates
containing ampicillin (100 mg/L) and streptomycin (50
mg/L) for selecting transconjugants after 24 h (26).
Plasmid extraction was performed for each E. asburiae
strain and their transconjugants and compared to reference
plasmid sizes of E. coli NCTC 50192 by using the Kieser
technique designed to extract large size plasmids (30,31).
Whole-cell DNA of Enterobacter spp. reference strains
and of an E. asburiae strain MS7 was extracted as
described (26).
Southern hybridization of plasmid DNA (26) of the
transconjugants was performed as described by the manu-
facturer with the ECL nonradioactive kit (Amersham, Les
Ulis, France). An 818-bp internal probe for bla lM M was
obtained by using primers IMI- A (5'-ATAGCCATC-
CTTGTTTAGCTC-3') and IMI-B (5'-TCTGCGAT-
TACTTTATCCTC-3') and standard polymerase chain
reaction (PCR) amplification procedures (5,26).
Primers designed to hybridize to the ends of the
bla NmcA , bla miA , and bla Sme _ l/Sme _ 2 genes were used for
standard PCR amplification experiments (5,7,8) with plas-
mid DNA of each imipenem-resistant E. asburiae isolate
and of their transconjugants as templates. Cloning experi-
ments were then performed with BamRl restricted whole-
cell DNA of E. asburiae MS7 followed by ligation of
DNA fragments into the ZtaraHI-site of cloning vector
pGB2 (32). Recombinant plasmids were transformed by
electroporation into E. coli DH10B electrocompetent cells
(26). E. coli DH10B harboring recombinant plasmids was
selected on MH agar plates containing ampicillin (100
mg/L) and streptomycin (100 mg/L).
DNA sequencing of both strands of PCR fragments
amplified with the primers for bla lMlA and plasmid DNA of
E. asburiae isolates as templates and of the cloned frag-
ment of a recombinant plasmid was determined with an
Applied Biosystems sequencer (ABI377). The nucleotide
sequences and the deduced protein sequences were ana-
lyzed with software available on the Internet from the
National Center for Biotechnology Information Web site
(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/BLAST).
Results
Bacterial Identification
Twenty-nine of the 30 imipenem-resistant isolates sub-
stantially hydrolyzed imipenem, i.e., 10.5 + 1.6 U/mg of
protein of culture extracts. These isolates were a single
Aeromonas hydrophila isolate, 6 Stenotrophomonas mal-
tophilia isolates known to naturally produce carbapene-
mases, and 22 Enterobacter spp. isolates identified as E.
asburiae that were further analyzed.
As reported in Table 1 , E. asburiae strains were isolat-
ed at different times from several rivers in the midwest.
Other tested rivers had ampicillin-resistant isolates that
were not imipenem-resistant (Figure). These rivers were
Arkansas (Little Rock), Canadian (Oklahoma City),
Hudson (New York), Chicago (Chicago), Colorado
(Glenwood Springs), Missouri (Parkville), Cuyahoga
(Cleveland), Mississippi (New Orleans, St. Louis), Ohio
(Cincinnati, Louisville, Pittsburgh, Wheeling), Platte
(Grand Island), Scioto (Columbus), Wabash (Terre Haute),
and White (Indianapolis). RAPD analysis was then
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
261
RESEARCH
Table 1 . Origin and date of isolation of imipenem-resistant Enterobacter asburiae environmental isolates
River (city)
Isolate
Date
Arkansas River (Wichita, KS)
E. asburiae AK1
September 1999
Kansas River (Topeka, KS)
E. asburiae K1-K5
September 2000
Des Moines River (Des Moines, IA)
E. asburiae DM1 -DM8
August 2001
Mississippi River (Minneapolis, MN)
E. asburiae MS1-MS8
August 2001
performed to compare all imipenem-resistant E. asburiae
isolates. Using a series of different primers, this genotyp-
ing technique identified clonally indistinguishable E.
asburiae isolates, although they were from various geo-
graphic origins (data not shown).
p-Lactam Resistance Marker
The imipenem resistance marker was transferred from
each imipenem-resistant E. asburiae isolate to E. coli
DH10B by conjugation. Plasmid analysis identified a 66-
kb plasmid (pNat) from cultures of each imipenem-resist-
ant E. asburiae isolate, whereas this plasmid was not
isolated from E. cloacae and E. asburiae reference strains
(data not shown). PCR experiments with primers for the
bid imi_i gene were positive with plasmid DNA of each E.
asburiae isolate and transconjugants as templates, where-
as primers designed to amplify bla NmcA and bla Sme _ 1/Sme _ 2
failed to give PCR product. The Southern blot analysis
confirmed that the Z?/< 2 IMI -like gene was located on the nat-
ural plasmid pNat (data not shown).
Sequencing PCR products with primers hybridizing at
the ends of the bla lMlA gene and plasmid DNA of each
imipenem-resistant E. asburiae isolate identified the same
p-lactamase IMI-2 in all cases. This novel enzyme had 2
amino acid substitutions (tyrosine to histidine at position
Ambler 105 and asparagine to aspartic acid at position
Ambler 35) compared to the chromosomally encoded car-
bapenemase IMI-1 (5). p-Lactamase IMI-1 had been iso-
lated from an E. cloacae isolate from Minnesota close to
locations where IMI-2-producing isolates have been found
(5). However, the bla lMl _ 2 gene was not just a point-mutant
derivative of the bla lMlA gene, since these genes differ by
11 nucleotide substitutions. p-Lactamase IMI-2 was also
related to NmcA (97% amino acid identity) (8).
Figure. Sites of isolation of IMI-2-producing Enterobacter asburiae
isolates (black circles) and ampicillin-resistant, gram-negative rods
(white circles).
Cloning ZtomHI-restricted DNA of whole-cell DNA of
E. asburiae MS7 gave recombinant plasmid pIMI-2 that
had a 5. 5 -kb insert that allowed identification of the sur-
rounding sequence of the bla lMl _ 2 gene. A gene encoding a
LysR-type regulator named IMIR-2 was found just
upstream of bla lMl _ 2 . It shared 95% amino acid identity
with IMIR-1, which is located upstream of the bla lMlA
gene (5). The surrounding sequences of bla lMl _ 2 shared sig-
nificant nucleotide identity with transposable elements.
Part of an open reading frame that shared 97% nucleotide
identity with that of the transposase gene tnpA of the trans-
poson Tn2501 (TnJ family) was identified downstream of
bl a imi -2 ( 3 ^)- Upstream of imiR-2 , a 142-bp sequence
shared 76% nucleotide identity with part of the insertion
sequence IS2.
Susceptibility Testing and Expression of Resistance
MICs of several P-lactams, including carbapenems for
the IMI-2-positive E. asburiae MS7 and for E. coli
DH10B expressing the bla lMl _ 2 gene were high (Table 2).
The MICs of p-lactams for all imipenem-resistant clinical
isolates were identical (data not shown). Much higher level
of resistance to aztreonam than to expanded- spectrum
cephalosporins was found for the IMI-2-positive strains,
as reported for the other producers of class A carbapene-
mases (2). The activity of p-lactamase IMI-2 was partially
inhibited by clavulanate and tazobactam. Induction studies
showed increase of p-lactamase expression from 17- to 30-
fold (170 to 300 U/mg of protein) (for each E. asburiae
isolate when imipenem (50 mg/L) and cefoxitin (50 mg/L)
were used as inducers, respectively. These induction
results were consistent with location and functionality of a
LysR-type regulator gene upstream of the bla lMl _ 2 gene in
the imipenem-resistant E. asburiae isolates. No other
antimicrobial resistance marker was carried by natural
plasmid pNat.
Discussion
This report indicates that several U.S. rivers may be a
reservoir for broad- spectrum carbapenemases. Here, we
report a novel clavulanic-acid inhibited Ambler class A p-
lactamase IMI-2 that has an usual spectrum of hydrolysis
for this type of p-lactamase, including penicillins, car-
bapenems, and aztreonam (2). p-Lactamase IMI-2 is close-
ly related to several Ambler class A carbapenemases whose
genes are chromosomally located, including bla lMlA and
bla N mcA , and found in several clinical isolates (5,8). While
262
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Carbapenemase in Enterobacteriaceae, U.S. Rivers
Table 2. MICs (mg/L) of p-lactams for several carbapenemase producers and reference strain Escherichia coli DH1 OB
p-Lactam(s)*
Enterohacter
asburiae MS7|
E. cloacae
1413BT
Escherichia coli
DH10B (pNat)t
E. coli DH10B
(plMI-2)t
E. coil DH10B
Amoxicillin
>512
>512
>512
>512
4
Amoxicillin + CLA
>512
>512
>512
>512
4
Ticarcillin
128
>256
128
256
4
Ticarcillin + CLA
16
>256
16
32
4
Piperacillin
16
>256
8
128
2
Piperacillin + TZB
4
>256
2
16
2
Cephalothin
512
>256
64
512
4
Cefotaxime
0.06
1
0.06
1
0.06
Ceftazidime
0.12
2
0.06
0.5
0.25
Aztreonam
4
8
4
64
0.12
Imipenem
>64
>64
16
>64
0.06
Meropenem
32
4
2
32
0.06
*CLA, clavulanic acid at a fixed concentration of 2 mg/L; TZB, tazobactam at a fixed concentration of 4 mg/L.
^Enterohacter asburiae MS7 produces acquired p-lactamase IMI-2, whereas E, cloacae 1413B produces acquired p-lactamases TEM-1 and IMI-1 (5).
^Natural plasmid pNat harbors the Wai M i -2 gene, whereas plMI-2 is a recombinant plasmid that has the same p-lactamase gene.
this work was in progress, a clinical case of an NmcA-
producing E. cloacae isolate was reported from Seattle
(34). An extended epidemiologic survey identified Sme-1
type-producing Serratia marcescens isolates from the
West Coast to the East Coast, which indicates that these
isolates may also represent a reservoir for carbapenemases
in Enterobacteriaceae (9). Thus, identification of car-
bapenemase genes in enterobacterial strains from rivers
may have clinical importance.
In the present study, the (3-lactamase gene was plasmid-
encoded and was adjacent to mobile sequences that may
play an additional role in gene transfer. The E. asburiae
isolates were clonally related and may correspond to a sin-
gle clone, although they were obtained from distantly
related midwestern rivers. The reason for the presence of
these antimicrobial-resistant strains in this region is
unknown. Taking into account the small number of speci-
mens withdrawn from the rivers and the selection tech-
nique for imipenem-resistant isolates (ampicillin- and not
imipenem-containing plates), the prevalence of carbapene-
mase-producing enterobacterial strains may be high in the
environment, at least in the Midwest.
Cloning experiments led to identification of a regulato-
ry gene from an E. asburiae strain (found in the other E.
asburiae strains as well [data not shown]) that explained
inducibility of carbapenemase expression. Whatever the
level of imipenem resistance is, failure of an imipenem-
containing regimen may occur when treating infections
caused by similar carbapenemase-producing strains, as
deduced from results obtained with an animal model of
pneumonia (35). Finally, this study raises the question of
the importance of this reservoir in Enterobacteriaceae as
well as the origin of this plasmid-located carbapenemase
gene that may be transferred among other enterobacterial
pathogens.
Acknowledgement
We thank K. Bush for providing E. cloacae 1413B that pro-
duced the chromosome-encoded, clavulanate-inhibited carbapen-
emase IMI- 1 .
This work was funded by a grant from the Ministere de
T Education Nationale et de la Recherche, (UPRES EA 3539)
Universite Paris XI, Paris, France, and by the European
Community (6th PCRD, LSHM-CT-2003-503-335).
Dr. Aubron is studying antimicrobial resistance mechanisms
at the Hospital Bicetre, South-Paris Medical School, University
Paris XI, France. She is a resident specializing in infectious dis-
eases.
References
1. Lee EH, Nicolas MH, Kitzis MD, Pialoux G, Collatz E, Gutmann L.
Association of two resistance mechanisms in a clinical isolate of
Enterohacter cloacae with high level resistance to imipenem.
Antimicrob Agents Chemother. 1991;35:1093-8.
2. Nordmann P, Poirel L. Emerging carbapenemases in gram-negative
aerobes. Clin Microbiol Infect. 2002;8:321-31.
3. De Champs C, Henquell C, Guelon D, Sirot D, Gazuy N, Sirot J.
Clinical and bacteriological study of nosocomial infections due to
Enterohacter aerogenes resistant to imipenem. J Clin Microbiol.
1993;31:123-7.
4. Nordmann P, Mariotte S, Naas T, Labia R, Nicolas MH. Biochemical
properties of a carbapenem-hydrolyzing (3-lactamase from
Enterohacter cloacae and cloning of the gene into Escherichia coli.
Antimicrob Agents Chemother. 1993;37:939-46.
5. Rasmussen BA, Bush K, Keeney D, Yang Y, Hare R, O’Gara C, et al.
Characterization of IMI-1 (3-lactamase, a class A carbapenem-
hydrolyzing enzyme from Enterohacter cloacae. Antimicrob Agents
Chemother. 1996;40:2080-6.
6. Naas T, Livermore DM, Nordmann P. Characterization of an LysR
family protein, SmeR from Serratia marcescens S6, its effect on
expression of the carbapenem-hydrolyzing (3-lactamase Sme-1, and
comparison of this regulator with other (3-lactamase regulators.
Antimicrob Agents Chemother. 1995;39:629-37.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
263
RESEARCH
7. Naas T, Vandel L, Sougakoff W, Livermore DM, Nordmann P.
Cloning and sequence analysis of the gene for a carbapenem-
hydrolyzing class A (3-lactamase, Sme-1, from Serratia marcescens
S6. Antimicrob Agents Chemother. 1994;38:1262-70.
8. Naas T, Nordmann P. Analysis of a carbapenem- hydrolyzing class A
(3-lactamase from Enterobacter cloacae and of its LysR-type regula-
tory protein. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 1994;91:7693-7.
9. Queenan AM, Torres- Vierra C, Gold HS, Carmeli Y, Eliopoulos GM,
Moellering Jr RC, et al. SME-type carbapenem-hydrolyzing class A
(3-lactamases from geographically diverse Serratia marcescens
strains. Antimicrob Agents Chemother. 2000;44:3035-9.
10. Ambler RP, Coulson AF, Frere JM, Ghuyssen JM, Joris B, Forsman
M, et al. A standard numbering scheme for the class A beta-lactamase.
Biochem J. 1991;276:269-72.
11. Miriagou V, Tzouvelekis LS, Rossiter S, Tzelepi E, Angulo FJ,
Whichard JM. Imipenem resistance in Salmonella clinical strain due
to plasmid-mediated class A carbapenemase KPC-2. Antimicrob
Agents Chemother. 2003;47:1297-300.
12. Yigit H, Queenan AM, Anderson GJ, Domenech-Sanchez A, Biddle
JW, Steward CD, et al. Novel carbapenem-hydrolyzing (3-lactamase,
KPC-1, from a carbapenem-resistant strain of Klebsiella pneumoniae.
Antimicrob Agents Chemother. 200 1 ;45: 1151—61.
13. Smith-Moland E, Black JA, Ourada J, Reisbig MD, Hanson ND,
Thomson KS. Occurrence of newer (3-lactamases in Klebsiella pneu-
moniae isolates from 24 U.S. hospitals. Antimicrob Agents
Chemother. 2002;46:3837-42.
14. Smith-Moland E, Hanson ND, Herrera VL, Black AJ, Lockhart T,
Hossain A, et al. Plasmid-mediated, carbapenem-hydrolysing (3-lacta-
mase, KPC-2, in Klebsiella pneumoniae isolates. J Antimicrob
Chemother. 2003;51:711-4.
15. Poirel L, Weldhagen GF, Naas T, De Champs C, Dove MG,
Nordmann P. GES-2, class A (3-lactamase from Pseudomonas aerug-
inosa with increased hydrolysis of imipenem. Antimicrob Agents
Chemother. 2001;45:2598-603.
16. Sherwood L. Antimicrobial use in animal feed — time to stop. N Engl
J Med. 2001;345:1202-3.
17. White DG, Shaohua Z, Sudler R, Sherry A, Friedman S, Chen S, et al.
The isolation of antibiotic-resistant salmonella from retail ground
meats. N Engl J Med. 2001;345:1147-54.
18. Mac Arthur JV, Tuckfield RC. Spatial patterns in antibiotic resistance
among stream bacteria; effect of industrial pollution. Appl Environ
Microbiol. 2000;66:3722-6.
19. Munesia M, Garcia A, Miro E, Prats G, Jofre J, Navarro F.
Bacteriophages and diffusion of (3-lactamase genes. Emerg Infect
Dis. 2004;10:1134-7.
20. Goni-Urriza M, Capdepuy M, Arpin C, Raymond N, Caumette P,
Quentin C. Impact of an urban effluent on antibiotic resistance of
riverine Enterobacteriaceae and Aeromonas spp. Appl Environ
Microbiol. 2000;66:125-32.
21. Baya AM, Brayton PR, Brown VL, Grimes DJ, Russek-Cohen E,
Colwell RR. Coincident plasmids and antimicrobial resistance in
marine bacteria isolated from polluted and unpolluted Atlantic Ocean
samples. Appl Environ Microbiol. 1986;51:1285-92.
22. Ash RJ, Mauck B, Morgan M. Antibiotic resistance of gram-negative
bacteria in rivers, United States. Emerg Infect Dis. 2002;8:713-6.
23. Brenner DJ, McWorther AC, Kai A, Steigerwalt AG, Farmer JJ.
Enterobacter asburiae sp. nov. a new species found in clinical speci-
mens and reassignement of Erwinia dissolvens and Erwinia nimi-
pressuralis to the genus Enterobacter as Enterobacter dissolvens
comb. nov. and Enterobacter nimipressuralis comb. nov. J Clin
Microbiol. 1986;23:1114-20.
24. Avidor B, Kletter Y, Abulafia S, Golan Y, Ephros M, Giladi M.
Molecular diagnosis of cat scratch disease: a two-step approach. J
Clin Microbiol. 1997;35:1924-30.
25. National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards. Methods for
dilution antimicrobial susceptibility tests for bacteria that grow aero-
bically. 6th ed. Approved standard M7-A5. Wayne (PA): The
Committee; 2003.
26. Poirel L, Guibert M, Bellais S, Naas T, Nordmann P. Integron- and
carbenicillinase-mediated reduced susceptibility to amoxicillin-
clavulanic acid in isolates of multidrug-resistant Salmonella enterica
serotype Typhimurium DTI 04 from French patients. Antimicrob
Agents Chemother. 1999;43:1098-104.
27. Poirel L, Naas T, Guibert M, Chaibi EB, Labia R, Nordmann P.
Molecular and biochemical characterization of VEB-1, a novel class
A extended-spectrum (3-lactamase encoded by an Escherichia coli
integron gene. Antimicrob Agents Chemother. 1999;43:573-81.
28. Nazarowec-White M, Farber JM. Phenotypic and genotypic typing
food and clinical isolates of Enterobacter sakazakii. J Med Microbiol.
1999;48:559-67.
29. Telenius H, Carter NP, Bebb CE, Nordenskjold M, Ponder BA,
Tunnacliffe A. Degenerate oligonucleotide-primer PCR: general
amplification of target DNA by single degenerate primer. Genomics.
1992;13:718-25.
30. Kieser T. Factors affecting the isolation of CCC DNA from
Streptomyces lividans and Escherichia coli. Plasmid. 1984;12:19-36.
31. Danel F, Hall LM, Gur D, Livermore DM. OXA-14, another extend-
ed-spectrum variant of OXA-10 (PSE-2) (3-lactamase from
Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Antimicrob Agents Chemother.
1995;39:1881-4.
32. Churchward G, Belin D, Nagamine Y. A pSC 101 -derived plasmid
which shows no sequence homology to other commonly used cloning
vectors. Gene. 1984;31:165-71.
33. Michiels T, Cornells G, Ellis K, Grinsted J. Tn2501, a component of
the lactose transposon Tn951, is an example of a new category of
class II transposable elements. J Bacteriol. 1987;169:624-31.
34. Pottumarthy S, Smith-Moland E, Juretschko S, Swanzy SR, Thomson
KS, Fritsche TR. NmcA carbapenem-hydrolyzing enzyme in
Enterobacter cloacae in North America. Emerg Infect Dis.
2003;9:999-1002
35. Mimoz O, Leotard S, Jacolot A, Padoin C, Louchahi K, Petitjean O,
et al. Efficacies of imipenem, meropenem, cefepime, and ceftazidime
in rats with experimental pneumonia due to a carbapenem-hydrolyz-
ing (3-lactamase-producing strain of Enterobacter cloacae.
Antimicrob Agents Chemother. 2000;44:885-90.
Address for correspondence: Patrice Nordmann, Service de
Bacteriologie-Virologie, Hopital de Bicetre, 78 Rue du General Leclerc,
94275 Le Kremlin-Bicetre, France; fax: 33-1-45-21-63-40; email: nord-
mann. patrice@bct.ap-hop-paris.fr
Search past issues of EID at www.cdc.gov/eid
264
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Rickettsial Infection in Animals and
Brazilian Spotted Fever Endemicity
Luis A. Sangioni,*t Mauricio C. Horta,* Manoella C.B. Vianna,* Solange M. Gennari,*
Rodrigo M. Soares,* Marcio A.M. Galvao4 Teresinha T.S. Schumaker,* Fernando Ferreira,*
Odilon Vidotto,§ and Marcelo B. Labruna*
We compared the rickettsial infection status of
Amblyomma cajennense ticks, humans, dogs, and horses
in both Brazilian spotted fever (BSF)-endemic and -nonen-
demic areas in the state of Sao Paulo, Brazil. Most of the
horses and few dogs from BSF-endemic areas had sero-
logic titers against Rickettsia rickettsii antigens. In contrast,
no dogs or horses from BSF-nonendemic areas had sero-
logic titers against R. rickettsii antigens, although they were
continually exposed to A. cajennense ticks. All human
serum samples and ticks from both areas were negative by
serologic assay and polymerase chain reaction, respec-
tively. Our results indicate that surveys of horse serum are
a useful method of BSF surveillance in areas where
humans are exposed to A. cajennense ticks. In addition, we
successfully performed experimental infection of A. cajen-
nense ticks with R. parkeri.
B razilian spotted fever (BSF) is an acute, febrile, tick-
borne disease caused by the bacterium Rickettsia rick-
ettsii. The disease is transmitted by Amblyomma ticks and
has been considered endemic in some areas of the states of
Sao Paulo, Minas Gerais, Rio de Janeiro, and Espirito
Santo (1-7). Although the tick species Amblyomma aureo-
latum is the main vector of BSF in few areas of the state of
Sao Paulo (8, A. Pinter, unpub data), A. cajennense is the
most common tick vector associated with the disease in
Brazil (9-11).
A. cajennense is a common tick in rural areas of the
state of Sao Paulo, where it is also the main tick species
infesting humans (12,13). In contrast, BSF cases have been
reported at only a few locations within the geographic
range of this tick species (14). Although unreported cases
*University of Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil; fCentro
Integrado de Ensino Superior - Campus Universitario, Campo
Mourao, Parana, Brazil; ^Federal University of Ouro Preto, Ouro
Preto, Minas Gerais, Brazil; and §Londrina State University,
Londrina, Parana, Brazil
may have occurred in other areas where BSF is not known
to be endemic, this possibility is unlikely for such a high-
ly lethal disease. Ecologic differences might be the main
factor regulating the occurrence of R. rickettsii among
ticks and, consequently, the occurrence of the disease.
The infection rate by R. rickettsii within a tick popula-
tion can be diminished or even suppressed when a second
Rickettsia species infects most of the members of that tick
population (15,16). Thus, we hypothesize that the absence
of human cases of BSF in some areas of the state of Sao
Paulo (where human parasitism by A. cajennense is
intense) is related to the presence of other, less pathogenic
Rickettsia species infecting A. cajennense tick populations.
In this regard, our study evaluated the rickettsial infection
status of A. cajennense populations from both BSF-endem-
ic and -nonendemic areas in the state of Sao Paulo. We also
serologically evaluated humans and domestic animals
from these BSF-nonendemic areas to compare it to a recent
evaluation that we performed in BSF-endemic areas (17).
Materials and Methods
Study Area
The study was conducted on 6 farms in the state of Sao
Paulo. Three of these farms (farms 1, 2, and 3) were con-
sidered endemic for BSF because of the recent occurrence
of several laboratory-confirmed human cases of the dis-
ease among residents (4,14). These farms were the same
ones evaluated in a study of Horta et al. (17). The remain-
ing 3 farms (4, 5, and 6) were considered nonendemic for
BSF because they had never had human cases of this dis-
ease. However, A. cajennense ticks were abundant there,
and human infestation by this tick was a normal finding
year-round among farm residents. Farms 1 (22°44'19"S,
46°55'27"W), 2 (22°47'03"S, 46°54'10"W) and 3
(22°41'14"S, 46°53'17"W) were located in the Pedreira
Municipality whereas farms 4 (23°23'15"S, 47°26'14"W),
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
265
RESEARCH
5 (23°36'43"S, 46°57'29"W), and 6 (21°57'07"S,
47°27'05"W) were located in Porto Feliz, Cotia, and
Pirassununga Municipalities, respectively.
In all 6 farms, human occupations were basically divid-
ed between livestock-raising activities for men and house-
hold activities for women and children. Nevertheless,
children spent substantial time in outdoor activities. All 6
farms had horses grazing on mixed overgrowth pastures,
interspersed with remote forest areas. However, the major
ecologic difference was large populations of free-living
capybaras that inhabited livestock pastures on farms 1, 2,
and 3 and the absence of this animal from horse pastures
on farms 4, 5, and 6. All farms, except farm 4, had free-
roaming dogs with free access to pasture and forest areas.
Recent studies on ticks collected on the pastures and on
horses and dogs from these 6 farms allowed the tick
species A. cajennense and Dermacentor nitens to be iden-
tified on the 6 farms. In addition, the capybara tick, A.
cooperi , was present on farms 1, 2, and 3 but absent in the
pastures of farms 4, 5, and 6 (13,17-19). Human infesta-
tion by Amblyomma ticks was frequent on all the farms.
Ticks
From December 2000 to March 2001, free-living A.
cajennense adult ticks were collected from horse pastures
of the 6 farms by dragging and by using C0 2 traps. Totals
of ticks collected from the farms are as follows: farm 1
(244), farm 2 (353), farm 3 (213), farm 4 (222), farm 5
(206), and farm 6 (230). All ticks were brought alive to the
laboratory, where their surfaces were disinfected by
immersion in 70% alcohol for 10 min followed by wash-
ing in sterile water; they were then individually tested by
the hemolymph test (20). Briefly, a drop of hemolymph of
each tick was dried on a glass slide and stained by the
Gimenez method (21). Thereafter, ticks were frozen at
-80° C until processed for DNA extraction.
DNA Extraction
All ticks were processed individually for DNA extrac-
tion. Each tick was cut into 2 symmetric halves through its
median axis. One half was returned to the -80°C freezer
for further studies, and the other half was used for DNA
extraction according to a modification of a previously
described protocol (22). For this purpose, each tick half
was placed in a 1.5-mL microtube containing 150 qL of TE
buffer (Tris HC1 10 mmol/L, EDTA 1 mmol/L, pH 7.4) and
homogenized by using a sterile micropestle. Microtubes
containing the homogenized, triturated ticks were then
vortexed vigorously. Next, 450 qL of guanidine thio-
cyanate (5 mol/L) were added to the tube, which was vor-
texed again and incubated for 10 min at room temperature
with short vortexing every 2 min. Thereafter, 100 |lL of
chloroform was added to the tube, which was inverted sev-
eral times and left resting for 2 min. The tube was cen-
trifuged at 12,000 x g for 5 min to separate the aqueous
phase, which was transferred to a clean 1.5-mL microtube.
Next, 600 |iL of isopropanol was added to the aqueous
phase (400 |lL), which was homogenized by inverting the
tube several times and then incubated at -20°C for 2 to 1 8
h. Thereafter, the tube was centrifuged at 12,000 x g for 15
min; the supernatant was discarded, and the pellet was
dried at room temperature and then resuspended with 30
pL of buffer TE. Finally, the microtubes were incubated at
56°C for 15 min to facilitate DNA homogenization and
then stored at -20°C until tested by polymerase chain reac-
tion (PCR).
PCR
Five microliters of the extracted DNA from tick speci-
men was used as template for amplification of fragments
of the rickettsial git A (citrate synthase gene) and 17-kDa
protein gene. A 381-bp portion of the Rickettsia git A gene
was targeted from each extracted tick DNA by using
primers RpCS.877 and RpCS.1258n (23), and a 434-bp
portion of the Rickettsia genus-specific 17-kDa protein
gene was targeted as previously described (24). Ten micro-
liters of the PCR product underwent electrophoresis in
1.5% agarose gel, stained with ethidium bromide, and
examined with UV transillumination. For the 10 individual
ticks that were tested by PCR, a negative control (5 qL of
water) and positive control (5 qL of DNA extracted from
an A. cajennense tick experimentally infected with R.
parkeri) were included. Procedures to obtain R. parkeri
experimentally infected ticks are described below. PCR
results were statistically analyzed by the program @Risk
Software - Risk Analysis Add-in for Microsoft Excel
(Palisade Corporation, Newfield, NY, USA), which adopt-
ed Monte Carlo techniques to determine the confidence
level of the prevalence of ticks infected by Rickettsia in
each tick population (farm), considering a = 0.05.
R. parkeri Experimentally Infected Ticks
Purified R. parkeri organisms (Maculatum strain) were
obtained by the renografin purification method from
infected Vero cells (25). The resultant purified rickettsiae
were resuspended in sucrose-phosphate-glutamic acid
buffer and stored frozen at -80°C until tick infection.
Seventy adult specimens of A. cajennense were obtained
from the third generation of our laboratory colony at the
University of Sao Paulo. This colony was established 15
months earlier from engorged females collected on horses
on farm 6 of the present study. Adult ticks had their dor-
sum attached to double-face adhesive tape, which was
taped onto petri dishes. Purified stock of R. parkeri was
thawed at room temperature, and each tick was injected by
using a 28-gauge microfine insulin needle. Under a stereo-
266
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Investigation of Rickettsial Infection in Brazil
scopic microscope, a small drop (~2 |iL) of R. parkeri sus-
pension was injected into the coelom of the tick, through
the articulation of coxa IV with trochanter IV, in each of 50
adult ticks. A control group of 20 ticks were injected by the
same procedure with phosphate-buffered saline (PBS).
Ticks were removed from the adhesive tape and held in an
incubator at 35°C and relative humidity >95% for 5 days.
Ticks were tested by the hemolymph test as described
above, at days 3 and 5 after infection. Thereafter, ticks
were frozen at -80°C. DNA of hemolymph-positive ticks
was extracted, as described above, to be used as positive
control for our PCR assays. A sample of 10 PBS-injected
ticks were also tested by the PCR method described above.
Domestic Animals and Humans
During our visit to farms 1 to 6, blood samples were
collected from 100% of the dogs and horses on each farm
and -90% of the resident humans. Blood samples were
transported at room temperature to the laboratory, where
samples were centrifuged (1,500 x g , 10 min), and the sera
were aliquoted into labeled microtubes and stored at
-20°C until tested by the indirect immunofluorescence
assay (IFA) with R. rickettsii antigen, as described (17).
The serologic results of farms 1 to 3 have been reported by
Horta et al. (17) and will be compared with our results for
farms 4 to 6. Collection of animal and human samples was
previously approved by ethical principles in animal and
human research of the University of Sao Paulo.
Results
Field Ticks
A total of 1,468 A. cajennense adult ticks (810 from dis-
ease-endemic and 658 from disease-nonendemic areas)
were tested by the hemolymph test. They were all nega-
tive. These same ticks were also negative by the PCR pro-
tocols targeting the rickettsial genes git A and 17-kDa
protein. In all PCR assays, DNA of A. cajennense ticks
experimentally infected with R. parkeri (positive controls)
yielded the expected bands whereas no bands were
obtained for the negative controls.
Our results, after being analyzed by the Monte Carlo
techniques, are that on farm 5, where 206 ticks (our small-
est sample) were tested, the prevalence of A. cajennense
ticks infected by Rickettsia was at most 1.43% (upper limit
of 95% confidence interval). If the prevalence was higher
than this value, infection in at least 1 tick would have been
detected by our PCR. Similarly, in farm 2, where 353 ticks
were tested (our largest sample), the prevalence of ticks
infected by Rickettsia was at most 0.8% (upper limit of
95% confidence interval). Overall, these analyses indicat-
ed that the prevalence of rickettsial infection on the 6
farms was no more than 0.8%-1.43%. As we used
Rickettsia genus specific primers in the PCR, this infection
could be due to any Rickettsia species.
Ticks Experimentally Infected with R. parkeri
Of 50 ticks infected with R. parkeri , 10 (20%) showed
typical Rickettsia- like organisms within the hemocytes 3
days after injection. On day 5, the number of ticks show-
ing typical Rickettsia- like organisms in their hemocytes
increased to 28 (56%). None of the 20 ticks injected with
PBS showed Rickettsia- like organisms in their hemolymph
3 or 5 days after injection. All 28 hemolymph-positive
ticks yielded expected bands in both PCR protocols (gltA
and 17-kDa protein) whereas no PBS-injected ticks yield-
ed amplified DNA bands.
Serologic Assays
Serum samples were collected from horses, dogs, and
humans from the 6 farms, as shown in the Table. From the
BSF-nonendemic areas (farms 4-6), no sample from a dog,
horse, or human reacted positively with R. rickettsii anti-
gens. The serologic results for the BSF-endemic areas
(farms 1-3) were reported by Horta et al. (17). The pro-
portion of horses that reacted positively with R. rickettsii
antigens (titer >64) varied from 57.1% to 80%; for dogs,
these proportions varied from 0% to 66.7%. Like farms
4-6, no human serum sample from farms 1 to 3 reacted
positively with R. rickettsii antigens.
Discussion
Our study evaluated A. cajennense ticks in BSF-endem-
ic and -nonendemic areas in the state of Sao Paulo. In addi-
tion, we serologically evaluated domestic animals and
humans from BSF-nonendemic areas and compared the
results with a previous serologic evaluation in BSF-endem-
ic areas (17). Our results for the nonendemic areas showed
no evidence of a pathogenic Rickettsia species circulating
in A. cajennense ticks in farms 4 to 6, since all animals,
humans, and ticks were negative. In contrast, Horta et al.
(17) showed serologic evidence of R. rickettsii infection by
cross-absorption and IFA analyses in most of the horses and
some dogs in the 3 BSF-endemic areas (farms 1-3), a find-
ing that is supported by the recent occurrence of human
BSF cases in those farms. The serologic reactivity of hors-
es, dogs, and humans to R. rickettsii antigen in BSF-endem-
ic areas where A. cajennense is the main vector is
characterized by a high frequency of serologically positive
horses, followed by a lower frequency in dogs, and an even
lower frequency or absence of serologically positive
humans (17). This pattern has been observed in several
BSF-endemic areas in which A. cajennense has been
incriminated as the vector (3,17,26,27). The absence of
serologic reactivity among the human residents whom we
tested is supported by their lack of history of the disease;
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
267
RESEARCH
Table. Results of indirect immunofluorescence assay for antibodies to Rickettsia rickettsii in humans and domestic animals from 3
BSF-endemic areas (farms 1-3)* and 3 BSF-nonendemic areas (farms 4-6), Sao Paulo, Brazil!
Reactive seraf/total sera tested (% reactive)
Source
Farm 1
Farm 2
Farm 3
Farm 4
Farm 5
Farm 6
Humans
0/20 (0)
0/21 (0)
0/9 (0)
0/4 (0)
0/2 (0)
0/1 0 (0)
Horses
9/1 0 (90)
4/7 (57.1)
4/5 (80)
0/1 6 (0)
0/1 0 (0)
0/21 (0)
Dogs
1/4 (25)
4/6 (66.7)
0/6 (0)
No dogs
0/4 (0)
0/1 (0)
*Data from Horta et al . (17).
fBSF, Brazilian spotted fever.
JSera showing titers >64 for R. rickettsii antigen.
previous cases reported in this area were lethal or if not, the
survivors do not live in the BSF-endemic area anymore.
Horses are one of the most important hosts for A. cajen-
nense in the state of Sao Paulo; both immature and adult
ticks will successfully feed on this animal (18). This fact
makes the horse an excellent sentinel for BSF surveillance.
Once the A. cajennense population increases in an area,
parasitic stages will have a greater chance to successfully
feed on other host species, including dogs and humans. As
dogs are naturally infested with ticks more frequently than
humans, they are also a good sentinel for BSF surveillance.
Results of our study support this statement because our
serologic survey of horses and dogs from 3 areas, where no
BSF case has been reported, indicated that neither R. rick-
ettsii nor a closely related species circulated in the local A.
cajennense ticks. Thus, we recommend surveys of horse
sera as a useful method for BSF surveillance in areas
where humans are exposed to A. cajennense ticks. This
procedure would allow potentially BSF-endemic areas to
be identified before human cases occur.
We failed to detect any rickettsial DNA in the field-col-
lected A. cajennense ticks. Although this result is support-
ed by the serologic results in the BSF-nonendemic areas, it
was not expected for the BSF-endemic areas, where infec-
tion by R. rickettsii in horses and dogs has been indirectly
proven by serologic cross-absorption methods (17).
Finding R. rickettsii- infected ticks in spotted fever-endem-
ic areas can be difficult. In North Carolina, a U.S. state
with a high incidence of Rocky Mountain spotted fever
(caused by R. rickettsii ), only 1 of 2,123 Dermacentor
variabilis ticks studied was infected by R. rickettsii (15).
Thus, further studies in Sao Paulo should encompass a
much larger number of A. cajennense ticks.
The major ecologic differences between the BSF-
endemic and -nonendemic areas of our study were the
presence of capybaras and their main tick species (A.
cooperi ), found solely in the BSF-endemic areas. In a
recent survey of rickettsiae in A. cooperi ticks collected on
farms 1, 2, and 3 (19), 2 rickettsiae were isolated from
these ticks: R. bellii and a Rickettsia species (strain
COOPERI) closely related to R. parkeri and R. africae.
Similar to the present study, no R. rickettsii was found
infecting A. cooperi ticks.
Burgdorfer et al. (16) found that high infection rates (up
to 80%) by a less pathogenic rickettsia were the limiting
factor for establishing R. rickettsii in the D. andersoni tick
population of the east side of the Bitterroot Valley in
Montana, USA. On the west side of this valley, where
8%-16% of the ticks were infected by the less pathogenic
rickettsia, disease caused by R. rickettsii was endemic.
Based on these observations, the results of our study sug-
gest that unknown factors other than the presence of dif-
ferent Rickettsia species are responsible for the absence of
a pathogenic spotted fever group rickettsia’ s infection of
populations of A. cajennense populations in farms 4, 5, and
to 6 (BSF-nonendemic areas).
In a recent study performed in our laboratory (A. Pinter
and M.B. Labruna, unpub. data) R. rickettsii was detected
in 6 (0.89%) of 669 A. aureolatum adult ticks by using the
same PCR protocols as the present study. These ticks were
collected in a different BSF-endemic area, in which A.
aureolatum is the main vector of the disease. As our results
showed that the highest predictable infection rate of R. rick-
ettsii in the A. cajennense population of farm 3 (where 353
ticks were tested) was 0.8%, we might have found a R. rick-
ettsii- infected A. cajennense tick if we had tested a larger
sample of ticks from that farm. Even though recent studies
have failed to detect or isolate R. rickettsii from A. cajen-
nense ticks in Brazil, earlier studies detected it efficiently in
the states of Sao Paulo (28) and Minas Gerais (9,10), as
well as in Colombia (29), Mexico (30), and Panama (31).
Our study showed that R. parkeri could experimentally
infect A. cajennense ticks. A previous, more extensive,
study showed that A. americanum ticks experimentally
infected with R. parkeri were able to maintain this infec-
tion for 2 generations and were able to transmit it to guinea
pigs through tick feeding (32). Natural infection of ticks by
this agent has been reported in A. maculatum (33) and A.
triste (34). The Rickettsia species (strain COOPERI),
found to be infecting A. cooperi ticks in Sao Paulo state
(19), seems to be another strain of R. parkeri or a closely
related species. These results show that R. parkeri can
infect different Amblyomma species under experimental or
natural conditions. The potential role of A. cajennense to
transmit R. parkeri in nature requires further investigation,
especially since R. parkeri was recently shown to be path-
ogenic for humans (35).
268
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Investigation of Rickettsial Infection in Brazil
Acknowledgments
We are grateful to the owners of farms 1-6 for making our
study possible and to David H. Walker for providing IFA slides
and the R. parkeri - purified stock.
This work was supported by the Fundagao de Amparo a
Pesquisa do Estado de Sao Paulo (grant 00/02711-1 to S.M.G.)
and performed at the Faculty of Veterinary Medicine, University
of Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, under the coordination of
M.B. Labruna.
Dr. Sangioni is a professor of veterinary parasitology at the
Veterinary School of the Centro Integrado de Ensino Superior at
Campo Mourao, Brazil. His research interests have focused on
the ecology of tickborne diseases.
References
1. Gongalves AJR, Lopes PFA, Melo JCP, Pereira AA, Pinto AMM,
Lazera MS, et al. Rickettsioses. A proposito de quatro casos diagnos-
ticados no Rio de Janeiro de febre amculosa barsileira. Folha Medica.
1981;82:127-34.
2. Sexton DJ, Muniz M, Corey GR, Breitschwerdt EB, Hegarty BC,
Dumler S, et al. Brazilian spotted fever in Espirito Santo, Brazil:
description of a focus of infection in a new endemic region. Am J
Trop Med Hyg. 1993;49:222-6.
3. Lemos ERS, Machado RD, Coura JR. Rocky Mountain spotted fever
in an endemic area in Minas Gerais, Brazil. Mem Inst Oswaldo Cruz.
1994;89:497-501.
4. Lemos ER, Alvarenga FB, Cintra ML, Ramos MC, Paddock CD,
Ferebee TL, et al. Spotted fever in Brazil: a seroepidemiological
study and description of clinical cases in an endemic area in the state
of Sao Paulo. Am J Trop Med Hyg. 2001;65:329-34.
5. Lemos ER, Rozental T, Villela CL. Brazilian spotted fever: descrip-
tion of a fatal clinical case in the State of Rio de Janeiro. Rev Soc
Bras Med Trop. 2002;35:523-5.
6. Galvao MA, Lamounier JA, Bonomo E, Tropia MS, Rezende EG,
Calic SB, et al. Rickettsioses emergentes e reemergentes numa regiao
endemica do estado de Minas Gerais, Brazil. Cad Saude Publica.
2002;18:1593-7.
7. Galvao MA, Calic SB, Chamone CB, Mafra SCL, Cesarino Filho G,
Olano JP, et al. Spotted fever rickettsiosis in Coronel Fabriciano,
Minas Gerais State. Rev Soc Bras Med Trop. 2003;36:479-81.
8. Gomes LS. Thypho exanthematico de Sao Paulo. Brasil Medico.
1933; 17(52):9 19-21.
9. Moreira JA, Magalhaes O. Thypho exanthematico em Minas Gerais.
Brasil Medico. 1935;44:465-70.
10. Dias E, Martins A, Ribeiro DJ. Thypho exanthematico no Oeste de
Minas Gerais. Brasil Medico. 1937;51:651-5.
11. Lima VLC, Figueiredo AC, Pignatti MG, Modolo M. 1995. Febre
maculosa no municfpio de Pedreira, Estado de Sao Paulo, Brasil:
Relagao entre ocorrencia de casos e parasitismo humano por
ixodfdeos. Rev Soc Bras Med Trop. 1995;28:135-7.
12. Guimaraes JH, Tucci EC, Barros-Battesti DM. Ectoparasitos de
importancia veterinaria. Sao Paulo: Editora Pleiade; 2001.
13. Labruna MB, Kerber CE, Ferreira F, Faccini JLH, De Waal DT,
Gennari SM. Risk factors to tick infestations and their occurrence on
horses in the State of Sao Paulo, Brazil. Vet Parasitol. 2001;97:1-14.
14. Lima VL, Souza SS, Souza CE, Vilela MF, Papaiordanou PM, Del
Guercio VM, et al. Situagao da febre maculosa na regiao administra-
tiva de Campinas, Sao Paulo, Brasil. Cad Saude Publica.
2003;19:331-4.
15. Burgdorfer W. Ecological and epidemiological considerations of
Rocky Mountain spotted fever and scrub typhus. In: Walker DH, edi-
tor. Biology of rickettsial diseases. Vol. 1. Boca Raton (FL): CRC
Inc.; 1988. p. 33-50.
16. Burgdorfer W, Hayes SF, Mavros AJ. Nonpathogenic rickettsiae in
Dermacentor andersoni : a limiting factor for the distribution of
Rickettsia rickettsii. In: Burgdorfer W, Anacker RL, editors.
Rickettsiae and rickettsial diseases. New York: Academic Press;
1981. p.585-94.
17. Horta MC, Labruna MB, Sangioni LA, Vianna MCB, Gennari MS,
Galvao MAM, et al. Prevalence of antibodies to spotted fever group
rickettsiae in humans and domestic animals in a Brazilian Spotted
fever endemic area in the state of Sao Paulo, Brazil: serological evi-
dence for infection by Rickettsia rickettsii and another spotted fever
group rickettsia. Am J Trop Med Hyg. 2004;71:93-7.
18. Labruna MB, Kasai N, Ferreira F, Faccini JLH, Gennari SM.
Seasonal dynamics of ticks (Acari: Ixodidae) on horses in the state of
Sao Paulo, Brazil. Vet Parasitol. 2002;105:65-72.
19. Labruna MB, Whitworth T, Horta MC, Bouyer DH, McBride JW,
Pinter A, et al. Rickettsia species infecting Amblyomma cooperi ticks
from an endemic area for Brazilian spotted fever in the state of Sao
Paulo, Brazil. J Clin Microbiol. 2004;42:90-8.
20. Burgdorfer W. The hemolymph test. Am J Trop Med Hyg.
1970;19:1010-4.
21. Gimemez DF. Staining rickettsiae in yolk-sac cultures. Stain
Technology. 1964;39:135-40.
22. Chomkzynski P. A reagent for the single-step simultaneous isolation
of RNA, DNA and proteins from cell and tissue samples.
Biotechniques. 1993;15:532-7.
23. Regnery RL, Spruill CL, Plikaytis BD. Genotypic identification of
rickettsiae and estimation of intraspecies sequence divergence for
portions of two rickettsial genes. J Bacteriol. 1991;173:1576-89.
24. Webb L, Carl M, Malloy DC, Dasch GA, Azad AF. Detection of
murine typhus infection in fleas by using the polymerase chain reac-
tion. J Clin Microbiol. 1990;28:530-4.
25. Hanson BA, Wisseman CL Jr, Waddell A, Silverman DJ. Some char-
acteristics of heavy and light bands of Rickettsia prowazekii on
Renografin gradients. Infect Immun. 1981;34:596-604.
26. Lemos ERS, Machado RD, Coura JR, Guimaraes MAA, Chagas N.
Epidemiological aspects of the Brazilian spotted fever: serological
survey of dogs and horses in an endemic area in the state of Sao
Paulo, Brazil. Rev Inst Med Trop de Sao Paulo. 1996;38:427-30.
27. Galvao MAM. Febre maculosa em Minas Gerais: um estudo sobre a
distribuigao da doenga no Estado e seu comportamento em area de
foco peri-urbano [Doctoral thesis]. Belo Horizonte: Faculdade de
Medicina da UFMG; 1996. p. 114.
28. Vallejo-Freire A. Spotted fever in Mexico. Memorias dolnstituto
Butantan. 1946; 19: 159-80.
29. Patino-Camargo L. Nuevas observaciones sobre un tercer foco de
fiebre petequial (maculosa) en el hemisferio americano. Bol Oficina
SanitPanam. 1941;20:1112-4.
30. Bustamante ME, Varela G. Estudios de fiebre manchada en Mexico.
Hallazgo del Amblyomma cajennense naturalmente infectado, en
Veracruz. Rev Inst Salubr Enferm Trop. 1946;7:75-8.
31. Rodaniche EC. Natural infection of the tick Amblyomma cajennense
with Rickettsia rickettsii in Panama. Am J Trop Med Hyg.
1953;2:696-9.
32. Goddard J. Experimental infection of lone star ticks, Amblyomma
americanum (L.), with Rickettsia parkeri and exposure of guinea pigs
to the agent. J Med Entomol. 2003;40:686-9.
33. Lackman D, Parker R, Geloff R. Serological characteristics of a path-
ogenic rickettsia occuring in Amblyomma maculatum. Public Health
Rep. 1949;64:1342-9.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
269
RESEARCH
34. Venzal JM, Portillo A, Estrada-Pena A, Castro O, Cabrera PA, Oteo
JA. Rickettsia parkeri in Amblyomma triste from Uruguay. Emerg
Infect Dis. 2004;10:1493-5.
All material published in Emerging Infectious Diseases is in the
public domain and may be used and reprinted without special per-
mission; proper citation, however, is appreciated.
35. Paddock CD, Sumner JW, Comer JA, Zaki SR, Goldsmith CS,
Goddard J, et al. Rickettsia parkeri : a newly recognized cause of spot-
ted fever rickettsiosis in the United States. Clin Infect Dis
2004;38:15-21.
Address for correspondence: Marcelo B. Labruna, Departamento de
Medicina Veterinaria Preventiva e Saude Animal, Faculdade de Medicina
Veterinaria e Zootecnia, Universidade de Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, SP, Brazil
05508-000; fax: 55-11-3091 7928; email: labruna@usp.br
EMERGING
Tracking trends and analyzing new and reemerging
infectious disease issues around the world
INFECTIOUS DISEASES
A peer-reviewed journal published by the National Center for Infectious Diseases Vol. 4 No. 3, July— Sept 1 998
New Agents The Global Threat Foodborne Diseases Vector-borne Issues
270
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Isolation of Waddlia malaysiensis, A
Novel Intracellular Bacterium, from
Fruit Bat (Eonycteris spelaea)
Paul K.B. Chua,*t John E. Corkill,* Poh Sim Hooi4 Soo Choon Cheng4 Craig Winstanley,*
and C. Anthony Hart*
An obligate intracellular bacterium was isolated from
urine samples from 7 (3.5%) of 202 fruit bats ( Eonycteris
spelaea) in peninsular Malaysia. The bacterium produced
large membrane-bound inclusions in human, simian, and
rodent cell lines, including epithelial, fibroblastlike, and lym-
phoid cells. Thin-section electron microscopy showed retic-
ulate bodies dividing by binary fission and elementary
bodies in the inclusions; mitochondria surrounded the inclu-
sions. The inclusions were positive for periodic acid-Schiff
stain but could not be stained by fluorescein-labeled
an\\-Chlamydia trachomatis major outer membrane protein
monoclonal antibody. The bacterium was resistant to peni-
cillin and streptomycin (MICs >256 mg/L) but susceptible to
tetracycline (MIC = 0.25 mg/L) and chloramphenicol (MIC =
0.5 mg/L). Sequence analysis of the 16SrRNAgene indicat-
ed that it was most closely related to 2 isolates of Waddlia
chondrophila (94% and 96% identity). The 16S and 23S
rRNAgene signatures were only 91% identical. We propose
this novel bacterium be called W. malaysiensis.
A n estimated 1,415 microbes are infectious for humans
(1). Of these, 868 (61%), are considered to be zoonot-
ic; overall, zoonotic pathogens are twice as likely to be
associated with emerging diseases (1). Wildlife have been
increasingly recognized as important reservoirs of poten-
tially zoonotic microorganisms (2,3). In particular, bats
have been shown to be both important reservoirs and vec-
tors of pathogens. These pathogens include viruses such as
rabies (4), European lyssavirus (5), Hendra (6) and
Menangle (7) viruses in Australia, Nipah and Tioman
viruses in Malaysia (8,9), hantaviruses in Korea (10), a
number of different bunyaviruses, flaviviruses, and
*University of Liverpool, Liverpool, United Kingdom; fNational
Public Health Laboratory, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia; and
^University of Malaya, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
alphaviruses. Moreover, solitary microchiropteran bats are
prime contenders as reservoirs of Marburg and Ebola
viruses. In addition, bats have been identified as reservoirs
of fungi such as Histoplasma capsulatum and
Coccidioides immitis. However, apart from leptospirosis
(11) and some studies on enteric flora and pathogens
(12-14), little is known of the bacteria that infect and are
excreted by bats.
As part of an investigation into the reservoir of Nipah
virus in Malaysia (8,9,15), a novel chlamydialike bacteri-
um was isolated from the urine of Eonycteris spelaea ; the
Lesser Dawn Bat (16). This bat is a generalist nectivore
that travels tens of kilometers from its cave-roosting sites
to feed (16). It is found throughout Burma, Indonchina, the
Philippines, Malaysia, Indonesia, Nepal, and northern
India. Little is known of the potential pathogens harbored
by E. spelaea , but 1 survey of lyssavirus infection of bats
in the Philippines did not detect virus in brain sections or
neutralizing antibody to rabies or Australian bat lyssavirus
in serum from E. spelaea (17). Neither Nipah nor Tioman
viruses have been isolated from E. spelaea , and detecting
this chlamydialike bacterium was a chance finding (15).
We describe the isolation and characterization of this novel
bacterium and propose that it be given the name Waddlia
malaysiensis since it was first isolated in Malaysia.
Material and Methods
Collection of Samples and Isolation of the Bacterium
As part of an investigation into the reservoir of Nipah
virus (8,9), we made 3 field trips from May to July 1999 to
a colony of fruit bats (. E . spelaea) roosting in a cave (Gua
Tempurong) situated 25 km from the initial Nipah out-
break in Perak, northern peninsular Malaysia. The first
visit was to observe the fruit bats’ roosting behavior, in
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
271
RESEARCH
particular, timing of return to roost, leaving for feeding,
and urination and defecation habits. In the second and third
visits, clean plastic sheets (1.5 x 3 m) were suspended over
areas where the bats had been observed previously to uri-
nate and defecate (15). The sheets were suspended ~0.5 m
above the ground and held taut with 4 metal rods. The
sheets and rods were put in place 30 min before the bats
were expected to return to roost. Sterile cotton swabs were
used to collect the urine as soon as it fell onto the plastic
sheets. The swabs were then placed into virus transport
medium (2 mL: ICN Biomedicals Inc, Irvine, CA, USA),
containing 1% bovine albumin hydrolysate, amphotericin
B (20 |lg/mL), penicillin G (100 U/mL), and streptomycin
(50 qg/mL). The samples were transported at 4°C to the
laboratory on the day of collection. Each swab, in transport
medium, was gently vortexed, and 200 pH of the medium
was transferred into individual wells of a 24- well tissue
culture plate (Sterilin, Stone, U.K.) preseeded with 1 x 10 5
Vero cells in Eagle’s minimal essential medium (Sigma,
Basingtoke, U.K.). The plates were sealed and incubated at
37°C. The culture was examined daily for cytopathic effect
(CPE) with phase-contrast microscopy. Isolates were
stored at -70°C, and 1 strain was chosen at random for fur-
ther characterization and transported to Liverpool at
-20°C.
Microbiologic Characteristics
To determine the range of cells susceptible to infection,
different cells were cultured in 25 -m 2 plastic flasks
(Becton Dickinson, Basingstoke, U.K.) in 199 medium
(Sigma) with 2% (vol/vol) fetal calf serum but no added
antimicrobial agents. Because the bacterium replicated so
rapidly, including chlorhexidine, normally used in culture
of Chlamydia trachomatis to prevent overgrowth of Vero
cells, was not necessary. Approximately 10 7 bacterial cells
(as determined by electron microscopic count) were added
to each flask of cells and incubated at 37°C in air with 5%
C0 2 and examined daily for CPE. For each cell line,
growth was determined by both phase-contrast microscopy
and demonstration of inclusions by thin- section electron
microscopy. A variety of human (Hep-2, HEK, MRC-5,
A549 and an Epstein Barr virus (EBV)-transformed
human B-lymphoblastoid line), simian (Vero, LLC-MK2),
and rodent (3T3, BHK) cell lines were used. Attempts
were also made to grow the bacteria on 7% horse blood
Columbia agar plates in air with 5% C0 2 and anaerobical-
ly at 37°C for 72 h.
To determine antimicrobial susceptibility, coverslip
cultures of Vero cells were prepared as described previ-
ously except that chlorhexidine was omitted from the
growth medium (18,19). After 48 h of incubation, the
growth medium was removed and -10 5 bacteria (in 0.5 mL
medium) were added to each vial containing the coverslip
monolayer of Vero cells. After absorption (without cen-
trifugation) for 30 min, fresh 199 medium with 2% fetal
calf serum, which incorporated doubling dilutions of
antimicrobial agents from 1 mg/L down to 0.06 mg/L and
doubling increases in concentration from 1 mg/L to 256
mg/L, was added. The antimicrobial agents used were
chloramphenicol, tetracycline, penicillin G, and strepto-
mycin. The coverslip cultures were incubated at 37 °C for
72 h; they were then methanol-fixed and Giems a- stained
as described previously (19). The MIC of an antimicrobial
agent was defined as the lowest concentration required to
inhibit the formation of inclusions.
To determine staining characteristics, coverslip cultures
of Vero cells were infected with -10 5 bacteria. After 48 h of
culture, the cells were methanol-fixed and stained by
Giemsa, periodic acid-Schiff (PAS), or immunofluores-
cence staining by using a monoclonal antibody directed
against the major outer membrane protein of C. trachoma-
tis (Microtrak, Trinity Biotech, Bray, Ireland) as described
previously (18,19). For thin-section electron microscopy,
infected cells were fixed in cacodylate-buffered glutaralde-
hyde (2%), scraped from the flask, postfixed through
increasing concentrations of ethanol (to 100% vol/vol), and
then araldite embedded. Thin- sections were stained in
uranyl acetate and Reynold’s lead citrate and examined
with a Philips 301 electron microscope. For negative- stain
electron microscopy, suspensions were placed on a
Formvar-coated grid and stained in phosphotungstic acid.
Genomic Characteristics
Total DNA was extracted from a 72-h culture of the
bacterium in Vero cells. The infected cells were scraped
from a 25 -cm 2 tissue culture flask (Becton Dickinson,
Basingstoke, U.K.) into 2 mL 199 medium without fetal
calf serum. One milliliter of this mixture was centrifuged
at 13,000 X g for 30 min, and the pellet was suspended in
250 (iL of 5% wt/vol Chelex-100 resin slurry (BioRad,
Hemel Hempstead, U.K.). This suspension was boiled for
15 min, followed by centrifugation at 13,000 X g for 10
min; the supernatant was then removed and stored at
-20°C until used.
For analysis of the 16S rRNA gene, a 1,526-bp ampli-
con was produced by using primers 16S-FOR and 168-
REV (Table 1) as described by Rurangirwa et al. (20). The
amplicon was excised from the agarose gel and purified by
using a gel purification kit (Qiagen, West Sussex, U.K.).
The amplicon was cloned into a cloning vector, pGEM-T
(Promega, Southampton, U.K.) and transformed into
Escherichia coli. Full-length sequencing of the 1,526-bp
amplicon within the cloning vector was achieved by using
overlapping internal primers (F1-F4 forward and R1-R4
reverse, Table 1). 16S rRNA signature sequence, 16S-23S
rRNA intergenic space, and 23 S rRNA domain I signature
272
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Table 1 . Oligonucleotide primers for PCR and sequencing*
Waddlia malaysiensis, New Chlamydialike Bacterium
Gene target
Primer sequence
PCR
1 6S rRNA (1 ,526 bp from ref. 20)
16S-FOR
16S-REV
Tm = 55°C
5' AGA GTT TGA TCC TGG 3'
5' TAC CTT GTT ACG ACT T 3'
16S rRNA signature sequence (298 bp from ref. 21)
16S1GF
16S1GR
Tm = 51° C
5' CGG CGT GGA TGA GGC AT 3'
5' TCA GTC CCA GTG TTG GC 3'
16S - 23S rRNA signature sequence (1 kbp from ref. 21)
16SF2
23S1GR
Tm = 61° C
5' CCG CCC GTC ACA TCA TGG 3'
5' TGG CTC ATC ATG CAA AAG GCA 3'
23S rRNA signature sequence (627 bp: domain 1 from ref. 21)
23S1GR
Tm = 61° C
5' TGG CTC ATC ATG CAA AAG GCA 3'
MurA signature sequence (690 bp from ref. 22)
murA - for
murA - rev
Tm = 55° C
5' GTN GGN GCN ACN GAR AA 3'
5' GCC ATN ACR TAN GCR AAN CCN GC 3'
sctN (331 bp)
sctN FOR
sctN REV
Tm = 58° C
Sequencing
16S rRNA (1,526 bp)
Forward:
5' AGA RGG AAT GAA ACG TTC 3'
5' GGC TCR TTC ATA TCA TC 3'
FI (Ml 3)
F2
F3
F4
Reverse:
5 GTT TTC CCA GTC ACG ACG TTG TA 3'
5' GCT CAC CAA GGC TAA GAC GTC 3' (277-298)
5' CTA GCT TTG ACC TGA CGC TGA T 3' (752-774)
5' GAA TCT GCA ACT CGG CTC CAT G 3' (1 323-1 345)
R1 (Ml 3)
R2
R3
R4
*PCR, polymerase chain reaction; Tm, melting temperature.
5' TTG TGA GCG GAT AAC AAT TTC 3'
5' CAT CCT AAA TGC TGG CAA C 3' (392-373)
5' CAC CGC TAC ATG TGG AAT TCC 3' (843-822)
5' GAT CCT CTC TAG CAC CAT ATC C 3' (1358-1336)
sequence polymerase chain reaction (PCR) were carried
out by using the method of Everett et al. (21) with the
primers shown in Table 1 . In each case, PCR amplification
was performed in 50-|lL volumes. All primers were added
at 20 pmol per assay; PCR buffer (plus 1.5 mmol/L
MgCl 2 ), Q solution, and Taq polymerase were obtained
from Qiagen Ltd (Crawley, U.K.). The presence of the
murA protein signature was sought by PCR by using
primer murA- for and murA- rev (Table 1), which amplifies
a 690-bp fragment of the UDP-N-acetylglucosamine 1-
carboxyvinyltransferase gene of Waddlia chondrophila
(22). In this case, PCR was attempted by using a range of
Mg 2+ concentrations from 1.5 to 4.0 mmol/L . Primers to
amplify a 331 -bp segment of the sctN gene were designed
by alignment of the sctN genes of C. trachomatis
(AE001337), C. pneumoniae (AE002167), and C. muri-
darum (AE002271). The sctN gene encodes a type III
secretion system ATPase, which is highly conserved
among these bacteria (23). Sequence determination was
performed by using an automated DNA sequencer (ABI
PRISM 377; Perkin-Elmer, Warrington, U.K.) and was
analyzed by using commercial software (Lasergene:
DNAStar Inc., Madison, WI, USA).
Lor phylogenetic analyses, sequence data on complete
16S rRNA genes for each of the Chlamy diales genera
were retrieved from GenBank and aligned with ClustalW
(24). The phylogenetic tree was generated from the align-
ment by using the genetic distance-based neighbor-joining
algorithms of the Data Analysis in Molecular Biology
software (DAMBE; http://web.hku.hk/~xxia/software/
software.htm). Sequence input order was randomized, and
100 datasets were examined by bootstrapping resampling
statistics.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
273
RESEARCH
Results
During the second and third field visits to Gua
Tempurong, 206 urine samples were obtained (93 in the
second and 113 in the third field visit) from individual
bats. A total of 7 urine samples (all from the third visit)
produced a characteristic CPE on Vero cells after 5 to 7
days of culture. The same CPE was identified for each of
the 7 isolates. One (G817) was therefore selected at ran-
dom for further characterization.
On negative- stain electron microscopy of the super-
natant from G817 cultured on Vero cells, small bacterial
cells (0.4-0.6 pm) resembling chlamydial elementary bod-
ies were seen (Figure 1A). Inclusions visible by phase-
contrast microscopy could be detected within 48 to 72 h
postinfection of Vero cells. Similar inclusions could be
seen after infection of human lung (MRC-5, A549), kidney
(human embryo kidney [HEK]), laryngeal (HEp-2), and B-
lymphoblastoid cells lines; and of simian kidney (LLC-
MK2) and rodent epithelial (3T3, BHK) cell lines. Figures
IB and IB show large inclusions in HEK- and the EBV-
transformed human B-lymphoblastoid cell lines, respec-
tively. In Figure IB, mixtures of reticulate and elementary
bodies are visible. A thin- section electron micrograph of an
earlier stage of infection of HEK cells (48 h postinfection,
Figure ID) shows a collection of reticulate bodies with
evidence of replication by binary fission. Mitochondria
can be seen in close proximity. The bacterium could not be
cultured on blood or chocolate agar, aerobically or anaero-
bically, when incubated for up to 7 days, nor did it have
catalase or oxidase activities.
Inclusions could be stained by both Giemsa and PAS
but not by the Mikrotrak immunofluorescence system,
which recognizes the C. trachomatis major outer mem-
brane protein. MICs of tetracycline and chloramphenicol
were 0.25 mg/L and 0.5 mg/L, respectively, but strepto-
mycin (256 mg/L) and penicillin G (256 mg/L) did not
inhibit the formation of inclusions at therapeutically
achievable levels.
All of the 16S rRNA gene, the 16S-23S rRNA inter-
genic spacer region, and the 627-bp domain I of the 23 S
rRNA gene were sequenced in both directions. This
sequence of 2379 bp has been lodged in GenBank with the
accession number AY1 84804. A BLAST search indicated
that a 1,552-bp sequence of the bacterium’s 16S rRNA
gene had 96% and 94% identity with two 16S rRNA
sequences from W. chondrophila (AF 346001 and AF
042496). The 16S rRNA (298-bp) and 23S rRNA (627-bp)
gene signatures had 91% identity with the 2 W. chon-
drophila sequences deposited in GenBank. The 16S-23S
rRNA intergenic space of the bat isolate was 223 bp com-
pared to 213 bp (AF042496) and 217 bp (AF346001) for
W. chondrophila. Figure 2 shows a neighbor-joining den-
dogram demonstrating the relationships of the novel bat
bacterial isolate to other members the Chlamy diales. This
indicates that the novel bacterium is most closely related
to, but distinct from, W. chondrophila. No PCR amplicons
were detected on amplification of either murA or sctN.
When DNA from C. trachomatis (lymphogranuloma
venereum strain LI) was used as positive control, ampli-
cons of the correct size were detected.
Figure 1 . A, Negative stain electronmicro-
graph of Waddlia malaysiensis elementary
bodies. B-D, Thin-section electronmicro-
graphs of cells infected with W. malaysien-
sis. B, large inclusion with elementary(e)
and reticulate(r) bodies in HEK cells 72 h
postinfection. C, a large inclusion in
Epstein Barr virus-transformed human
B-lymphocytes. D, dividing reticulate bod-
ies in HEK cells 48 h postinfection in an
inclusion with numerous surrounding mito-
chondria (arrow).
274
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Waddlia malaysiensis, New Chlamydialike Bacterium
Chlamydia trachomatis (U68443)
Chlamydia psittad (U 6844 7)
I af:
W n
- Parachlamydia UWE25
Parachlamydia acanthamoebae (Y07556)
AF042496 \ ,
AF346001 J
W. malaysiensis
W. chondrophiia
0.02
- Simkania negevensis (U 684 60)
R. porceliionis (AY223862)
Escherichia coli
(J01S59)
Figure 2. Phylogenetic relationships of Waddlia malaysiensis to
other Chlamydiales.
Discussion
Members of the order Chlamydiales are obligate intra-
cellular bacteria. Recently, a suggestion to revise and
update their classification has been made (21). This revi-
sion was based on comparisons of 16S rRNA and 23 S
rRNA genes, and it split the Chalmy diales into 4 families,
Chlamydiaceae , Simkaniaceae , Parachlamydiaceae , and a
family now named Waddliaceae (20), which has W. chon-
drophiia as the prime member (Table 2). This scheme of
nomenclature has largely been accepted, although splitting
the family Chlamydiaceae into 2 genera, Chlamydia and
Chlamydophila , raised some concerns (25). The
Chlamydiales are an expanding group of bacteria with new
genera and species increasingly being described and
detected in a wide array of hosts (26,27). Recent examples
include Rhab do chlamydia porceliionis , isolated from ter-
restrial isopods, which is related to but not entirely within
the family Simkaniaceae (28), and 2 insect-associated
chlamydia, Fritschea bemesia and F. eriococci in the fam-
ily Simkaniaceae (29). In addition, a number of
Chlamydiales endosymbionts have been recovered from
human clinical and environmental isolates of
Acanthamoeba spp. that are related to the
Parachlamydiaceae (30). Indeed for one of these, UWE25,
the full genome has been sequenced (31). Analyses of 16S
rRNA, 23S rRNA genes, and the 16S-23S intergenic space
indicate that the bacterium we have isolated from fruit bats
is most closely related to the Waddliaceae (Figure 2).
There are, however, some similarities and differences
between our isolate and W. chondrophiia. W. chrondrophi-
la has been isolated twice from cattle, and the bacteria
were obtained from a first-trimester bovine abortion in the
United States (20) and a septic stillborn calf in Germany
(32). The bacterium from the United States was isolated
initially by culture on bovine turbinate cells (20), but the
German isolate was able to grow in human diploid fibrob-
lasts, simian (Buffalo Green Monkey, and murine
[McCoy]) cells lines (32). Our bat isolate was able to grow
in a wide range of cell types from different anatomic sites
and animal species. Some evidence suggests that W. chon-
drophiia also has a wide host cell range, but not all possi-
bilities have been tested. There is also recent evidence,
based on 16S rDNA amplification, of W. chondrophiia in
an Australian mammal, Gilbert’s Potoroo (33). Like W.
chondrophiia , our isolate was resistant to penicillin G and
streptomycin (MICs >256 mg/L) and could not be stained
by immunofluorescence using monoclonal anti-C. tra-
Table 2. Current status of the Chlamydiales
Family
Genus and species
Biovars
Host/animal disease*
1. Chlamydiacae
Chlamydia trachomatis
Serovars A-K
Humans: trachoma, STI
Serovars Li-L 3
Humans: STI
C. muridarum
-
Mice: proliferative ileitis
C. suis
-
Swine: conjunctivitis: pneumonia
Chlamydophila psittaci
Serovars A-H
Birds, cattle: pneumonia!
C. pneumoniae
3 biovars
Humans, koala, equines:
pneumonia, conjunctivitis
C. pecorum
Wide host range and disease manifestation
C. felis
? 2 biovars
Cats: rhinitis!
C. caviae
Guinea pigs: conjunctivitis
C. abortus
Sheep, cattle, goats: abortion!
II. Parachlamydiacieae
Parachlamydia acanthamoebae
Amoebae: RTI
Neochlamydia hartmannellae
Numerous others including UWE25
Amoebae
III. Waddliaceae
Waddlia chondrophiia
Cattle, potoroos: abortion
IV. Simkaniae
Simkania negevensis
Amoebae, humans: RTI
“Candidates Fritschea bemesiae”
Whitefly
“Candidates F. eriococci”
Whitefly
V. Clamydia-like organisms
“Candidates Rhabdochlamydia
porceliionis”
*STI, sexually transmitted infection; RTI, respiratory tract infection; -perhaps (i.e., disputed); ?, may be 2 biovars but not confirmed,
indicates zoonotic potential.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
275
RESEARCH
chomatis antibodies. However, in contrast to 1 report (20),
the bat bacterial inclusions stained intensely with PAS
stain. This stain reacts with the glycogen matrix elaborat-
ed by Chlamydiaceae when growing intracellularly. The
bat isolate is sensitive to tetracycline (MIC 0.25 mg/L) and
chloramphenicol (MIC 0.5 mg/L) at concentrations that
are clinically achievable and similar to those needed to
cure infections by C. trachomatis. No evidence for the
presence of one of the key genes (, sctT) of the pathogenic-
ity island-associated type III secretion system of C. tra-
chomatis was found in W. malaysiensis ; however, this does
not mean that no such island is present. Three genes ( sctT,
sctN , and sctV) from a type III secretion system have been
described in the Parachlamydia- like endosymbiont
UWE25, and sufficient differences exist in the nucleotide
and putative amino acid sequences of these, when com-
pared to those of C. trachomatis (31), that our primers
would not amplify it.
Negative-stain electron microscopic examination of the
bat bacterium released from Vero cells showed small cocci
indistinguishable from the elementary bodies of C. tra-
chomatis. On thin-section electron microscopy of infected
cells, large numbers of intracellular bacteria could be seen
within membrane-bound inclusions. In mature inclusions
in all cell types tested, mixtures of elementary and reticu-
late bodies were found. In less mature inclusions, dividing
reticulate bodies were present, and mitochondria could be
seen around the inclusion (Figure ID). The species name
of W. chondrophila was derived from the collections of
mitochondria around the intracellular inclusions. The bat
isolate was closest to the 2 W. chondrophila isolates made
from cattle on the basis of 16S rRNA gene comparisons
(96% and 94% identity). The 16S rDNA and 23S rDNA
gene signature sequences also placed the bat bacterium
close, to but not identical to, W. chondrophila (91%); in
addition, the 16S - 23 S rRNA intergenic space was slight-
ly longer than for W. chondrophila. Thus, the bat isolate is
part of the genus Waddlia , and we propose the name
Waddlia malaysiensis for it since it was first detected in
Malaysia. The organism appears sufficiently distinct from
W. chondrophila to justify a different species assignment.
It is PAS positive, does not have the murA signature of W.
chondrophila , and has differences in the 16S - 23 S rRNA
genomic regions. The collection of mitochondria in prox-
imity to inclusions that gave W. chondrophila its species
name was also exhibited by W. malaysiensis and might
therefore be a characteristic of the genus Waddlia.
The Chlamydiales infect a wide range of animals
including humans (27,34). Some pathogens such as C. tra-
chomatis appear to solely affect humans; others affect only
animals; and a sizeable number are zoonotic pathogens
(Table 2). W. chondrophila has been isolated from aborted
cattle fetuses in the United States and German (20,32) but
has also been detected in an apparently healthy Potoroo in
Australia (33). Recent serologic evidence has suggested a
strong statistical association between high titers of W.
chondrophila antibodies and bovine abortion (35).
Members of the genera Parachlamydia and Simkania
infect protozoa such as amoebae and can cause disease in
humans (30,36,37). In this respect, evidence exists for
replication of W. chondrophila in amoebae (38), which
suggests that it might fall into the group of environmental-
ly preadapted pathogens, as has been suggested for S.
negevensis (39) and C. pneumoniae (40). Whether W.
malaysiensis can grow in amoebae and has zoonotic poten-
tial remains to be determined.
Dr. Chua is a pediatrician and medical microbiologist. He
was the first to isolate Nipah vims in Malaysia.
References
1 . Taylor LH, Latham SM, Woolhouse ME. Risk factors for human dis-
ease emergence. Philos Trans R Soc Lond B Bio Sci.
2001;356:983-9.
2. Frohlich K, Thiede S, Kozikowski T, Jakob W. A review of mutual
transmission of important infectious diseases between livestock and
wildlife in Europe. Ann N Y Acad Sci. 2002;969:4-13.
3. Simpson VR. Wild animals as reservoirs of infectious diseases in the
UK. Vet J. 2002;163:128-46.
4. Paez A, Nunez C, Garcia C, Boshell J. Molecular epidemiology of
rabies enzootics in Colombia: evidence for human and dog rabies
associated with bats. J Gen Virol. 2003;84:795-802.
5. Fooks AR, Finnegan C, Johnson N, Mansfield K, McElhinney L,
Manser P. Human case of EL type 2 following exposure to bats in
Angus, Scotland. Vet Rec. 2002; 15 1:679.
6. Halpin K, Young PL, Field HE, Mackenzie JS. Isolation of Hendra
virus from pteropid bats: a natural reservoir of Hendra virus. J Gen
Virol. 2000;81:1927-32.
7. Bowden TR, Westenberg M, Wang L-F, Eaton BT, Boyle DB.
Molecular characterization of Menangle virus, a novel paramyx-
ovirus which infects pigs, fruit bats and humans. Virology.
2001;283:358-73.
8. Chua KB, Koh CL, Hooi PS, Wee KF, Khong JH, Chu BH, et al.
Isolation of Nipah virus from Malaysian Island flying-foxes.
Microbes Infect. 2002;4:145-51.
9. Chua KB, Wang LF, Lam SK, Eaton BT. Full length genome
sequence of Tioman virus, a novel paramyxovirus in the genus
Rubulavirus isolated from fruit bats in Malaysia. Arch Virol.
2002;147:1323-48.
10. Kim GR, Lee YT, Park CH. A new natural reservoir of hantavirus:
isolation of hantaviruses from lung tissue of bats. Arch Virol.
1994;134:85-95.
11. Bunnell JE, Hice CL, Watts DM, Montrueil V, Tesh RB, Vinetz JM.
Detection of pathogenic Leptospira spp infections among mammals
captured in the Peruvian Amazon basin region. Am J Trop Med Hyg.
2000;63:255-8.
12. Arata AA, Vaughn JB, Newell KW, Barth RA, Gracian M.
Salmonella and Shigella infections in bats in selected areas of
Colombia. Am J Trop Med Hyg. 1968;17:92-5.
13. Heard DJ, Young JL, Goodyear B, Ellis GA. Comparative rectal bac-
terial flora of four species of flying fox (Pteropus sp). J Zoo Wildl
Med. 1997;28:471-5.
276
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Waddlia malaysiensis, New Chlamydialike Bacterium
14. Souza V, Rocha M, Valera A, Eguiarte LE. Genetic structure of natu-
ral populations of Escherichia coli in wild hosts on different conti-
nents. Appl Environ Microbiol. 1999;65:3373-85.
15. Chua KB. A novel approach for collecting samples from fruit bats for
isolation of infectious agents. Microbes Infect. 2003;5:487-90.
16. Heideman PD, Utzurrum RCB. Seasonality and synchrony of repro-
duction in three species of nectarivorous Philippines bats.
Biomedcentral Ecology. 2003. Available from http://www.biomed-
central.com/1472-6785/3/1 1
17. Arguin PM, Murray-Lillibridge K, Mirand MEG, Smith JS, Calaor
AB, Rupprecht CE. Serologic evidence of lyssavirus infection among
bats, the Philippines. Emerg Infect Dis. 2002;8:258-62.
18. How SJ, Hobson D, Hart CA. Studies in vitro of the nature and syn-
thesis of the cell wall of Chlamydia trachomatis. Current
Microbiology. 1984;10:269-74.
19. How SJ, Hobson D, Hart CA, Quayle E. A comparison of the in vitro
activity of antimicrobials against Chlamydia trachomatis examined
by Giemsa and a fluorescent antibody stain. J Antimicrob Chemother.
1985;15:399-404.
20. Rurangirwa FR, Dilbeck PM, Crawford TB, McGuire TC, McElwain
TF. Analysis of the 16S rRNA gene of microorganism WSU8-1044
from an aborted bovine foetus reveals that it is a member of the order
Chlamy diales proposal of Waddliaceae fam. nov., Waddlia chon-
drophila gen. nov., sp. nov. Int J Syst Bacteriol. 1999;49:577-81.
21. Everett KDF, Bush RM, Anderson AA. Emended description of the
order Chlamydiales, proposal of Parachlamydiaceae fam. nov. and
Simkaniaceae fam. nov. each containing one monotypic genus,
revised taxonomy of the family Chlamy diaceae, including a new
genus and five new species, and standards for the identification of
organisms. Int J Syst Bacteriol. 1999;49:415-40.
22. Griffiths E, Gupta RS. Protein signatures distinctive of chlamydial
species: horizontal transfers of cell wall biosynthesis genes glmU
from archaea to chlamydiae and murA between chlamydiae and
Streptomyces. Microbiology. 2002;148:2541-9.
23. Subtil A, Dautry-Varsat A. Type III secretion system in Chlamydia
species: identified members and candidates. Microbes Infect.
2000;2:367-9.
24. Thomson JD, Higgins DG, Gibson TJ. CLUSTAL W: improving the
sensitivity of progressive multiple sequence alignment through
sequence weighting position-specific gap penalties and weight matrix
choice. Nucleic Acids Res. 1994;22:4673-80.
25. Schachter J, Stephens RS, Timms P, Kuo C, Bavoil PM, Birkelund S,
et al. Radical changes to chlamydial taxonomy are not necessary just
yet. Int J Syst Evol Microbiol. 2001 ;5 1:249.
26. Corsaro D, Vallassina M, Venditti D. Increasing diversity within
Chlamydiae. Crit Rev Microbiol. 2003;29:37-78.
27. Corsaro D, Venditti D. Emerging chlamydial infections. Crit Rev
Microbiol. 2004;30:75-106.
28. Kostanjsek R, Stras J, Drobne D, Avgustin G. “ Candidatus
Rhabdochlamydia porcellionis,” an intracellular bacterium from the
hepatopancreas of the terrestrial isopod Porcellio scaber (Crustacea:
Isopoda). Int J Syst Evol Microbiol. 2004;54:543-9.
29. Thao ML, Baumann L, Hess JM, Falk BW, Ng JCK, Gullan PJ, et al.
Phylogenetic evidence for two insect-associated chlamydia of the
family Simkaniaceae. Curr Microbiol. 2003;47:46-50.
30. Fritsche TR, Horn M, Wagner M, Herwig RP, Schleifer K-H, Gautom
RK. Phylogenetic diversity among geographically dispersed
endosymbionts recovered from clinical and environmental isolates of
Acanthamoeba spp. Appl Environ Microbiol. 2000;66:2613-9.
31. Horn M, Collingro A, Schmitz-Esser S, Beier CL, Puckhold U,
Fartmann B, et al. Illuminating the evolutionary history of chlamydi-
ae. Science.2004;304:728-30.
32. Henning K, Schares G, Granzow H, Polster U, Hartmann M, Hotzel
H, et al. Neospora caninum and Waddlia chondrophila strain 2032/99
in a septic stillborn calf. Vet Microbiol. 2002;85:285-92.
33. Bodett TJ, Viggers K, Warren K, Swan R, Conaghty S, Sims C, et al.
Wide range of Chlamydiale types detected in native Australian mam-
mals. Vet Microbiol. 2003;96:177-87.
34. Longbottom D, Coulter LJ. Animal chlamydioses and zoonotic impli-
cations. J Comp Pathol. 2003;128:217-44.
35. Dilbeck-Robertson P, McAllister MM, Bradway D, Evermann JF.
Results of a new serologic test suggest an association of Waddlia
chondrophila with bovine abortion. J Vet Diagn Invest.
2003;15:568-9.
36. Friedman MG, Dvoskin B, Kahane S. Infections with chlamydia-like
microorganism Simkania negevensis, a possible emerging pathogen.
Microbes Infect. 2003;5:1013-9.
37. Birtles RJ, Rowbotham TJ, Storey C, Marrie TJ, Raoult D.
Chlamydia-like obligate parasite of free living amoebae. Lancet.
1997;349:925-6.
38. Michel R, Steinert M, Zoller L, Hauroder B, Henning K. Free-living
amoebae may serve as hosts for the Chlamydia-like bacterium
Waddlia chondrophila isolated from an aborted bovine foetus. Acta
Protozool. 2004;43:37-42.
39. Kahane S, Dvoskin B, Mathias M, Friedmann MG. Infection of
Acanthamoeba polyphaga with Simkania negevensis and S. negeven-
sis survival within amoebal cysts. Appl Environ Microbiol.
2001;67:4789-95.
40. Essig A, Heinemann M, Simnacher U, Marre R. Infection of
Acanthamoeba castellani by Chlamydia pneumoniae. Appl Environ
Microbiol. 1997;63:1396-9.
Address for correspondence: C. A. Hart, Department of Medical
Microbiology, University of Liverpool, Duncan Building, Daulby St,
Liverpool, L69 3GA, United Kingdom; fax: 0151 706 5805; email:
cahmm@liv.ac.uk
EMERGING INFECTIOUS DISEAS’ online
To receive tables of contents of new issues send an email to listserve@cdc.gov with subscribe eid-toc in the body of your message.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
277
RESEARCH
Quarantine for SARS, Taiwan
Ying-Hen Hsieh,* Chwan-Chuan King,t Cathy W. S. Chen4 Mei-Shang Ho,§ Jen-Yu Lee,*
Feng-Chi Liu,* Yi-Chun Wu,K and Jiunn-Shyan JulianWufl
During the 2003 outbreak of severe acute respiratory
syndrome (SARS) in Taiwan, >150,000 persons were quar-
antined, 24 of whom were later found to have laboratory-
confirmed SARS-coronavirus (SARS-CoV) infection. Since
no evidence exists that SARS-CoV is infective before the
onset of symptoms and the quarantined persons were
exposed but not symptomatic, we thought the quarantine’s
effectiveness should be investigated. Using the Taiwan
quarantine data, we found that the onset-to-diagnosis time
of previously quarantined confirmed case-patients was sig-
nificantly shortened compared to that for those who had not
been quarantined. Thus, quarantine for SARS in Taiwan
screened potentially infective persons for swift diagnosis
and hospitalization after onset, thereby indirectly reducing
infections. Full-scale quarantine measures implemented on
April 28 led to a significant improvement in onset-to-diagno-
sis time of all SARS patients, regardless of previous quar-
antine status. We discuss the temporal effects of quarantine
measures and other interventions on detection and isolation
as well as the potential usefulness of quarantine in faster
identification of persons with SARS and in improving isola-
tion measures.
T he severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) epidem-
ic from November 2002 to June 2003 came with much
public attention and left swiftly, resulting in >8,000 proba-
ble cases worldwide and 774 deaths (1). Prominent among
retrospective analyses is the belief that the simple ancient
system of placing persons suspected of being infected
under quarantine was instrumental in the quick contain-
ment of the outbreak (2-5). However, questions persist
regarding how quarantine worked to control this disease,
given the time-tested axiom that quarantine is most useful
only when patients are infectious before becoming symp-
tomatic, thus directly preventing secondary infections (6).
Moreover, due to early confusion resulting from imprecise
clinical diagnosis and case definition (7), correct clinical
diagnosis and prompt isolation were often impossible,
*National Chung Hsing University, Taichung, Taiwan; fNational
Taiwan University, Taipei, Taiwan; fFeng Cha University, Taichung,
Taiwan; §Academia Sinica, Taipei, Taiwan; and ^Center for
Disease Control, Taipei, Taiwan
which resulted in insufficient isolation and gaps in the con-
tainment strategy for hospital infection control (8). Since
all available evidence indicates that SARS patients were
only infectious after symptom onset (9), one may argue
that quarantine provides a window of several days during
which illnesses can be diagnosed swiftly and persons iso-
lated accordingly. In this study, we used data from the
Taiwan SARS outbreak to explore whether quarantine was
effective in expediting the time from onset to clinical diag-
nosis and hospitalization, and the time from clinical diag-
nosis to classification as a probable case-patient, thus
contributing indirectly to prevention of possible infections.
Methods
Data
During the outbreak of 2003, 346 SARS cases were
officially confirmed in Taiwan, among which were 37
direct SARS deaths (cause of death was recorded as
SARS) and 36 SARS-related deaths (cause of death was
not directly attributed to SARS) as reported by the World
Health Organization (WHO) (1). To guard against the
potential threat of a large-scale epidemic, the government
attempted to place >150,000 people under home quaran-
tine. Two distinct levels of quarantine were implemented
in Taiwan. Level A quarantine, aimed at people having
close contact with a suspected SARS case-patient, was
implemented on March 18, 2003. Level B quarantine,
aimed at travelers from affected areas, was implemented
on April 28, in the aftermath of the first SARS death on
April 26 (10,11). Most of the quarantined persons were
confined to their homes for 10-14 days. Public health
nurses would bring the quarantined persons 3 meals every
day and sometimes helped them with odd jobs such as
washing clothes or taking care of pets. Center for Disease
Control-Taiwan officially confirmed 346 SARS-
CoV-positive cases, of which 17 case-patients had been
previously quarantined; 134 additional laboratory-con-
firmed antibody-positive SARS cases occurred, of which 7
case-patients had previously been quarantined. The total
number of confirmed SARS case-patients in Taiwan by the
278
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Quarantine for SARS, Taiwan
Table 1 . Cumulative numbers of persons under quarantine during the SARS outbreak, Taiwan, 2003, and the quarantined SARS
patients classified by their status*
Level and reason for
quarantine
No. quarantined
persons
No. quarantined officially confirmed
SARS-CoV case-patients
No. quarantined laboratory confirmed,
antibody positive SARS case-patients with
Level A
Family members
7,921
8
2
Classmates and teachers
16,564
1
0
Healthcare workers
2,409
0
3
Others!
19,224
6f
1
All others§
9,514
2
1
Subtotal
55,632
17
7
Level B
95,828
0
0
Total
151,460
17
7
*Updated December 2004.
tPassengers and drivers of domestic public transportation traveling for >1 hour in the same bus or train cabin with a SARS case-patient, persons who
had contacts with someone under quarantine or receiving care in a medical facility where cluster infection had occurred, and homeless persons.
JCo-workers and friends of SARS case-patients, airplane passengers who sat within 3 rows of or stayed in the same room as SARS patients, and
persons with missing information.
§One case-patient had onset of symptoms 2 days after the end of quarantine.
end of December 2004 was 480, of which 24 had been
quarantined previously. Details regarding the persons
quarantined during the SARS outbreak are itemized in
Table 1.
The 134 patients with laboratory-confirmed SARS
either had milder symptoms, and SARS was therefore clin-
ically diagnosed as suspected, ruled out at the time of the
outbreak, or considered probable in patients whose speci-
mens had previously tested negative by polymerase chain
reaction (PCR) or anti-SARS-CoV antibody, perhaps due
to wrong timing, but later were reconfirmed by >2 differ-
ent laboratory tests in a follow-up epidemiologic study.
Seven people in this group had been previously quaran-
tined. Our criterion for a quarantined person was someone
who had been placed under official quarantine for >1 day
before the onset of symptoms. Thus, persons in whom
symptoms developed on the same date or before the noti-
fication of quarantine were considered not quarantined and
were therefore excluded. Persons who were known to have
had a record of close contacts with others during the sup-
posed quarantine period were also excluded. One of the 24
case-patients actually had an imported case but was quar-
antined before implementation of level B quarantine on
April 28 for reasons other than simply being a traveler
from an affected area.
Statistical Analyses
We compared the mean time from onset of symptoms to
clinical diagnosis (and admission) for the 24 patients with
laboratory-confirmed SARS -Co V who had been quaran-
tined before symptom onset to that of the 451 SARS-
CoV-positive case-patients who had not. Note that 5 cases
were deleted from the data of 480 total cases for our com-
parison test because of missing information on their rele-
vant dates. (We will use the term “diagnosis” to mean
clinical diagnosis hereafter.) For the mean time from diag-
nosis to classification as probable case, we only used the
officially confirmed cases for comparison, since the labo-
ratory confirmed cases were either ruled out or classified
as suspected cases only and thus had no classification of
probable time. Again, 2 of these cases were deleted from
the data for our comparison test because of missing infor-
mation on their relevant dates; therefore, 344 case-patients
(17 quarantined and 327 nonquarantined) were used. Due
to the skewed data, we used the nonparametric Mann-
Whitney test.
To investigate the effect of large-scale quarantine on the
changes in the efficiency of the public health system to
identify SARS patients for isolation, we considered the
temporal effect of important events for intervention and
control of SARS in Taiwan. On April 28, level B quaran-
tine was implemented, which marked the start of large-
scale home quarantine (12).
A second important date in SARS prevention and con-
trol was May 10, when changes in the review and classifi-
cation procedures were implemented by the cabinet-level
SARS Prevention and Extrication Committee in Taiwan to
expedite the review and classification of SARS cases (13).
Before May 9, the relevant medical records (including any
available laboratory test results) of all reported SARS
patients were reviewed by a central SARS Advisory
Committee of the Center for Disease Control-Taiwan in
Taipei. Due to the rapid increase in the number of reported
cases caused by the hospital cluster outbreaks in Taipei in
late April, the SARS Advisory Committee in CDC-Taiwan
could not handle the rapidly increasing caseload.
Consequently, after May 10, 3 regional offices of the
Bureau of National Health Insurance in northern, central,
and southern Taiwan took over the responsibility of case
review. Local SARS expert committees were established
in the 3 regions with each committee consisting of special-
ists similar to the central committee in Taipei. The experi-
ences and the standard operation procedures of case review
and case classification used by the central committee were
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
279
RESEARCH
transferred to the 3 regional SARS expert committees in
the Bureau of National Health Insurance through several
consensus meetings (14).
We used the Mann- Whitney test to compare the time
intervals from onset to clinical diagnosis of SARS symp-
toms of the patients with confirmed SARS -Co V with onset
occurring during the 3 periods of February 25-April 27
(period 1), April 28-May 9 (period 2), and May 10-June
15 (period 3). Five patients were deleted from the data for
our comparison test due to missing information on their
relevant dates, and 2 patients were deleted because their
onsets of SARS did not occur during the 3 time periods.
We also compared, using the Mann- Whitney test, the
intervals from diagnosis to classification as probable
SARS of the 343 officially confirmed SARS-CoV case-
patients (by dividing the cases into 3 groups, according to
the time period in which the date of diagnosis occurred).
Again, the laboratory-confirmed cases had never been
classified as probable cases. Moreover, 2 cases were
deleted from the data for our comparison test due to miss-
ing information on their relevant dates, and 1 case was
deleted because classification as a probable case-patient
did not occur during the 3 periods from February 25 to
June 15.
Results
The mean time from onset to diagnosis for the previ-
ously quarantined persons (1.20 days) was significantly
shorter than that of those who were not quarantined (2.89
days) (Table 2). However, the respective mean times from
diagnosis to classification (6.21 days and 7.34 days) (Table
2), though slightly reduced for the quarantined persons,
were not significantly different. For the mean onset-to-
diagnosis time, period 1 was significantly longer (3.60
days to 2.49 days) than period 2 (p < 0.0001), while the
mean difference before and after May 10 was not signifi-
cant (p = 0.0722) (Table 3). The mean diagnosis-to-classi-
fication time (Table 4) was not significantly different from
period 1 to period 2. However, the time was significantly
shortened after May 10 (from period 2 to period 3).
Discussion and Conclusions
The experience in the affected areas has shown that the
transmission of SARS can be prevented by adherence to
basic public health measures, including rapid case detec-
tion, isolation of patients with suspected and probable
cases, contact tracing, and good infection control (9). The
effect of possible delays in effective isolation of probable
case-patients has been studied in some modeling work on
SARS (15-17). In Taiwan, all patients were supposed to be
placed in the isolation room and negative pressure room, if
available, as soon as they were reported as having proba-
ble or suspected SARS. For most of May, the number of
suspected case-patients alone remained well above 1,000,
partly because of confusion in diagnosis and the tendency
to overdiagnosis because of heightened alertness on the
part of physicians and legal punishment for underreport-
ing. At times, however, due to the lack of available isola-
tion rooms or the number of suspected cases pending
review, patients with suspected but unconfirmed SARS
were kept for days in an observation room or emergency
department under crude isolation, where nosocomial infec-
tions readily occurred. At other times, patients scheduled
to transfer to another hospital with negative pressure isola-
tion rooms were temporarily kept in the observation room
in the emergency department where nosocomial infections
might occur because of insufficient isolation and protec-
tion procedures (18). When full isolation facilities were
not available to all patients, those classified as probable
SARS case-patients likely received higher priority and
were observed more closely during their isolation by
healthcare workers than were the suspected case-patients.
For some case-patients, delays occurred because of the
patient’s uncertain status or urgent need for intubation
without comprehensive information on the patient’s con-
tact and clinical history; these delays led to insufficient
protection and isolation. One well-known case-patient was
the index patient at Hoping Hospital in Taipei, where the
largest cluster infection in Taiwan occurred. Her condition
was diagnosed and reported as suspected SARS on April 9.
However, because the patient had no apparent contact with
another known SARS case-patient, her case was reviewed
but not reclassified as probable until April 25, by which
time the clustered cases, which included medical staff
members and an x-ray technician who had contact with
her, had already forced the hospital to shut down on the
previous day. More strict infection control would have
been in place had the index patient been confirmed as a
probable SARS patient. Several other similar cases
occurred in Taiwan, some more than 1 month later.
Table 2. Comparison of mean time intervals by using the Mann-Whitney test for the onset-to-diagnosis and diagnosis-to-classification
times for quarantined and nonquarantined SARS patients, Taiwan, 2003
Onset-to-diagnosis interval (d)
Diagnosis-to-classification interval (d)
Quarantined persons
1 .203 (n = 24)
7.7647 (n = 17)
Nonquarantined persons
2.891 4 (n = 451)*
7.5443 (n = 327)f
Mean difference
1 .6831 1 (0.0061)
0.2204 (0.7864)
*5 cases deleted because of missing information on the relevant dates.
f2 cases deleted because of missing information on the relevant dates.
^Denotes significance at the 1% level; p values of Mann-Whitney test are in parentheses.
280
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Quarantine for SARS, Taiwan
Table 3. Results of Mann-Whitney test for temporal changes in onset-to-diagnosis time of 473* confirmed SARS case-patients with
onset of illness during period 1 ,| period 2, and period 3, 2003
Interval (d)
Period 1 (N = 161)
Period 2 (N = 146)
Period 3 (N = 166)
Mean difference (p value)
Onset to diagnosis
3.6398
2.0959
-
1.5439* (< 0.0001)
Onset to diagnosis
-
2.0959
2.6024
0.5065 (0.0722)
*5 cases deleted because of missing information on the relevant dates and 2 case-patients deleted because their onsets of SARS did not occur during the
3 periods of 2/25-6/15.
fPeriod 1 (2/25-4/27), time from onset of first case to the day before implementation of intervention measures including level B quarantine; period 2
(4/28-5/9), time from implementation of intervention measures to the implementation of expedited classification procedure; period 3 (5/10-6/15), time of
the expedited classification procedure to the date of onset of the last SARS case.
^Denotes significance at 1% level.
Therefore, the importance of rapid classification as proba-
ble case-patients cannot be ignored.
Our results show that quarantine reduced the time from
onset to diagnosis but did not significantly reduce the time
from diagnosis to classification. Thus, a previously quar-
antined person could expect his or her condition to be diag-
nosed and to be hospitalized more quickly once clinical
symptoms appeared. However, the same person would not
receive higher priority in the classification process to
determine candidates for effective isolation. Nevertheless,
in many hospitals with available isolation rooms, patients
with suspected cases were effectively isolated as soon as
chest radiographic evidence of infiltrates consistent with
pneumonia or acute respiratory distress syndrome became
available. Moreover, in the latter stages of the epidemic
when a reliable laboratory test for SARS -Co V became
more available, many patients were isolated in negative
pressure chambers immediately if results of reverse tran-
scription-PCR for SARS-CoV from 2 different laborato-
ries were positive. Therefore, the effect of classification as
a probable case-patient might not be as pronounced as it
would have been otherwise.
For all laboratory confirmed case-patients, regardless
of whether they were quarantined previously, the imple-
mentation of full-scale intervention measures, including
level B quarantine on April 28, significantly decreased the
time from onset to diagnosis, but it only slightly improved
the time from diagnosis to classification. However, the
small sample size of 24 previously quarantined SARS
case-patients did not permit a meaningful test of whether a
significant difference existed for the previously quaran-
tined persons during each of the 3 periods.
By comparison, the change in the review and classifi-
cation procedure initiated on May 10 helped shorten the
diagnosis-to-classification time for all SARS patients,
indicating that the action by the SARS Prevention and
Extrication Committee to expedite the review process had
indeed worked. However, by separating the analyses of
data into discrete epochs marked by significant events, we
have included those cases whose illnesses straddle epochs.
In the future, when facing newly emerging infectious
diseases like SARS, in which the patient’s infectivity in the
incubation period is unknown, precise clinical diagnosis
cannot be made, and modes of transmission are uncertain,
quarantine should be used not only to directly prevent pos-
sible asymptomatic infections but also to screen out poten-
tially infective persons and thus prevent secondary or even
tertiary infections.
The quarantine in Taiwan was indeed useful in helping
to identify persons who are likely to develop symptoms
and isolate them more quickly if and when they did,
although its effect on isolation and infection control could
perhaps be improved by quicker classification or confir-
mation of previously quarantined patients. No conclusion
was drawn regarding whether better outbreak control
would be achieved by placing fewer persons in quarantine
or by concentrating on improving the efficiency of detec-
tion and isolation procedures. In fact, each area may be
improved in efficiency without jeopardizing the other’s
improvement.
Acknowledgments
We are grateful to Roy Anderson, John Glasser, and Fred
Brauer for constructive discussions that helped formulate some
Table 4. Mann-Whitney test results for temporal changes in the diagnosis-to-classification time of 343* officially confirmed SARS-CoV
cases with classification during period 1 ,f period 2, and period 3, Taiwan, 2003
Interval (d)
Period 1 (N = 103)
Period 2 (N = 114)
Period 3 (N = 126) Mean difference (p value)
Diagnosis to classification
9.1845
8.2368
0.9477 (0.7729)
Diagnosis to classification
-
8.2368
5.6508 2.5860t (<0.0001 )
*2 cases were deleted from the data for our comparison test because of missing information on the relevant dates, and 1 case was deleted because
classification as probable case did not occur during the 3 time periods of 2/25-6/15.
fPeriod 1 , time from onset of first case to the day before implementation of intervention measures including Level B quarantine; period 2, time from
implementation of intervention measures to the implementation of expedited classification procedure; period 3, time of the expedited classification
procedure to the date of onset of the last SARS case.
^Denotes significance at the 1% level.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
281
RESEARCH
of the ideas for this work and to the anonymous referees for their
many valuable comments. Sincere thanks are also extended to
central and local public health personnel and medical staff who
devoted all of their efforts to the quarantine and prevention of
SARS in Taiwan. Y.H.H. would like to thank Mathematics of
Information Technology and Complex Systems (MITACS) for
their generous financial support for Y.H.H. to attend MITACS
SARS meetings at Banff, Alberta, Canada, where several of the
above-mentioned discussions took place.
Y.H.H. (NSC 92-275 1-B005-001-Y), C.C.K. (NSC 92-
2751-B002-020-Y), and M.S.H. were supported by SARS
research grants from the National Science Council of Taiwan.
Dr. Hsieh is a professor of applied mathematics at National
Chung Hsing University. His primary research interests are
focused on mathematical and statistical modeling of infectious
diseases epidemiology.
References
1 . World Health Organization. Summary of probable SARS cases with
onset of illness from 1 November 2002 to 31 July 2003. 2003 Sep 26
[cited 2005 Jan6]. Available at http://www.who.int/csr/sars/ coun-
try/table2003_ 09_23/en/.
2. Enserink M. SARS: a pandemic prevented. Science. 2003;302:2045.
3. Ou J, Li Q, Zeng G. Efficiency of quarantine during an epidemic of
severe acute respiratory syndrome — Beijing, China, 2003. MMWR
Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2003;52:1037-40.
4. Pang X, Zhu Z, Xu F, Guo J, Gong X, Liu D, et al. Evaluation of con-
trol measures implemented in the severe acute respiratory syndrome
outbreak in Beijing, 2003. JAMA. 2003;290:3215-21.
5. Chau PH, Yip PSF. Monitoring the severe acute respiratory syndrome
epidemic and assessing effectiveness of interventions in Hong Kong
Special Administrative Region. J Epidemiol Community Health.
2003;57:766-9.
6. Diamond B. SARS spread new outlook on quarantine models. Nature
Med. 2003 ;9: 1441.
7. Hon KL, Li AM, Cheng FW, Leung TF, Ng PC. Personal view of
SARS: confusing definition, confusing diagnoses. Lancet.
2003;361:1984-5.
8. Chow KY, Lee CE, Ling ML, Heng DMK, Yap SG. Outbreak of
severe acute respiratory syndrome in a tertiary hospital in Singapore,
linked to an index patient with atypical presentation: epidemiological
study. BMJ. 2004;328:195-8.
9. World Health Organization. Consensus document on the epidemiolo-
gy of severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS). 2003 Oct 17 [cited
2005 Jan 6]. Available at http://www.who.int/csr/sars/en/WHO
consensus.pdf.
10. Twu SJ, Chen TJ, Chen CJ, Olsen SJ, Lee LT, Fisk T, et al. Control
measures for severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) in Taiwan.
Emerg Infect Dis. 2003;9:718-20.
11. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Use of quarantine to pre-
vent transmission of severe acute respiratory syndrome — Taiwan
2003. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2003;52:680-3.
12. Hsieh YH, Lee JY, Chang HL. On SARS epidemiology, cumulative
case curve, and logistic-type model: ascertaining effectiveness of
intervention and predicting case number, Emerg Infect Dis.
2004;10:1165-7.
13. Center for Disease Control-Taiwan. SARS major timeline. In:
Memoir of severe acute respiratory syndrome control in Taiwan,
2003. Taipei: CDC-Taiwan; 2003. p. 67-81.
14. Hsieh YH, Chen CWS, Hsu SB. SARS outbreak in Taiwan [reply to
Hsueh and Yang]. Emerg Infect Dis. 2004;10:1515-6.
15. Lloyd-Smith JO, Galvani AP, Getz WM. Curtailing transmission of
severe acute respiratory syndrome within a community and its hospi-
tal. Proc R Soc Lond B Biol Sci. 2003;270:1979-89.
16. Hsieh YH, Chen CWS, Hsu SB. SARS outbreak, Taiwan 2003.
Emerg Infect Dis. 2004;10:201-6.
17. Fraser C, Riley S, Anderson RM, Ferguson NM. Factors that make an
infectious disease outbreak controllable. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA.
2004;101:6146-51.
18. Wu JS, Ho MS, Huang TM, Chen KT, Hsu KH, Su IJ, et al.
Epidemiological investigation of the SARS outbreak in the Taipei
Municipal Hoping Hospital. Memoir of severe acute respiratory syn-
drome control in Taiwan, 2003. CDC-Taiwan: Taipei;2003. p. 45-8.
Address for correspondence: Prof. Ying-Hen Hsieh, Department of
Applied Mathematics, National Chung Hsing University, 250 Kuo-Kuang
Rd., Taichung, Taiwan 402; fax: 886-4-22853949; email: hsieh@
amath.nchu.edu.tw
EMERGING INFECTIOUS DISEASES mlm
To receive tables of contents of new issues send an email to listserve@cdc.gov with subscribe eid-toc in the body of your message.
282
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Wild Animal Mortality Monitoring
and Human Ebola Outbreaks, Gabon
and Republic of Congo, 2001-2003
Pierre Rouquet,* Jean-Marc Fromentjt 1 Magdalena Bermejo ,^ 1 Annelisa Kilbourn,§
William Karesh,§ Patricia Reed,§ Brice Kumulungui,* Philippe Yaba,* Andre Delicat,*
Pierre E. Rolling and Eric M. Leroy*#
All human Ebola virus outbreaks during 2001-2003 in
the forest zone between Gabon and Republic of Congo
resulted from handling infected wild animal carcasses. After
the first outbreak, we created an Animal Mortality
Monitoring Network in collaboration with the Gabonese and
Congolese Ministries of Forestry and Environment and
wildlife organizations (Wildlife Conservation Society and
Programme de Conservation et Utilisation Rationnelle des
Ecosystemes Forestiers en Afrique Centrale) to predict and
possibly prevent human Ebola outbreaks. Since August
2001, 98 wild animal carcasses have been recovered by
the network, including 65 great apes. Analysis of 21 car-
casses found that 10 gorillas, 3 chimpanzees, and 1 duiker
tested positive for Ebola virus. Wild animal outbreaks
began before each of the 5 human Ebola outbreaks. Twice
we alerted the health authorities to an imminent risk for
human outbreaks, weeks before they occurred.
E bola vims, a member of the Filoviridae family, causes
severe hemorrhagic fever in humans and nonhuman
primates. The human case-fatality rate ranged from 50% to
89%, according to the viral subtype, from the first out-
breaks in Zaire and Sudan in 1976 to the 2003 outbreaks in
the Republic of Congo (1-4). No effective therapy or pro-
phylaxis exists, and Ebola is a major public health concern.
The first recorded human Ebola outbreaks (Yambuku Zaire
1976; Nzara, Sudan, 1976 and 1979; Tandala, Zaire, 1977)
occurred abruptly, from an unidentified source, with sub-
centre International de Recherches Medicales de Franceville,
Franceville, Gabon; fEuropean Union Project Cybertracker
Monitoring Programme, Libreville, Gabon; tUniversidad de
Barcelona, Barcelona, Spain; §Wildlife Conservation Society,
Bronx, New York, USA; ^Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention, Atlanta, Georgia, USA; and #lnstitut de Recherche
pour le Developpement, Franceville, Gabon
sequent person-to-person spread (1,2, 5, 6). No trace of the
virus was initially found in wild animals close to the out-
breaks (7-9). In 1989, for the first time, a nonhuman pri-
mate outbreak due to a new subtype of Ebola virus, Ebola
subtype Reston, occurred in a colony of Macaca fascicu-
laris in a quarantine facility in Reston, Virginia, USA, after
the introduction of monkeys from the Philippines (10).
Ebola Reston caused severe hemorrhagic fever in mon-
keys, but no clinical cases of human infection were identi-
fied, even though anti-filovirus antibodies were found in
quarantine facility personnel (11). Later, in 1994, Ebola-
specific immunohistochemical staining was positive on
necropsy specimens from 1 of 12 chimpanzees that died in
the Tai forest of Cote d’Ivoire (12). During this outbreak,
an ethnologist was infected while performing an autopsy
on a chimpanzee carcass; this was the first documented
case of human infection transmitted by a nonhuman pri-
mate (13). During the 1996 outbreak in Mayibout (Gabon),
an epidemiologic survey showed that the index case-
patients had been infected by contact with a chimpanzee
carcass. Concurrently, many nonhuman primate carcasses
were reported in the area close to the outbreak, but none
was recovered (14,15). Recently, we showed that all the
human Ebola virus outbreaks that occurred in the past 3
years in Gabon and the Republic of Congo resulted from
multiple introductions of the virus from different infected
animal carcasses (16). We describe the development, test-
ing, and evaluation of an Animal Mortality Monitoring
Network (AMMN) in northeastern Gabon and northwest-
ern Republic of Congo designed to alert human and animal
health authorities on emerging epidemics.
^hese authors contributed equally to this work.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
283
RESEARCH
Materials and Methods
Epidemiologic Surveillance Network
An alert network was set up by the Ministries of Health
in hospitals and clinics in the different regions of Gabon
and Republic of Congo, designed to report all human cases
of viral hemorrhagic syndromes. Particular attention was
paid to the northeastern region of Gabon, which had
already been affected by outbreaks, and to its border region
with Republic of Congo. Wildlife organizations such as the
Wildlife Conservation Society (WCS), Programme de
Conservation et Utilisation Rationnelle des Ecosystemes
Forestiers en Afrique Centrale (ECOFAC), and the World
Wildlife Fund (WWF) were chosen to form the backbone
of AMMN, in close collaboration with the Ministries of
Forestry and Environment of the 2 countries. WWF was
present in the Minkebe Reserve in Gabon, while ECOFAC
was in charge of the Odzala National Park and the Fossi
gorilla sanctuary in Republic of Congo (Figure 1).
All information on human cases of viral hemorrhagic
syndrome or on the presence of dead animals in affected
areas was centralized by a Viral Hemorrhagic Fever
Committee (VHFC), composed of representatives of the
Ministries of Health, Forestry, and Environment, the World
Health Organization (WHO), wildlife agencies, and the
Centre International de Recherches Medicales de
Franceville (CIRMF). VHFC was also charged with send-
ing specialized CIRMF teams to sample animal carcasses
for diagnostic purposes. CIRMF is the regional reference
laboratory for viral hemorrhagic fevers, and communicates
its results to the ministries of health, forestry, and environ-
ment and to WHO.
Ebola Outbreak Investigation: Human Case Data
The Gabonese and Congolese Ministries of Health, in
close collaboration with WHO and its partners in the
Global Outbreak Alert and Response Network (GOARN),
were in charge of human epidemiologic investigations. A
case of Ebola hemorrhagic fever was defined as any prob-
able or laboratory-confirmed case, based on international-
ly recognized criteria (definition available from
http ://www. who.int/emc/diseases/ebola/ebola7 .html) .
Ebola Outbreak Investigation: Animal Data
Collection Sites
From August 2001 to June 2003, carcasses were found
on both sides of the Gabon-Republic of Congo border in
the Ogooue Ivindo (Gabon) and West Basin (Congo)
provinces (Figure 1). This entire area is covered by a
Marantaceae and Zingiberaceae forest, with both open
and closed canopies. The climate is equatorial, with 2 dry
seasons (December-February and June-August) and 2 wet
Figure 1. Map of the forest zone straddling the border between
Gabon and Republic of Congo, showing (red points) the location
of Ebola virus-positive carcasses, confirmed by testing in the
Centre International de Recherches Medicales de Franceville
biosafety level 4 unit during the 2001-2003 outbreaks in Gabon
and Republic of Congo.
seasons (March-May and September-November). Mean
rainfall is 1,500 mm per year and mean temperature is
24°C. Relative humidity always exceeds 80% (village of
Mboko, Republic of Congo, 1995) (17).
Fauna
The large-animal fauna includes Loxodonta africana
(Elephant), Syncerus caffer (Buffalo), Tragelaphus sp.
(Sitatunga), Cephalophus sp. (Duiker), Hylochoerus mein-
ertzhagim (Giant Forest Hog), Potamochoerus porcus
(Red River Hog), Gorilla gorilla , Pan troglodytes
(Chimpanzee), Cercopithecus sp. (Guenon), Cercocebus
sp. (Mangabey), Colobus sp., Panthera pardus (Feopard),
Nandinia (Two-spotted Palm Civet), Civettidis civetta
(African Civet), Genetta servalina (Genet), mongoose sp.,
Orycteropus afer (Antbear), Manis sp. (Pangolin),
Atherurus africanus , Thryonomys swinderianus , and
Python sebae (17,18).
Carcass Detection
Focal hunters (primarily adult and adolescent men of
the Bakota, Bakola, Mboko, Mongom, and Pygmy tribes)
were the main sources of information regarding the loca-
tion of carcasses. Their reported sightings were confirmed
by ECOFAC monitoring teams who recorded both the
global positioning system (GPS) position on a Cyber
Traker field computer (available from http ://www. cyber-
tracker, co.za/) and carcass status before alerting VHFC.
Sampling Team and Methods
When wild animal carcasses were found, VHFC asked
CIRMF to send a team to the site for diagnostic purposes.
Sampling permits were granted by the Gabonese and
Congolese Ministries of Forestry and Environment and
Health. Owing to the isolated nature of the outbreak zone
284
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Wild Animal Mortality Monitoring and Human Ebola
and its distance from CIRMF, a base camp was established
nearby. GPS location of the carcasses, and the information
provided on their state of decomposition, allowed the
autopsy team to sample only the freshest carcasses.
Wild animal Carcass Sampling
Ideally, the carcass sampling teams comprised a mini-
mum of 5 persons (3 porters and 2 persons to perform the
autopsy). One of the porters was charged with disinfection
procedures. Digital photographs were taken. Necropsy was
performed with high-level precautions, including water-
tight clothes (Pro-Tech “C,” Tyvek, Contem, Luxembourg)
equipped with air filtration equipment and Proflow
Automask Litehood face shields (Delta Protection, Lyon,
France) (Figure 2), and disposable lancets and forceps. A
2% chlorine spray was used to disinfect reusable equip-
ment (masks and filtration apparatus), as well as the autop-
sy site and carcass remnants. Hermetic 60-L containers
equipped with safety tops were used to transport reusable
equipment and waste. Waste was returned to the main
camp for incineration.
The nature of the samples taken depended on the state
of the carcasses. When the carcasses were in good condi-
tion, 0.5 -cm 3 specimens of liver, spleen, muscle, and skin
were taken. Half of the samples were placed in Nunc
CryoTube vials (Nalge International, Rochester, New
York, USA), which were placed in a small liquid nitrogen
dry-shipper container (5.4 L) for cryopreservation
(-196°C). The other samples were placed in Nunc
CryoTube vials containing 10% formalin, for immunohis-
tochemical testing. Bones were placed in hermetic con-
tainers. At the main camp, the dry- shipper contents were
transferred into larger dry-shipper containers (20.3 L),
which were then forwarded to the CIRMF laboratory at the
end of the mission.
Laboratory Studies
Sample Preparation
Potentially infected specimens were collected and
manipulated according to WHO guidelines on viral hemor-
rhagic fever agents in Africa (19). Muscle and skin tissue
were fragmented and homogenized in phosphate- buffered
saline, and the final supernatant was filtered for antigen
detection and RNA amplification. Bones were cut, and
internal tissue was scraped. Bone marrow or internal bone
tissue was prepared in the same way as muscle and skin.
Testing
Muscle and skin tissue samples were tested by poly-
merase chain reaction (PCR), antigen detection, and, in
some cases, immunohistochemical staining. Bone marrow
and internal bone tissue were tested by PCR only.
Figure 2. Field watertight clothes equipped with air filtration equip-
ment, used for high-risk wild animal necropsy. Odzala National
Park, Republic of Congo, June 2003. Photo: P. Rouquet.
Antigen Detection
Samples were used for antigen detection as previously
described (20). Briefly, Maxisorp (Nalge International)
plates were coated with a cocktail of 7 monoclonal anti-
bodies against Ebola virus Zaire antigens; control plates
were coated with normal mouse ascitic fluid produced
from a parent myeloma cell line. Sample extracts (see
above) were then added to the wells, followed by hyper-
immune rabbit Ebola polyvalent antiserum and then per-
oxidase-conjugated goat antibodies against rabbit
immunoglobulin G (IgG). The TMB detector system
(Dynex Technologies, Issy-les Molineaux, France) was
used to measure optical density.
DNA Amplification
For the detection of viral mRNA, total RNA was isolat-
ed from sample extracts by using the RNeasy kit (Qiagen,
Hilden, Germany), and cDNA was synthesized from
mRNA as previously described (21). Two pairs of degen-
erate primers corresponding to the L-gene of Ebola virus
were used for 2 rounds of amplification, yielding a 298-bp
fragment (5'-TATMGRAATTTTTCYTTYTCATT -3' and
5 '-AT GT GGT GGG YTATA AWARTC ACTR AC AT- 3 ' for
primary PCR; 5 '-GC WA A AGCMTT Y CC WAG YA AYAT -
GATGG-3' and 5 '-ATA AWARTC ACTR ACATGCA-
TATAACA-3' for nested PCR).
Immunohistochemical Staining
Formalin-fixed specimens were sent to the Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention (Atlanta, Georgia, USA)
for immunohistochemical staining as previously described
( 22 ).
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
285
RESEARCH
Results
Human Outbreaks
From October 2001 to December 2003, 5 human Ebola
virus outbreaks of the Zaire subtype occurred in the area
straddling the border between Gabon (northeast) and
Republic of Congo (northwest), with 313 cases and 264
deaths (23,24). The first outbreak occurred from October
2001 to May 2002, with a total of 92 cases and 70 deaths
in Gabon and Republic of Congo. Epidemiologic investi-
gations showed that at least 2 duikers, 2 chimpanzees, and
2 gorilla carcasses were involved or suspected of being
involved in the infection of 6 human index patients. A sec-
ond human outbreak began in January 2002 and ended in
June 2002 in Entsiami Republic of Congo, with a total of
30 cases and 25 deaths. One gorilla and 1 duiker were sus-
pected of involvement in 2 human index cases. A third out-
break occurred from May to June 2002 in Oloba Republic
of Congo, with 13 cases and 12 deaths. A chimpanzee was
shown to have infected the human index patient. The
fourth outbreak occurred from December 2002 to April
2003 in Mbomo and Kelle, Republic of Congo, with 143
cases and 128 deaths. Gorillas and duikers were suspected
of infecting 3 human index patients. The last outbreak
occurred from November 2003 to December 2003 in
Mbanza and Mbomo, Republic of Congo, with 35 cases
and 29 deaths. The source of infection of the human index
patient was not clearly identified.
Carcasses
From August 2001 to June 2003, a total of 98 animal
carcasses were found in an area of about 20,000 km 2
(Figure 3). Carcasses of 3 principal species were recov-
ered: 65 great apes (50 gorillas and 15 chimpanzees) and
14 duikers (Figure 3). Only 6% of carcasses sampled were
in good condition (entire body); 57% were in poor condi-
tion (partial carcasses with muscles or skin); and 38% were
in bad condition (bones only). Two peaks of animal deaths
were observed (Figure 4). The first occurred in the Ekata
region (Gabon) from November to December 2001, with
51 carcasses, including 30 great apes and 8 duikers. The
second occurred from December 2002 to February 2003 in
the Los si gorilla sanctuary (Republic of Congo), with 20
carcasses, including 17 great apes, 2 duikers, and 1
Cercopithecus cephus.
Laboratory Findings
An animal carcass was considered infected by Ebola
virus if >1 of the 3 laboratory tests (antigen detection,
DNA amplification, and immunohistochemical staining)
was positive. When possible, DNA amplification was con-
firmed by sequencing the PCR products. Twenty-one
gorilla, chimpanzee, and duiker carcasses were sampled in
15
Chimpanzes
14
Dukers
13
6 sw
Other Other
primates* species**
Figure 3. Species distribution of carcasses found in the forest
straddling the border between Gabon and Republic of Congo
(2001-2003). * = other primates: Cercopithecus sp.; f = other
species: Atherurus africanus (1), Genetta sp (3), Loxodonta
africana (1 ), Manis sp. (1 ), Mongoose sp. (1 ), Thryonomys swinde-
rianus (2), Tragelaphus sp. (1), Python sebae (2), and bird of prey
(li-
the wild and analyzed in the CIRMF biosafety level 4
(BSL-4) laboratory. Fourteen of these carcasses tested pos-
itive for Ebola virus, 6 in 2 or 3 tests and 8 in only 1 test
(Table). Eight positive samples were muscles, and 6 were
bones or bone marrow. All the muscle and skin tissue sam-
ples were tested by both PCR and antigen detection. In
total, 10 gorillas, 3 chimpanzees, and 1 duiker tested posi-
tive. All the relatively well-preserved gorilla and chim-
panzee carcasses tested positive. In contrast,
well-preserved samples taken from carcasses of C. cephus ,
Genetta sp., and Tragelaphus sp. were negative.
Discussion
We describe the successful implementation of a sur-
veillance network of Ebola outbreaks in wild large
40
35
c/>
8! 30
(/)
o 25
2 20
15
10
5
0
4 First human
n outbreak
begins
4 Second human
outbreak begins
4 Fourth
human
1 outbreak
I begins
4 Third human
outbreak
B begins
_fifl
□ Others
□ Duikers
■ Great apes
Last
human
outbreak
begins
4
Aug Oct Dec Feb Apr Jun Aug Oct Dec Feb Apr Jun Aug Oct Dec
Sep Nov Jan Mar May Jul Sep Nov Jan Mar May Jul Sep Nov Jan
2001 2002 2003 2004
Figure 4. Temporal distribution of carcasses found in the forest
straddling the border between Gabon and the Republic of Congo
(2001-2003). Two peaks of mortality were observed: the first
occurred in the Ekata region (Gabon) from November to
December 2001 and the second from December 2002 to February
2003 in the Lossi gorilla sanctuary (Republic of Congo).
286
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Wild Animal Mortality Monitoring and Human Ebola
Table. Results of laboratory analysis of animal carcasses found in forest between Gabon and the Republic of Congo, November 2001-
June 2003*
Location
Animal
Area
GPS
Date
Tissue
Death
PCR
Ag
IHC
Ebola+ by 2 or 3 tests
Gorilla
Zadie
0,7055N
14, 2747 E
Nov 2001
Muscle§
5 d
+
+
+
Gorilla
Lossi
0,2395N
14, 4938 E
Dec 2002
Muscle§
8 d
+
+
+
Gorilla
Lossi
0,2354N
14, 4839 E
Dec 2002
Muscle§
8 d
+
+
+
Gorilla
Mbanza
0,6987N
14, 7029 E
Jun 2003
Muscle§
5 d
+
+
N/A
Chimpt
Lossi
0,2387N
14, 4885 E
Dec 2002
Muscle§
3d
-
+
+
Chimp
Ebola+ by 1 test
Lossi
Feb 2003
Musclelj
10 d
+
+
N/A
Gorilla
Zadie
1.1669N
14,1650E
Feb 2002
Bone marrow#
1 mo
+
N/A
N/A
Gorillatt
Zadie
0,731 ON
14,2644E
Mar 2002
Bone#
3 wk
+
N/A
N/A
Gorillatt
Zadie
0,731 ON
14,2644E
Mar 2002
Bone#
3 wk
+
N/A
N/A
Gorilla
Lossi
0,2348N
14, 4852 E
Dec 2002
Bone#
2 wk
+
N/A
N/A
Gorilla
Lossi
0,2346N
14, 4823 E
Dec 2002
Bone#
2 wk
+
N/A
N/A
Gorilla
Lossi
0,2987N
14, 5075 E
Feb 2003
Muscle!}
8 d
-
+
N/A
Duiker
Lossi
0,2293N
14, 4892 E
Dec 2002
Bone#
2 wk
+
N/A
N/A
Chimpt
Lossi
0,2387N
14, 4885 E
Dec 2002
Muscle!!
12 h
-
+
-
Tested and Ebola-
GorillaJ
Zadie
0,651 ON
14, 2375 E
Mar 2002
Skull#
1 mo
-
N/A
N/A
Duiker
Lossi
0,2376N
14, 4882 E
Dec 2002
Bone#
3 wk
-
N/A
N/A
Duiker
Lossi
Jun 2003
Skin§
2d
-
-
N/A
Cercopithecus
cephus
Lossi
0,2737N
14,51 63E
Feb 2003
Muscle§
3d
-
-
N/A
Genet
Zadie
0,6749N
13,8851 E
Nov 2001
Muscle!!
5 d
-
-
N/A
Genet
Zadie
0,6771 N
14, 2937 E
Feb 2002
Muscle§
2d
-
-
N/A
Sitatunga
Zadie
0,9560N
13,7776E
Apr 2002
Muscle§
3d
-
-
N/A
*GPS, global positioning system (CyberTracker field computer); PCR, polymerase chain reaction; Ag, antigen detection; IHC, immunohistochemical tests;
N/A, not applicable.
fMother and infant.
Jl-month delay between the field and the laboratory and preserved in bad conditions.
§Sample found in good condition.
TfSample found in poor condition.
#Sample found in very poor condition (bone only).
mammals. We often identified wild animal outbreaks
before human Ebola outbreaks. Twice this enabled us to
alert the health authorities of Republic of Congo and
Gabon to an imminent risk for human outbreaks, after the
discovery of carcasses of Ebola virus-infected animals.
Human Ebola outbreaks in this region have always
occurred in remote areas, raising major logistic problems.
Roads are often barely passable, and means of communica-
tion are frequently nonexistent. The carcass detection and
investigation network therefore had to rely on teams
already present in these forest zones, and notably those pos-
sessing radios or satellite telephones. Conservation organi-
zations such as ECOFAC, WCS, and WWF were thus the
ideal partners. ECOFAC monitoring teams played a critical
role by exploring remote forest zones, capitalizing on the
information provided by villagers and hunters.
Performing an autopsy on high-risk animal carcasses
requires heavy equipment, highly qualified personnel, and
experienced veterinarians, as illustrated by the case of the
Swiss anthropologist who was infected after examining a
chimpanzee carcass without adequate protective measures
in the Tai forest (13). Carcasses decompose very rapidly in
the equatorial forest: an adult male gorilla carcass (-150
kg) takes only 10 days to decompose entirely, i.e., be
reduced to a heap of bones and hair (Figure 5). Carcasses
observed 3-4 days after death bear few signs of scavenger
activity but are covered with fly eggs and maggots.
Maggots consume the entire flesh within 5 to 10 days,
while scavengers (mainly mongoose) take pieces and dis-
seminate them around the site. Thus, after ~3weeks, only a
few bones bearing small-mammal gnaw marks remain.
Although the PCR technique used by CIRMF can
detect Ebola virus genetic material in carcasses 3^1 weeks
old, the material is often degraded and incomplete. Often,
only a small sequence of the L-gene (RNA polymerase)
can be analyzed, and this cannot be used for strain identi-
fication. Furthermore, degraded samples increase the
false-negative rate (25). Rapid sampling is therefore cru-
cial for successful diagnosis, and the availability of a small
aeroplane was particularly helpful in certain cases. The
presence of the CIRMF BSF4 laboratory relatively close to
the outbreak area was a considerable advantage.
Using a combination of 3 laboratory techniques (PCR,
immunohistochemical staining, and antigen capture), we
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
287
RESEARCH
Figure 5. State of the wild animal carcasses found in the field, Lossi gorilla sanctuary, Republic of Congo, December 2002. Carcasses
decompose very rapidly in the equatorial forest. Photo: P. Rouquet. A) Female chimpanzee, 3 days after death. B) Female gorilla, 7 days
after death. C) Female gorilla, 21 days after death.
showed for the first time that wild gorillas and chim-
panzees can be decimated by Ebola. Bones of a
Cephalophus dorsalis carcass also tested positive for
Ebola vims by reverse transcription (RT)-PCR, indicating
that a third wild species may be naturally susceptible. In
Africa, only chimpanzees had previously been diagnosed
as positive for Ebola virus, by immunohistochemical test-
ing, in the Tai forest of Cote d’Ivoire, and were considered
the cause of the human outbreak in Mayibout (Gabon)
(12,14,15). The large number of carcasses found in this
region, together with the results of animal population cen-
suses conducted in the Lossi reserve before and after out-
breaks, indicates that great apes are affected massively and
duikers to a lesser extent (16,26). The lowland gorilla pop-
ulation density in this region (<6 times as high as the chim-
panzee population density) is among the highest in the
world (<10 gorillas/km 2 ) (27), which likely explains why
more gorilla carcasses than chimpanzee carcasses were
found. High population density can amplify outbreaks but
cannot alone explain their severity. Small monkeys,
although abundant in this area, do not seem to be affected.
Only 1 carcass of Cercopithecus cephus was found; it was
in good condition but was negative by RT-PCR and anti-
gen capture (Table). Some Potamochoerus porcus carcass-
es were reported by hunters but none could be sampled.
Carcasses of large animals are more likely to be found than
those of small animals, because the time taken for a car-
cass to decompose depends on its size.
The source of gorilla infection is unknown, but sever-
al lines of evidence point to direct infection by >1 natural
hosts. First, the detection of different strains of Ebola
virus in gorilla carcasses located only a few kilometers
apart argues against a major role of gorilla-to-gorilla
transmission. Indeed, Ebola virus remains genetically sta-
ble during a given outbreak, from the first to the last case
(28,29), whereas we obtained 4 different glycoprotein
sequences (E.M. Leroy, P. Rouquet, unpub. data) from
samples of gorillas and chimps located in the Lossi sanc-
tuary. The large distance separating positive carcasses
found during a short period, and the existence of physical
barriers such as roads and rivers, also supports direct
transmission from a natural host. Finally, the occurrence
of simultaneous outbreaks in 2 or 3 different species that
display little interspecies contact (30) provides further
evidence that gorillas and chimpanzees are directly infect-
ed by >1 natural hosts. However, cases of gorilla-to-goril-
la transmission cannot be ruled out, especially within a
given group. Indeed, 5 gorilla carcasses belonging to the
same group were found in a close area in the Lossi sanc-
tuary. Ebola outbreaks in gorilla groups may result in their
rapid dissolution, especially if the dominant male is rap-
idly affected, which forces possibly infected females to
integrate into another group. However, this type of inter-
group transmission appears to be marginal.
Chimpanzees are probably infected by the same mech-
anisms as gorillas. During the Tai outbreak in Cote
d’Ivoire, carnivorous behavior (especially consumption of
Colobus monkeys) was the suspected source of infection
(12), but this notion is challenged by the infection of goril-
las, which are almost exclusively herbivorous. However,
chimpanzees are considered to be the primate species
whose behavior (mainly fighting, social grooming, sexual
activities, and predation) carry the highest risk for both
intra- and interspecies pathogen transmission (30). This
idea is supported by the detection of the infected carcasses
of a mother and her 1 -year-old offspring. Repeated contact
between young individuals and their mothers is known to
be a significant risk factor for Ebola virus transmission
( 2 , 6 ).
Duikers represent a special case. Although they are the
most common large-mammal species in this region, few
carcasses were found. This circumstance may be due to the
lack of interactions among individuals, as duikers general-
ly live alone or in pairs. Some duikers, despite being
herbivorous, eat the flesh of decomposing carcasses
(K. Abernethy, unpub. data). Thus, in addition to being
directly infected by the natural host(s), duikers might also
become infected by licking or eating fresh carcasses of
288
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Wild Animal Mortality Monitoring and Human Ebola
Ebola virus-infected animals. This scenario would play a
marginal role, however, because carcasses are only infec-
tive for 3 or 4 days after the animal’s death (E.M. Leroy, P.
Rollin, unpub. data). Furthermore, we observed little scav-
enging of carcasses during the first days after the animal’s
death.
Serum from a survivor of the human outbreak in
Mekambo (Grand Etoumbi, March 2002), who had direct
contact with a gorilla carcass, was positive for Ebola
virus-specific IgG. Ebola virus L gene sequences were
detected in bone marrow samples of this gorilla, conclu-
sively linking the 2 cases. Thus, the last outbreaks in
Mekambo (Gabon, 2001) and Lossi (Republic of Congo,
2002-2003) confirm that wild animal mortality can reveal
Ebola virus propagation in the forest ecosystem and indi-
cate a role of wild animals as “vectors” in human out-
breaks.
No effective medical treatment or vaccine exists for
Ebola virus infection. The only way of minimizing human
cases is to break the chain of human-human transmission.
Humans do not seem to be at a major risk for infection by
the unidentified natural host(s). Large outbreaks among
wild animals can amplify human outbreaks by increasing
the number of index transmission events. Therefore, reduc-
ing contacts between humans and dead wildlife can reduce
the risks for transmission.
Epidemiologic surveillance of animal mortality rates
can thus help prevent the emergence of the disease in
human populations (Figure 6). At the time of the Kelle
(Republic of Congo) outbreak, our network detected
infected gorilla carcasses (Lossi, December 6, 2002) 3
weeks before the disease emerged in humans (December
25, 2002), showing active Ebola virus propagation in this
area. We were thus able to warn health authorities of an
imminent human outbreak in the region. Nonetheless, a
human outbreak occurred. In June 2003, we issued a new
alert on a risk for human outbreaks after the discovery of
an infected gorilla carcass near the village of Mbanza
(Republic of Congo). An outbreak occurred in this village
in November 2003. These failures suggest that human and
animal health authorities need to work together more
closely. In the future, health authorities need to educate
local populations on the risk for infection through contact
with carcasses at all times. During expected disease out-
breaks, health authorities need to be able to respond imme-
diately by sending teams to affected areas (24). The early
successes of the network in this area warrant its extension
to all countries with known outbreaks of hemorrhagic
fevers. The participation of new frontline partners, such as
foresters, would be invaluable to expend logistical existing
capacity provided largely by field conservationists.
Finally, as the capacity of such a system to react rapidly is
Figure 6. Schematic representation of the Ebola cycle in the equa-
torial forest and proposed strategy to avoid Ebola virus transmis-
sion to humans and its subsequent human-human propagation.
Ebola virus replication in the natural host (a). Wild animal infection
by the natural host(s) (b), no doubt the main source of infection.
Wild animal infection by contact with live or dead wild animals (c).
This scenario would play a marginal role. Infection of hunters by
manipulation of infected wild animal carcasses or sick animals (d).
Three animal species are known to be sensitive to Ebola virus and
to act as sources of human outbreaks, gorillas, chimpanzees, and
duikers. Person-to-person transmission from hunters to their fam-
ily and then to hospital workers (e). The wild animal mortality sur-
veillance network can predict and might prevent human outbreaks.
Medical surveillance can prevent Ebola virus propagation in the
human population.
crucial for its success, sampling teams should be created to
collect material and obtain virologic testing results with a
minimum of delay in other countries harboring hemor-
rhagic viruses. An efficient animal mortality monitoring
network backed up by a rapid reaction system would allow
public health authorities to predict and possibly prevent
human Ebola outbreaks.
Acknowledgments
We thank the national and international teams involved in
the control of the Ebola outbreaks that occurred in Gabon and the
Republic of Congo. The national teams were members of the
Gabonese Health Ministry and the Health Service of the
Gabonese Defense Ministry during the Gabon outbreaks, and
members of the Congolese Health Ministry during the outbreaks
in the Republic of Congo. The international teams were mainly
scientific and medical experts from WHO and Medecins Sans
Frontieres. We thank all those involved in wildlife conservation
for sample collection and case reporting, in particular the ECO-
FAC monitoring teams and T. Smith. We are also grateful to G.
Moussavou and L. Allela for technical assistance; D. Young, X.
Pourrut, and J. Wickings for help in preparing the manuscript;
and D. Drevet, P. Blot, and C. Aveling for constant support and
encouragement. Lastly, we thank T.G. Ksiazek for generously
providing reagents to CIRMF.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
289
RESEARCH
CIRMF is supported by the Government of Gabon, Total-
Fina-Elf Gabon, and Ministere de la Cooperation Frangaise. This
work was also supported by a Fonds de Solidarity Prioritaire and
a Fonds d’Aide et de Cooperation, grants from the Ministere des
Affaires Etrangeres de la France (FSP no. 2002005700 and FAC
no. 1999-49).
Dr. Rouquet is the head of the Primate Center at CIRMF. He
is experienced in the treatment and evaluation of simian immun-
odeficiency virus and simian/HIV transmission in different pri-
mate models of HIV infection (pathogenic and nonpathogenic).
Since 1995, he has been involved in hemorrhagic fever research,
particularly Ebola.
References
1. World Health Organization. Ebola hemorrhagic fever in Zaire. Bull
World Health Organ. 1978;56:271-93.
2. World Health Organization. Ebola hemorrhagic fever in Soudan. Bull
World Health Organ. 1978;56:247-70.
3. Peters CJ, Sanchez A, Feldman H, Rollin PE, Nichol ST, Ksiazek TG.
Filoviruses as emerging pathogens. Semin Virol. 1994;5:147-54.
4. WHO Wkly Epidemiol Rec. 2003;33:2003;78:285-96 [cited 2003
Aug 15]. Available from http://www.who.int/wer/2003/en/
wer7833.pdf
5. Heymann DL, Weisfeld JS, Webb PA, Johnson KM, Cairns T,
Berquist H. Ebola haemorrhagic fever: Tandala, Zaire, 1977-1978. J
Infect Dis. 1980;142:372-6.
6. Baron RC, Me Cormick JB, Zubeir OA. Ebola virus disease in south-
ern Sudan: hospital dissemination and intrafamilial spread. Bull
World Health Organ. 1983;61:997-1003.
7. Arata AA, Johnson B. Approaches towards studies on potential reser-
voirs of viral haemorrhagic fever in southern Sudan (1977). In: Pattyn
SR, editor. Ebola virus haemorrhagic fever. Amsterdam:
Elsevier/Netherlands Biomedical; 1978. p.191-202.
8. Germain M. Collection of mammals and arthropods during the epi-
demic of haemorrhagic fever in Zaire. In: Pattyn SR, editor. Ebola
virus haemorrhagic fever. Amsterdam: Elsevier/Netherlands
Biomedical; 1978. p. 185-9.
9. Breman JG, Johnson KM, Van Der Groen G, Robbins CB,
Szczeniowski MV, Ruti K, et al. A search for Ebola virus in animals
in the Democratic Republic of the Congo and Cameroon: ecologic,
virologic, and serologic surveys, 1979-1980. J Infect Dis.
1999;179(Suppl l):S139-47.
10. Jahrling P, Geisbert T, Dalgard D, Johnson ED, Ksiazek TG, Hall
WC, et al. Preliminary report: isolation of Ebola virus from monkeys
imported to USA. Lancet. 1990;335:502-5.
11. Becker S, Feldmann H, Will C, Slenczka W. Evidence for occurence
of filovirus antibodies in humans and imported monkeys: do subclin-
ical filovirus infections occur worldwide? Med Microbiol Immunol
(B erl) . 1 992 ; 1 8 1 :43-5 5 .
12. Formenty P, Boesch C, Wyers M, Steiner C, Donati F, Dind F, et al.
Ebola virus outbreak among wild chimpanzees living in a rain forest
of Cote d’Ivoire. J Infect Dis 1999;179(Suppl 1):S 120-6.
13. Le Guenno B, Formenty P, Wyers M, Gounon P, Walker F, Boesch C.
Isolation and partial characterization of a new strain of Ebola virus.
Lancet. 1995;345:1271-4.
14. Georges AJ, Leroy EM, Renaut AA, Benissan CT, Nabias RJ, Ngoc
MT, et al. Ebola haemorrhagic fever. J.Infect Dis. 1999;179(Suppl
l):S65-75.
15. Amblard J, Obiang P, Edzang S, Prehaud C, Bouloy M, Le Guenno
BL. Identification of the Ebola virus in Gabon in 1994. Lancet.
1997;349:181-2.
16. Leroy EM, Rouquet P, Formenty P, Souquiere S, Kilbourne A,
Froment J-M, et al. Multiple Ebola virus transmission events and
rapid decline of Central African wildlife. Science. 2004;303:387-90.
17. Maisels F. Synthesis of information concerning the Park National
d’Odzala, Congo. Projet ECOFAC, composante Congo June 1996
[cited 2003 Jul 14]. Available from http://www.ecofac.org/Biblio/
Download/Odzala Synthese.pdf
18. Bermejo M. Inventaire et recensement des petits primates diurnes
Parc National D’Odzala Congo. Projet ECOFAC, composante
Congo Sept 1995 [cited 2003 Jul 14]. Available from http://
www.ecofac.org/Biblio/Download/PrimatesDiurnesInventaire.pdf
19. World Health Organization. Viral haemorrhagic fevers report of a
WHO expert committee. Geneva: The Organization; 1985.
20. Zaki SR, Shieh WJ, Greer PW, Goldsmith CS, Ferebee T, Katshitshi
J, et al. A novel immunohistochemical assay for the detection of
Ebola virus in skin: implications for diagnosis, spread, and surveil-
lance of Ebola hemorrhagic fever. Commission de Lutte contre les
Epidemies a Kikwit. J Infect Dis. 1999;179(Suppl l):S36-47.
21. Leroy EM, Baize S, Lu CY, McCormick JB, Georges AJ, Georges-
Courbot MC, et al. Diagnosis of Ebola haemorrhagic fever by RT-
PCR in an epidemic setting. J Med Virol. 2000;60:463-7.
22. Ksiazek TG, Rollin PE, Jahrling PB, Johnson E, Dalgard DW, Peters
CJ. Enzyme immunosorbent assay for Ebola virus antigens in tissues
of infected primates. J Clin Microbiol. 1992;30:947-50.
23. World Health Organization. Outbreak(s) of Ebola haemorrhagic
fever, Congo and Gabon, October 2001-July 2002. Wkly Epidemiol
Rec. 2003;78:217-24 [cited 2003 Jun 23]. Available from http://
www.who.int/wer/ 2003/en/wer7826.pdf
24. Formenty P, Libama F, Epelboin A, Allarangar Y, Leroy E, Moudzeo
H, et al. Outbreak of Ebola hemorrhagic fever in the Republic of the
Congo, 2003: a new strategy? Med Trop (Mars). 2003;63:291-5.
25. Blacksell SD, Khounsy S, Westbury HA. The effect of sample degra-
dation and RNA stabilization on classical swine fever virus RT-PCR
and ELISA methods. J Virol Methods. 2004;118:33-7.
26. Walsh PD, Abernethy KA, Bermejo M, Beyers R, De Wachter P,
Akou ME, et al. Catastrophic ape decline in western equatorial
Africa. Nature. 2003;422:611-4.
27. Bermejo M. Status and conservation of primates in Odzala National
Park, Republic of Congo. Oryx. 1999;33:323-31.
28. Rodriguez LL, De Roo A, Guimard Y, Trappier S.G, Sanchez A,
Bressler D, et al. Persistence and genetic stability of Ebola virus dur-
ing the outbreak in Kikwit, Democratic Republic of Congo, 1995. J
Infect Dis. 1999; 179(Suppll):S 170-6.
29. Leroy EM, Baize S, Mavoungou E, Apetrei C. Sequence analysis of
the GP, NP, VP40 and VP24 genes of Ebola virus isolated from
deceased, surviving and asymptomatically infected individuals dur-
ing the 1996 outbreak in Gabon: comparative studies and phyloge-
netic characterization. J Gen Virol. 2002;83(Part 1):67— 73.
30. Tutin CEG. Ecologie et organisation sociale des primates de la foret
tropicale africaine: aide a la comprehension de la transmission des
retrovirus. Bull Soc Pathol Exot. 2000;93, 3, 157-61.
Address for correspondence: Pierre Rouquet, Centre International de
Recherches Medicales de Franceville, (CIRMF) BP 769, Franceville,
Gabon; fax: (33) 153013602; email: p.rouquet@cirmf.org
Use of trade names is for identification only and does not imply
endorsement by the Public Health Service or by the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services.
290
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Surveillance and Control Measures
during Smallpox Outbreaks
Emma Kerrod,* Alasdair M. Geddes,t Martyn Regan, and Steve Leach*
We reviewed historical data from 2 smallpox out-
breaks in Liverpool and Edinburgh during the early and
middle years of the 20th century to assess their contribu-
tion to developing modern strategies for response to a
deliberate release of smallpox virus. Reports contempora-
neous to these outbreaks provide detail on the effective-
ness of public health interventions. In both outbreaks,
extensive contact tracing, quarantine, and staged vaccina-
tion campaigns were initiated, and the outbreaks were
controlled within 15 months and 3 months, respectively. In
Edinburgh, the number of fatalities associated with vacci-
nation exceeded the number of deaths from the disease.
In Liverpool, ambulatory, vaccine-modified cases and mis-
diagnosis as chickenpox resulted in problems with out-
break control. The relatively slow spread of smallpox, as
exemplified by the report from Liverpool, allowed for effec-
tive implementation of targeted intervention methods.
Targeted surveillance and containment interventions have
been successful in the past and should be explored as
alternatives to mass vaccination.
H eightened awareness of the potential threat of biolog-
ic terrorism has generated debate over the most
appropriate modeling strategies to assist in planning pub-
lic health interventions and the required relevant data and
assumptions for model parameterization (1). A fundamen-
tal issue for modeling the potential impact of a deliberate
release of smallpox virus is the dearth of recent data. For
these reasons, the impact of a bioterrorist release upon a
modern population and of the subsequent attempts to con-
tain it are difficult to predict with precision. The dynamics
of disease outbreaks in the 21st century, and the outcomes
of control strategies used to contain them, have been pre-
dicted by using models parameterized with contemporary
outbreak data (e.g., measles immunization campaigns).
However, to obtain a better idea of how an eradicated dis-
ease, such as smallpox, might be controlled requires an
*Centre for Emergency Preparedness and Response, Health
Protection Agency, Wiltshire, United Kingdom; fUniversity of
Birmingham, Edgbaston, Birmingham, United Kingdom; and
^Health Protection Agency, Liverpool, United Kingdom
analysis of historical outbreak data, much as has been done
in a number of studies (2-5).
Inherent problems are associated with extrapolating
past data to the modern day, such as possible differences in
susceptibility to infection between modern and historical
populations (e.g., immunity) and also potential differences
in risk for disease transmission (e.g., changes in contact
patterns) (1). Nonetheless, when these factors can be
addressed properly, the advantages of using historical data
as a foundation for modern assessments far outweigh the
disadvantages. For smallpox particularly, epidemiologic
and outbreak data from the past have been largely relied
upon to provide insight into, and evaluation of, the effica-
cy and efficiency of different public health control strate-
gies for a potential bioterrorist attack.
For example, the levels of protection afforded today by
smallpox vaccinations carried out many years ago are dif-
ficult to calculate, since few relevant recent assessments
exist. A recent study reported stable antiviral antibody and
slowly declining antiviral T-cell responses to vaccinia
virus in volunteers 1-75 years after vaccination (6). How
these longer lasting responses correlate with protection
from infection itself, from more serious disease, or from
death, remains difficult to determine. Natural exposure to
the organism is the only way to know whether this
response correlates to full (i.e., no disease), or partial (i.e.,
fewer deaths) protection from smallpox. Since data on nat-
ural exposure to smallpox virus are not available for con-
temporary populations, analysis of historical data is likely
to provide the most convincing evidence (3).
Historical data on this and other aspects of disease con-
trol were published in the early 1900s after a variola major
virus outbreak in Liverpool (1902-1903) (7) and in the
mid- 1940s after an outbreak in Edinburgh in 1942 (8)
(document available from http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/eid/
volllno2/04-0609.htm_app). These reports form the basis
of this article, which discusses the use of historical data in
predictive assessments of disease events. The Liverpool
smallpox outbreak data are included in a large section
specifically on smallpox in the annual Health Department
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
291
HISTORICAL REVIEW
Report for the city written by the Medical Officer of
Health in 1903, at a time when smallpox was still endem-
ic in Liverpool. The report covers all aspects related to
health, ranging from typhus and tuberculosis to rainfall,
temperature, and demographic statistics. Supplementary
information on this outbreak has also been taken from
Appendix 10 of the Annual Report of the Medical Officer
of The Local Government Board 1904-05, in Report on
Smallpox and Smallpox Hospitals at Liverpool, 1902-03,
which investigated specific aspects of the outbreak for the
local government board (9). A further report has also been
used, written in 1913 by the assistant medical officer of
health for Liverpool; it reports in greater detail on the
effects of the disease in relation to the impact of vaccina-
tion and includes a large series of cases from the
1902-1903 outbreak (10).
The report on the 1942 outbreak in Edinburgh also pro-
vides data on a range of important aspects of smallpox
control, including adverse events to vaccination (8). This
large report was written in 1944 by the medical officer of
health and his colleagues at a time when smallpox was no
longer endemic in the region. The stated purpose of the
report was to provide information for medical staff in the
event of future outbreaks. The information detailed, there-
fore, is more descriptive than that in the Liverpool publi-
cation but provides more data on the clinical and control
aspects used. Again, supplementary articles have been
consulted, primarily those concerning the contemporane-
ous outbreaks in Glasgow and Fife that led up to the
Edinburgh outbreak. A close evaluation of the 2 outbreaks
illustrates the value of using historical data when consider-
ing public health control and containment strategies for
potential bioterrorist events.
Outbreaks
Since the 1860s, Liverpool had had cases of smallpox
(7). According to the 1904-1905 report, seaports were
prone to occurrences of smallpox, and therefore, Liverpool
had “abundant opportunities of perfecting its administra-
tion in regard of this disease” (9). Although the annual
number of cases had declined considerably in the 17 years
or so before the outbreak began in 1902, a total of 23 cases
were imported by sea and 16 were introduced by
“vagrants.” However, according to 1 researcher, an epi-
demic broke out toward the end of 1902 (10). The outbreak
lasted from October 1902 to the end of December 1903
and resulted in 2,032 cases and 161 deaths (case-fatality
rate = 8%). The first smallpox case occurred in 1901 and
resulted directly from an imported case-patient, a merchant
seaman. This importation brought the disease into
Liverpool at the end of 1901, a year in which, until that
time, practically no smallpox had been reported (9). The
administrative actions of the Public Health Department of
Liverpool checked the spread of smallpox until November
1902, when an unrecognized case-patient (7), an infant,
was medically attended only when the child was dying of
the disease. In addition, 6 infected household members
were found, and subsequent house-to-house inquiries in
the district discovered another 20 clinical case-patients
during the next few days, most of whom were friends of
the infected family (7). This number of cases is assumed to
have resulted from chains of transmission beginning with
the infant and spreading through the family and to wider
contacts, rather than transmission from the child directly to
26 others. Despite attempts to prevent further spread, the
number of cases in the locality reached 99 by the end of
January 1903. The disease then continued to spread to the
east and south of the city, with the monthly number of
cases peaking at 356 in March 1903. The timeline of the
outbreak in relation to a number of other key events and
control measures is shown in Figure 1 .
Similarly, until 1905, Edinburgh had also seldom been
free from smallpox. Later, however, smallpox outbreaks
became infrequent, with only 4 outbreak years from 1905
to 1920, and then none at all in the 20 years before 1942.
The outbreak, therefore, was a relatively new experience
for a large section of the population (11). This outbreak
was relatively small and lasted 3 months (October
27-December 30, 1942), which resulted in 36 cases
including 8 deaths (case-fatality rate = 22%). Smallpox
had previously been imported into Scotland on May 29,
1942, by a ship arriving from Bombay into Scotland’s
other major city, Glasgow (resulting in 36 cases and 8
deaths) (12). In August, 3 weeks after the last case in
Glasgow, an outbreak was reported in Fife (29 cases and 8
deaths). As the outbreak in Fife was being brought under
control, the first case of smallpox appeared in Edinburgh
Royal Infirmary. The disease then spread to the hospital’s
convalescent home and then into the general public. The
Smallpox
spread to
Robssrt St. and
diffusion in city
J.
i-
E
Unrecognized case in
Robsart Street -
extension of outbreak*
58 m JI y ffi H M SZ H 36
Increased no. cases
Fazakertey Hospital
reopened for smallpox
Continued increase
in demand for
hospital isolation.
Park Hill Hospital
opened to smallpox
patients
** *e J6
Fortnights
Figure 1 . Timeline of Liverpool outbreak: key events and control
interventions, using hospital admission data (December 6, 1901-
November 27, 1903) (9). *House-to-house visitation of the district
"forthwith commenced" (7). Over the next few days, 20 more
cases were found and reported.
292
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Smallpox Surveillance and Control Measures
means of the spread of disease from Glasgow to Fife and
then to Edinburgh, and from hospital settings to the gener-
al public, was, however, never identified. Indeed, for 8 of
13 Edinburgh community cases, the source of infection
was never discovered. The author of the outbreak report
conjectured that subclinical infections, i.e., “mild attacks”
or missed cases, might have been the reason for the lost
epidemiologic links but adds that these theories were hard
to reconcile with the facts (8). A timeline of the Edinburgh
outbreak, highlighting the milestone events and control
measures employed, is shown in Figure 2.
Vaccination Status of Population
To appreciate the course of the outbreaks and the sub-
sequent effects of the various control measures used, the
vaccination history of the populations involved should be
put into context. If we assumed that the level of infant vac-
cination in Liverpool was similar to that for England and
Wales as a whole in 1902 and 1903 (-75%) when solid
immunity in the city might have ranged from 9% to 16%
(solid immunity, as termed by Dixon [13], is either 5 or 10
years of total protection from attack). However, at that
time, considerable support for the antivaccination cause
resulted in an infant vaccination rate in the late 19th cen-
tury that varied from 0% in some districts to nearly 100%
in others (13), and as the background rates for Liverpool
are not reported, being more specific about the levels of
vaccination that existed is difficult.
Vaccination levels also varied from region to region in
Scotland. The percentage of vaccinated infants in Scotland
was normally -30.7% (14); however, the Registrar
General for Scotland reported that 55% of infants were
being vaccinated in 1941. Whether this report is for
Scotland as a whole or for Edinburgh alone is not clear (8).
Dixon’s estimate of solid immunity for the whole of
England and Wales in 1947, assuming 40% of infants were
vaccinated, was 4%-7%. However, this percentage was
increased by the vaccination of National Service entrants
to -20%. For Scotland, with an infant vaccination rate of
-30%, solid immunity would have been <20% (13). The
vaccinial state of the public as a whole was reportedly low
in the area around Fife (Methilhill), with only 20%-30%
of the population having been previously vaccinated; but
in towns nearer Edinburgh (e.g., Cowdenbeath) 40%-50%
had been vaccinated (14).
Public Health Response
In both Liverpool and Edinburgh, phased public health
responses were implemented (Figures 1 and 2). In
Liverpool, at the earliest phase of the outbreak, with the
discovery of the first unreported case in Robsart Street
(Figures 1 and 3), active case finding in the local area was
instituted. One report states that, thereafter, usually within
Outbreak in
Glasgow
f36 cases!
Outbreak in Fife
(29 cases)
Outbreak in
Edinburgh
(36 cases)
May 29-
Notification of 1st
# Glasgow case
received in Edinburgh
June 30 1
General precautionary
measures in Edinburgh
I :
Oct 31$
First 2
Edinburgh cases
diagnosed
Nov 2
Reception
House
opened
Nov 8-Dec 8K
' 22 Vaccination centers opened
0 Edirtxxgh • institubonal
■ Edinburgh - comminty
1
. * Novi
j,| I Com
■ I ■ I ■ I
November 18
Community cases
123456789 K> 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2D 21 22 23 24 25 28 Z7 2829 30 31 32 33 34
Figure 2. Timeline of Edinburgh outbreak. *May 29: Revaccination
of all Edinburgh medical, nursing, domestic, artisan and ambulance
staff. Edinburgh Smallpox Hospital reconditioned and isolation units
set-up for observation cases (8). fJune 30: great majority of other
essential personnel vaccinated (11). Some public vaccination by
private practitioners (=4% [20,000]). ^November 1 : quarantine and
daily surveillance of (present and past) patients and visitors to
Royal Infirmary (8). ^November 8-December 8: further vaccination
centers opened after 3 more cases occurred. Sixty sessions held
each day. One vaccination center reopened December 9-12 and
December 21-24 to cope with a few isolated cases (8,11).
an hour of notification, patients were removed to hospital
by ambulance, and the clothing, bedding, and dwellings
were immediately disinfected (9). An inspector followed
the ambulance and immediately made inquiries about pos-
sible sources of infection. Information about the state of
vaccination of possible contacts was then sent to vaccina-
tion officers; additional medical staff members were
employed at this time to assist with vaccination. These
vaccination officers in Liverpool first recommended
immediate vaccination or revaccination to all close con-
tacts of case-patients, then to related workforces, schools,
and the general public. Special arrangements were made
for the prompt vaccination of all vagrants coming into the
city, who were subsequently paid a small sum for consent-
ing. Offers of vaccination and re vaccination to contacts
Figure 3. Spatial-temporal distribution of incidence of smallpox
during outbreak, by district, Liverpool, 1902-1903 (7). *lncidence
of smallpox per district (per 100,000) calculated as number of
cases per district -f by district population x 1 00,000. New cases per
district were counted from the locations given on the 4 maps in the
original report for each of the periods above. District populations
were tabulated separately (7).
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
293
HISTORICAL REVIEW
and people living close to persons with smallpox were
reported in the Health Department Report to have been
promptly made and almost universally accepted; these
vaccinations were reported to have greatly limited the
amount of smallpox in Liverpool. As the number of cases
increased as the outbreak developed, hospital isolation
accommodations were expanded by committing an
increasing number of hospitals to the intake of smallpox
patients (Figure 1).
In Edinburgh, after notification of the first Glasgow
case on May 29 (Figure 2), the first campaign of vaccina-
tion and revaccination for essential personnel (e.g., med-
ical staff, civil defense workers, and police), was agreed to
on June 30 and promptly instituted on July 1, 4 months
before the disease reached Edinburgh (11). Edinburgh had
not had a smallpox case for 20 years, but at this time, the
smallpox hospital was reopened, and satellite isolation
units in the hospital grounds prepared to receive patients
for observation. All contacts of Glasgow case-patients
arriving in Edinburgh were, as was routine practice, exam-
ined and put under surveillance. The Public Health
Department was responsible for the medical supervision of
contacts, and medical officers of health were responsible
for requesting precautionary behavior in the general pub-
lic. The second vaccination campaign took place from
November to December 1942, when the disease had taken
hold in Edinburgh itself. At this time the contacts of
patients were vaccinated, and vaccination was extended
subsequently to the general public with the opening, on
November 8 (Figure 2), of 22 vaccination centers through-
out the city.
Despite the previous vaccination of infants and other
target groups, levels of immunity contemporaneous with
these 2 outbreaks were insufficient on their own to prevent
expanding outbreaks. Nevertheless, the spread of infection
over both space and time across Liverpool was character-
istically slow, taking 3 months to significantly extend out
of the district into which it was introduced, to more south-
eastern districts (Figures 1 and 3).
The first 2 cases in Edinburgh were diagnosed on
October 31. On November 1, active case-finding was initi-
ated with house-to-house searches, and a first aid post was
opened subsequently, which provided 8,000 vaccinations to
people in the area in which these patients lived. Family con-
tacts of patients were sent for observation to a prepared
reception house, which was opened on November 2, the day
after the first 2 cases had been confirmed (Figure 2).
Persons in the reception house were quarantined for 21
days, and all but 1 of their employers agreed to pay their
wages during this time (8). The exception to this rule attend-
ed work during the day and returned to the reception house
at night and was examined both upon leaving and on return-
ing for signs of infection. The Royal Infirmary convalescent
home also acted as an additional observation ward.
Contact tracing was an important part of the control
methods instituted in both outbreaks. In Edinburgh, the
press was used extensively as a means to trace contacts of
case-patients and to persuade large numbers of persons to
accept vaccination; the use of the press also allowed the
authorities to reach possible contacts with a minimum of
delay (11). In all, ~ 1,700 contacts of the 36 cases were
traced and observed for 18 to 21 days, which represents an
average of ~47 contacts per case. More than 900 persons
were traced as contacts and revaccinated from 3 cases
alone. Despite being infected, these ambulatory cases had
used public transport or been in contact with large numbers
of persons because of their occupation (8). The readiness
of the public to cooperate with all the above recommend-
ed, routine precautions is noted in the Annual Report, 1942
(11). The press was also used in the Liverpool outbreak.
Circulars that detailed the movements of case-patients who
had used public transport and the location and availability
of public vaccinators were widely distributed. Although
the total number of traced contacts is unclear, we know
that contacts were visited every day for 14 days after noti-
fication, and then every few days for a further 2 weeks. At
the peak of the outbreak, when 356 cases existed, as many
as 2,000 families were being visited daily, which repre-
sents an average of ~6 families contacted per case. On the
basis of an average household size for England, at that
time 5, we have a rough estimate of 30 contacts traced and
vaccinated per case.
In the Liverpool outbreak, the occurrence of a large
number of vaccine-modified cases caused particular prob-
lems for those attempting to control the outbreak, espe-
cially with respect to late or incorrect diagnoses.
According to Hanna (10), 72.7% of those vaccinated pre-
viously and 16.8% of unvaccinated cases were considered
to be “modified discrete and discrete smallpox” (modified
here meaning an accelerated clinical course compared with
expected course of ordinary smallpox, usually with fewer
lesions, not necessarily modified by vaccination) (13).
Chickenpox was a notable misdiagnosis in some instances;
2.6% of chickenpox diagnoses were found subsequently to
be smallpox (similarly, in the 1901-1902 London out-
break, the figure for the same misdiagnosis was 2.5%). To
help overcome this problem, chickenpox was made a noti-
fiable disease, provisionally in April, and permanently in
August 1902. Reporting of smallpox itself, however, was
not always straightforward in the Liverpool outbreak.
According to 1 author (9), the diagnosis of smallpox was
sometimes revoked upon admission to hospital, or vice
versa, a nonsmallpox case-patient was often treated as hav-
ing smallpox in the hospital. On at least 1 occasion, infor-
mation on patients treated in the hospital did not reach the
medical officer of health. In Edinburgh, the first 2 cases
294
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Smallpox Surveillance and Control Measures
were misdiagnosed as chickenpox and meningococcal sep-
ticemia, respectively. Misdiagnosis as chickenpox is a con-
cern that continues to exist today. In Glasgow, in 1942,
severe vaccinial reactions, occurring at the end of the pos-
sible incubation period of smallpox, also complicated the
problem of diagnosis for medical practitioners (12).
As with the 3 ambulatory case-patients in the
Edinburgh outbreak discussed above, such patients were
also a problematic source of infection in Liverpool (7,10).
Some smallpox infections were reported to be so mild
(usually vaccine-modified) that doctors were not consult-
ed, and patients and their household contacts continued to
visit public areas and shops. For example, 1 unreported
smallpox case occurred in a person whose family contin-
ued to go to work and socialize, which gave rise to 29 other
cases. Twenty prosecutions were instituted against mem-
bers of this family during the outbreak. The extent to
which ambulatory vaccine-modified cases might occur in
any modern day U.K. outbreak is not known. However, the
proportion of vaccine-modified cases overall would be
much less than in Liverpool because of the length of time
since the population was last vaccinated. This finding has
been discussed in greater detail elsewhere (2).
Previous vaccination status also strongly influenced the
relationship between age at time of attack and death (Figure
4). In a study that examined a series of 1,163 case-patients
during the 10 years after the Liverpool outbreak (mostly
from the epidemic period 1902-1903), 943 (81%) had been
vaccinated in infancy, and 220 (18.9%) had not been vacci-
nated (10). Among those vaccinated in infancy, 28 (2.9%)
deaths occurred from smallpox, whereas among the unvac-
cinated, 60 (27.2%) deaths occurred. The case mortality
among the vaccinated rose steadily with age from the 20- to
30-year age group upwards to the >60-year group (no
deaths occurred in those <20), but never exceeded 10%.
However, among the unvaccinated, 58% of patients <2
years of age died, decreasing to 30.6% for those 2 to 5 years
of age. The ratio was lower (3.2%) for those 10 to 15 years
of age; the case-fatality rate rose (13%) for those 15 year of
age, and it was 50% for those >40 years of age. The effect
of vaccination on protection against death according to age
has also been noted by others (15,16). The level of partial
immunity to smallpox, i.e., protection from death as
opposed to protection from infection, in a modern popula-
tion may be higher than previously thought (1); spread of
infection from ambulant patients with vaccine-modified
cases may be an important and problematic means of trans-
mission (10,13,17), as has been pointed out in more recent
analyses (2). In the Edinburgh outbreak, 6 of the 8 deaths
from smallpox occurred in adults >20 years of age who had
been vaccinated in infancy.
No data concerning vaccine-related adverse events are
available from the Liverpool outbreak, but we know that of
70
□ Vaccinated
■ Unvaccinated
<2 2-5 5-10 10-15 15-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50^0 >60
A ge (y)
Figure 4. Percentage case-patient death rate by age in the vacci-
nated and unvaccinated, Liverpool outbreak, 1902-1903 (10).
the estimated 360,000 vaccinations (based on lymph issue)
performed in Edinburgh and adjacent counties (-77% of
the local population), 10 vaccine-related deaths occurred;
8 of these were from encephalomyelitis. Compared to vac-
cination campaigns in England and Wales in 1951 to 1960
(18), the numbers of postvaccinial encephalomyelitis and
generalized vaccinia were much higher (Table 1). Indeed,
a similarly high incidence of postvaccinial encepha-
lomyelitis was reported during the Fife outbreak (14).
Approximately 78% of vaccinees in and around Edinburgh
had had a previously successful vaccination; the remain-
der, -22%, had either a previously unsuccessful vaccina-
tion or no vaccination at all. In neither of the outbreaks was
an intensified national vaccination campaign reported to
have been initiated.
Discussion
In both the Liverpool and Edinburgh outbreaks, phased
public health responses were implemented, and the out-
breaks were brought under control within 15 and 3
months, respectively. Because smallpox arrived first in
Glasgow, Edinburgh health authorities had time to prepare
and implement a 2-phased vaccination campaign along
with active surveillance. For Liverpool, the report demon-
strates clearly that the spread of infection across the city
was slow, which suggests a relatively low transmission
rate and a characteristically long generation time, allow-
ing for targeted intervention methods to be effectively
implemented. By comparing the incidence of cases in dif-
ferent districts across the panels shown in Figure 3, the
outbreak appears to have taken 3 months (November
1902-January 1903) to spread into districts adjacent to the
origin of the outbreak and then an additional 3 months
(February- April 1903) to spread to more eastern and
western districts. The slow spread of smallpox described
here is not dissimilar to that described in studies in other
countries, for example, Pakistan and Bangladesh in the
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
295
HISTORICAL REVIEW
Table. Rates of adverse events to smallpox vaccination in
Edinburgh, 1942*
1st vaccination
2nd vaccination
Adverse event
campaign
Jun - Julf
campaign
Nov - Decf
Nonspecific rashes
20
12.5
Auto-inoculation and
7.5
7.5
generalized vaccinia
Postvaccinial
encephalomyelitis
5.0
4.7
*Source: reference 8.
fPer 100,000.
1960s (17). In Bangladesh, smallpox tended to be more
rapidly transmitted within family units but spread more
slowly between them (19).
Active surveillance, vaccination of contacts, and
prompt hospital isolation of patients were important
aspects of disease control measures in both outbreaks.
Indeed, the success of the surveillance-containment strate-
gy in Liverpool, the basis of which has been discussed
more recently elsewhere (20), was particularly noted by
the observers of the time (7,10). Unlike the situation in the
United Kingdom today, both Liverpool and Edinburgh had
designated smallpox hospitals, either already open or
ready to reopen, at the time of these outbreaks. These ded-
icated facilities must have contributed to infection control
efforts. However, control and containment procedures in
the 2 cities were hampered in both outbreaks to some
extent by reintroduction of the disease from other areas, by
patients with ambulant cases of mild infection (probably
vaccine-modified), and by missed cases.
These 2 case studies draw attention to issues of current
concern, not only to the potential impact of vaccine-modi-
fied cases mentioned above, but also to adverse events to
vaccination, both of which might have an impact in a mod-
ern-day outbreak. However, in contrast to these 2 out-
breaks, the fact that routine smallpox vaccination ceased in
the West during the 1970s brings complications of its own.
Persons <30 years of age have never received the vaccine
and are immunologically naive. This 30-year time gap since
vaccination also has implications for the immune status of
previous vaccinees and the potential for adverse event and
disease complications and indeed for the spread of disease
among this population. If historical events are to be used as
sources of evidence, and the data from them extrapolated to
modern populations, they must be considered within the
ethical and social context of today, by observing societal
differences, expedited travel, waning immunity, and
increased recognition of contraindications to vaccination.
In particular, the number of people who are immunocom-
promised today continues to rise with the increase of HIV
infection, chemotherapy, immunity disorders, and trans-
plantations. So too has the number of people with atopic
dermatitis; in the United Kingdom alone, 2.3% of the pop-
ulation is estimated to have this condition (21). However,
cardiac adverse events to vaccination, such as myocarditis
and pericarditis, were not reported in these 2 case studies,
as has been seen in more recent vaccination efforts (22).
The studies also illustrate that the level of background
solid immunity in these populations was low and could
give rise to expanding outbreaks. The response to these
outbreaks was not to implement a national vaccination
campaign but rather a targeted approach, expanded when
necessary. Although these data, based on the direct experi-
ence of infected populations, are not truly predictive for a
modern smallpox outbreak (1), they are very instructive.
Analysis of the Edinburgh and Liverpool outbreaks
suggests that outbreaks after deliberate release of smallpox
virus may evolve over time. Therefore, sufficient opportu-
nity exists for targeted enhanced surveillance measures to
be put in place, for additional staff to be mobilized for an
effective follow-up, and for a containment strategy to be
implemented. The Liverpool outbreak took 15 months to
control; the one in Edinburgh 3 months. This time differ-
ence probably reflects that reintroductions of smallpox
occurred during the 1902-1903 outbreak because the dis-
ease was still endemic in the United Kingdom, poorer
socioeconomic conditions existed in Liverpool at this time,
and crowding was more prevalent, particularly in the dock-
land areas most heavily affected. By contrast in 1942,
smallpox was no longer endemic in the United Kingdom,
and socioeconomic conditions in Edinburgh were better.
One might hope for at least as swift an end to a similarly
sized modern-day outbreak as was seen in Edinburgh.
Modeling of data from other historical outbreaks of
smallpox may help to further develop targeted surveillance
and containment interventions for smallpox in the present
era (3,23). Such interventions warrant further investigation
because of clear, accumulating evidence of the substantial
disease and death likely to accompany any mass popula-
tion smallpox vaccination strategy.
Acknowledgments
We thank the archivist of the city of Edinburgh for permis-
sion to republish the following: Clark G, Seiter HE, Joe A,
Gammie JL, Tait HP, Jack RP. The Edinburgh outbreak of small-
pox, 1942. Authority of the Public Health Committee, Edinburgh,
Scotland; 1944.
The work was funded by the U.K. Department of Health.
The views expressed are those of the authors and not necessarily
those of the Department of Health.
Miss Kerrod is a risk assessment scientist in the Microbial
Risk Assessment Department, Centre for Emergency
Preparedness and Response, Health Protection Agency, Porton
Down, Salisbury, UK. Her research interests include bioterrorism
issues and the epidemiology of infectious diseases.
296
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Smallpox Surveillance and Control Measures
References
1. Ferguson NM, Keeling MJ, Edmunds, WJ, Gani R, Grenfell BT,
Anderson RM, et al. Planning for smallpox outbreaks. Nature.
2003;425:681-5.
2. Eichner M. Analysis of historical data suggests long-lasting protec-
tive effects of smallpox vaccination. Am J Epidemiol.
2003;158:717-23.
3. Eichner M, Dietz K. Transmission potential of smallpox: estimates
based on detailed data from an outbreak. Am J Epidemiol.
2003;158:110-7.
4. Gani R, Leach S. Transmission potential of smallpox in contempo-
rary populations. Nature. 2001;414:748-51.
5. Meltzer MI, Damon I, LeDuc JW, Millar JD. Modeling potential
responses to smallpox as a bioterrorist weapon. Emerg Infect Dis.
2001;7:959-69.
6. Hammarlund E, Lewis MW, Hansen SG, Strelow LI, Nelson JA,
Sexton GJ, et al. Duration of antiviral immunity after smallpox vac-
cination. Nat Med. 2003;9:1131-7.
7. Hope EW. Report on the health of the City of Liverpool during 1903.
Liverpool: C. Tinling & Co.; 1904.
8. Clark G, Seiter HE, Joe A, Gammie JL, Tait HP, Jack RP. The
Edinburgh outbreak of smallpox, 1942. Authority of the Public
Health Committee; 1944.
9. Reece RJ. Report to the local government on smallpox and smallpox
hospitals at Liverpool, 1902-03. London: HMSO.
10. Hanna W (1913). Studies in smallpox and vaccination. Rev Med
Virol. 2002;12:201-9.
11. Annual report for the health of the city during 1942. Edinburgh:
Medical Officer of Health, City and Royal Burgh of Edinburgh Public
Health Department; 1942.
12. MacGregor A. The outbreak of smallpox in Glasgow 1942. BMJ.
1942;2:627-9.
13. Dixon CW. Smallpox. London: J & A Churchill Ltd.; 1962.
14. Fyfe GM, Fleming JB. Encephalomyelitis following vaccination in
Fife. BMJ. 1943;ii:671-4.
15. Rao AR. Smallpox, Bombay. Bombay, India: The Kothari Book
Depot; 1972.
16. Mack TM. Smallpox in Europe, 1950-71. J Infect Dis.
1972;125:161-9.
17. Fenner F, Henderson DA, Arita I, Jezek Z, Ladnyi ID. Smallpox and
its eradication. Geneva: World Health Organization; 1988.
18. Conybeare ET. Illness attributed to smallpox vaccination during
1951-60. Mon Bull Minist Health Public Health Lab Serv.
1964a;23: 126-33.
19. Baxby D Surveillance-containment is key to eradication of smallpox.
BMJ. 1995;3 10:62.
20. Thomas DB, Mack TM, Ali A, Muzaffer Khan M. Epidemiology of
smallpox in West Pakistan. 3. Outbreak detection and interlocality
transmission. Am J Epidemiol. 1972;95:178-89.
21. James Britton. Eczema facts & figures-how common is eczema and
what are the costs? [cited September 2004]. Available from
http://www.dermatology.co.uk/eczema/diagnosisandcauses/article/art
icle.asp?ArticleID=899
22. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Update: cardiac and
other adverse events following civilian smallpox vaccination —
United States, 2003. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep.
2003;52:639-42.
23. Eichner M. Case isolation and contact tracing can prevent the spread
of smallpox. Am J Epidemiol. 2003;158:118-28.
Address for correspondence: Emma Kerrod, Centre for Emergency
Preparedness and Response, Health Protection Agency, Porton Down,
Salisbury, Wiltshire, SP4 0JG, UK; fax: +44-0-1980-612491; email:
emma.kerrod@hpa.org.uk
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
297
DISPATCHES
In Vitro Host-Cell
Susceptibility to
Usutu Virus
Tamas Bakonyi,*t Helga Lussy,*
Herbert Weissenbock,* Akos Hornyak,t+
and Norbert Nowotny *§ 1
We investigated the susceptibility to Usutu virus
( Flavivirus ) of 13 permanent cell lines, 3 primary cell cul-
tures, and chicken embryos. Vero, PK-15, and goose
embryo fibroblast cells developed cytopathic effects; how-
ever, viral multiplication was detected in all mammalian cell
types by immunohistochemical tests. Chicken embryo
fibroblast cells and chicken embryos were resistant.
U ntil its emergence in Austria in 2001 (1), Usutu virus
was regarded as a flavivirus found only in sub-
Saharan Africa. The virus was first isolated from Culex
naevei in South Africa (2); later it was detected in other
mosquito (Cx perfuscus , Mansonia africana, Coquille-
tidia aurites ), bird ( Turdus libonyanus , Bycanistes fiscula-
tor ), and rodent species ( Praomys sp.) (3-5). Also, Usutu
virus was isolated once from a man with fever and rash (3).
In Africa, Culex mosquitoes and birds are responsible for
transmission and circulation of the virus in nature; howev-
er, the infection does not cause overt disease in the local
host species. Since its introduction to Europe, Usutu virus
has shown substantial pathogenicity for several wild bird
species and causes severe die-offs, especially in the
Eurasian blackbird ( T. merula) populations. Recurring
enzootics have been observed from mid-July to the end of
September in the affected areas in the eastern part of
Austria within the last 4 years (6).
Usutu virus is a member of the Japanese encephalitis
virus (JEV) group within the mosquitoborne flaviviruses
(7). The most important members of the group, West Nile
virus (WNV), Murray Valley encephalitis virus (MVEV),
St. Louis encephalitis virus (SLEV), and JEV are able to
infect a broad spectrum of animal species. These viruses
are transmitted by different mosquito species and frequent-
ly cause infections in birds (all virus species), rodents
(WNV, SLEV), swine (JEV), and horses (WNV, MVEV,
SLEV). WNV, SLEV, JEV, and MVEV are human
pathogens as well; they may cause epidemics of encephali-
tis in humans in certain geographic regions.
*University of Veterinary Medicine, Vienna, Austria; fFaculty of
Veterinary Science, Budapest, Hungary; ^Central Veterinary
Institute, Budapest, Hungary; and §United Arab Emirates
University, Al Ain, United Arab Emirates
The classic manner of flavivirus cultivation is intra-
cerebral inoculation of suckling mice or inoculation of
embryonated eggs (8). A variety of primary cells and
established cell lines support the replication of flavivirus-
es: Green monkey (Vero), hamster (BHK-21), human
(SW-13, HeLa), porcine (PS), and mosquito cell lines, as
well as primary chicken and duck embryo cells have been
used for flavivirus isolation and propagation in routine
diagnostic applications. The appearance of cytopathic
effects (CPEs), plaque formation, and virus yields greatly
vary with the different viruses and host cells.
Since Usutu virus was of minor clinical importance
until its emergence in central Europe, its biologic features,
host spectrum, and pathogenesis had not previously been
studied. With the changes in the clinical appearance of
Usutu virus infection in the new environment, and the
impact of closely related viruses on human and veterinary
health care, the detailed characterization of the virus is of
high priority.
The Study
We investigated the in vitro susceptibility of various
cell cultures and embryonated eggs to Usutu virus infec-
tion. Human (HeLa), green monkey (Vero), equine (ED),
bovine (MDBK), porcine (PK-15), rabbit (RK-13), canine
(MDCK, DK), feline (CR), hamster (BHK-21, BF), rat
(C6), and turtle (TH1) permanent cell lines, as well as pri-
mary horse kidney (EqK), chicken embryo fibroblast
(CEF), and goose embryo fibroblast (GEF) cell cultures
were tested. Cells were propagated in Earle’s minimal
essential medium (MEM) (Gibco Invitrogen, Paisley, UK)
containing L-glutamine, antimicrobial drugs, and 10%
fetal calf serum (FCS). The cells were regularly subcul-
tured by employing standard techniques. To 1 -day-old
confluent monolayers of the permanent cell lines and pri-
mary cell cultures, grown on the surface of chamber slides,
the Austrian Usutu virus strain Vienna 2001 -blackbird
(GenBank accession no. AY453411) was added at a multi-
plicity of infection (MOI) of 3. The virus was originally
isolated in Vero cells in 2001 from the brain homogenate
of a blackbird found dead in the area surrounding Vienna.
The isolate was propagated twice in Vero cells. The second
virus passage was used for the experiments; 50% tissue
culture infective dose (TCID 50 ) was determined, and
aliquots of the virus were stored frozen at -80°C until used.
The virus was added to the cells, which were then incubat-
ed at 37°C for 1 h. Thereafter, the inoculum was removed,
the cell cultures were washed once with phosphate-
buffered saline (PBS), and MEM containing 2% FCS, L-
Hhis study will be presented at the International Conference on
Emerging Infectious Diseases, February 26-March 1 , 2005, Al Ain,
United Arab Emirates.
298
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
In Vitro Host-Cell Susceptibility to Usutu Virus
glutamine, and antimicrobial drugs were added. For all cell
types, controls were cultivated simultaneously and treated
in the same way as the infected cultures with the exception
that MEM was used for inoculation. All cell cultures were
incubated at 37°C for 3 to 5 days; then the medium was
removed and the monolayers were fixed with chilled
(-20°C) acetone. The cells were stained with hematoxylin-
eosin (HE) and examined microscopically. In parallel,
immunohistochemical (IHC) testing was carried out on the
cell cultures by using the avidin-biotin complex technique,
with a polyclonal antiserum raised in mice against WNV
antigens, for which cross-reactivity with Usutu virus had
been demonstrated previously (1). The number of antigen-
positive cells was evaluated microscopically and scored
(see Table).
Embryonated chicken eggs (strain LSL White, which
was derived from the strain White Leghorn), originating
from a specified pathogen free (SPF) herd (VALO eggs,
Lohmann, Cuxhaven, Germany), were injected into the
allantoic sac with 6 x 10 5 TCID 50 of Usutu virus at the age
of 10 days. The eggs were incubated together with mock-
infected controls at 37.5°C for further 4 days and were
checked daily by transillumination. On day 4 postinfec-
tion, the eggs were opened, and the embryos were fixed in
4% buffered formaldehyde solution. Histologic sections
were made from paraffin-embedded organs of the
embryos, and the slides were analyzed by light microscopy
after HE and IHC staining, respectively, as described
above.
Three to 4 days after inoculation, pronounced CPEs
were observed in Usutu virus-infected Vero and PK-15
cell cultures as well as in GEF cells. The first foci of cell
rounding and subsequent shrinkage of the cells were
observed on day 2 or day 3 post infection, when groups of
4 to 8 cells, but also single cells, showed rounding and
degeneration; within 1 day the affected cells lost their
adherence to the bottom of the flask and floated in the
medium. Within a further 2 days, 90%-100% of the cells
exhibited CPE. Typical Usutu virus CPE is shown in HE-
stained Vero cells in Figure 1. The mock-infected Vero,
PK-15, and GEF control cell cultures did not show any
CPE. The other investigated cell types inoculated with
Usutu virus did not develop visible CPE within a period of
5 days, and they were also negative by microscopy after
HE staining. However, by IHC with cross-reactive WNV-
antiserum, focal virus multiplication was detected in all
cell cultures, independent of animal species and tissue
type, except chicken embryo fibroblast cells (Figure 2).
The percentage of Usutu virus antigen-positive cells var-
ied from ~1% (DK) to 50% (GEF) (Table). In the case of
HeLa cells, different clones adapted to the propagation of
human rhinoviruses (HeLa Rhino) and herpes simplex
viruses (HeLa HSV), respectively, were also tested, but
Table. Semiquantitative evaluation of the number of Usutu virus
antigen-positive cells*
Cell line/culture IHC result
HeLa (human)
++
Vero (simian)
++
ED (equine)
++
MDBK (bovine)
+
PK-15 (porcine)
++
RK-13 (lapin)
++
MDCK (canine)
++
DK (canine)
( + )
CR (feline)
+
BHK-21 (hamster)
+
BF (hamster)
+
C6 (rat)
+
TH1 (turtle)
++
EqK (equine)
++
CEF (chicken)
-
GEF (goose)
++
*IHC, immunohistochemical; scoring criteria: (+), 1%-5% positive cells; +,
6%-25% positive cells; ++, 26%-50% positive cells. Primary cell cultures
are indicated in italics.
1A
1 ^9
%
9
' ib
Figure 1. Cytopathic effect (CPE) of Vero cells caused by Usutu
virus infection, 4 days postinfection (hematoxylin-eosin staining).
A) Uninfected control, B) Usutu virus infected. Bar = 100 pm.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
299
DISPATCHES
2A * 2B 2C
4 ? ; U '' i <
k
2D 2E ^ ■ • V* 2F
Figure 2. Demonstration of Usutu virus antigen 3 days postinfection. Immunohistochemical (IHC) tests were performed by using a poly-
clonal antibody to West Nile virus, which cross-reacts with Usutu virus. A) Vero control; B) Vero infected; C) CR (feline) control; D) CR
infected; E) goose embryo fibroblast (GEF) control; F) GEF infected
they gave the same results as the commonly used (ATCC)
HeLa cells by HE and IHC staining. The mock-infected
control cell cultures were clearly negative in each case.
The Usutu virus-infected chicken embryos did not
show any lesions when investigated by gross and
histopathologic examination after 4 days of incubation and
were negative by IHC as well. To rule out the slight possi-
bility that the Usutu virus strain used for inoculation
underwent a change in cell tropism during the 2 passages
in Vero cells, CEF, Vero, PK-15, MDCK, and DK cells, as
well as embryonated chicken eggs, were reinfected with
the original Usutu virus isolate (before passaging); the
results were identical to the results obtained with Usutu
virus passaged twice before use.
Conclusions
The appearance of CPE in flavivirus-infected cell cul-
tures depends on the virus and host cell type, as well as on
MOI levels and incubation time employed (8). In many
cases, the presence and multiplication of flavi viruses do
not inhibit significantly the host cell macromolecular syn-
thesis, resulting in noncytopathic persistent infections
(9,10). Pathogenesis and virulence of flaviviruses are
influenced in vivo by several virus- and host-dependent
factors, including the role of defective interfering particles,
viral receptors, neuro virulence, immune-response (e.g.,
antibody-dependent enhancement), and host resistance
genes (8). Although some of these processes are not yet
fully understood, the basic requisite of any pathogenic
; A,B) bar = 50 mm; C-F) bar = 100 pm. IHC staining.
effect is the host susceptibility to the virus infection. This
study demonstrates that Usutu virus can infect cell cultures
of various tissue types derived from a wide variety of ani-
mal species, including cell lines of human origin. Since
only Vero, PK-15, and GEF cells develop CPE after Usutu
virus infection, these cell lines and cell culture are the most
appropriate ones for diagnostic purposes (e.g., virus isola-
tion, plaque reduction neutralization test). As demonstrat-
ed by IHC, considerable differences have been found in the
susceptibility of the various cell lines and cultures to Usutu
virus infection and in the extent of spread of the infection;
even cell lines derived from the same animal species and
organ varied significantly in their susceptibility to Usutu
virus infection, e.g., MDCK cells strongly support Usutu
virus multiplication, while DK cells are far less suscepti-
ble. Both of these cell lines, however, have been derived
from dog kidneys. On the other hand, the differences
between the 2 canine kidney cell lines might also be the
consequence of different random mutations (e.g., in genes
of the interferon or other innate defense systems) that
allowed the cells to immortalize. Since in Austria, Usutu
virus infects wild birds and causes high death rates, espe-
cially in blackbirds, one would think that birds are most
susceptible hosts for the virus. Therefore, the finding that
both the chicken embryo fibroblast monolayers and the
chicken embryos are apparently resistant to Usutu virus
infection was unexpected. Usutu virus, however, is not the
only flavivirus with such contradiction in host spectrum.
Ilheus virus, a South American mosquitoborne flavivirus
300
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
In Vitro Host-Cell Susceptibility to Usutu Virus
belonging to the Ntaya vims group (7), also naturally
affects wild birds and produces plaques in primary rhesus
kidney cells and various established cell lines (Vero, PS,
BHK-21, and LLC-MK2), but not in avian cells (8).
Preliminary results of our chicken experiments with Usutu
vims also support that idea that the domestic chicken is
resistant to the infection, even when young. Further inves-
tigations involving different bird and mammal species will
be necessary to show the most important host species, nat-
ural reservoirs, and vectors of Usutu virus and to estimate
its epidemiologic impact and possible threat to domesticat-
ed animals and to the human population.
Acknowledgments
We thank B. Murgue for kindly providing a polyclonal anti-
serum against WNV antigens.
This study was funded by a grant of the Austrian Federal
Ministry for Health and Women’s Issues.
Dr. Bakonyi is lecturer of virology at the Faculty of
Veterinary Science, Budapest, and also a guest researcher at the
University of Veterinary Medicine, Vienna. He is interested in the
molecular diagnosis and epidemiology of animal and human
viruses.
References
1. Weissenbock H, Kolodziejek J, Url A, Lussy H, Rebel-Bauder B,
Nowotny N. Emergence of Usutu virus, an African mosquito-borne
flavivirus of the Japanese encephalitis virus group, central Europe.
Emerg Infect Dis. 2002;8:652-6.
2. Woodall JP. The viruses isolated from arthropods at the East African
Virus Research Institute in the 26 years ending December 1963. Proc
EAfr Acad. 1964;2:141-6.
3. Adam F, Diguette JP. Virus d’Afrique (base de donnes). Centre col-
laborateur OMS de reference et de recherche pour les arbovirus et les
virus de fievres hemorrhagiques (CRORA); Institut Pasteur de Dakar.
Available from http://www.pasteur.fr/recherche/banques/ CRORA/
4. Cornet M, Robin Y, Chateau R, Heme G, Adam C, Valade M, et al.
Isolement d’ arbovirus au Senegal Oriental a partir de moustiques
(1972-1977) et notes sur Pepidemiologie des virus transmis par les
Aedes en particulier du virus amaril. Cahiers ORSTOM, Serie
Entomologie medicale et Parasitologie. 1979;17:149-63.
5. Hubalek Z. Pathogenic microorganisms associated with free-living
birds (a review). Acta Sci. Nat. Brno. 1994;28:1-74.
6. Weissenbock H, Kolodziejek J, Fragner K, Kuhn R, Pfeffer M,
Nowotny N. Usutu virus activity in Austria, 2001-2002. Microbes
Infect. 2003;5:1132-6.
7. Heinz FX, Collett MS, Purcell RH, Gould EA, Howard CR,
Houghton M, et al. Family Flaviviridae . In: van Regenmortel MHV,
Faquet CM, Bishop DHL, editors. Virus taxonomy, seventh
International Committee for the Taxonomy of Viruses. San Diego:
Academic Press; 2000. p. 859-78.
8. Burke DS, Monath TP. Flaviviruses. In: Knipe DM, Howley PM,
Griffin DE, Lamb RA, Martin MA, Roizman B, et al., editors. Fields
virology, vol. 1. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2001.
p. 1055-109.
9. Schmaljohn C, Blair CD. Persistent infection of cultured mammalian
cells by Japanese encephalitis virus. J Virol. 1977;24:580-9.
10. Brinton MA. Characterization of West Nile virus persistent infections
in genetically resistant and susceptible mouse cells. I. Generation of
defective nonplaquing virus particles. Virology. 1982;116:84-94.
Address for correspondence: Norbert Nowotny, Zoonoses and Emerging
Infections Group, Clinical Virology, Clinical Department of Diagnostic
Imaging, Infectious Diseases and Clinical Pathology, University of
Veterinary Medicine, Vienna, A-1210 Vienna, Austria; fax: 43-1-25077-
2790; email: Norbert.Nowotny@vu-wien.ac.at
Full text free online at
www.cdc.gov/eid
EMERGING
INFECTIOUS DISEASES
The print journal is available at no charge to public health professionals
| | YES, I would like to receive Emerging Infectious Diseases.
Please print your name and business
address in the box and return by fax to
404-371-5449 or mail to
EID Editor
CDC/NCID/MS D61
1600 Clifton Road, NE
Atlanta, GA 30333
Moving? Please give us your new address (in the box) and print the number of your old
mailing label here
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
301
DISPATCHES
Bat Incidents at
Children's Camps,
New York State,
1998-2002
Amy Robbins,* Millicent Eidson,* Mary Keegan,*
Douglas Sackett,* and Brian Laniewicz*
From 1998 to 2002, a total of 299 bat incidents were
reported at 109 children’s camps in New York; 1,429
campers and staff were involved, and 461 persons
received rabies treatment. In 53.8% of the incidents, the bat
was captured and samples tested negative for rabies virus,
which resulted in 61.3% of persons not receiving rabies
treatment.
R abies is a neurologic disease with close to a 100%
case-fatality rate; once clinical signs appear, it is
almost always untreatable (1). After a person is exposed to
rabies, death can be prevented only if treatment, common-
ly referred to as postexposure prophylaxis (PEP), is initiat-
ed. PEP includes an initial dose of immune globulin and a
series of 5 doses of rabies vaccine in a 1 -month period.
PEPs are costly in terms of money and time because of the
5 medical visits, particularly if the person must be trans-
ported elsewhere for the treatment. The New York State
Department of Health (NYSDOH) has a unique program
that requires that rabies exposures and treatments be
reported. County expenses associated with authorized
treatments in accordance with state and federal guidelines
are then partially reimbursed (2).
Despite a large number of rabid animals in the United
States (7,967 confirmed in 2002), rabies in humans is rare
because of the availability of PEP; 31 cases were reported
in the United States from 1990 to 2003 (3). Twenty-nine
(94%) of the 31 cases were associated with bat rabies vari-
ants, and a bat bite could be definitively documented for
only 3 of them (3). Four children in the United States (4-8)
and 1 child in Quebec, Canada, died of bat-related rabies
(9). The families of the children in the United States were
unaware of the potential for rabies transmission from bats.
Children’s summer camps share habitats favored by
bats and other wildlife; thus, children and camp staff may
come into contact with bats that are either roosting in camp
buildings or flying among camp facilities while foraging.
A camp-related rabies death occurred in Alberta, Canada,
in 1985 in a 25 -year-old student who had been bitten and
scratched by a bat and received no treatment (10).
*New York State Department of Health, Albany, New York, USA
Of the 3,827 bats tested by the NYSDOH Wadsworth
Center’s Rabies Laboratory in 2002, 102 (2.6%) were
rabid (11). Although the probability of an individual bat
being rabid is relatively low, bats that can expose humans
to rabies must be assumed rabid, when a definitive diagno-
sis of rabies cannot be made. In 1999, the federal Advisory
Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) updated the
national PEP recommendations to include incidents with
bats in which there was a “reasonable probability that
exposure has occurred” (12). These types of incidents
include direct contact with a bat; a bite, scratch, or mucous
membrane contact with bat saliva or nervous tissue; a
sleeping person awakening to find a bat in the room; or an
adult witnessing a bat in the room with a previously unat-
tended child, or a mentally disabled or intoxicated person
( 12 ).
The Study
In 1998, the NYSDOH Zoonoses Program began an
educational program to address the importance of bats in
camp settings. This program was conducted in collabora-
tion with the NYSDOH Center for Environmental Health
(CEH), Bureau of Community Environmental Health and
Food Protection (BCEHFP). NYSDOH offered training
for all local and state health department camp inspectors
responsible for inspecting camps before opening each
season. Fact sheets on bats and bat-proofing camps and
houses, bat capture kits, guidelines for managing bats, risk
for rabies transmission (particularly in children’s camp set-
tings), and guidance regarding human exposure to rabies
and treatment decisions were provided. Starting in 1999,
these materials included rabies awareness refrigerator
magnets instructing people to contact health departments
and not release bats when they are found in dwellings, and
rabies awareness stickers for children to teach them not to
touch bats (13). In 2003, -700 children’s camps received a
videotape about keeping bats out of occupied dwellings
and capturing bats for testing in exposure incidents.
Children’s camp operators are required by New York
State Public Health Law to obtain a permit, and camps
must undergo inspection by the local health department.
Associated regulations require camp operators to report
certain camper injuries and illnesses within 24 hours of
occurrence. Beginning in 1998, bat incidents were report-
ed to the NYSDOH’s Zoonoses Program and to BCEHFP.
In 1999, the Children’s Camp Bat Exposure Incident
Report form was developed to standardize the reports.
Twenty-three different types of incidents could be report-
ed, 13 of which were considered probable rabies exposures
requiring consideration of PEP. The form was revised in
2000 to include additional information about the incidents,
and in 2001 and 2002 the types of bat incidents reported
were limited to the 13 types that require consideration of
302
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
PEP if the bat is not tested and confirmed negative for
rabies. These incidents include: bite; scratch; saliva or
nervous tissue contact; direct physical contact with live or
dead bat; person touched bat without seeing the part of bat
touched; bat flew into person and touched person’s bare
skin; bat flew into person and touched person’s lightweight
clothing, and person reports feeling an unpleasant sensa-
tion at the point of contact; person with bare feet stepped
on bat; person awakens to find a bat in the room; live bat
found in room with an unattended infant, child, or person
with sensory or mental impairment; person slept in small,
closed-in camp cabin, in which bats were swooping past
sleeping person; bat found on ground near an unattended
infant, child, or person with mental impairment; unidenti-
fied flying object hits person and time of day (dusk or
dawn), presence of mark where hit, and place where flying
object came from (i.e., good site for roosting bats) all sup-
port likelihood that it was a bat. The camps reported the bat
incidents to the local health department or NYSDOH dis-
trict offices, which submitted the incident report forms to
BCEHFP; that bureau then forwarded the forms to the
Zoonoses Program. Staff from the Zoonoses Program and
Wadsworth Center taught local and district camp inspec-
tors how to prevent human contact with bats, bat capture
techniques, and methods of evacuating a building during
an incident.
Reported incidents and additional information from 3
other reporting sources were added to the children’s camp
database for the final analysis. Information included: 1)
specimen history forms for camp-associated bats that were
tested at the Rabies Laboratory; 2) the Zoonoses Program
rabies exposure and PEP database established by a
statewide reporting requirement; and 3) CEH’s environ-
mental Health Information and Permitting System (eHIPS).
From 1998 to 2002 during the summer camp season
(June through August), 299 bat incidents were reported at
109 of the estimated 2,600 NYS children’s camps, involv-
ing 1,429 campers and staff (Table). The average and
median ages of persons in bat incidents (based on the
reported ages of 963 persons) were 14.8 and 13 years,
respectively. During the 5-year period, 461 (32.2%)
exposed persons (337 campers, 123 staff, 1 unknown sta-
tus) received PEP (Figure 1). Forty-six persons refused
PEP, and treatment status was unknown for 117. Over the
Bat Incidents at Children’s Camps, New York
Figure 1. Number of persons who refused, received, or avoided
postexposure prophylaxis (PEP) in children’s camp bat incidents,
New York State, 1998-2002. Treatment status was unknown (not
reported to New York State Department of Health) for 117 persons:
9 persons in 1998, 19 persons in 1999, 22 persons in 2000, 33 per-
sons in 2001 , and 34 persons in 2002. PEP was avoided because
the bats were captured and tested negative for rabies virus.
5 -year period, bats were submitted for testing, and rabies
was ruled out in 53.8% of the incidents. These test results
prevented 805 (61.3%) exposed persons (567 campers,
196 staff, 42 unknown status) from having PEP treatment.
Of the 209 bats tested from 1998 to 2002, 4 bats collected
in 2000 were rabid, and these incidents did not require any
treatment for exposure.
Four types of bat exposure reported most frequently
accounted for 1,098 (77%) of persons in bat incidents at
children’s camps (Figure 2). Exposure types were
unknown for 69 of the incidents from 1998 to 2002.
Specific exposure types (more than 1 type could be
reported per incident) and numbers of persons exposed
were sleeping where a bat was seen (797), sleeping where
bats were swooping (205), direct physical contact with a
bat (62), and a bat flying into them (36). The proportion
of treatments prevented because of bats testing negative
for rabies was 63%, 37%, 26%, and 11%, for these 4
types of exposure, respectively.
Conclusions
From 1998 to 2002, almost 300 separate bat incidents
involving ~ 1,500 children and staff at children’s camps in
New York State were reported. Approximately one third of
Table. Children’s camp bat incidents and number of persons reported, New York State, 1 998-2002*
Bat incidents
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
Total
Reported incidents (June-August)
45
34
74
74
72
299
No. of incidents with bat submitted for
testing (%)
19(42.2)
5(14.7)
44 (59.4)
50 (67.5)
43 (59.7)
161 (53.8)
No. of incidents with rabid bat
0
0
4
0
0
4
No. of camps reporting incidents
16
21
46
42
40
109
No. of persons in reported incidents
334
145
386
331
233
1,429
*From 1998 to 2000, all bat incidents at children’s camps were requested for reporting. From 2001 to 2002, only bat incidents resulting in concern about
potential rabies exposure were requested for reporting.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
303
DISPATCHES
Figure 2. Number of persons exposed to bats by most frequently
reported incident types, New York State, 1998-2002. Shown are
the 4 most reported exposures of 23 reportable incidents of any
type from 1998 to 2000, and of the 13 reportable exposure types
from 2001 to 2002. Postexposure prophylaxis was avoided
because the bats were captured and tested negative for rabies
virus.
these persons received PEP because the bats were not cap-
tured and tested to rule out rabies. PEP treatment of -800
persons was not necessary because the bats were captured
and tested negative for rabies.
At an estimated cost of $1,136 per PEP (2), this repre-
sents healthcare cost savings >$900,000. This estimate
underestimates the true cost savings of preventing 5 med-
ical visits during a month for each treated person, trans-
portation costs, coordinating and administering the
treatments, opportunity and psychological costs of missing
camp, and lost wages.
Most of those involved in bat incidents were campers,
which is not unexpected, as most camps have a higher
number of campers than staff. Gender often depended on
which camp was affected, as many camps are single sex.
The 4 most common types of bat exposures requiring PEP
are ones in which there is a reasonable probability that
rabies exposure has occurred. The 2 most common types of
incidents in which PEP was required (sleeping where a bat
was seen or was swooping) are preventable by properly
bat-proofing camp cabins. PEP can also be avoided with
proper bat capture technique and cabin evacuation. In 1
camp, after 5 incidents in a short period, PEP treatment
was required in 42 cases. Education on bat-proofing and
capture did not prevent 25 subsequent incidents in the
same season but did result in bat capture and negative
rabies test results in 24 of them, preventing 180 campers
and staff members from receiving PEP treatment.
Although only a few human rabies cases are diagnosed
each year in the United States, inapparent or unreported bat
bites appear to account for most of them (14). Equally
important, bat exposures strongly affect healthcare costs
when rabies cannot be ruled out by capturing and testing
bats. Just as it is unacceptable for other wildlife to affect
the health and safety of children at camp, keeping bats out
of sleeping quarters and other buildings should be part of
routine camp safety education, inspection, and certifica-
tion programs. Although bats are part of the external camp
environment, occupied buildings must be bat-proof. If
exposures around or in camp buildings do occur, campers
and staff must know how to avoid further exposures and
how to capture the bat for rabies testing. Systems for
reporting camp bat exposures and their consequences will
identify this important public health problem and aid pub-
lic health responses to reduce its impact.
Acknowledgments
We thank Timothy Shay, Felix Mrozek, and staff of the
Center for Environmental Health’s Bureau of Community
Environmental Health and Food Protection for reporting animal
rabies cases and human exposures at children’s camps and for
developing systems for surveillance and rabies control; Amy
Willsey, Amy Schrom, Yoichiro Hagiwara, and staff of the
Zoonoses Program, NYSDOH, for rabies treatment surveillance;
Charles Trimarchi, Robert Rudd, Richard Raczkowski, and staff
of the Rabies Laboratory, Wadsworth Center, NYSDOH, for lab-
oratory testing; local, district, and regional health and environ-
ment departments for rabies surveillance and education; human
and animal healthcare providers for rabies and exposure report-
ing; and staff from the children’s camps for incident reporting.
Ms. Robbins’ research was supported through the Maternal
and Child Health Graduate Assistant Program as funded by the
HHS Maternal and Child Health Services Block Grant.
Ms. Robbins is an MPH graduate of the University at
Albany School of Public Health, currently working for the New
Mexico Department of Health. She is the recipient of an applied
epidemiology fellowship from the Council of State and
Territorial Epidemiologists and the Centers for Disease Control
and Prevention. Her research interest is infectious disease epi-
demiology.
References
1. Plotkin SA. Rabies. Clin Infect Dis. 2000;30:4-12.
2. Chang HH, Eidson M, Noonan-Toly C, Trimarchi CV, Rudd R,
Wallace B, et al. Public health impact of reemergence of rabies, New
York. Emerg Infect Dis. 2002;8:909-13.
3. Krebs JW, Wheeling JT, Childs JE. Rabies surveillance in the United
States during 2002. J Am Vet Med Assoc. 2003;223:1736-48.
4. Centers for Disease Control. Human rabies — -New York, 1993.
MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 1993;42:805-6.
5. Feder HM, Nelson R, Reiher HW. Bat bite? Lancet. 1997;350:1300.
6. Centers for Disease Control. Human rabies — Washington, 1995.
MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 1995;5:433-7.
7. Centers for Disease Control. Human rabies — Connecticut, 1995.
MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 1996;45:207-9.
304
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Bat Incidents at Children’s Camps, New York
8. Centers for Disease Control. Human Rabies — Tennessee, 2002.
MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2002;51:828-9.
9. Centers for Disease Control. Human rabies — Quebec, Canada, 2000.
MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2000;49: 1 1 15.
10. Human case of rabies — British Columbia. Can Commun Dis Rep.
1985; 1 1:213.
11. Rudd R. 2002 Rabies annual summary, Wadsworth Center Rabies
Laboratory, New York State Department of Health, [cited Jul 24,
2003] . Available at http://www.wadsworth.org/rabies/2002/index.htm
12. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Human rabies preven-
tion — United States, 1999; recommendations of the Advisory
Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP). MMWR Morb Mortal
Wkly Rep. 1999;48(RR-1):1-21.
13. Eidson M, Schmit K, Keegan M, Trimarchi CV, Tserenpuntsag B,
Willsey A. Development and evaluation of bat rabies education mate-
rials. Evidence-Based Preventive Medicine. 2004;1:85-91.
14. Gibbons RV. Cryptogenic rabies, bats, and the question of aerosol
transmission. Ann Emerg Med. 2002;39:528-36.
Address for correspondence: Millicent Eidson, New York State
Department of Health, Corning Tower, Room 621, Albany, NY 12237,
USA; fax: 518-473-6590; email: mxe04@health.state.ny.us
A
CDC FOUNDATION
Doing More
to safeguard global health
The CDC Foundation: Building partnerships
between the community and the
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
Find out how you can become a
CDC Foundation partner
CDC FOUNDATION
50 HURT PLAZA, SUITE 765
ATLANTA, GA 30303
(404) 653-0790
CDCFOUNDATION.ORG
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
305
DISPATCHES
West Nile Virus in
Morocco, 2003
Isabelle Schuffenecker,*
Christophe N. Peyrefitte,t
Mohammed el Harrak,± Severine Murri,*
Agnes Leblond,§ and Herve G. Zeller*
West Nile virus (WNV) reemerged in Morocco in
September 2003, causing an equine outbreak. A WNV
strain isolated from a brain biopsy was completely
sequenced. On the basis of phylogenetic analyses,
Moroccan WNV strains isolated during the 1996 and 2003
outbreaks were closely related to other strains responsible
for equine outbreaks in the western Mediterranean basin.
I n the early 1950s, scientists first recognized that West
Nile vims (WNV) reached outbreak levels in humans in
Egypt and Israel (1,2). Initially considered a minor
arbovirus, WNV has recently emerged as a major public
health and veterinary concern in southern Europe, the
Mediterranean basin, and the United States and Canada
(1-3). Several outbreaks of severe human meningoen-
cephalitis with fatalities have been reported within the last
8 years in Europe and North Africa, specifically in
Romania (1996), Russia (1999), Israel (2000), and Tunisia
(1997, 2003) (1,3). Epizootics in horses have also been
documented in Morocco (1996), Italy (1998), France
(2000), and Israel (2000) (1,4). WNV was responsible for
a cluster of human and equine cases in southern France in
2003 (5,6).
On the basis of phylogenetic analyses, WNV strains
isolated since 1996 in southern Europe and the
Mediterranean basin belong to the clade la of lineage 1
(7,8). Moreover, these strains belong to 2 distinct geno-
types (8,9). One cluster includes equine strains isolated in
Italy and France, human strains isolated in Russia and
Israel, and mosquito strains isolated in Romania and
Kenya. The other cluster includes most of the strains iso-
lated from birds and horses in Israel from 1997 to 2001
and the North American isolates. Only 5 strains isolated
in the Mediterranean basin have been completely
sequenced.
Since the first WNV outbreak in Morocco in 1996,
which caused 94 equine cases (including 42 deaths) and 1
human case (10), no WNV infections have been reported.
An outbreak of WNV occurred among horses stabled in
*lnstitut Pasteur, Lyon, France; flnstitut de Medecine Tropicale du
Service de Sante des Armees, Marseille, France; fLaboratoire
Bio-Pharma, Rabat, Morocco; and §Ecole Veterinaire de Lyon,
Marcy I’Etoile, France
the Moroccan province of Kenitra in September and
October 2003. The complete genome sequence of a WNV
strain isolated from a brain biopsy was characterized, as
well as the complete genome sequence of a strain isolated
during the Morocco 1996 WNV outbreak. We studied phy-
logenetic relationships of the 2 Moroccan strains with
other WNV strains isolated in the Mediterranean basin.
The Study
During the fall of 2003, 9 equine WNV cases were
reported to the Moroccan Ministry of Agriculture. All
horses had acute neurologic symptoms, fever, paresis of
the hindquarters, paralysis, or some combination of these
symptoms (Table); 5 horses were euthanized. Clinical
cases occurred from September 12 to October 1, 2003. No
abnormal bird deaths were observed, and no human cases
were reported.
Equine clinical cases were reported from 3 locations
~20 to 30 km northeast of Kenitra (34°18'N, 06°30'W),
close to the Sebou River delta and the Atlantic Ocean
(Figure 1). Irrigation networks are developed in this farm-
ing area. In addition, a natural bird reserve, Sidi Boughaba,
is located 15 km southeast of Kenitra, along one of the
migratory Europe-sub- Saharan routes, where numerous
migrating and breeding birds are found.
Virus isolation was performed from a brain biopsy in
the BioPharma laboratory in Rabat, Morocco. Brain sus-
pension was injected onto BSR cells. Cytopathic effect
was observed 4 days after infection. WNV was identified
by immunofluorescence assay and confirmed by reverse
transcription-polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR). The
complete WNV genome was sequenced in the National
Reference Center for Arboviruses in Lyon, France, after a
single passage of the strain (04.05) on Vero E6 cells.
Twenty-five overlapping amplicons were amplified and
sequenced on both strands (AY701413). The complete
sequence of the strain 96-111 isolated during the 1996
Moroccan equine outbreak was also determined
(AY701412).
Pairwise alignments of 96-111 and 04.05 sequences
using ClustalW1.7 software (11) showed a 98.9%
nucleotide identity and a 99.8% amino-acid identity
between the 2 Moroccan isolates. Six amino-acid differ-
ences were observed between the 2 strains: 1 in the E gene
(17 32V), 2 in the NS1 gene (V979I and R1079S), 1 in the
NS2a gene (H1262Y), and 2 in the NS3 gene (F1551L and
A1754T).
Multiple alignments of Moroccan WNV sequences and
other WNV sequences available in GenBank database
were generated by ClustalW1.7 software. Phylogenetic
trees were constructed by using nucleotide alignments, the
Jukes Cantor algorithm, and the neighbor-joining method
implemented in molecular evolutionary genetics analysis
306
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
West Nile Virus in Morocco
Table. Clinical and epidemiologic features of 9 horses with confirmed West Nile Virus (WNV) infection, Kenitra Province, Morocco*
Locality
Age (y)
Sex
Date of symptoms
Clinical data
Death
Ouled Slama
5
M
Sep 1 2, 2003
Paralysis
-
Ameur Seflia
7
M
Sep 1 1 , 2003
Paralysis, fever
+
?
8
F
Sep 07, 2003
Paralysis
+
Mograne
7
F
Sep 1 4, 2003
Paralysis
+
Ameur Seflia
6
M
Sep 1 9, 2003
Ataxia, fever
-
Ameur Seflia
7
M
Sep 23, 2003
Ataxia
-
Mograne
6
M
Sep 29, 2003
Paresis, fever
+
Mograne
10
F
Oct 01 , 2003
Paresis, fever
+t
Ameur Seflia
10
F
?
Paresis, fever
-
*(y), years of age; M, male; F, female.
fSource of the Morocco 2003 WNV strain (04.05).
(MEGA) software (12). The robustness of branching pat-
terns was tested by 1,000 bootstrap pseudoreplications.
Comparison of the complete genome sequences
showed a high degree of identity between the Moroccan
strains and those of the European/Mediterranean/Kenyan
cluster. Paired identity at the nucleotide level ranged from
98.2% to 98.9% and from 98.6% to 99% for 04.05 and 96-
111 strains, respectively. Paired nucleotide identity with
strains of the Israeli/American cluster ranged from 96.2%
to 96.3% and 96.5% to 96.6%, respectively. The 5 amino-
acid residues characteristic of the European/
Mediterranean/Kenyan genotype were conserved in both
Moroccan strains, i.e., T416 (E protein), S861 (NS1 pro-
tein), 11861 (NS3 protein), V2209 (NS4a protein), and
D2522 (NS4b protein).
On the basis of the complete genome sequences, phylo-
genetic data showed that both Moroccan strains belonged
to the clade la of the lineage 1 and clustered with the
strains of the European/Mediterranean/Kenyan cluster
(Figure 2A). On the basis of the envelope sequences,
equine WNV strains isolated in the Mediterranean basin
from 1996 to 2003 belonged to 2 distinct clusters, i.e., the
European/Mediterranean/Kenyan cluster and the
American/Israeli cluster (Figure 2B). The Moroccan
equine strains clustered with the Italian and French equine
strains. They were more distantly related to the 3 equine
strains isolated in Israel in 2000.
Conclusions
WNV has been circulating in the Mediterranean basin
for a long time (1-3); in the western part of the basin, only
a few isolates have been obtained and completely
sequenced. We report here the isolation and complete
genome characterization of 2 WNV strains involved in
equine outbreaks in Morocco in 1996 and more recently in
2003.
During the late summer of 2003, an equine outbreak
was reported in Morocco. By contrast with the 1996 out-
break (10), the epidemic was restricted geographically and
temporally. Climatic and vectorial conditions might have
been insufficient to lead to a major transmission of the
virus. No young horses were clinically affected, probably
because of the structure of the equine population in Kenitra
Province, where most horses are bought at the age of 4 or
5 years and the mean age of the equine population is 10
years.
High pairwise nucleotide and amino-acid identity val-
ues indicated that the Morocco 1996 and 2003 WNV
strains are closely related. Determining if both outbreaks
were related to an endemic strain or to distinct introduction
events by migratory birds was not possible. Since 1996,
WNV-positive serologic results have been found every
year in horses with neurologic signs, which suggests
endemic circulation of the virus (M. el Harrak, unpub.
data.).
On the basis of envelope and complete genome
sequences, we demonstrated that both Moroccan strains
belonged to the European/Mediterranean/Kenyan cluster
previously defined (8). The characterization of 2 new com-
plete WNV genome sequences allowed us to demonstrate
the genetic stability of the WNV strains involved in the
equine outbreaks reported since 1996 in the western part of
the Mediterranean basin. Our data also suggested the
Figure 1. Map showing Kenitra Province, where equine clinical
cases occurred in 2003. (adapted from the Internet site http:www.
morocco.com/travel/map03.html)
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
307
DISPATCHES
Figure 2. Phylogenetic trees of West Nile
Virus (WNV) nucleotide sequences.
Phylograms were constructed with the
MEGA program, by using the Jukes Cantor
algorithm and the neighbor-joining
method. The percentage of successful
bootstrap replicates is indicated at nodes.
The length of branches is proportional to
the number of nucleotide changes (% of
divergence). The strains sequenced in this
study are indicated by asterisks (*). A)
Complete nucleotide sequence GenBank
accession no. are Italy 1998 (AF404757),
France 2000 (AY268132), Kenya 1998
(AY262283), Romania 1996 (AF260969),
Volgograd 1999 (VLG4) (AF317203),
Volgograd 1999 (27889) (AY277252),
Volgograd 2000 (AY278442), Tunisia 1997
(AY2681 33), Israel 1998 (AF481864), NY
1999 H (AF202541 ), NY 1999 EQ
(AF260967), Egypt 1951 (AF260968),
Kunjin 1960 (D00246), Uganda 1937
(Ml 2294). B) Envelope nucleotide
sequence Genbank accession no. are Italy
1998 (AF404757), France 2000
(AY2681 32), Israel 2000 H (AF394217),
Kenya 1998 (AY262283), Romania 1996
(AF260969), Volgograd 1999 (VLG4)
(AF317203), Volgograd 1999 (27889)
(AY277252), Volgograd 2000 (AY278442),
Tunisia 1997 (AY268133), Israel 1998
(AF481864), Mexico 2003 (AY426741)
existence of 2 subclusters of WNV strains in the
European/Mediterranean/Kenyan cluster. One subcluster
includes strains isolated in the western Mediterranean
basin (France, Italy, Morocco) that have probably been
introduced from West Africa. The other subcluster includes
strains isolated in the eastern Mediterranean basin (Israel)
and southeastern Europe (Romania, Volgograd) that have
probably been introduced from East Africa. The molecular
epidemiologic features of the strains in the Mediterranean
basin appear to be more complex. Since 1997, at least 2
lineages cocirculate in Israel, i.e., the European/
Mediterranean/Kenyan lineage and the more recent
Israeli/ American lineage in birds, equines, and humans
(9,13). Strains of the latter genotype were imported in
1999, probably through infected birds or mosquitos, from
the Middle East to North America, causing high rates of
avian deaths and high rates of illness and deaths in humans
and equines. In Israel, the emergence of the
Israeli/American genotype has also been associated with
avian deaths. Whether the introduction of this genotype is
associated with the high rates of illness and death during
the 2000 human outbreak is unclear. Five amino- acid
residues are known to distinguish the European/
Mediterranean/Kenyan and the Israeli/American geno-
types (7,8). In the future, testing the role of those specific
residues and comparing the biologic properties of strains
of both genotypes will be useful, knowing that only
Israeli/American strains are responsible for avian deaths
(14) and probable increased neuro virulence (15). No virus-
es of the Israeli/American genotype have been isolated
elsewhere in the Mediterranean basin or in Europe.
During the Morocco 2003 outbreak, WNV reemerged
in southern France, causing 7 human and 4 equine cases,
and in Tunisia, causing approximately 200 human cases in
Monastir province (H. Trikki, pers. comm.). No virus iso-
lation or genome amplification was obtained or reported.
Knowing the possibility of transmission through blood
donations, surveillance of WNV infections must be
enhanced in the Mediterranean basin. For the moment, in
contrast with the situation in North America, human and
equine outbreaks have been restricted geographically and
temporally (3). The mechanisms of WNV reintroduction in
Europe and in the Mediterranean basin and the cycle of
maintenance in infected areas remain to be elucidated.
Further studies should focus on competence of mosquito
vectors, identifying bird species involved in the cycle of
transmission, and the persistence mechanisms of the virus
in WNV-endemic areas.
308
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
West Nile Virus in Morocco
Acknowledgments
We thank Philippe Marianneau for fruitful discussions.
Dr. Schuffenecker is a biologist working for the French
National Reference Center for Arboviruses. She is involved in the
diagnosis and epidemiology of vector-borne diseases.
References
1. Murgue B, Zeller H, Deubel V. West Nile in the Mediterranean basin:
1950-2000. Ann NY Acad Sci. 2001;951:117-26.
2. Hayes CG. West Nile Vims: Uganda, 1937, to New York City, 1999.
Ann NY Acad Sci. 2001;951:25-37.
3. Zeller HG, Schuffenecker I. West Nile virus: an overview of its spread
in Europe and the Mediterranean basin in contrast to its spread in the
Americas. Eur J Clin Microbiol Infect Dis. 2004;23:147-56.
4. Steinman A, Banet C, Sutton GA, Yadin H, Hadar S, Brill A. Clinical
signs of West Nile virus encephalomyelitis in horses during the out-
break in Israel in 2000. Vet Rec. 2002;151:47-9.
5. Mailles A, Dellamonica P, Zeller H, Durand JP, Zientara S, Goffette
R, et al. Human and equine infections in France, August-September
2003. Eurosurveillance Weekly. 2003 ;7: 10/23/2003. Available from
http:www.eurosurveillance.org/ew/2003/031023.asp
6. Del Giudice P, Schuffenecker I, Vandenbos F, Counillon E, Zeller H.
Human West Nile virus, France [letter]. Emerg Infect Dis.
2004;10:1885-6.
7. Lanciotti RS, Ebel GD, Deubel V, Kerst AJ, Murri S, Meyer R, et al.
Complete genome sequences and phylogenetic analysis of West Nile
virus strains isolated from the United States, Europe, and the Middle
East. Virology. 2002;298:96-105.
8. Charrel RN, Brault AC, Gallian P, Lemasson J-J, Murgue B, Murri S,
et al. Evolutionary relationship between Old World West Nile virus
strains. Evidence for viral gene flow between Africa, the Middle East,
and Europe. Virology. 2003;315:381-8.
9. Banet-Noach C, Malkinson M, Brill A, Samina I, Yadin H, Weisman
Y, et al. Phylogenetic relationships of West Nile vimses isolated from
birds and horses in Israel from 1997 to 2001. Virus Genes.
2003;26:135-41.
10. Tber Abdelhaq A. West Nile fever in horses in Morocco. Bull Off Int
Epizoot. 1996;11:867-9.
1 1 . Thompson JD, Higgins DG, Gibson TJ. Clustal W: improving the sen-
sitivity of progressive multiple sequence alignments through
sequence weighting, position specific gap penalties and weight
matrix choice. Nucleic Acids Res. 1994;22:4673-80.
12. Kumar S, Tamura K, Nei M. MEGA: molecular evolutionary genet-
ics analysis software for microcomputers. Comput Appl Biosci.
1994;10:189-91.
13. Hindiyeh M, Shulman LM, Mendelson E, Weiss L, Grossman Z, Bin
H. Isolation and characterization of West Nile vims from the blood of
viremic patients during the 2000 outbreak in Israel. Emerg Infect Dis.
2001;7:748-50.
14. Komar N, Langevin S, Hinten S, Nemeth N, Edwards E, Hettler D, et
al. Experimental infection of North American birds with the New
York 1999 strain of West Nile virus. Emerg Infect Dis.
2003;9:311-22.
15. Ceccaldi P-E, Lucas M, Despres P. New insights on the neuropatho-
genicity of West Nile virus. FEMS Microbiol Lett. 2004;233:1-6.
Address for correspondence: Isabelle Schuffenecker, Centre de Reference
des Arbovirus, Institut Pasteur, 21 Ave Tony Gamier, 69365 Lyon cedex
07, France; fax: 33-4-37-28-24-51; email: schuffenecker @cervi-
lyon.inserm.fr
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
309
DISPATCHES
Diagnostic System
for Rapid and
Sensitive
Differential
Detection of
Pathogens
Thomas Briese,* 1 Gustavo Palacios,* 1 Mark
Kokoris^ 1 Omar Jabado,* Zhiqiang Liu,* Neil
Renwick,* Vishal Kapoor,* Inmaculada Casas4
Francisco Pozo4 Ron Limberger,§ Pilar Perez-
Brena4 Jingyue Ju,* and W. Ian Lipkin*
Naturally emerging and deliberately released
pathogens demand new detection strategies to allow early
recognition and containment. We describe a diagnostic
system for rapid, sensitive, multiplex discrimination of
microbial gene sequences and report its application for
detecting 22 respiratory pathogens in clinical samples.
E fficient laboratory diagnosis of infectious diseases is
increasingly important to clinical management and
public health. Methods to directly detect nucleic acids of
microbial pathogens in clinical specimens are rapid, sen-
sitive, and may succeed when culturing the organism fails.
Clinical syndromes are infrequently specific for single
pathogens; thus, assays are needed that allow multiple
agents to be simultaneously considered. Current multiplex
assays employ gel-based formats in which products are
distinguished by size, fluorescent reporter dyes that vary
in color, or secondary enzyme hybridization assays. Gel-
based assays are reported that detect 2-8 different targets
with sensitivities of 2-100 PFU or <1-5 PFU, depending
on whether amplification is carried out in a single or nest-
ed format, respectively (1-4). Fluorescence reporter sys-
tems achieve quantitative detection with sensitivity
similar to that of nested amplification; however, their
capacity to simultaneously query multiple targets is limit-
ed to the number of fluorescent emission peaks that can be
unequivocally resolved. At present, up to 4 fluorescent
reporter dyes can be detected simultaneously (5,6).
Multiplex detection of up to 9 pathogens has been
achieved in hybridization enzyme systems; however, the
*Columbia University, New York, New York, USA; fQiagen Inc.,
Valencia, California, USA; flnstituto de Salud Carlos III,
Majadahonda, Madrid, Spain; and §New York State Department of
Health, Albany, New York, USA
method requires cumbersome postamplification process-
ing (7).
The Study
To address the need for sensitive multiplex assays in
diagnostic molecular microbiology, we created a poly-
merase chain reaction (PCR) platform in which microbial
gene targets are coded by a library of 64 distinct Masscode
tags (Qiagen Masscode technology, Qiagen, Hilden,
Germany). A schematic representation of this approach is
shown in Figure 1. Microbial nucleic acids (RNA, DNA,
or both) are amplified by multiplex reverse transcription
(RT)-PCR using primers labeled by a photocleavable link
to molecular tags of different molecular weight. After
removing unincorporated primers, tags are released by UV
irradiation and analyzed by mass spectrometry. The identi-
ty of the microbe in the clinical sample is determined by its
cognate tags.
As a first test of this technology, we focused on respi-
ratory disease because differential diagnosis is a common
clinical challenge, with implications for outbreak control
and individual case management. Multiplex primer sets
were designed to identify up to 22 respiratory pathogens in
a single Mass Tag PCR reaction; sensitivity was estab-
lished by using synthetic DNA and RNA standards as well
as titered viral stocks; the utility of Mass Tag PCR was
determined in blinded analysis of previously diagnosed
clinical specimens.
Oligonucleotide primers were designed in conserved
genomic regions to detect the broadest number of members
for a given pathogen species by efficiently amplifying a
50- to 300-bp product. In some instances, we selected
established primer sets; in others, we used a software pro-
gram designed to cull sequence information from
GenBank, perform multiple alignments, and maximize
multiplex performance by selecting primers with uniform
melting temperatures and minimal cross -hybridization
potential (Appendix Table, available at http://www.cdc.
gov/ncidod/eid/volllno02/04-0492_app.htm). Primers,
synthesized with a 5' C6 spacer and aminohexyl modifica-
tion, were covalently conjugated by a photocleavable link
to Masscode tags (Qiagen Masscode technology) (8,9).
Masscode tags have a modular structure, including a tetra-
fluorophenyl ester for tag conjugation to primary amines;
an o-nitrobenzyl photolabile linker for photoredox cleav-
age of the tag from the analyte; a mass spectrometry sensi-
tivity enhancer, which improves the efficiency of
atmospheric pressure chemical ionization of the cleaved
tag; and a variable mass unit for variation of the cleaved
tag mass (8,10-12). A library of 64 different tags has been
established. Forward and reverse primers in individual
iThese authors contributed equally to this study.
310
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Differential Detection of Multiple Respiratory Pathogens
1. PCR amplification with Mass Tag primers 4. Automated sample injection, phdocieavage
96‘WrtU thwnoc^ii*' piste
I
2 . Product purilication cn filler plale
3. Eiulion mio 96-well loading ppale
for mares spectrometer analysis
5 Detection and pathogen identificalion
i
* 1
i
JkLliiiii
dJL
JiL
Mss*
Figure 1 . Schematic representation of Mass Tag polymerase chain
reaction (PCR).
primer sets are labeled with distinct molecular weight tags.
Thus, amplification of a microbial gene target produces a
dual signal that allows assessment of specificity.
Gene target standards were cloned by PCR into
pCR2.1-TOPO (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA, USA) by using
DNA template (bacterial and DNA viral targets) or cDNA
template (RNA viral targets) obtained by reverse transcrip-
tion of extracts from infected cultured cells or by assembly
of overlapping synthetic polynucleotides. Assays were ini-
tially established by using plasmid standards diluted in
2.5-qg/mL human placenta DNA (Sigma, St. Louis, MO,
USA) and subjected to PCR amplification with a multiplex
PCR kit (Qiagen), primers at 0.5 |imol/L each, and the fol-
lowing cycling protocol: an annealing step with a temper-
ature reduction in 1°C increments from 65 °C to 51°C
during the first 15 cycles and then continuing with a
cycling profile of 94°C for 20 s, 50°C for 20 s, and 72°C
for 30 s in an MJ PTC200 thermal cycler (MJ Research,
Waltham, MA, USA). Amplification products were sepa-
rated from unused primers by using QIAquick 96 PCR
purification cartridges (Qiagen, with modified binding and
wash buffers). Masscode tags were decoupled from ampli-
fied products through UV light-induced photolysis in a
flow cell and analyzed in a single quadrapole mass spec-
trometer using positive-mode atmospheric pressure chem-
ical ionization (Agilent Technologies, Palo Alto, CA,
USA). A detection threshold of 100 DNA copies was deter-
mined for 19 of 22 cloned targets by using a 22-plex assay
(Table 1).
Many respiratory pathogens have RNA genomes; thus,
where indicated, assay sensitivity was determined by using
synthetic RNA standards or RNA extracts of viral stocks.
Synthetic RNA standards were generated by using T7
polymerase and linearized plasmid DNA. After quantita-
tion by UV spectrometry, RNA was serially diluted in 2.5-
qg/mL yeast tRNA (Sigma), reverse transcribed with ran-
dom hexamers by using Superscript II (Invitrogen,
Carlsbad, CA, USA), and used as template for Mass Tag
PCR. As anticipated, sensitivity was reduced by the use of
RNA instead of DNA templates (Table 1). The sensitivity
of Mass Tag PCR to detect live vims was tested by using
RNA extracted from serial dilutions of titered stocks of
coronaviruses (severe acute respiratory syndrome [SARS]
and OC43) and parainfluenzaviruses (HPIV 2 and 3). A
100-qL volume of each dilution was analyzed. RNA
extracted from a l-TCID 50 /mL dilution, representing 0.025
TCID 50 per PCR reaction, was consistently positive in
Mass Tag PCR.
RNA extracted from banked sputum, nasal swabs, and
pulmonary washes of persons with respiratory infection
was tested by using an assay panel comprising 30 gene tar-
gets that represented 22 respiratory pathogens. Infection in
each of these persons had been previously diagnosed
through vims isolation, conventional nested RT-PCR, or
both. Reverse transcription was performed using random
hexamers, and Mass Tag PCR results were consistent in all
cases with the established diagnosis. Infections with respi-
ratory syncytial vims, human parainfluenza vims, SARS
coronavirus, adenovirus, enterovirus, metapneumovims,
and influenza vims were correctly identified (Table 2 and
Figure 2). A panel comprising gene targets representing 17
Table 1 . Sensitivity of pathogen detection by Mass Tag
polymerase chain reaction determined by using plasmid and
synthetic RNA standards*
Pathogen or protein
Detection threshold
(DNA copies/RNA copies)
Influenza A matrix
100/1,000
Influenza A N1
100/NA
Influenza A N2
100/NA
Influenza A HI
100/NA
Influenza A H2
100/NA
Influenza A H3
100/NA
Influenza A H5
100/NA
Influenza B H
500/1 ,000
RSV group A
100/1,000
RSV group B
100/500
Metapneumovirus
100/1,000
CoV-SARS
100/500
CoV-OC43
100/500
CoV-229E
100/500
HPIV-1
100/1,000
HPIV-2
100/1,000
HPIV-3
100/500
Chlamydia pneumoniae
100/NA
Mycoplasma pneumoniae
100/NA
Legionella pneumophila
100/NA
Enterovirus (genus)
500/1 ,000
Adenovirus (genus)
5,000/NA
*NA, not assessed; RSV, respiratory syncytial virus; CoV, coronavirus;
SARS, severe acute respiratory syndrome; HPIV, human parainfluenza
virus.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
311
DISPATCHES
Table 2. Multiplex pathogen detection by Mass Tag polymerase
chain reaction using Masscode-labeled primers in a 30-plex
assay with clinical specimens with previously identified
pathogens*
Pathogen
No. positive/no. testedf
RSV A
2/2
RSV B
3/3
HPIV-1
1/1
HPIV-3
2/2
HPIV-4
2/2
CoV-SARS
4/4
Metapneumovirus
2/3
Influenza B
1/3
Influenza A
2/6
Adenovirus
2/2
Enterovirus
2/2
*RSV, respiratory syncytial virus; HPIV, human parainfluenza virus; CoV,
coronavirus; SARS, severe acute respiratory syndrome.
fNo. positive and consistent with previous diagnosis/number tested (with
respective previous diagnosis).
pathogens related to central nervous system infectious dis-
ease (influenza A virus matrix gene; influenza B virus;
human coronaviruses 229E, OC43, and SARS;
enterovirus; adenovirus; human herpesvirus- 1 and -3; West
Nile virus; St. Louis encephalitis virus; measles virus;
HIV-1 and -2; and Streptococcus pneumoniae , Haemo-
philus influenzae , and Nesseria meningitidis) was applied
to RNA obtained from banked samples of cerebrospinal
fluid and brain tissue that had been previously character-
ized by conventional diagnostic RT-PCR. Two of 3 cases
of West Nile virus encephalitis were correctly identified.
Eleven of 12 cases of entero viral meningitis were detected
representing serotypes CV-B2, CV-B3, CV-B5, E-6, E-ll,
E-13, E-18, and E-30 (data not shown).
Conclusions
Our results indicate that Mass Tag PCR is a sensitive
and specific tool for molecular characterization of
microflora. The advantage of Mass Tag PCR is its capaci-
ty for multiplex analysis. Although the use of degenerate
primers (e.g., enteroviruses and adenoviruses, Appendix
Table and Table 1) may reduce sensitivity, the limit of mul-
tiplexing to detect specific targets will likely be defined by
the maximal primer concentration that can be accommo-
dated in a PCR mix. Analysis requires the purification of
product from unincorporated primers and mass spec-
troscopy. Although these steps are now performed manual-
ly, and mass spectrometers are not yet widely distributed in
clinical laboratories, the increasing popularity of mass
spectrometry in biomedical sciences and the advent of
smaller, lower-cost instruments could facilitate wider use
and integrated instrumentation. In addition to developing
Figure 2. Analysis of clinical specimens. RNA
extracts from clinical specimens containing known
pathogens were reverse transcribed into cDNA
(Superscript RT system, Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA;
20- L volume). Five microliters of the reaction
were subjected to Mass Tag PCR by using
primers coupled to Masscode tags (Qiagen
Masscode technology, Qiagen, Hilden, Germany).
Detection of (A) influenza virus A (HI N1 ), (B) res-
piratory syncytial virus (RSV) group B, (C) human
coronavirus SARS (HCoV-SARS), (D) human
parainfluenza virus (HPIV) types 1 and (E) 3, and
(F) enterovirus (EV) by using a 30-plex assay,
including 60 primers targeting influenza A virus
matrix gene (FLUAV-M), and for typing N1, N2,
HI, H2, H3, and H5 sequences, as well as
influenza B virus (FLUBV), RSV groups A and B,
HCoV-229E, -OC43, and -SARS, HPIV types 1 , 2,
3, and 4 (groups A and B combined; 4 primers),
human metapneumovirus (HMPV, 4 primers),
measles virus (MEV), EV (degenerate primer pair
targeting all serogroups), human adenoviruses
(HAdV, degenerate primer pair targeting all
serogroups), human herpesvirus 1 (HHV-1, her-
pes simplex virus), human herpesvirus 3 (HHV-3;
varicella-zoster virus), Mycoplasma pneumoniae,
Chlamydia pneumoniae, Legionella pneumo-
phila, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Haemophilus
influenzae. Y-axis values indicate signal to noise
ratio. The bar indicates an arbitrary cut-off thres-
hold of 2.7 (4 times average background deter-
mined with random human DNA).
312
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Differential Detection of Multiple Respiratory Pathogens
additional pathogen panels, our continuing work is focused
on optimizing multiplexing, sensitivity, and throughput.
Potential applications include differential diagnosis of
infectious diseases, blood product surveillance, forensic
microbiology, and biodefense.
Acknowledgments
We are grateful to Cinnia Huang, Jill Taylor, and Tony
Mazzulli for providing sample materials with previously identi-
fied pathogens for analysis.
This work was supported by National Institutes of Health
awards AI51292, AI056118, AI55466, U54AI057158 (Northeast
Biodefense Center-Lipkin) and the Ellison Medical Foundation.
M. Kokoris was a consultant for Qiagen GmbH while the work
reported in this manuscript was pursued. He is currently a con-
sultant for Operon Biotechnologies, Inc., which holds the rights
on Masscode technology.
Dr. Briese is associate professor of epidemiology at the
Columbia University Mailman School of Public Health and asso-
ciate director of the Jerome L. and Dawn Greene Infectious
Disease Laboratory. His research interests include the molecular
epidemiology of emerging viral diseases, virus-host interactions,
and novel techniques for pathogen detection and discovery.
References
1 . Fan J, Henrickson KJ, Savatski LL. Rapid simultaneous diagnosis of
infections with respiratory syncytial viruses A and B, influenza virus-
es A and B, and human parainfluenza virus types 1, 2, and 3 by mul-
tiplex quantitative reverse transcription-polymerase chain
reaction-enzyme hybridization assay (Hexaplex). Clin Infect Dis.
1998;26:1397-402.
2. Stockton J, Ellis JS, Saville M, Clewley JP, Zambon MC. Multiplex
PCR for typing and subtyping influenza and respiratory syncytial
viruses. J Clin Microbiol. 1998;36:2990-5.
3. Ellis JS, Zambon MC. Molecular diagnosis of influenza. Rev Med
Virol. 2002;12:375-89.
4. Coiras MT, Aguilar JC, Garcia ML, Casas I, Perez-Brena P.
Simultaneous detection of fourteen respiratory viruses in clinical
specimens by two multiplex reverse transcription nested-PCR assays.
J Med Virol. 2004;72:484-95.
5. Vet JA, Majithia AR, Marras SA, Tyagi S, Dube S, Poiesz BJ, et al.
Multiplex detection of four pathogenic retroviruses using molecular
beacons. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 1999;96:6394-9.
6. Verweij JJ, Blange RA, Templeton K, Schinkel J, Brienen EA, van
Rooyen MA, et al. Simultaneous detection of Entamoeba histolytica,
Giardia lamblia, and Cryptosporidium parvum in fecal samples by
using multiplex real-time PCR. J Clin Microbiol. 2004;42:1220-3.
7. Grondahl B, Puppe W, Hoppe A, Kuhne I, Weigl JA, Schmitt HJ.
Rapid identification of nine microorganisms causing acute respirato-
ry tract infections by single-tube multiplex reverse transcription-
PCR: feasibility study. J Clin Microbiol. 1999;37:1-7.
8. Kokoris M, Dix K, Moynihan K, Mathis J, Erwin B, Grass P, et al.
High-throughput SNP genotyping with the Masscode system. Mol
Diagn. 2000;5:329-40.
9. Lukhtanov EA, Kutyavin IV, Gamper HB, Meyer RB Jr.
Oligodeoxyribonucleotides with conjugated dihydropyrroloindole
oligopeptides: preparation and hybridization properties. Bioconjug
Chem. 1995;6:418-26.
10. Venkatesan H, Greenberg MM. Improved utility of photolabile solid
phase synthesis supports for the synthesis of oligonucleotides con-
taining 3'-hydroxyl termini. J Org Chem. 1996;61:525-9.
11. Abdel-Baky S, Allam K, Giese RW. Detection of electrophore-
labeled DNA and albumin by gas chromatography: labile amide elec-
trophone release tags. Anal Chem. 1993;65:498-9.
12. Saha M, Saha J, Giese RW. 4-(Trifluoromethyl)-2,3,5,6-tetrafluo-
robenzyl bromide as a new electrophone derivatizing reagent. J
Chromatogr. 1993;641:400-4.
Address for correspondence: W. Ian Lipkin, Mailman School of Public
Health, Columbia University, 722 West 168th St, New York, NY 10032,
USA; fax: 212-342-9044; email: wil2001@columbia.edu
All material published in Emerging Infectious Diseases is in the
public domain and may be used and reprinted without special per-
mission; proper citation, however, is appreciated.
EMERGING INFECTIOUS DI5L
online
To receive tobies of contents of new issues send an email to listserve@cdc.gov with subscribe eid-toc in the body of your message.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
313
DISPATCHES
Comparing
Aberration
Detection Methods
with Simulated Data
Lori Hutwagner,* Timothy Browne,*
G. Matthew Seeman,* and Aaron T. Fleischauer*
We compared aberration detection methods requiring
historical data to those that require little background by
using simulated data. Methods that require less historical
data are as sensitive and specific as those that require 3-5
years of data. These simulations can determine which
method produces appropriate sensitivity and specificity.
T he Early Aberration Reporting System (EARS) was
developed to allow analysis of public health surveil-
lance data. Several alternative aberration detection meth-
ods are available to state and local health departments for
syndromic surveillance. Before 2001, most statistical aber-
ration detection methods required at least 5 years of back-
ground data (1-6). However, with the release of Bacillus
anthracis in the U.S. mail shortly after the September 11,
2001, World Trade Center attacks, substantial interest has
emerged in public health tools that could be rapidly imple-
mented without requiring years of background data. Newly
developed nonhistorical aberration detection methods can
require as little as 1 week of data to begin analysis,
although they have not been extensively evaluated against
traditional historical methods (7,8).
The objective of our study was to determine the sensi-
tivity, specificity, and time to detection of 3 methods that
require <3 years of historical baseline data, Cl -MILD
(Cl), C2-MEDIUM (C2), and C3-ULTRA (C3), and com-
pare the results with those of 2 methods that require 5
years of historical baseline, the historical limits method (2)
and the seasonally adjusted cumulative sum (CUSUM) (5),
based on simulated data. Simulated data were used to
avoid some of the interpretation difficulties that can come
from making these comparisons on the basis of empirical-
ly observed, natural disease data. All 5 of these methods
are components of EARS (7).
The Study
The methods Cl, C2, and C3 were named according to
their degree of sensitivity, with Cl being the least sensitive
and C3 the most sensitive. All 3 methods are based on a
*Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta, Georgia,
USA
positive 1 -sided CUSUM calculation. For Cl and C2, the
CUSUM threshold reduces to the mean plus 3 standard
deviations (SD). The mean and SD for the Cl calculation
are based on information from the past 7 days. The mean
and SD for the C2 and C3 calculations are based on infor-
mation from 7 days, ignoring the 2 most recent days. These
methods take into consideration daily variation because
the mean and SD used by the methods are based on a
week’s information. These methods also take seasonality
into consideration because the mean and SD are calculated
in the same season as the data value in question.
Since 1989, results from the historical limits method
have been used to produce Figure 1 in the Morbidity and
Mortality Weekly Report. This method compares the num-
ber of reported cases in the 4 most recent time periods for
a given health outcome with historical incidence data on
the same outcome from the preceding 5 years; the method
is based on comparing the ratio of current reports with the
historical mean and SD. The historical mean and SD are
derived from 15 totals of 3 intervals (including the same 4
periods, the preceding 4 periods, and the subsequent 4
periods over the preceding 5 years of historical data).
The seasonally adjusted CUSUM method is based on
the positive 1 -sided CUSUM where the count of interest is
compared to the 5-year mean and the 5-year SD for that
period. The seasonally adjusted CUSUM was originally
applied to laboratory-based Salmonella serotype data.
To calculate sensitivity, specificity, and time to detec-
tion, all 5 detection methods of EARS were used to inde-
pendently analyze 56,000 sets of artificially generated
case-count data based on 56 sets of parameters. These 56
sets of parameters each generated 1,000 iterations of 6
years of daily data, 1994-1999, by using a negative bino-
mial distribution with superimposed outbreaks. Means and
standard deviations were based on observed values from
national and local public health systems and syndromic sur-
veillance systems. Examples of the data included national
and state pneumonia and influenza data and hospital
influenzalike illness. Adjustments were made for days of
the week, holidays, postholiday periods, seasonality, and
trend. Any 6 years could be used, but the years 1994-1999
were used to set day of the week and holiday patterns and
to avoid any problems that programs might have with the
year 2000. Fifty (89%) of these datasets then had outbreaks
superimposed throughout the data. Three types of out-
breaks were used, each representing various types of natu-
rally occurring events: log normal, a rapidly increasing
outbreak; inverted log normal, a slowly starting outbreak;
and a single-day spike. These types of outbreaks were com-
bined with different SDs and incubation times to create 10
different types of outbreaks that had equal probability of
being included in the simulated data. A year of final simu-
lated data can be seen in the Figure, with original data and
314
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Comparing Aberration Detection Methods
Figure. Example of 1 year of simulated data with simulated out-
breaks. Simulated data are based on real means and standard
deviations with different types of simulated outbreaks randomly
inserted.
outbreaks that were added. As a result of these analyses, the
statistically marked aberrations, or flags, produced by the 5
detection methods were evaluated for their specificity, sen-
sitivity, and time to detection. These data can be obtained at
http ://w w w.bt . cdc . gov/surveillance/ ears/datasets . asp .
In our study, sensitivity was defined as the number of
outbreaks in which >1 day was flagged, divided by the
total number of outbreaks in the data. An outbreak was
defined as a period of consecutive days in which varying
numbers of aberrant cases were added to the baseline num-
ber of cases. An outbreak had days before and after it when
no aberrant cases were added to the baseline case counts.
Specificity was defined as the total number of days that did
not contain aberrant cases (and that were not flagged),
divided by the total number of days that did not contain
aberrant cases. Based on these definitions, actual values
for sensitivity and specificity were calculated.
Time to detection was defined as the number of com-
plete days that occurred between the beginning of an out-
break and the first day the outbreak was flagged. For
example, if a method flags an outbreak on the first day, its
time to detection is 0. Likewise, if it flags on the second
day, its time to detection is 1, and so on. Time to detection
is an average of the times to detection for each outbreak
and dataset. Only outbreaks that were flagged on at least 1
day were included in the average. Therefore, sensitivity is
needed to completely interpret time to detection. We calcu-
lated 2-sided 95% confidence values, and they were rela-
tively small and consistent.
Overall, the CUSUM methods (the seasonally adjusted
CUSUM, Cl, C2, and C3) had similar times to detection,
but their sensitivities varied (Table). Specifically, Cl, C2,
and C3 showed increasing sensitivity from 60% to 7 1 % to
82%, respectively. The seasonally adjusted CUSUM and
C3 methods had similar sensitivities, 82.5% and 82.3%,
but C3 had a higher specificity, 88.7% and 95.4%. The his-
torical limits and Cl and C2 methods showed varying sen-
sitivities (44%— 71%), with Cl and C2 having the highest,
but all demonstrated similar specificities (96%-97%).
When results were stratified by outbreak type, 1-day
outbreaks (i.e., spikes) exhibited the lowest sensitivities.
Analysis was broken down by dataset and outbreak type
(online Appendix Tables 1 and 2, available at http://www.
cdc .go v/ncidod/EID/vol 1 1 no02/04-05 87_app 1 .htm and
http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/EID/volllno02/04-0587_
app2.htm).
For the 6 datasets that contained noise but no outbreaks,
no sensitivity or time to detection exist to calculate. The
overall specificity for the seasonally adjusted CUSUM,
historical limits, Cl, C2, and C3 were 88.7%, 98.3%,
97.2%, 97.2%, and 95.2%, respectively. The specificity for
these 6 datasets was consistent with general results. The
historical limits method showed superior specificity in all
but the last dataset.
Conclusions
These simulations demonstrate that the methods for
aberration detection that require little baseline data, Cl,
C2, and C3, are as sensitive and specific as the historical
limits and seasonally adjusted CUSUM methods. As
expected, Cl, C2, and C3 showed increasing sensitivities
in accordance with their intended sensitivity levels (Cl
being the least sensitive, C3 being the most), but with
decreasing specificities as sensitivity increases. Seasonally
Table. By method, overall sensitivity and specificity and time to detection
Type of method
Name
Sensitivity (%)
Specificity (%)
Time to detection (d)*
Historical methods (at least
Seasonally adjusted CUSUM|
82.5
88.7
1.272
5 y historical data)
Historical limits^
43.9
96.3
2.942
Nonhistorical methods
C1-MILD§
60.1
97.0
1.122
(<3 y historical data)
C2-MEDIUMU
71.2
97.0
1.319
C3-ULTRA**
82.3
95.4
1.307
*Time to detection must be interpreted with sensitivity because time to detection does not include missed outbreaks.
fThe seasonally adjusted CUSUM method sums the positive differences of the current value from the mean for a period similar to the current value over 5
years.
JThe historical limits method compares the current sum of 4 time periods to the mean of the sum of 15 totals of 4 time periods surrounding the current
point of interest over 5 years.
§The C1-MILD method is based on CUSUM, but the calculations reduce to the current value being greater than the mean plus 3 standard deviations
(SD), with the mean and SD based on the past 7 days.
j|The C2-MEDIUM method is based on CUSUM, but the calculations reduce to the current value being greater than the mean plus 3 SD, with the mean
and SD based on the past 7 days shifted by 2 days.
**The C3-ULTRA method is based on CUSUM, summing the positive difference of the current value from the mean for 3 days, with the mean and SD
based on the past 7 days shifted by 2 days.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
315
DISPATCHES
adjusted CUSUM and the historical limits method also
showed sensitivities and specificities as expected, with the
seasonally adjusted CUSUM having the lower specificity
and higher sensitivity. These findings emphasize the effec-
tiveness of aberration detection methods without requiring
long-term historical data as a baseline.
Since the 10 simulated outbreaks were randomly gener-
ated by using consistent rates, the sensitivity, specificity,
and time to detection could be stratified by dataset and out-
break type. The results of these analyses were largely con-
gruent with the expected findings, with some variations.
The simulated datasets are designed for public health offi-
cials to select a dataset that best reflects their data of inter-
est or the type of outbreak they are anticipating to determine
which method provides them with the sensitivity and speci-
ficity they would find useful. The simulated datasets can
also be used to make comparisons with other methods.
The aberration detection methods Cl, C2, and C3 are
used in several states, counties, and local public health
departments. Public health departments are able to apply
these methods to data sources that do not have long peri-
ods of baseline data. Public health departments are also
able to apply 1 set of methods they understand to various
types of diseases, covering different frequencies and sea-
sonalities. The Cl, C2, and C3 methods have detected out-
breaks of public health interest, including West Nile
disease and the start of the influenza season.
Cl, C2, and C3 demonstrate consistency over the vari-
ous situations represented in these simulations. Other aber-
ration detection methods exist, as do other simulated
datasets. The simulated datasets presented in this paper
cover a larger variety of types of data that might be expect-
ed in public health. These simulated datasets also include
enough past years of data so that methods that require 5
years of historical information can also be used in the com-
parisons. These simulations provide a method to fairly
compare other methods among themselves and to the
methods included in EARS.
The simulations were based on means and SDs to help
determine which method performs better under which cir-
cumstances. When deciding which method to use, the
potential user should base the decision on the sensitivity or
specificity or the time to detection.
A potential limitation is that the method for calculating
average times to detection disregards undetected out-
breaks. Therefore, times to detection should not be consid-
ered without also taking into account the sensitivity.
However, this method was preferred over the alternative of
assigning arbitrary numbers of days to detection for out-
breaks that were not detected since the alternative method
could lead to misinterpretation of the data. Another limita-
tion is that the artificial datasets may not fully reproduce
the nuances of natural disease occurrences. While approx-
imations, the simulated data were generated based on nat-
urally observed data and included variations for trend over
time, days of the week, seasons, and holidays. Therefore,
while these comparisons represent relative sensitivities,
specificities, and times to detection, we do not know
whether results using naturally occurring data would be
consistent.
The results of this study suggest that the EARS histori-
cal methods do not have a strong advantage when com-
pared with nonhistorical methods. In fact, the lack of
historical data does not impair the EARS outbreak detec-
tion methods. This study also demonstrates the effective-
ness of artificial outbreak data in comparing and
evaluating outbreak detection methods. As aberration
detection methods are increasingly being used by state and
local health departments to monitor for naturally occurring
outbreaks and bioterror events, this study contributes to the
quest to determine the most efficient method for analyzing
surveillance data.
Ms. Hutwagner works with the Bioterrorism Preparedness
and Response Program at the Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention on developing aberration detection methods for their
national “drop-in surveillance” system and ongoing syndromic
surveillance. She has been implementing these methods at vari-
ous sites in the United States and internationally.
References
1. Teutsch SM, Churchill RE, editors. Principles and practice of public
health surveillance. New York: Oxford University Press; 2000.
2. Stroup DF, Williamson GD, Herndon JL, Karon J. Detection of aber-
rations in the occurrence of notifiable diseases surveillance data. Stat
Med. 1989;8:323-9.
3. Farrington CP, Andrews NJ, Beale AD, Catchpole MA. A statistical
algorithm for the early detection of outbreaks of infectious disease. J
R Stat Soc Ser A Stat Soc. 1996;159:547-63.
4. Simonsen F, Clarke JM, Stroup DF, Williamson GD, Arden NH, Cox
NJ. A method for timely assessment of influenza-associated mortali-
ty in the United States. Epidemiology. 1997;8:390-5.
5. Hutwagner LC, Maloney EK, Bean NH, Slutsker L, Martin SM.
Using laboratory-based surveillance data for prevention: an algorithm
for detecting salmonella outbreaks. Emerg Infect Dis.
1997;3:395-400.
6. Stern F, Lightfoot D. Automated outbreak detection: a quantitative
retrospective analysis. Epidemiol Infect. 1999;122:103-10.
7. Hutwagner L, Thompson W, Seeman GM, Treadwell T. The bioter-
rorism preparedness and response Early Aberration Reporting System
(EARS). J Urban Health. 2003;80:i89-96.
8. Hutwagner L, Thompson W, Groseclose S, Williamson GD. An eval-
uation of alternative methods for detecting aberrations in public
health surveillance data. American Statistical Association, Joint
Statistical Meetings, Proceedings of the Biometrics Section.
Indianapolis; 2000 Aug. p. 82-5.
Address for correspondence: Lori Hutwagner, Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Rd, Mailstop Cl 8, Atlanta, GA
30333, USA; fax: 404-639-0382; email: lhutwagner@cdc.gov
316
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Malaria Epidemic
and Drug
Resistance, Djibouti
Christophe Rogier,* Bruno Pradines,*
H. Bogreau,* Jean-Louis Koeck,t+
Mohamed-Ali Kamil, §
and Odile Mercereau-Puijalonf
Analysis of Plasmodium falciparum isolates collected
before, during, and after a 1999 malaria epidemic in Djibouti
shows that, despite a high prevalence of resistance to
chloroquine, the epidemic cannot be attributed to a sudden
increase in drug resistance of local parasite populations.
F ’rom March to June 1999, an epidemic of Plasmodium
falciparum malaria affecting all age groups spread in
the city of Djibouti, Horn of Africa, an area with low and
irregular transmission. Since the 1970s, autochthonous
cases of malaria have been reported among the local pop-
ulation, but their incidence is usually low (1). Anopheles
arabiensis , the main malaria vector in the city (2,3), has
been found since the 1970s, possibly from Ethiopia (1,4).
The focused distribution and the specificity of the breeding
sites allowed a control strategy based on treatment of the
larval sites with a larvivorous autochthonous fish, comple-
mented with pinpoint use of bacterial toxins (3).
Unfortunately, malaria control activities were progressive-
ly decreased so that, since the mid-1990s, vector control
activity has been reduced to irregular insecticide indoor or
outdoor spraying. Djiboutians frequently travel, and the
Djibouti-Ethiopian railway has been suspected to be an
effective route for propagating malaria parasites (5).
Although some chloroquine treatment failures were report-
ed in Djibouti in 1990 (6), most persons with P. falciparum
were treated by chloroquine or quinine at the beginning of
the 2000s, including during the 1999 epidemics. To deter-
mine whether this epidemic was associated with temporary
changes in environmental conditions or to importation of
new (virulent) or resistant P. falciparum strains, we inves-
tigated P. falciparum population diversity before, during,
and after the outbreak and analyzed in vitro susceptibility
profiles to a panel of antimalarials during the epidemics.
The Study
The study was conducted at the Centre Hospitalier des
Armees Bouffard, a French military hospital in Djibouti
*IMTSSA-IFR48, Marseille, France; fCentre Hospitalier des
Armees Bouffard, Djibouti; fHIA R. Piquet, Bordeaux, France;
§Ministry of Health, Djibouti; and fllnstitut Pasteur, Paris, France
serving military and civilian natives from the entire city,
and at other public health facilities of Djibouti. From 1997
to 2002 clinical malaria in the hospital shows the same
temporal fluctuations as in dispensaries in the city
(Figure). The incidence of patients with P. falciparum
malaria admitted to the hospital increased > 10-fold from
March to May 1999 compared with the same period in
1997, 1998, and 2000-2002. In contrast, the number of
admissions, consultations at the outpatient clinic, or blood
counts performed for other causes than fever did not vary
over the same period. The meteorologic station of the
international airport of Djibouti recorded heavy rainfall the
month before the epidemic. However, similar rainfall in
1997 or autumn 1999 was not followed by such a dramat-
ic increase in malaria incidence in the ensuing months
(Figure). When annual averages were compared, no partic-
ular variations in minimal or maximal mean air tempera-
tures were found to occur during the months preceding the
epidemic.
Forty-six blood samples were collected from
September 14 to December 31, 1998 (period 1), 61 from
April 12 to April 30, 1999 (period 2), and 32 from March
15 to May 15, 2002 (period 3), from patients with P. falci-
parum clinical cases who had not travelled outside the city
of Djibouti during the preceding month and declared not
having taken any antimalarial drug before the blood sam-
pling. The study was cleared by the Djibouti Ministry of
Health. Informed oral consent was obtained from patients
before blood collection. Venous blood was collected
before treatment administration in Vacutainer EDTA tubes
(Becton Dickinson, Rutherford, NJ, USA). Thin blood
smears were stained with an RAF kit (Reactifs RAF, Paris,
France). Parasitemia was expressed as the proportion of P.
falciparum- infected erythrocytes. Aliquots of freshly col-
lected blood were kept at -20°C until DNA extraction.
Figure. Rainfall (bars) and monthly incidence of Plasmodium falci-
parum clinical malaria cases (curve) at the French Military Hospital
- CHA Bouffard (circle) and in the dispensaries of the city
(Department of Epidemiology and Public Hygiene. Triangle),
Djibouti city, January 1997-May 2002.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
317
DISPATCHES
P. falciparum genetic diversity was investigated by
using mspl and msp2 encoding highly polymorphic loci
from merozoite surface protein genes. Mspl and msp2
were genotyped by using nested polymerase chain reaction
(PCR), as described (7), except that family- specific fluo-
rescent primers were used in the nested PCR for assign-
ment to the K1-, Mad20-, or Ro33-type mspl family and to
the 3D7- or FC27-type msp2 family. Fragment length was
analyzed by the Genescan technology. Approximately 50%
of the blood samples contained multiple mspl or msp2
genotypes. The mean multiplicity of infection, i.e., the
number of genotypes present in the blood sample, was
~1.5 concurrent R falciparum infections per person, with a
decreasing tendency over the study period (Table 1). For
each locus, multi-infection cases were excluded from
analysis of genetic diversity. We identified 9 mspl alleles
in 83 isolates and 17 msp2 alleles in 108 isolates. The
genetic diversity estimated by the unbiased expected
Table 1 . Multiplicity of infections deduced from mspl and msp2 genotyping and frequency (%) of the Pfdhfr (codons 51 , 59, and 108),
Pfdhps (codons 436, 437, and 540) and Pfcrt (codon 76) genotypes
Locus
Period 1
1998 (n = 46)
Period 2
1999 (n = 61)
Period 3
2002 (n = 32)
Total (N = 139)
mspl
Mean multiplicity
1.6
1.5
1.3
SD*
0.7
0.7
0.5
No of multiple infections (%)
23 (50)
22 (36)
1 1 (34)
56 (40)
msp2-t
Mean multiplicity
1.4
1.2
1.1
SD
0.7
0.4
0.4
No. of multiple infections (%)
14(31)
12(20)
2(6)
28 (21)
mspl and msp2
Mean multiplicity
1.8
1.6
1.4
SD
0.7
0.7
0.6
No. of multiple infections (%)
28 (61)
29 (48)
12(38)
69 (50)
Pfdhfr
Codon 51
(Wildtype) N
38 (83)
60 (98)
15(50)
1 1 3 (83)
N & 1
3(6)
0
0
3(2)
1
5(11)
1 (2)
15(50)
21 (15)
Not genotyped
-
-
2
2
Codon 59
(Wildtype) C
43(94)
61 (100)
29 (97)
133 (97)
C & R
1 (2)
0
0
1 (1)
R
2(4)
0
1 (3)
3(2)
Not genotyped
-
-
2
2
Codon 108
(Wildtype) S
37(81)
60 (98)
16(50)
113(81)
S & N
2(4)
0
0
2(2)
N
7(15)
1 (2)
16(50)
24(17)
Pf dhps
Codon 436
(Wildtype) S
46(100)
52 (93)
29 (94)
127 (95)
F
0
1 (2)
0
1 (1)
A
0
3(5)
2(6)
5(4)
Not genotyped
-
5
1
6
Codon 437
(Wildtype) A
45 (98)
54 (96)
19(61)
1 1 8 (89)
G
1 (2)
2(4)
12(39)
15(11)
Not genotyped
-
5
1
6
Codon 540
(Wildtype) K
44(96)
60 (98)
19(59)
123 (88)
K & E
1 (2)
0
0
1 (1)
E
1 (2)
1 (2)
13(41)
15(11)
Pfcrt
Codon 76
(Wildtype) K
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (3)
7(5)
K& T
3(7)
2(3)
2(6)
3(2)
T
42(91)
58 (95)
29(91)
129 (93)
*SD, standard deviation; The genotypes at the Pf dhfr, Pf dhps, and Pfcrt locus refer to the one-letter symbolized amino acids coded by the codons. A,
Alanine; C, Cysteine; F, Phenylalanine; G, Glycine; I, Isoleucine; K, Lysine; N, Asparagine; R, Arginine; S, Serine; T, Threonine.
■ fmsp2 multiplicity estimated on 45 and 59 samples in 1998 and 1999, respectively.
318
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Malaria Epidemic and Drug Resistance, Djibouti
heterozygocity (8), i.e., the probability that 2 randomly
chosen genotypes are different in the sample, before, dur-
ing, and after the 1999 outbreak was 0.79 (n = 23), 0.37 (n
= 39), and 0.64 (n = 21) at the mspl locus and 0.83 (n =
31), 0.34 (n = 47) and 0.63 (n = 30) at the msp2 locus,
respectively. During the epidemic, Ro33-131 accounted
for 79% of the mspl allele and FC27-408 accounted for
81% of the msp2 alleles. Both alleles were present before
and after the epidemic but with a much lower prevalence.
They accounted for 26% of the mspl and 35% of the msp2
alleles in 1998 and 14% of the mspl and 10% of the msp2
alleles in 2002 (Table 2).
To look for resistance-associated point mutations and
haplotypes, the complete coding region of Pfdhfr (dihydro-
folate reductase) and Pfdhps (dihydropteroate synthase)
was amplified and sequenced (ABI 3100 Genetic Analyser,
Applied Biosystems, Courtaboeuf, France) as described
(9). We focused the analysis on point mutations of Pfdhfr
codons 16, 51, 59, 108, and 164 and Pfdhps codons 436,
437, 540, 581, and 613, which have been associated with
resistance to pyrimethamine and proguanil metabolite and
to sulfadoxine, respectively (10). The prevalences of the
Pfdhfr and Pfdhps mutations are shown in Table 1. No
mutant was detected for Pfdhfr codons 16 and 164 and
Pfdhps codon 581. A single isolate collected in period 2
harbored the Pfdhps A613S mutation. No isolate harbored
the quintuple mutant haplotype (Pfdhfr S108N, N51I, and
C59R and Pfdhps K540E and A437G) or the Pfdhfr C59R
and Pfdhps K540E combination that predicts sulfadoxine-
pyrimethamine clinical failure (9). One isolate containing
at least 2 P. falciparum populations harbored 3 Pfdhfr
mutations (S108N, N51I, and C59R) and the Pfdhps
K540E mutation.
From 1998 to 1999, the frequency of isolates with
mutated Pfdhfr codons 51, 59, and 108 decreased (not sig-
nificantly), and Pfdhps allelic frequency did not differ sig-
nificantly. The prevalence of isolates harboring the Pfdhfr
N51I, Pfdhfr S108N, Pfdhps A437G, and Pfdhps K540E
mutations increased from 1998-1999 to 2002 (Fisher exact
test, p < 0.001 each). Presence of the chloroquine resist-
ance-associated K76T mutation of Pfcrt (chloroquine-
resistance transporter) (11) was analyzed by nested
allele-specific PCR. Over the study period, 93% of the iso-
lates harbored the Pfcrt K76T mutation (Table 1), without
any significant temporal variation.
Twenty seven P. falciparum isolates collected during
the 1999 epidemic with a 0.05%-5.0% parasitemia were
transported at 4°C to our laboratory in Marseille, France,
Table 2. Distribution of mspl and msp2 alleles by allelic families and fragment size (in base pair) among Djibouti isolates with only 1
allele detected by locus*
Locus Allelic families
Allele (base pair)
1998 (%)
1999 (%)
2002 (%)
mspl
K1
129
4.3
2.6
14.3
203
0.0
2.6
0.0
Mad 20
166
4.3
0.0
0.0
184
34.8
2.6
57.1
193
0.0
7.7
0.0
202
21.7
5.1
14.3
237
4.3
0.0
0.0
241
4.3
0.0
0.0
Ro 33
131
26.1
79.5
14.3
msp2
3D7
221
9.7
2.1
0.0
226
0.0
2.1
0.0
248
16.1
0.0
60.0
253
0.0
2.1
0.0
261
0.0
2.1
0.0
275
0.0
10.6
0.0
282
3.2
0.0
6.7
284
0.0
0.0
3.3
308
3.2
0.0
0.0
346
0.0
0.0
3.3
366
3.2
0.0
0.0
371
0.0
0.0
3.3
FC27
173
3.2
0.0
0.0
373
6.5
0.0
6.7
408
35.5
80.9
10.0
444
3.2
0.0
0.0
468
16.1
0.0
6.7
isolates collected in 1998 (mspl: n = 23; msp2:
n = 31), 1999 (mspl:
n = 39; msp2: n = 47), and 2002 (mspl: n = 21 ; msp2: n = 30).
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
319
DISPATCHES
Table 3. In vitro drug sensitivity of 27 Plasmodium falciparum isolates collected in Djibouti, 1999
Drugs
Isolates studied (n)
Mean IC 5 o*
95% confidence interval
Cut-off value
% resistant isolates
Chloroquine
27
326 nmol/L
224-474 nmol/L
>100 nmol/L
93
Amodiaquine
27
10.0 nmol/L
8.0-12.6 nmol/L
>80 nmol/L
0
Cycloguanil
24
13 nmol/L
8-21 nmol/L
>500 nmol/L
4
Pyrimethamine
25
69 nmol/L
41-1 17 nmol/L
>2,000 nmol/L
4
*The 50% inhibitory concentration (IC 50 ) of chloroquine diphosphate, amodiaquine, pyrimethamine dihydrochloride, and cycloguanil, i.e., the drug
concentration corresponding to 50% of the uptake of 3H-hypoxanthine by the parasites in drug-free control wells, was determined by nonlinear regression
analysis of log-dose/response curves. Mean IC 50 and proportion of resistant isolates according to cut-off values are indicated. Data were expressed as the
geometric mean IC 50 and 95% confidence intervals were calculated.
and analyzed for in vitro drug sensitivity by using an iso-
topic microtest (12). Among them, 93% were classified as
resistant to chloroquine (Table 3). No isolate was resistant
to amodiaquine. In vitro resistance was 4% for both
pyrimethamine and cycloguanil.
Conclusions
Before and after the 1999 epidemic, P. falciparum
genetic diversity in Djibouti was large, with -80% and 63%
heterozygocity. This finding is somewhat surprising for an
area where disease endemicity is low (13) and probably
reflects importation of strains from neighboring areas such
as Ethiopia or Somalia (1,5). P. falciparum genetic diversi-
ty was diminished during the epidemic, reflecting the circu-
lation of a restricted number of strains during that period.
Most of these strains harbored an mspl and msp2 genotype
that was detected before the epidemic. The prevalence of
Pfcrt , Pfdhfr , and Pfdhps mutant genotypes did not vary
significantly from 1998 to 1999. Thus, our data do not sup-
port the hypothesis of a sudden increase in the drug resist-
ance of the local P. falciparum population as causing the
epidemic. Our data are also not consistent with massive
invasion by a single strain/genotype but rather suggest
expansion during the epidemic of a few strains that were
already prevalent. Further genotyping is needed to establish
how many strains were circulating and their possible origin.
What could have caused this sudden amplification? One
possibility is a temporary increase in vector density.
Unfortunately, no vectors were captured at that time, and
this hypothesis is difficult to explore retrospectively.
The low prevalence of Pfdhfr and Pfdhps resistance
mutations in 1998 and 1999 and of proguanil or
pyrimethamine in vitro resistance in 1999 may explain the
very low incidence of clinical malaria among the French
soldiers stationed in Djibouti who were taking chloro-
quine-proguanil chemoprophylaxis. However, the sharp
increase of Pfdhfr and Pfdhps resistance mutations
observed in 2002 threatens sulfadoxine-pyrimethamine
efficacy in the near future, even more so since the limited
acquired immunity is unlikely to contribute to sustained
drug efficacy (14). Molecular and in vitro assays point to a
very high prevalence of chloroquine resistance. This find-
ing calls for an urgent in vivo assessment of the antimalar-
ials presently used in Djibouti in order to consider a rapid
change in first-line treatment policy.
Acknowledgments
We are indebted to E. Garnotel, J.J. DePina, T. Fusai, H.
Bouchiba, E. Czarnecki, P. Bigot, J. Mosnier, M. Desbordes, and
M. Abakari for their help and technical assistance.
This work was supported by the program PAL+ (2002) of
the French Ministry for Research, the Delegation Generale pour
l’Armement and Impact Malaria (Sanofi-Synthelabo groupe).
Dr. Rogier is the chief of the Research Unit in
Parasitological Biology and Epidemiology of the Institute for
Tropical Medicine of the French Army, Le Pharo, Marseille,
France. His main areas of interest include epidemiology and pop-
ulation genetics related to malaria.
References
1. Carteron B, Morvan D, Rhodain F. Le probleme de l’endemie palus-
tre dans la Republique de Djibouti. Med Trop (Mars).
1978;38:837-46.
2. Shidrawi GR. Rapport sur une visite en Republique de Djibouti du 14
janvier au 11 fevrier 1982. OMS/EM/MAL/190. Geneva: World
Health Organization; 1982.
3. Louis JP, Albert JP. Le paludisme en Republique de Djibouti.
Strategic de controle par la lutte antilarvaire biologique: Poissons lar-
vivores autochtones ( Aphanius dispar) et toxines bateriennes. Med
Trop (Mars). 1988;48:127-31.
4. Courtois D, Mouchet J. Etude des populations de culicides en TFAI.
Med Trop (Mars). 1970;30:837-46.
5. Fox E, Bouloumie J, Olson JG, Tible D, Lluberas M, Shakib SO, et
al. Plasmodium falciparum voyage en train d’Ethiopie a Djibouti.
Med Trop (Mars). 1991;51:185-9.
6. Rodier GR, Parra JP, Kamil M, Chakib SO, Cope SE. Recurrence and
emergence of infectious diseases in Djibouti city. Bull World Health
Organ. 1995;73:755-9.
7. Zwetyenga J, Rogier C, Tall A, Fontenille D, Snounou G, Trape Jf, et
al. No influence of age on infection complexity and allelic distribu-
tion in Plasmodium falciparum infections in Ndiop, a Senegalese vil-
lage with seasonal, mesoendemic malaria. Am J Trop Med Hyg.
1998;59:726-35.
8. Nei M. Estimation of average heterozygosity and genetic distance
from small number of individuals. Genetics. 1978;89:583-90.
320
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Malaria Epidemic and Drug Resistance, Djibouti
9. Kublin JG, Dzinjalamala FK, Kamwendo DD, Malkin EM, Cortese
JF, Martino LM, et al. Molecular markers for failure of sulfadoxine-
pyrimethamine and chlorproguanil-dapsone treatment of Plasmodium
falciparum malaria. J Infect Dis. 2002;185:380-8.
10. Reeder JC, Rieckmann KH, Genton B, Lorry K, Wines B, Cowman
AF. Point mutations in the dihydrofolate reductase and dihy-
dropteroate synthetase genes and in vitro susceptibility to
pyrimethamine and cycloguanil of Plasmodium falciparum isolates
from Papua New Guinea. Am J Trop Med Hyg. 1996;55:209-13.
11. Djimde A, Doumbo OK, Cortese JF, Kayentao K, Doumbo S, Diourte
Y, et al. A molecular marker for chloroquine-resistant falciparum
malaria. N Engl J Med. 2001;344:257-63.
12. Pradines B, Rogier C, Fusai T, Tall A, Trape JF, Doury JC. In vitro
activity of artemether and its relationship to other standard antimalar-
ial drugs against West African isolates. Am J Trop Med Hyg.
1998;58:354-7.
13. Anderson TJ, Haubold B, Williams JT, Estrada-Franco JG,
Richardson L, Mollinedo R, et al. Microsatellite markers reveal a
spectrum of population structures in the malaria parasite Plasmodium
falciparum. Mol Biol Evol. 2000;17:1467-82.
14. Plowe CV, Kublin JG, Dzinjalamala FK, Kamwendo DS, Mukadam
RA, Chimpeni P, et al. Sustained clinical efficacy of sulfadoxine-
pyrimethamine for uncomplicated falciparum malaria in Malawi after
10 years as first line treatment: five year prospective study. BMJ.
2004;328:545-8.
Address for correspondence: Christophe Rogier, IMTSSA, BP46, Parc du
Pharo, 13998 Marseille- Armees, France; fax: 33 4 91 15 01 64; email:
christophe.rogier@ wanadoo.fr
‘ , F iNBVSy
m
OR GA !i?,
dfU/vn t
EMERGING
INFECTIOUS DISEASES
A Peer-Reviewed Journal Tracking and Analyzing Disease Trends Vol.7, No.6 ( Nov-Dee 2001
aoos to
CO!’"' '«' JWU
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
321
DISPATCHES
Late Recognition
of SARS in
Nosocomial
Outbreak, Toronto
Thomas Wong 5 *f Tamara Wallington,!
L. Clifford McDonald, § Zahid Abbas,*
Michael Christian,! Donald E. Low,f
Denise Gravel,* Marianna Ofner,*t
Barbara Mederski,^ Lisa Berger,! Lisa Hansen,*
Cheryl Harrison, H Arlene King,* Barbara Yaffe,!
and Theresa Tam*
Late recognition of severe acute respiratory syndrome
(SARS) was associated with no known SARS contact, hos-
pitalization before the nosocomial outbreak was recog-
nized, symptom onset while hospitalized, wards with SARS
clusters, and postoperative status. SARS is difficult to rec-
ognize in hospitalized patients with a variety of underlying
conditions in the absence of epidemiologic links.
S evere acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) spread glob-
ally in 2003, infecting >8,000 people and killing near-
ly 800. In total, 438 probable or suspected SARS cases and
44 deaths were reported in Canada (1,2). SARS was first
recognized retrospectively in Canada in a woman who had
returned from Hong Kong on February 23, 2003. This
international connection ignited the outbreak in Canada,
which affected mainly the Toronto area (1,2).
After enhanced infection control precautions and public
health measures were implemented in March 2003, the
Canadian outbreak began to subside in April. On May 14,
the World Health Organization (WHO) took Toronto off
the list as a SARS-affected area in the absence of newly
reported cases for at least 2 incubation periods after the last
SARS case-patient was isolated. In accordance with public
health principles, the enhanced measures were selectively
relaxed in low-risk settings in Toronto area hospitals in
early May 2003, although full precautions were still rec-
ommended for patients with febrile respiratory illnesses. In
the third week of May, a cluster of febrile respiratory ill-
ness at a Toronto area rehabilitation hospital was reported
to the health department. Traceback of these SARS cases
identified the index patient as a postoperative patient who
*Public Health Agency of Canada, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada;
fUniversity of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario, Canada; f Toronto Public
Health, Toronto, Ontario, Canada; §Centers for Disease Control
and Prevention, Atlanta, Georgia, USA; and ^North York General
Hospital, Toronto, Ontario, Canada
was transferred from hospital X to the rehabilitation hospi-
tal. This link uncovered clusters of unrecognized SARS
infections on a surgical ward and a psychiatry ward at hos-
pital X. Investigation determined that the ventilation sys-
tem did not contribute to the spread of SARS at that
hospital. On May 23, 2003, hospital X was closed to
nonobstetric admissions other than newly identified SARS
cases, and SARS precautions were reintroduced. As part of
an outbreak investigation, we explored potential factors
contributing to the late recognition of SARS infections in
a cohort of persons with SARS admitted to hospital X.
The Study
Hospital X is a Toronto-area community hospital with
425 beds. During the 2003 outbreak in Toronto, dedicated
SARS inpatient units were created at the hospital. All non-
healthcare workers with probable or suspected SARS,
according to the WHO case definition (3), exposed at and
admitted to hospital X with symptom onset from April 17,
2003, to June 8, 2003, were included in this retrospective
cohort investigation. Healthcare workers were excluded. If
SARS was not recorded as a possible diagnosis in the med-
ical chart, despite SARS -defining manifestations for at
least 24 hours of hospitalization, recognition of SARS was
classified as late. Otherwise, recognition was classified as
prompt. Laboratory diagnosis of SARS was obtained by
reverse transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR)
or serologic testing (4,5).
SPSS version 11.0 (SPSS, Inc., Chicago, IL, USA) was
used for statistical analysis. Continuous variables were
dichotomized about the median. Factors associated with
late recognition were deemed statistically significant if the
p value was <0.05 (2-tailed), using chi-square test with
Yates correction or Fisher exact test, when appropriate.
Relative risks with 95% confidence intervals were listed as
undefined when certain cell sizes were 0. The small sam-
ple size, small number of patients with the outcome of
interest (late SARS recognition), and small cell size for
some dichotomous variables precludes multivariate logis-
tic regression analysis.
The SARS outbreak involved 88 case-patients whose
exposure setting was hospital X (Figure). SARS occurred
in 50 patients, family members, or visitors. Thirty-three of
these 50 persons were admitted to hospital X, and all 33
were included in this analysis.
SARS-associated coronavirus (SARS-CoV) laboratory
results were available for 29 (88%) of the 33 SARS
patients. No samples were available for SARS-CoV testing
from 4 deceased patients. Twenty-four (83%) of the 29
SARS patients tested were positive by RT-PCR, serology,
or both. The 5 remaining patients had negative acute-phase
SARS-CoV serologic results, and their convalescent-phase
results were not available (data not shown).
322
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Late Recognition of SARS in Nosocomial Outbreak
Symptom onset
Figure. Reported probable and suspected severe acute respirato-
ry syndrome cases in persons (or their family members) with
symptom onset after April 17, 2003, whose exposure setting was
hospital X.
Eleven (33%) patients had late recognition of SARS.
Their mean age was 68.8 years, and 8 (73%) were postop-
erative patients. All were admitted before May 23, 2003,
the day when Hospital X reintroduced enhanced SARS
precautions. No case-patients had a recognized close con-
tact with another SARS patient initially. None were travel
related. (Table 1). Six (55%) patients were admitted to an
intensive care unit (ICU), and 3 (27%) required mechani-
cal ventilation (Table 2). All patients had infiltrates on
chest radiographs; infiltrates of 9 (81%) were bilateral.
Using univariate analysis, we found that patients with
late recognition of SARS were more likely to have no
known contact with another SARS patient (p < 0.001), to
have been a patient on a ward where SARS cluster
occurred (p < 0.01), to be admitted before the nosocomial
outbreak was recognized at the hospital (p < 0.01), to have
symptom onset while hospitalized (p < 0.001), and to be a
postoperative patient, (p = 0.001) (Tables 1 and 2). Clinical
findings and laboratory abnormalities during hospitaliza-
tion were not associated with late SARS recognition. The
small sample size, small number of patients with late
SARS recognition, and small cell size for some dichoto-
mous variables precluded multivariate logistic regression
analysis.
The hospital reintroduced enhanced SARS precautions
on May 23, 2003, under the direction of public health
authorities promptly after the nosocomial outbreak was
recognized. For patients admitted before that date (N =
20), the relative risk for late recognition of SARS for post-
operative patients was 2.7 (95% confidence interval
0.99-7.2, p = 0.07) and was just short of statistical signif-
icance (data not shown). Once SARS transmission was
recognized at hospital X and enhanced infection control
precautions were reinstituted, clinicians were more likely
to suspect SARS, and nosocomial transmission was ended
abruptly.
Conclusions
Our results highlight the difficulty clinicians can have
in recognizing locally acquired SARS among patients with
other underlying medical conditions but with no apparent
epidemiologic linkage. The patients had no known contact
with other SARS patients, did not have a travel history to
SARS-affected areas outside of Canada when the outbreak
was thought to be over in Toronto, and were unaware of a
simmering outbreak associated with hospital X. Perhaps
because of the nonspecific nature of clinical manifesta-
tions, SARS can be especially difficult to recognize among
Table 1 . Proportion of patients with late SARS recognition by demographic and exposure characteristics, Toronto, hospital X, April 17-
June 8, 2003*
Characteristics
Late SARS recognition (%)
RR (95% Cl)
p value
Age (y)
0.6 (0.2-1 .7)
0.5
<58.5
4/16(25.0)
>58.5
7/1 7 (41 .2)
Sex
0.5 (0.1-1 .4)
0.3
F
3/15(20.0)
M
8/1 8 (44.4)
Aware of close contact with a SARS patient
UD
<0.001
Yes
0/1 4 (0)
No
11/19 (57.9)
Exposure from being an inpatient on wards at hospital X with SARS
4.1 (1.3-12.7)
<0.01
clusters
Yes
8/1 3 (61 .5)
No
3/20(15.0)
Admitted to hospital X before May 23, 2003
UD
<0.01
Yes
11/20 (55.0)
No
0/1 3 (0)
SARS symptom onset while hospitalized
UD
<0.001
Yes
11/15 (73.3)
No
0/1 8 (0)
*SARS, severe acute respiratory syndrome; RR, relative risk; Cl, confidence interval; F, female; M, male; UD, undefined.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
323
DISPATCHES
Table 2. Proportion of patients with late SARS recognition by clinical characteristics, Toronto, hospital X, April 1 7-June 8, 2003*
Characteristics
Late SARS recognition/total SARS (%) RR (95% Cl)
p value
Postoperative
5.3 (1.8-16.2)
0.001
Yes
8/1 1 (72.7)
No
3/22(13.6)
Maximum temperature during hospitalization (°C)
0.8 (0.3-3. 1)
1.0
<38.8
5/15(33.3)
>38.8
6/15(40.0)
First symptom includes
Fever
1.0 (0.2-5. 4)
1.0
Yes
10/30 (33.3)
No
1/3 (33.3)
Cough
0.7 (0.2-2. 6)
0.7
Yes
2/8 (25.0)
No
9/25 (36.0)
Dyspnea
0.4 (0.1 -2.4)
0.4
Yes
1/7 (14.3)
No
10/26(38.5)
Diarrhea
0.6 (0.1 -3.5)
0.6
Yes
1/5 (20.0)
No
10/28 (35.7)
Nausea/vomiting
3.2 (1 .9-5.4)
0.3
Yes
1/1 (100)
No
10/32 (31.3)
Admitted to ICU
1.4 (0.5-3. 8)
0.7
Yes
6/15(40.0)
No
5/18(27.8)
Supplemental oxygen
5.0 (0.7-34.2)
0.054
Yes
10/22 (45.5)
No
1/11 (9.1)
Mechanical ventilation
0.8 (0.3-2. 3)
0.7
Yes
3/1 1 (27.3)
No
8/22 (36.4)
Death
1.3 (0.5-3. 5)
0.7
Yes
4/10(40.0)
No
7/23 (30.4)
Treatment with
Ribavirin
UD
1.0
Yes
0/2 (0)
No
10/30 (33.3)
Corticosteroids
0.3 (0.1-1. 1)
0.06
Yes
2/15(13.3)
No
8/17(47.1)
Antimicrobial drugs
1.0 (0. 3-3.0)
1.0
Yes
8/24 (33.3)
No
3/9 (33.3)
*SARS, severe acute respiratory syndrome; RR, relative risk; Cl, confidence interval; UD, undefined; ICU, intensive care unit.
patients already hospitalized for other reasons. These
symptoms overlap many of the symptoms of hospitalized
febrile postoperative patients and patients with other respi-
ratory illnesses (6-12). In addition, at the time of this noso-
comial outbreak, the full spectrum of the clinical signs and
symptoms of SARS had not yet been well characterized
( 11 ).
To detect SARS early, health professionals need to look
not only for epidemiologic links but also clusters of unex-
plained respiratory infection. A cluster of respiratory infec-
tions among families and visitors may not be evident ini-
tially because hospitals do not normally track infections in
inpatients’ families and visitors. In addition, infected
patients may be asymptomatic before they are transferred
to another healthcare facility.
Even though our investigation generated interesting
hypotheses, it had several limitations, which included
reliance on retrospective chart reviews to abstract data.
Such information may have been affected by missing data
or recall bias. Our analysis did not include hospital work-
324
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Late Recognition of SARS in Nosocomial Outbreak
ers, nor did it include persons who were exposed at hospi-
tal X but were subsequently admitted elsewhere. Studies
that include hospital workers and persons admitted to other
hospitals are needed. Seroprevalence studies will be help-
ful because some infected persons may not be sympto-
matic. The small sample size limited the power to detect
small differences and precluded multivariate analysis. A
small number of patients with a diagnosis of SARS may
not actually have been infected with SARS-CoV. This pos-
sibility could have biased the results either way. However,
this number is likely small because most case-patients test-
ed positive for SARS-CoV.
Although our results highlight the challenge of recog-
nizing SARS among hospitalized patients, the occurrence
of seasonal respiratory infections such as influenza may
further compound the difficulty in identifying a SARS
case. In places where recent SARS transmission has
occurred, SARS should be considered during the evalua-
tion of nosocomial as well as community-acquired pneu-
monia. This recommendation is particularly important if
the hospital housed SARS patients within the previous 20
days or if unexplained febrile respiratory clusters had been
noticed within the institution.
This nosocomial outbreak underscores the importance
of sharing information among clinicians, laboratories,
infection control departments, occupational health servic-
es, and public health departments and of collaborating
seamlessly in the search for clusters of respiratory infec-
tions. A sensitive infectious disease surveillance system
operated by the infection control officer must be in place
in healthcare facilities for early detection and implementa-
tion of appropriate measures to interrupt transmission
(13,14). This surveillance should include the monitoring of
increased absenteeism among healthcare workers; unusual
fever or pneumonia clusters among patients, family, visi-
tors, and healthcare workers; pneumonia deaths; and labo-
ratory testing for respiratory pathogens or SARS-CoV.
These steps require commitment, preparedness planning,
resources, and training. The lack of a rapid, sensitive, and
specific diagnostic test for early SARS infection hampers
the ability of clinicians to make a prompt diagnosis in
cases when an epidemiologic link is missing (15).
Acknowledgments
We acknowledge the efforts of the many clinical and public
health professionals whose dedication stopped the spread of
SARS in Canada.
Dr. Wong is an epidemiologist with the Centre for Infectious
Disease Prevention and Control at the Public Health Agency of
Canada. His interests include infectious disease surveillance and
emerging infectious disease response.
References
1. Poutanen SM, Low DE, Henry B, Finklestein S, Rose D, Green K, et
al. Identification of severe acute respiratory syndrome in Canada. N
Engl J Med. 2003;348:1995-2005.
2. Varia M, Wilson S, Sarwal S, McGeer A, Gournis E, Galansis E, et al.
Investigation of a nosocomial outbreak of severe acute respiratory
syndrome (SARS) in Toronto, Canada. CMAJ. 2003;169:285-92.
3. World Health Organization. Case definitions for severe acute respira-
tory syndrome, [cited 2004 May 18]. Available from
http ://www. who .int / c sr/sars/ casedef inition/ en/
4. Peiris JS, Lai ST, Poon LL, Guan Y, Yam LYC, Lim W, et al.
Coronavirus as a possible cause of severe acute respiratory syndrome.
Lancet. 2003;361:1319-25.
5. World Health Organization. Recommendations for laboratories test-
ing by PCR for presence of SARS coronavirus-RNA. [cited 2004
May 18]. Available from www.who.int/csr/sars/coronarecommenda-
tions/ en/index .html
6. Booth CM, Matukas LM, Tomlinson GA, Rachlis AR, Ros DB,
Dwosh HA, et al. Clinical features and short-term outcomes of 144
patients with SARS in the greater Toronto area. JAMA.
2003;289:2801-9.
7. Lee N, Hui D, Wu A, Chan P, Cameron P, Joynt GM, et al. A major
outbreak of severe acute respiratory syndrome in Hong Kong. N Engl
J Med. 2003;348:1986-94.
8. Tsang KW, Ho PL, Ooi GC, Yee WK, Wang T, Chan- Yeung M, et al.
A cluster of cases of severe acute respiratory syndrome in Hong
Kong. N Engl J Med. 2003;348:1977-85.
9. Jernigan JA, Low DE, Hefland RF. Combining clinical and epidemi-
ologic features for early recognition of SARS. Emerg Infect Dis.
2004;10:327-33.
10. Klinger JR, Sanchez MP, Curtin LA, Durkin M, Matyas B. Multiple
cases of life-threatening adenovirus pneumonia in a mental health
care center. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 1998;157:645-9.
11. Rainer TH, Chan PK, Ip M, Lee N, Hui DS, Smit D, et al. The spec-
trum of severe acute respiratory syndrome-associated coronavirus
infection. Ann Intern Med. 2004;140:614-9.
12. Peiris JS, Chu CM, Cheng VC, Chan KS, Hung IFN, Poon LLM, et
al. Clinical progression and viral load in a community outbreak of
coronavirus-associated SARS pneumonia: a prospective study.
Lancet. 2003;361:1767-72.
13. Loutfy MR, Wallington T, Rutledge T, Mederski B, Rose K, Kwolek
S, et al. Hospital preparedness and SARS. Emerg Infect Dis.
2004;10:771-6.
14. McDonald LC, Simor AE, Su IJ, Maloney S, Ofner M, Chen KT, et
al. SARS in healthcare facilities. Emerg Infect Dis. 2004;10:777-81.
15. Muller MP, Tomlinson GA, Matukas LM, Detsky AS, McGeer A,
Low DE, et al. Discriminative ability of laboratory parameters in
severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) [abstract V-796b]. 43rd
Meeting of the Interscience Conference on Antimicrobial Agents and
Chemotherapy; 2003 Sep 14-17; Chicago. Washington: American
Society for Microbiology; 2003.
Address for correspondence: Thomas Wong, Division of Community
Acquired Infections, Public Health Agency of Canada, Room 3444,
Building # 6, AL: 0603B, Tunney’s Pasture, Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0L2,
Canada; fax: 613-941-9813; email: tom_wong@phac-aspc.gc.ca
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
325
DISPATCHES
Bacteremic
Typhoid Fever in
Children in an
Urban Slum,
Bangladesh
W. Abdullah Brooks,* Anowar Hossain,*
Doli Goswami,* Amina Tahia Sharmeen,*
Kamrun Nahar,* Khorshed Alam,* Noor Ahmed,*
Aliya Naheed,* G. Balakrish Nair,* Stephen Luby,*
and Robert F. Breiman*
We confirmed a bacteremic typhoid fever incidence of
3.9 episodes/1,000 person-years during fever surveillance
in a Dhaka urban slum. The relative risk for preschool chil-
dren compared with older persons was 8.9. Our regression
model showed that these children were clinically ill, which
suggests a role for preschool immunization.
T yphoid fever is a major cause of illness; the global
incidence in 2000 was an estimated 21,650,974 cases
with 216,510 deaths (1). The cause of typhoid fever,
Salmonella enterica subspecies enterica serotype Typhi ( S .
Typhi), is both waterborne and foodborne, with an annual
incidence approaching 1% in disease-endemic areas (2-4).
Peak incidence is reported to occur in children 5-15 years
of age; however, in regions where the disease is highly
endemic, children <5 years of age may have among the
highest infection rates (1,4-6). Population-based data are
limited (1) and would be helpful for refining estimates of
the impact of disease and for identifying age groups at
highest risk, thereby making it possible to optimize vacci-
nation strategies (7,8).
Data on disease severity and sequelae can contribute to
estimating the impact of disease. Most complications —
including intestinal perforation and peritonitis,
encephalopathy, intestinal hemorrhage, hepatospleno-
megaly, vomiting, and diarrhea (4,9) — are late onset.
Whether children <5 years of age (preschool children)
have silent infection or clinical disease is controversial
(4,5,10), which has important implications for both case
management and prevention. We report our findings from
prospective, population-based active surveillance.
The Study
Since 1998, the ICDDR,B Centre for Health and
*ICDDR,B Centre for Health and Population Research, Dhaka,
Bangladesh
Population Research has operated a surveillance and inter-
vention site in Kamalapur, an urban slum in Dhaka,
Bangladesh. We initiated fever surveillance for dengue
fever and dengue hemorrhagic fever in August 2000. To
identify treatable causes of fever, we obtained blood cul-
tures from December 6, 2000, to October 8, 2001.
The community comprises 7 geographic strata, repre-
senting 379 clusters. We selected the surveillance cohort
by using stratified cluster randomization and obtained
informed written consent from all households.
Field research assistants screened household members
for fever in their homes once weekly with a standardized
questionnaire. We defined fever as >3 consecutive febrile
days (reported) for persons >5 years of age, or any duration
of fever for preschool children (<5 years of age). This def-
inition facilitated detection of dengue fever. Field research
assistants referred febrile participants to our field clinic,
where study physicians confirmed fever and collected clin-
ical data by using a standard form. Patients with an axillary
temperature of >38°C were designated as febrile. After col-
lecting blood for serologic tests of dengue and dengue
hemorrhagic fever, we collected an additional 1 mL of
blood from preschool children and >3 mL from older
persons for culture.
Blood cultures were transported within 2 hours to our
clinical microbiology laboratory (12 km from the field
clinic). Specimens were processed by using standard meth-
ods with in-tube lysis centrifugation (Wampole isolator
1.5, Carter- Wallace, Inc., Cranbury, NJ, USA), plated on
blood, chocolate, and MacConkey agar and incubated at
37°C for 16 to 18 hours. Colonies were evaluated with bio-
chemical tests and confirmed by serologic identification
with commercial antisera (Denka, Sieken, Co., Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan). Antimicrobial susceptibility was deter-
mined by disk diffusion using standard NCCLS methods
( 11 ).
We confirmed typhoid fever if we isolated S. Typhi
from blood during a febrile episode. Febrile controls were
culture-negative for S. Typhi, Paratyphi, or Salmonella
group D during fever.
If S. Typhi was isolated, then we treated the infection
with 14 days of standard therapy, adjusting for antimicro-
bial susceptibility. First-line drugs were amoxicillin (40
mg/kg up to 1,500 mg orally divided 3 times daily) or cot-
rimoxazole (10 mg/kg trimethoprim divided into 2 daily
doses). When patients remained febrile after 72 hours or
new danger signs (e.g., lethargy, inability to drink,
cyanosis, convulsions), developed, treatment was consid-
ered to have failed. We treated treatment failure in persons
>12 years of age with ciprofloxacin (500 mg orally twice a
day) and referred younger patients to the hospital. We
defined recovery as >7 consecutive afebrile days after
completing therapy.
326
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Typhoid Fever in Children in Urban Slum, Bangladesh
Statistical analysis was performed by using Stata/SE
Release 8.2 (Stata Statistical Software: Release 8.0. 2003,
Stata Corporation, College Station, TX, USA). Incidence
was determined by dividing the number of cases by per-
son-years of observation, with calculation of exact 95%
confidence intervals (CIs). Univariate analysis was per-
formed by using 2-by-2 tables for relative odds (RO) and
95% CIs. We obtained p values by using the Fisher 2-tailed
exact test. Multivariate modeling was conducted by step-
wise forward logistic regression, using all covariates sig-
nificantly associated with typhoid fever in univariate
analysis. Co variates that were significant when age, sex,
and geographic location were controlled for, were retained
in the final model. We adjusted models for clustering of
repeat patient visits and tested for goodness-of-fit with
either Pearson or Hosmer-Lemeshow methods (12).
Research Review and Ethical Review Committees of
ICDDR,B approved this study.
During the study period, we took blood for culture from
888 (99.9%) of 889 eligible study participants; 54 (6.1%)
reported prior medication exposure. All specimens had
adequate volume. A microorganism was isolated from 65
(7.3%) cultures. Isolation rates were highest in winter. No
positive culture reported >1 organism (Table 1), nor did
any culture-positive patient have laboratory-confirmed
dengue.
S. Typhi was isolated from 26 preschool children
(Figure 1) and 23 older study participants (age range 10
months-50 years, median 4.0 years [95% Cl 3.0— 8.0]).
There were 1,393 person-years of observation for pre-
school children and 11,014 for others. Overall, typhoid
fever incidence was 3.9 episodes/1,000 person-years.
Typhoid fever incidence among preschool children was
18.7 episodes/1,000 person-years and 2.1 episodes/1,000
person-years among older participants. The incidence rate
difference between the 2 age groups was 16.6 cases/1,000
person-years (95% Cl 9.4-23.8; p < 0.001). Preschool chil-
dren’s relative risk for typhoid fever was thus 8.9 (95% Cl
4.9-16.4). Typhoid fever among preschool children varied
by age, with 4% in the first year of life and 85% occurring
in those 2 to 4 years of age (Figure 2).
We investigated surveillance bias resulting from fever
definition differences between age groups (4). Preschool
children’s mean fever duration (days) prior to visiting the
clinic was 4.0 (95% Cl 3. 2^1. 8) and other patients’ mean
duration was 4.9 (95% Cl 2.9-6.8, p = 0.37). We collected
84.6% of preschool specimens and 78.3% of others’ after 3
febrile days, and 96.2% and 86.7%, respectively, by day 7.
A multivariate model showed that typhoid fever patients
were more likely than febrile controls to be preschool age
(RO 2.04; 95% Cl 1.09-3.82; p = 0.03), have >3 days of
fever (RO 2.55; 95% Cl 1.16-5.63; p = 0.02), have temper-
ature >39°C (RO 1.95; Cl 1.01-3.80; p = 0.04), and have
Table 1. Distribution of 65 blood culture isolates
Organism
No. (%)
Cumulative (%)
Salmonella Typhi
49 (75.4)
75.4
Staphylococcus epldermldls
2(3.1)
78.5
Aclnetobacter spp.
4 (6.2)
84.6
Salmonella group D
2(3.1)
87.7
Viridans-group Streptococcus
2(3.1)
90.8
Salmonella Paratyphi A
3 (4.6)
95.4
Streptococcus pneumoniae
2(3.1)
98.5
Enterobacter spp.
1 (1 .5)
100.0
mental status changes (RO 3.94; Cl 1.98-7.81; p < 0.02).
Another model indicated preschool typhoid fever patients
were significantly more likely than older patients to have
fever >39°C (RO 1.62; Cl 1.21- 2.17), mental status
changes (RO 3.54; Cl 2.25-5.55), and crepitations (rales)
on auscultation (RO 4.44; Cl 3.11-6.33).
All patients with culture-confirmed typhoid fever
recovered, except for 1 child with tuberculosis. Four adults
required ciprofloxacin. No hospitalizations, complications,
or deaths occurred among confirmed typhoid fever
patients.
In vitro antimicrobial susceptibility testing (Table 2)
showed a high prevalence of ampicillin, cotrimoxazole,
and chloramphenicol resistance, with 27 isolates (55.1%)
resistant to all 3; ceftriaxone resistance was found in iso-
lates from 1 preschool child. Routine nalidixic acid testing
was not performed, following NCCFS 2000 guidelines.
Conclusions
Our data indicate a high infection ratio in this urban
population, which is highest among preschool children.
These ratios are comparable to recent regional reports
(4,6,13) and indicate that typhoid fever in preschool chil-
dren may be underappreciated. That preschool children
have 8.9 times the risk for S. Typhi infection as older per-
sons corroborates age-specific rates in highly disease-
endemic areas (1). The antimicrobial susceptibility data
Age (y)
Figure 1 . Distribution of typhoid fever by age.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
327
DISPATCHES
Age (y)
Figure 2. Age distribution of patients <5 years of age with typhoid
fever.
indicate high ratios of in vitro resistance to standard
antimicrobial agents, with a high prevalence of multidrug
resistance.
The degree of illness of preschool children is controver-
sial; some report benign bacteremia (5,14) and others have
found clinical illness (4,13). Our multivariate model shows
that preschool children are clinically ill. Coexisting condi-
tions, particularly pneumonia, are not only more common
in preschool typhoid fever patients but also may result in
misclassification and underreporting, as well as contribute
to a worsening cycle of repeated infection and deaths.
Future studies should explore these issues in this age
group.
Substantial clinical illness among preschool children
argues the need for them to be enrolled in vaccination pro-
grams. The age- specific infection rates suggest vaccination
in the first year of life, integrating with existing Expanded
Programme on Immunization (EPI) schedules. This prac-
tice would require either a polysaccharide protein-conju-
gate vaccine to stimulate T-cell-dependent responses (15)
or a live attenuated oral vaccine, since T-cell-independent
responses do not mature until the child is 1 8-24 months of
age.
The limitations of this study could result in an underes-
timate of the incidence of typhoid fever. First, this study
was not designed to measure typhoid fever incidence or
disease impact. The surveillance program was designed to
identify dengue. Thus, febrile episodes for young children
Table 2. Antimicrobial resistance patterns of Salmonella enterlca
serovar Typhi, Kamalapur, 2001
Antimicrobial agent
% resistance
Ampicillin
55.1
Cotrimoxazole
57.1
Chloramphenicol
57.1
Ciprofloxacin
0.0
Ceftriaxone
2.0
were defined differently than for older persons. Although
we did not find evidence of preferential selection for
young children, future studies may adopt a common fever
definition. Second, the blood volume examined, though
not inadequate, may not have been optimal. Third, blood
culture sensitivity is relatively low, estimated at 25%-50%
(1). Fourth, the 6.1% estimate of earlier medicine exposure
may be an underestimate, as we did not validate these
reports. If these agents were antimicrobial, the number of
serovar Typhi isolates recovered from peripheral blood
would be reduced. Fifth, we had only 10 months of obser-
vation and therefore did not attempt an estimate of disease
impact, adjustments for blood culture sensitivity, or expo-
sure to antimicrobial agents. Ours is thus a conservative
estimate of incidence. Further observation should allow
the impact of disease to be estimated.
Acknowledgments
We gratefully acknowledge Eric Mintz and Pavani Kalluri for
their suggestions and assistance with the manuscript preparation.
This study was funded by the International Centre for
Tropical Disease Research (ICIDR) of the National Institutes of
Health, by a cooperative agreement from the U.S. Agency for
International Development (HRN-A-00-96-90005-00), and by
core donors to the ICDDR,B Centre for Health and Population
Research. The funding sources had no involvement in the study
design, interpretation, or decision to submit this paper.
Author participation in this article was as follows: W.A.
Brooks was the principal investigator and provided the concep-
tion, design, execution, and principal data analysis of this study,
as well as preparing the manuscript. A. Hossain and K. Alam per-
formed the blood cultures and determined sensitivities. D.
Goswami and A. Naheed provided overall supervision of the
project operation. A.T. Sharmeen and K. Nahar were responsible
for the clinical staff. N. Ahmed supervised field operations. B.
Nair, S. Luby, and R. Breiman were senior team members who
contributed to the design, interim discussions of the project’s
progress, data analysis, and manuscript preparation.
Dr. Brooks is a specialist in pediatrics and preventive medi-
cine. He is on faculty at the Bloomberg School of Public Health
at Johns Hopkins University in Baltimore, Maryland, from where
he was seconded to ICDDR,B. He established an urban field site
in 1998, from which he conducts surveillance and intervention
studies on a variety of infectious diseases, primarily but not
exclusively in children, including acute respiratory disease,
dengue, typhoid fever, and shigellosis.
References
1. Crump JA, Mintz LS, editors. The global burden of typhoid fever.
Bull World Health Organ. 2004;82:346-53.
328
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Typhoid Fever in Children in Urban Slum, Bangladesh
2. Keddy KH, Klugman K, Hansford CF, Blondeau C, Bouveret le Cam
NN. Persistence of antibodies to the Salmonella typhi Yi capsular
polysaccharide vaccine in South African school children ten years
after immunization. Vaccine. 1 999; 17:11 0-3 .
3. Simanjuntak CH, Paleologo FP, Punjabi NH, Darmowigoto R,
Soeprawoto, Totosudirjo H, et al. Oral immunisation against typhoid
fever in Indonesia with Ty21a vaccine. Lancet. 1991;338:1055-9.
4. Sinha A, Sazawal S, Kumar R, Sood S, Reddaiah VP, Singh B, et al.
Typhoid fever in children aged less than 5 years. Lancet.
1999;354:734-7.
5. Ferreccio C, Levine MM, Manterola A, Rodriguez G, Rivara I,
Prenzel I, et al. Benign bacteremia caused by Salmonella typhi and
paratyphi in children younger than 2 years. J Pediatr. 1984; 104:899-
901.
6. Lin FY, Vo AH, Phan VB, Nguyen TT, Dry la D, Tran CR, et al. The
epidemiology of typhoid fever in the Dong Thap Province, Mekong
Delta region of Vietnam. Am J Trop Med Hyg. 2000;62:644-8.
7. Clemens J, Hoffman S, Ivanoff B, Klugman K, Levine MM, Neira M,
et al. Typhoid fever vaccines. Vaccine. 1999;17:2476-8.
8. Levine MM, Noriega F. A review of the current status of enteric vac-
cines. PNG Med J. 1995;38:325-31.
9. Agarwal KS, Singh SK, Kumar N, Srivastav R, Rajkumar. A study of
current trends in enteric fever. J Commun Dis. 1998;30:171-4.
10. Butler T, Islam A, Kabir I, Jones PK. Patterns of morbidity and mor-
tality in typhoid fever dependent on age and gender: review of 552
hospitalized patients with diarrhea. Rev Infect Dis. 1991;13:85-90.
11. NCCLS. M2-A7-disk diffusion. Performance standards for antimi-
crobial disk susceptibility test, in CLS document M2-A7. Wayne
(PA): NCCLS; 2000.
12. Selvin S. Statistical analysis of epidemiological data. 2nd ed.
Monographs in epidemiology and biostatistics. Vol. 25. New York:
Oxford University Press, Inc.; 1996. p. 467.
13. Saha SK, Baqui AH, Hanif M, Darmstadt GL, Rahulamin M,
Nagatake T, et al. Typhoid fever in Bangladesh: implications for vac-
cination policy. Pediatr Infect Dis J. 2001;20:521-4.
14. Morris JG Jr, Ferreccio C, Garcia J, Lobos H, Black RE, Rodriguez
H, et al. Typhoid fever in Santiago, Chile: a study of household con-
tacts of pediatric patients. Am J Trop Med Hyg. 1984;33:1198-202.
15. Lin FY, Ho VA, Khiem HB, Trach DD Bay PV, Thanh TC, et al. The
efficacy of a Salmonella Typhi Vi conjugate vaccine in two-to-five-
year-old children. N Engl J Med. 2001;344:1263-9.
Address for correspondence: W. Abdullah Brooks, ICDDR,B: Centre for
Health and Population Research, GPO Box 128, Mohakhali, Dhaka 1000,
Bangladesh; fax:503. 210.0453; email: abrooks@icddrb.org
The Ellison Medical Foundation
Senior Scholar Award in Global Infectious Disease
Request for Letters of Intent - Deadline: March 9, 2005
The Ellison Medical Foundation, established by Lawrence J. Ellison, announces the fifth year of a
program to support biomedical research on parasitic and infectious diseases caused by viral,
bacterial, protozoal, fungal or helminthic pathogens that are of major global public health concern
but are relatively neglected in federally funded research within the U.S. Letters of intent for the
Senior Scholar Award in Global Infectious Disease arc due in the foundation office by March 9,
2005.
The intent of the Global Infectious Disease program is to focus its support by placing emphasis on:
• Innovative research that might not be funded by traditional sources, such as projects involving
the application of new concepts or new technologies whose feasibility is not yet proven,
projects seeking commonalities among pathogens that might yield new insights into
mechanisms of disease, projects seeking to bring together diverse scientific disciplines in the
study of infectious diseases, or support to allow established investigators to move into a new
research area.
• Aspects of fundamental research that may significantly impact the understanding and control
of infectious diseases, but have not found a home within traditional funding agencies.
Those submitting successful letters of intent will be invited to submit full applications. Evaluation
is performed by a two phase process involving the Foundation’s Global Infectious Disease Initial
Review Group and Scientific Advisory Board. Reviewers will pay close attention to arguments as
to why the proposed work is unlikely to be supported by established sources. Up to ten Senior
Scholar Awards will be made in the Fall, 2005.
Eligibility: Established investigators employed by U.S. 501(c)(3) institutions, or U.S. colleges or
universities, are eligible to apply. There is no limit on the number of Senior Scholar letters of intent
submitted from any one institution. Whereas the Foundation only makes awards to U.S. nonprofit
institutions, the Global Infectious Disease program encourages formation of research consortia
between U.S. institutions and those in other disease-endemic countries, as through a subcontract
mechanism, when such collaborations will benefit the proposed research. Current or past Senior
Scholar Awardees are not eligible to apply.
Terms of the Award: Each award will be made for up to $150,000 per year direct cost, with full
indirect cost at the institution's NIH negotiated rate added to that, for up to four years.
Complete Application Details: For further information, sec the foundation website at
http://\% ww.ellisonfoundation.org .
Address any questions to: Richard L. Sprott, Ph.D.
Executive Director, The Ellison Medical Foundation
4710 Bcthcsda Avenue, Suite 204
Bethesda, MD 20814-5226
Phone: 301/657-1830
Fax: 301/657-1828
Emai I : rsprott@el I ison foundation .org
EID
OnZinz
www.cdc.gov/eid
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
329
DISPATCHES
Molecular Evidence
of Pneumocystis
T ransmission
in Pediatric
Transplant Unit
Britta Hocker,* Constanze Wendt,t
Aimable Nahimana4 Burkhard Tonshoff,*
and Philippe M. Hauser^
We describe an outbreak of Pneumocystis jirovecii
pneumonia in a pediatric renal transplant unit, likely attrib-
utable to patient-to-patient transmission. Single-strand con-
formation polymorphism molecular typing showed that 3
affected patients had acquired the same 2 strains of
Pneumocystis, which suggests interhuman infection. An
infant with mitochondriopathy was the probable index
patient.
D espite intensive medical treatment, Pneumocystis
jirovecii pneumonia (PCP) is still a severe disease in
immunocompromised patients, with a high death rate of
up to 50 % (1). The first report of human Pneumocystis
infection appeared in 1909; nevertheless, its epidemiology
is poorly understood to date. In the 1950s, reports on PCP
epidemics in malnourished infants in hospitals and orphan-
ages aroused suspicion of interhuman transmission. In
addition, animal studies have demonstrated airborne trans-
mission of Pneumocystis (2). A case-control study con-
ducted for a cluster of 5 PCP cases in transplant recipients
suggested transmission of P. jirovecii from AIDS patients
to other immunosuppressed persons (3). However, molec-
ular typing methods for P. jirovecii were lacking so that
patient-to-patient transmission could not be assessed at the
molecular level. When such techniques were developed in
the 1990s, 3 analyses showed different P. jirovecii geno-
types within clusters (4-6). A recent analysis at the molec-
ular level of a cluster of 10 PCP cases strongly suggested
that HIV-infected persons with active PCP transmitted P.
jirovecii to renal transplant recipients (7). The role of inter-
human transmission of P. jirovecii in the epidemiology of
PCP is still unclear.
The Outbreak
Having observed no occurrence of PCP in our pediatric
*University Children’s Hospital, Heidelberg, Germany; fHygiene
Institute Heidelberg, Germany; and ^University Hospital of
Lausanne, Lausanne, Switzerland
renal transplant unit for the last 20 years and only 1 case in
all German pediatric renal transplant units during the last
10 years, we encountered 3 consecutive incidents of PCP
during a 5 -month period. The first patient was a 13 -year-
old girl, who had received her second renal graft because
of cystic kidney disease; PCP developed 4 months after
transplantation. The second patient, a 14-year-old boy, fell
ill in the ninth posttransplant month; he had bilateral vesi-
coureteral reflux as underlying renal disease. The third
patient was a 13-year-old girl, who had a transplant 2 years
before contracting PCP because of cystic renal dysplasia
occurring in the context of Bardet-Biedl syndrome.
All 3 children had been given cyclosporine A (average
dose 6.7 mg/kg/day), mycophenolate mofetil (1,060
mg/m 2 /day), and methylprednisolone (3.2 mg/m 2 /day), as
maintenance immunosuppression. One patient had also
received induction therapy with the interleukin-2-receptor-
antibody basiliximab. All 3 children had been treated with
methylprednisolone pulses for acute rejection episodes 2,
3, and 15 months before PCP was diagnosed.
Clinically, all patients showed nonspecific symptoms,
such as mild fever, dyspnea, and dry cough in the absence
of auscultatoric anomalies. Laboratory tests showed an
elevation of lactic dehydrogenase activity, C-reactive pro-
tein concentration in blood, and pronounced hypercal-
cemia (2. 7-3. 5 mmol/L), which was interpreted as an
extrarenal production of 1.25 -dihydroxy vitamin D 3 by
activated alveolar macrophages. We found a significant
reduction of S-adenosylmethionine concentration in plas-
ma (6 nmol/L; normal range 86-128 nmol/L), which
appears to be specific to PCP, unlike bacterial or other
atypical pneumonias (8). We measured the blood count of
CD4+ and CD4/DR+T lymphocytes in the third patient to
indicate the degree of immunosuppression, since antirejec-
tion therapy had been administered 15 months before the
occurrence of PCP. The number of CD4+T cells was nor-
mal at the time of PCP diagnosis (1,100 cells/qL; normal
range 505-1,151 cells/qL), while the number of activated
T-helper cells was slightly decreased (24 CD4/DR+
cells/qL; normal range 29-87/|iL). Only in the course of
PCP did the numbers of CD4+- and CD4/DR+-T lympho-
cytes drop significantly (308 CD4+-T cells/qL and 8
CD4/DR+ cells/qL). Chest radiographs and thorax comput-
ed tomographic scans of the 3 children showed typical
signs of interstitial pneumonia, e.g., ground-glass opacity.
Diagnosis of PCP was confirmed by the presence of
cysts and vegetative forms in bronchoalveolar lavage fluid,
proved by immunofluorescence staining, and through
detection of Pneumocystis DNA by means of polymerase
chain reaction (PCR). In spite of intensive antimicrobial
therapy, 2 of our 3 renal transplant patients died, at 10 and
28 days, respectively, after the onset of PCP.
To determine if PCP could have been caused by patient-
330
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
Pneumocystis Transmission in Pediatric Transplant Unit
to-patient transmission, we closely examined the course of
PCP in the infected children (Figure). Patient 1 stayed on
the same ward and same floor, but not in the same room
(distance between the rooms’ doors ~10 m), as an infant
with a yet-unclassified mitochondriopathy and pneumonia,
which later was diagnosed as PCP Patient 2’s hospital stay
overlapped that of patient 1 ; the patients were on the same
ward and same floor, in rooms with doors separated by 8
m, before the onset of PCP. Patient 3 spent her holiday
with patient 2 in a summer camp organized by our
Pediatric Nephrology Division.
Proceeding on the assumption that PCP in the 4 chil-
dren resulted from patient-to-patient transmission, we
investigated the genotypes of P. jirovecii with the multitar-
get single-strand conformation polymorphism (SSCP)
method. This typing procedure is based on the amplifica-
tion by PCR of 4 variable regions of the genome, followed
by the detection of polymorphisms by means of SSCP.
These 4 genomic regions are as follows: internal tran-
scribed spacer number 1 of the nuclear rRNA genes oper-
on (ITS1), the intron of the nuclear 26S rRNA gene (26S),
the variable region of the mitochondrial 26S rRNA gene
(mt26S), and the region surrounding intron number 6 of
the (3-tubulin gene ((3-tub). Typing procedures were carried
out as described elsewhere (9). A variable region amplified
from a bronchoalveolar lavage fluid specimen can gener-
ate either 2 bands (simple pattern) or >2 bands (complex
pattern). While a simple pattern corresponds to a single
allele of the genomic region, the presence of >2 bands
(complex pattern) indicates the existence of several alleles
for a given region, most probably attributable to coinfec-
tion with multiple P. jirovecii types (10).
Our analysis showed that all 3 renal transplant patients
had acquired the same 2 strains of Pneumocystis , types 1
and 2. The infant with mitochondriopathy had been infect-
ed with >2 strains, which possibly included types 1 and 2
(Table). In contrast, 3 unrelated cases in patients (patients
4, 5, and 6) from the same hospital harbored other P.
jirovecii types. The index of discrimination of the method
was high (0.93) (10), and the probability that patients 1, 2,
and 3 were infected with the same strains by chance is
extremely low. We observed that the proportion of coin-
fecting strains within the clinical specimen was more
important than the amount of template DNA to detect or
not detect a strain by means of the SSCP typing method. A
coinfecting strain has to represent 1 1 % of the population to
be detected (11). Coinfecting strains are missed when very
low amounts of template DNA are used, sometimes result-
ing in a negative PCR; however, this was not the case for
the specimens analyzed in the present study.
The index patient had more strains than the other
patients (Table) but generated smaller amounts of PCR
products with the 4 different PCR tests used, which sug-
gests a lower amount of DNA template. Although exclud-
ing a common source of P. jirovecii is difficult, the results
strongly suggest that all 3 kidney transplant recipients had
infected each other, and the infant could have acted as
index patient. This transmission may have occurred direct-
ly from 1 patient to another but also indirectly through
immunocompetent carriers. Indeed, carriage of P. jirovecii
DNA in the nose of immunocompetent relatives and
healthcare workers in close contact with a PCP patient has
been described (12).
Conclusions
To our knowledge, this report is the first published on
an outbreak of PCP in a pediatric renal transplant unit,
probably attributable to patient-to-patient transmission.
However, we cannot exclude that the cases described were
infected by the same environmental source. The presence
of P. jirovecii in the air of hospital corridors has been
described (13), making an environmental reservoir in the
hospital possible. Other potential sources of P. jirovecii
could be asymptomatic P. jirovecii carriers, such as
immunosuppressed patients (14,15). Our findings at the
molecular level suggest that P. jirovecii may be transmitted
nosocomially and be acquired by immunosuppressed pedi-
atric transplant recipients. The incubation periods of P.
jirovecii infection (17, 15, and 19 weeks for patients 1, 2,
and 3, respectively) would be longer than those (2-12
weeks) suggested by the previously described clusters of
PCP (3,7,16). This finding may reflect a difference
between adults and children.
Until the outbreak of PCP outlined in this article, pedi-
atric renal transplant recipients in our hospital and other
pediatric renal transplant units in Germany were not given
PCP prophylaxis routinely because of possible side effects,
such as a rise of serum creatinine values, myelosuppression,
Week 2002
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52
Index Pat. > X D
Pat. 1 RTx + R R > X D
Pat. 2 RTx Ja nuary 2002 R$ > X D
Pat. 3 RTx De cember 2000 > X
Figure. Course of Pneumocystis
pneumonia (PCP) in 3 pediatric renal
transplant recipients and 1 infant suf-
fering from a yet-unclassified mito-
chondriopathy. R, acute rejection
episode; RTx, renal transplantation;
4, contact; #, joint holiday; > start of
PCP symptoms; - , hospitalization;
X, diagnosis of PCP; D, death.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
331
DISPATCHES
Table. Pneumocystis jirovecii genotyping by PCR-SSCP of 4 genomic regions*
SSCP pattern
Patient
Date
ITS1
26S
mt26
p-tub
P. jirovecii type
Index case-patient
3/27/02
A
A, B
A, B,C
A, B
>2 types (nonidentifiable)
1
7/26/02
A
A, B
A
A
1, 2
2
10/30/02
A
A, B
A
A
1, 2
3
12/3/02
A
A, B
A
A
1, 2
4
2/7/03
A, B
A, B, C
B, C
B, C
>2 types (nonidentifiable)
5
2/1 5/03
A
A, B
C
A
6, 44
6
2/1 8/03
A, B
A, B
A
C
45, 46
*Bold letters signify the most abundant simple pattern with the complex one, as shown by silver staining. Bold numbers signify the most abundant
P. jirovecii type. PCR, polymerase chain reaction; SSCP, multitarget single-strand conformation polymorphism.
and Lyell syndrome. We had not observed any case of PCP
in our transplant recipients for the last 20 years without
prophylaxis. In the light of the high death rate for PCP,
prophylactic treatment with trimethoprim- sulfamethoxa-
zole is highly recommended for the first 6 posttransplant
months and during the 4 months after antirejection thera-
py, in accordance with the guidelines for adults (1).
According to these guidelines, patient 3, in whom PCP
developed 15 months after steroid pulse therapy, would not
have been protected by prophylaxis. Whether prophylaxis
should be given for a longer period of time remains
unknown, particularly since immunosuppression did not
appear to be intensive in this patient at the onset of PCP, as
indicated by the normal CD4+ T-lymphocyte count in
peripheral blood and the only slightly decreased number of
activated T-helper cells.
Dr. Hocker is a physician and research fellow at the
University Children’s Hospital, Heidelberg, Germany. Her
research activities are focused on immunosuppressive therapy
and diagnosis and treatment of opportunistic infections in pedi-
atric renal transplant recipients.
References
1 . EBPG Expert Group on Renal Transplantation. European best prac-
tice guidelines for renal transplantation. Section IV: long-term man-
agement of the transplant recipient. IV.7.1 Late infections.
Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia. Nephrol Dial Transplant.
2002;17(Suppl 4):36-8.
2. Hughes WT. Current issues in the epidemiology, transmission, and
reactivation of Pneumocystis carinii. Semin Respir Infect.
1998;13:283-8.
3. Chave JP, David S, Wauters JP, Van Melle G, Francioli P.
Transmission of Pneumocystis carinii from AIDS patients to other
immunosuppressed patients: a cluster of Pneumocystis carinii pneu-
monia in renal transplant recipients. AIDS. 1991;5:927-32.
4. Olsson M, Eriksson BM, Elvin K, Strandberg M, Wahlgren M.
Genotypes of clustered cases of Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia.
Scand J Infect Dis. 2001;33:285-9.
5. Latouche S, Poirot JL, Maury E, Bertrand V, Roux P. Pneumocystis
carinii hominis sequencing to study hypothetical person-to-person
transmission. AIDS. 1997;11:549.
6. Helweg-Larsen J, Tsolaki AG, Miller RF, Lundgren B, Wakefield AE.
Clusters of Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia: analysis of person-to-
person transmission by genotyping. Q J M. 1998;91:813-20.
7. Rabodonirina A, Vanhems P, Couray-Targe S, Gillibert RP, Ganne C,
Nizard N, et al. Molecular evidence of interhuman transmission of
Pneumocystis pneumonia among renal transplant recipients hospital-
ized with HIV-infected patients. Emerg Infect Dis. 2004;10:1766-73.
8. Skelly M, Hoffman J, Fabbri M, Holzman RS, Clarkson AB Jr,
Merali S. S-adenosylmethionine concentrations in diagnosis of
Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia. Lancet. 2003;361:1267-8.
9. Hauser PM, Francioli P, Bille J, Telenti A, Blanc DS. Typing of
Pneumocystis carinii f. sp. hominis by single-strand conformation
polymorphism of four genomic regions. J Clin Microbiol.
1997;35:3086-91.
10. Hauser PM, Blanc DS, Sudre P, Senggen Manoloff E, Nahimana A,
Bille J, et al. Genetic diversity of Pneumocystis carinii in HlV-posi-
tive and -negative patients as revealed by PCR-SSCP typing. AIDS.
2001;15:461-6.
11. Nahimana A, Blanc DS, Francioli P, Bille J, Hauser PM. Typing of
Pneumocystis carinii f.sp. hominis by PCR-SSCP to indicate high
frequency of co-infections. J Med Microbiol. 2000;49:753-8.
12. Vargas SL, Ponce CA, Gigliotti F, Ulloa AV, Prieto S, Munoz MP, et
al. Transmission of Pneumocystis carinii DNA from a patient with P.
carinii pneumonia to immunocompetent contact health care workers.
J Clin Microbiol. 2000;38:1536-8.
13. Bartlett MS, Vermund SH, Jacobs R, Durant PJ, Shaw MM, Smith
JW, et al. Detection of Pneumocystis carinii DNA in air samples:
likely environmental risk to susceptible persons. J Clin Microbiol.
1997;35:2511-3.
14. Hauser PM, Blanc DS, Bille J, Nahimana A, Francioli P. Carriage of
Pneumocystis carinii by immunosuppressed patients and molecular
typing of the organisms. AIDS. 2000;14:461-3.
15. Vargas SL, Ponce CA, Sanchez CA, Ulloa AV, Bustamante R, Juarez
G. Pregnancy and asymptomatic carriage of Pneumocystis jirovecii.
Emerg Infect Dis. 2003;9:605-6.
16. Goesch TR, Gotz G, Stellbrinck KH, Albrecht H, Weh HJ, Hossfeld
DK. Possible transfer of Pneumocystis carinii between immunodefi-
cient patients. Lancet. 1990;336:627.
Address for correspondence: Britta Hocker, University Children's
Hospital, Im Neuenheimer Feld 150, 69120 Heidelberg, Germany; fax:
49-6221-564203; email: Britta_Hoecker@med.uni-heidelberg.de
332
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
First Self
Gerald N. Callahan*
S lowly, purposefully, my mother unbuttons her blouse.
It is blue with small white flowers, and the tail is
tucked firmly into the elastic waistband of her salmon-pink
pants. Beginning at the top and moving down, she works
carefully at each of the small plastic buttons.
“Mother,” I plead with her, “you don’t need to do that.”
She smiles at me and continues unfastening buttons.
Her padded cotton and elastic bra begins to appear. Her
breasts swell pallidly above it.
The room is not well lit. The curtains are drawn, as they
always are, against the sun. But I can see more of my
mother than I wish to. My father, sitting here with me, says
nothing. My wife, Gina, and two other women in the room
also sit silently as my mother undresses herself.
I smell her perfume as she works at her blouse, her per-
fume and the lotion she lathers herself with every morning.
I see the wrinkles beneath her arms, the flaps of skin at the
elbows. She pulls off the blouse and stands before us with
it in her right hand.
Her gray hair sprays in every direction. Her back is lit-
tered with small brown moles, her skin like ice over an old
pond. And her dark eyes, fallen far back in the sockets of
her skull, flutter from face to face like moths.
This is not, of course, my mother. My mother would
never have bared this much of herself in front of strangers
and certainly never in front of her son. My mother was
quiet, shy, prudent. And this is, of course, my mother, her
face, her hands, her dried out, fungus-ruined feet. But
things have changed.
The nondescript, nappy, brown carpet is just as it
always has been. The counters are still lined with the detri-
tus of middle-class life. The cheap fan still chops at the air
overhead, and the draining board with its plastic dish rack
still drips dishwater into the same stainless steel sink. The
clock with its three golden balls spools out the hours like
kites, just as it always has. But my mother is mad. And the
six of us have gathered today to evaluate her for custodial
care. Custodial care! It sounds as though we might turn her
over to the janitors at the university where I work. As
though they might know what to do with her since we
*Colorado State University, Fort Collins, Colorado, USA
don’t. Appalled or not, though, we have no more time to
twist our tales.
The Self
I am an immunologist. I have spent my life studying the
intricate paths by which we protect ourselves from this
infectious world, studying self, non- self, and why the two
should never meet. But as a son watching his mother dis-
integrate, I am cut adrift.
My mother’s self, the thing that was her for all these
years, the thing I had imagined fixed as flint beneath her
bones has fractured, shattered like a crystal vase dropped
on concrete. It is one thing to watch feathers grow from
chicken-skin grafts on nude mice, quite another to watch
your mother undress herself in front of total strangers.
Merriam Webster says that self is “the entirety of an
individual, the realization or embodiment of an abstrac-
tion” (1). I don’t know what that means. Even though it
somehow feels right, it seems woefully incomplete and
metaphysical. As though no human using ordinary lan-
guage could truly speak of my mother’s disappearance, no
matter how concretely and obviously she is disappearing.
Sir Frank Macfarlane Burnet first described the neces-
sity of biological self after watching an ameba ingest and
digest another microorganism: “The fact that one is digest-
ed, and the other not, demands that in some way or other
the living substance of the ameba can distinguish between
the chemical structure characteristics of ‘self’ and any suf-
ficiently different chemical structure as ‘non-self’” (2).
Later in contemplation of an immune response, Burnet
added, “The failure of antibody production against autolo-
gous cells demands the postulation of an active ability of
the reticulo-endothelial cells to recognize ‘self’ patterns
from ‘ non- self ’ patterns in organic material taken into their
substance” (3). “Demands” for after all, even the most
primitive of us do not regularly eat ourselves. And even the
most complicated of us do not regularly mistake our bod-
ies for infectious enemies and destroy the very thing that
sustains us. Burnet’s self becomes something substantial,
something unique that our appetites and our immune sys-
tems ignore while they chew away at the rest of the organ-
ic world.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
333
ANOTHER DIMENSION
The fact that on the surface these two selves — the self
of Merriam Webster and the self of Macfarlane Burnet —
seem incommensurate, we probably owe to the Frenchman
Rene Descartes.
The Divided Self
Descartes, a mathematician and philosopher, found
himself one day deeply concerned with the reality of
things. What could he truly trust? What was rationally and
irrefutably real? We all know that we make mistakes at
times about what is real — the monster under the bed, the
shadow in the closet, purpose. Most of us just shrug it off,
but Descartes was not so easily mollified. He secluded
himself in a darkened room at the back of his chateau and
set out to discover what was demonstrably real, trustwor-
thy, certain (4,5).
Descartes considered what we learn through the senses,
the stuff we see, hear, taste, touch, and smell — the physi-
cal world that apparently surrounds us. Is any of it truly
real, unquestionably real? No. Almost immediately, he
realized our senses can fool us. Dreams provide hard evi-
dence of that. While we are in a dream, we become com-
pletely absorbed with false reality. Dreams do not
announce to us that they are not “real.” And many things
in the “real” world (mirages, optical illusions, sleights of
hand) do not announce to us that they are false.
Descartes, the inventor of analytical geometry, turned
to the reality of mathematics, a priori knowledge — knowl-
edge accessible without sensory perception. Because of his
deep investment in mathematics, Descartes thought a pri-
ori knowledge inviolable, beyond reproach, above suspi-
cion. But as he delved deeper, he realized that some evil
genius might have fooled us about mathematics.
Mathematics might be nothing more than an elaborate ruse
with nothing whatsoever to do with reality (as many of us
suspected in grade school). He was forced to abandon
mathematics as well as sensory knowledge. Without math-
ematics and the physical world the only things left to
Descartes were his own thoughts. He realized that ration-
ally and philosophically he could not question the reality
of the questioner. It simply wouldn’t make sense. So his
questions proved his own existence, even if he could not
establish the existence of anything else. Cogito ergo sum.
Had Descartes been a microbiologist, things might have
ended differently. But for the mathematician, the world
devolved to one man’s thoughts. Descartes rested then, in
the midst of an absolutely solitary universe. Two types of
things existed, the seemingly real but demonstrably
untrustworthy physical world ( res extans ), and the truly
real world of the mind ( res cogitans). These were two
completely separate worlds. The one outside our heads
was full of machines and ghosts, including our own bod-
ies. The one in our thoughts was concrete, real, essential.
Reality flourished inside human thought, specifically
Descartes’ thought. The rest was doubtful. When he was
finished, Descartes had scalpeled the self off the body.
The self, he claimed, was something other than the
physical world that surrounds us. Selves did not come
from the same stuff as trees, and stones, and arms, and
legs, and knuckles, and immune systems. Selves came
from somewhere else. Self stuff and body stuff were dis-
tinct and immiscible.
But almost 400 years later, as I watch my mother fum-
ble with the tails on her blouse, I am little comforted by
Rene Descartes.
The Biological Self
We finally convince my mother to put her blouse back
on and button it. It takes her two tries, but she now has
each button in its proper hole. I am embarrassed. She
seems unabashedly pleased with herself — what remains of
it. She smiles again at me. I turn to one of the women seat-
ed quietly across the room. I look for forgiveness or some
sort of reassurance that my mother’s antics haven’t ruined
this for all of us.
“She will do perfectly,” Jennifer says.
“Does she wander at night?” Melissa asks.
Lesch-Nyhan disease was first described in 1964, by
two physicians named Michael Lesch and William Nyhan.
Two brothers appeared one afternoon in these doctors’
clinic. Both boys were manifesting bizarre but identical
symptoms. Much about these original cases turned out to
be characteristic of most cases of Lesch-Nyhan disease,
which affects boys almost exclusively. And the fact that the
disease manifested identically in the twin boys suggested
that an altered gene was involved.
Lesch-Nyhan disease is caused by a mutant gene on the
X chromosome. Women have two X chromosomes, men
only one. So problems on an X chromosome are some-
times hidden in women by the normal allele on the alter-
nate X chromosome. But Y chromosomes have almost
nothing in common with X chromosomes. So X-linked
mutations are almost always apparent in men.
A single mutation in the gene that encodes an enzyme
called hypoxanthine-guanine phosphoribosyl transferase,
or HGPRT, is responsible for Lesch-Nyhan disease. In its
mutant form, the enzyme does not function. HGPRT cat-
alyzes a biochemical process called purine salvage.
Purines are used to make DNA and RNA — the stuff of
genes and genetic control and transcription. Because of the
importance of DNA synthesis, we have more than one way
to make purines. We can synthesize purines from scratch
or salvage purines from DNA-breakdown products in our
blood (6). People with Lesch-Nyhan disease cannot sal-
vage purines. These people must rely on the purines they
334
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
First Self
synthesize from scratch as their only source of purines
because their purine-salvage pathways do not work. On the
surface, that doesn’t seem like such a bad thing. Beneath
the surface, the effects are horrifying.
One of the manifestations of Lesch-Nyhan disease is
unmistakable. Somewhere between three months and four
years of age, boys with Lesch-Nyhan disease begin to self-
mutilate, and they become very creative at it. These boys
chew off their lips, chew their fingers to bloody stubs. If
not restrained, they engage in head banging, arm and leg
banging, nose and eye gouging — sometimes blinding
themselves. And they may, against their overt wishes,
attack their care givers, sometimes doing considerable
harm to the ones they love most.
A single change in a single gene results in massive
changes in human behavior, massive changes in self-per-
ception, massive alterations of self. After all, what is more
basic to self-perception and self-preservation than the abil-
ity to distinguish self from non-self and eat only non-self?
Descartes was wrong. Wrong! Because clearly, and dra-
matically, and horribly res extans warps res cogitans.
We know of several infectious agents that also alter
human and animal behavior. Toxoplasma gondii makes rats
fond of cat urine. Wolbachia changes insects’ sexual pref-
erences. Borna-disease virus shows up more often in peo-
ple with certain behavioral disorders. Dicrocelium
dendriticum , a parasitic fluke, makes ants fond of heights
and more likely to be eaten by cows, D. dendriticum' s pri-
mary host. Euhaplorchis calif orniensis, another fluke,
makes fish swim in shallow waters, where the fish are
more likely to be eaten by birds, this fluke’s primary host.
And Streptococcus infections seem to predispose some
children to obsessive compulsive disorders (7). We will
probably find many more infectious microorganisms that
alter human behavior.
Our selves are not something ethereal, something
forged from a separate reality. Our selves are no different
from our livers or our hearts. Our selves are just as suscep-
tible to the effects of breeding and infection as any other
part of us. So, just as there is biology of reproduction or
respiration, there must be biology of self. Who we are is
not simply a matter of spirit or story. It is in our genes —
those we are born with, and those we acquire. Genes arose
and were preserved over eons to protect us, to provide each
of us with some specific edge in the struggle for survival
and reproduction. Our genes come from a very long line of
survivors and reproducers. In these genes is the template
for self.
“She does wander at night,” I add, wishing I didn’t have
to. “Twice, that I know of, Dad found her outside the house
in Kanab, Utah, making her way toward town. The first
time she wasn’t even wearing the bottoms of her pajamas.
When he stopped her and asked where she was going, she
said, ‘Home. I’m going home.’ My father could not make
her understand that she was home.”
The Evolution of Self
If selves are born inside genes, then like all things bio-
logical, selves must have an evolutionary advantage and an
evolutionary history. In the beginning there was RNA
(probably), RNA that snapped together spontaneously
from the molecules afloat in the primitive seas. Then there
was DNA twisted into long chains and wrapped in bits of
fat. Later, true cells appeared. Life — bacteria, archaea,
prokaryotes, eukaryotes — a most remarkable gift began to
unwrap itself. Everything was suddenly possible. And
from the outset there were only three rules that governed
us: eat, don’t get eaten, reproduce as quickly and as often
as possible — three rules alone that would account for all
who followed.
First-self had walked onto the stage. Pronouns became
meaningful. “Us” was no longer sufficient to describe
everything, “me” and “you” were necessary now. While
sense of self was perhaps a long way off, self was there,
that day, swimming in a thin broth of “other.”
Bacteria were a major step up from the muck. They
were, after all, living, but they suffered from one huge
drawback: each of them had only one cell to work with.
That meant then, and still means now, that most bacterial
cells had to do everything, all the time, all at once. Each
cell had to see, hear, touch, taste, and smell. Each cell had
to eat and excrete, reproduce and think. Each cell had to
make everything that was needed for the survival of the
individual. Because of this, bacteria, though remarkable
survivors, weren’t and aren’t much good at anything
beyond simple survival — poetry probably baffles them.
One day, all of this began to change. A few cells got
together, cemented themselves to one another with some
new glue. A protoplasmic hand reached into the void and
another hand took hold. The door of opportunity swung
wide open. For the first time, individual cells were freed
from necessity. No longer did anyone have to be every-
thing for everyone. No longer did anyone face everything
alone.
Cellular specialization took the world by storm. Some
cells stopped eating and became eyes (or something that
would one day become eyes), others ears, others nerves,
others muscles — there were no limits. Taste buds, anten-
nae, pincers, intestines, hearts, tails, legs, arms, muscles,
bones, livers, lungs, hair, nails, claws, blood, hide, and
horn were all within reach.
But almost immediately, everyone saw that cellular
specialization, alone, led nowhere. Before multicellularity
could be had, selfishness was needed. The first few multi-
cellular creatures probably shared everything with every-
one. After all, they had no means to distinguish among
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
335
ANOTHER DIMENSION
themselves. All that I have is yours, not because of altru-
ism, but because I cannot tell you from me. Such largesse
defeated the whole purpose of cellular specialization.
What benefit is there to eyes, if what I see I share with the
blind who surround me? Remember there are rules. I
come first. I am not to be eaten by others. I am to eat oth-
ers. I am to reproduce first. The things I see are for me and
me alone.
But “I” had no means yet for such distinction. What or
who was me and what or who was not? I could not decide.
Before I could reach for the stars, I had to reach within and
find some way to know myself from others. Without a
sense of self we are little more than bacteria — maybe less.
If I am to keep what I have earned, if I alone am to ben-
efit from my mutations and absorptions, my specializa-
tions, my senses, my motility, I must know self from
non- self. My eyes must be for my self. My thoughts must
be my own. My heart must beat only for me. I must keep
all that I can to my self at the expense of non-self, or I have
gained nothing.
Selves leave no fossils, so we cannot know for certain
how the first colonial (multicellular) organisms came to
sense their selves. But biologically , biochemically , basi-
cally, they had to know, everything depended on it. And
the biology and chemistry of that knowledge were and are
the only things between each of us and the rest of us. The
evolved self, the self geneticized. A protein marker, per-
haps, carried by every cell inside every one of us. A pass-
port to be checked and rechecked at every interaction. A
self to be validated over and over.
For a few millennia, that was probably good enough.
But life was changing. Microorganisms discovered para-
sitism. Once inside another’s membrane, food cost noth-
ing, life was simple, and reproduction was almost
guaranteed. Now, self discrimination was not enough.
Once others learned to hide within self, force was needed
to maintain boundaries. Now, we needed immunity to keep
us whole. Once again, if our own mutations and adapta-
tions were to serve us, the integrity of self was essential.
Infectious diseases posed the first great challenge to the
biological preeminence of self. Immune systems quickly
found ways to detect and destroy non-self.
In the beginning, biological self was probably nothing
more than a simple system for recognition of other and
recognition of non-self as food. Now self had teeth. Now
self rose like a shield to stand between us and those who
would destroy us to further their own journey towards
reproduction. We became what we served and protected.
Infection, Immunity, and Self
Over time, the self grew. Like the brain, layers upon
layers of self formed inside living things. Like the cerebral
cortex, late in evolution, psychological self arose — self-
conception, self-perception, self-deception. But still, like
the amygdala in the brain, beneath the complicated and
sophisticated self beats the heart of a beast, focused only
on food, survival, and sex.
Unlike the brain, the layers of self are strewn through-
out the body. In between the layers is immunity and infec-
tion. And that, it seems, ties it all together. When the
psychological self is stressed, the immunologic defense of
self falters. Perceived threats — exams, other men and
women, public speaking, air travel — stimulate the hypo-
thalamus to produce corticotrophin-releasing hormone
(CRH), which stimulates the pituitary gland to secrete
adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH). ACTH induces the
adrenal glands to produce cortisol. Cortisol suppresses the
immune system (8). The two selves synergized.
Furthermore, the consequence of this change in perception
of self or environment is, as you might expect, accompa-
nied by considerable increase in susceptibility to infectious
diseases (9-13). How we think about ourselves and our
surroundings changes our resistance to disease.
Infection and inflammation cross the bridge between
selves in the opposite direction. Every organ of the
immune system is innervated. Every spot where an
immune response takes place is hardwired to the brain.
Immunology and neurology are irreversibly intertwined.
Interleukins produced by activated macrophages and T
cells act on the adrenals, the hypothalamus, the pituitary,
and the brain stem. In response, moods change, libidos
drop, self-perception fogs, appetites trail off, and sleep
becomes nearly impossible (8).
Infection, inflammation, and immunity shape self. Self-
perception derails immunity. Cytomegalovirus and T.
gondii have been implicated in the etiology of schizophre-
nia (14,15). People with bipolar disorder are more fre-
quently infected with herpesvirus type 1 than people
without bipolar disorder (16). Mice born to mothers infect-
ed with influenza virus never develop a lust for exploration
(17). And of course infection by other parasites, bacteria,
and viruses can change animal behavior in unexpected and
consequential ways. Infection, at least at times, changes
our mental perceptions of ourselves and our surroundings.
Infections change our immune perceptions as well.
Among more than 3 million U.S. military personnel fol-
lowed from 1988 to 2000, the strongest predictors of mul-
tiple sclerosis were serum levels of immunoglobulin (Ig) G
antibodies to Epstein-Barr virus viral capsid antigen or
nuclear antigen (18). Multiple sclerosis is a remarkable
autoimmune disease in which the immune system attacks
the nervous system — self vs. self. And viral or bacterial
infections have been implicated in the etiologies of
rheumatoid arthritis, diabetes mellitus, Crohn’s disease,
and some types of thyroiditis — all autoimmune diseases.
These examples indicate that at least some infections cloud
336
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
First Self
the immunologic border between self and non-self. As our
understanding of infection and immunologic self-percep-
tion deepens, more examples will likely surface. Further
research will elucidate the interdependence between
immunologic and psychological disorders and the link
between both and infectious diseases.
Animals protected from birth against infections never
develop any functional sense of immunologic self (19).
Human autoimmune diseases, such as diabetes mellitus,
show a correlation with schizophrenia (20) and other
behavioral disorders. Cause and effect relationships
remain obscure, but a link may exist between infectious
disease and immunologic as well as psychological percep-
tion of self. Infection, immunity, and inflammation, like
water on old plywood, sometimes split and sometimes
cement the layers of self. But together or apart, self is a
brick in the bulwark of human biology.
Last Self
All her life my mother preferred things simple. She
liked jam better than jelly. She loved cornbread and black-
strap molasses, white gravy, melons, “Amazing Grace.”
She hated driving. She grew up poor, truly poor. Maybe
poverty burned up all the fuel she was saving for complex-
ity before she ever found any. Regardless, her tastes never
changed. She was always most comfortable with ordinary
things.
I remember her simplicity. But by the start of the sec-
ond year of her custodial existence, no matter how hard I
tried, I could no longer remember much of anything else
about how she once was. I couldn’t recall when her hair
might have been brown and combed, her pants not fat with
diapers, her smile less vacant.
The craters of her face were gaunt and empty now.
Every cold and flu wracked her lungs and sent mucus cas-
cading from her nose, across her mouth, and onto to the
knit sweaters she wore against the cold. Places where her
self had played across the geography of her skin were
abandoned — empty lots overgrown with weeds. With me,
hers was the purest and truest indifference. I loved her for
that. I would sit by her for hours simply to bathe in the low,
warm light of that indifference.
The smell of urine was everywhere. We were without
pretense. She told stories, I pretended to listen. Over and
over she spun those stories around me as though they
might protect me from something I would have to face
when she was gone. Layer after layer of her peeled away
until all that was left was bare wood. The weathered boards
scoured of paint by the raging storm. Underneath, there
was fear, often; a fervent sexuality, always; and hunger —
the vestiges of flames that first flickered billions of years
ago. Life, infection, and her own defenses had stripped her
of everything else. Unadorned self.
The last day she spoke to me, she was dressed in red
sweat pants and a loose purple jersey top with long
sleeves. Her nose ran. When I came into her room, she was
lying in bed staring at the ceiling. She rarely spoke com-
plete sentences. She never recognized me. I sat next to her
and for several moments said nothing.
The room was split in two by a red blanket hung as a
curtain. On the other side of the curtain was another bed.
Sometimes Mom had roommates, but for the last week or
two, no one had occupied the other bed. Lull or empty, the
other bed held no interest for Mother. The floor was cov-
ered in spattered beige tiles.
I enjoyed these moments, sitting quietly next to her —
moments stolen from reality, shielded from certainty. I
wasn’t an immunologist here, just an old woman’s son
wishing for things that could never be. I reached out and
held her hand, thin now with thickened blue veins and
knuckles fat from inflammation. She turned to me.
“Hello,” I said.
“Hello,” she said with obvious pleasure.
Then she lifted my hand to her lips and kissed my fin-
ger tips.
“How are you?” I asked because whether someone is
dying, bleeding to death from a severed limb, or just fin-
ishing a pastrami sandwich, that question inexplicably
comes to my lips.
“Line,” she said and turned back to the ceiling, smiling.
“I’m fine.”
I wiped her nose.
Today, she wore no lipstick, and the aides had taken her
bridge from her mouth. Lour of her lower front teeth were
missing. Her tongue fell through the opening when she
spoke and twisted her words.
“What would you like to do today, Mom?” I asked not
really expecting anything.
She looked up at me with eyes deep-brown as
mahogany. She pursed her lips beneath her small mous-
tache. And for a moment her eyes moved off to one side as
though she actually thought about what I’d asked. Linally
she looked back into my eyes and said to me:
“I’m hungry.”
“Then let’s eat.”
I lifted her into her wheel chair and rolled it down the
tiled hall to the dining room. She ate Salisbury steak and
mashed potatoes, green beans and corn, peach pie with ice
cream. And likely she would have eaten even more if any-
one had offered it. As she ate, she stared across the top of
her fork at the brown plastic tabletop. I watched her chin
moving with the food and her eyes as they chewed slow-
ly on nothing. Neither of us spoke. There was really no
need.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
337
ANOTHER DIMENSION
Dr. Callahan is associate professor of immunology/public
understanding of science and associate professor of English at
Colorado State University. His research interests focus on the
relationship between infectious and behavioral disease.
References
1. Merriam- Webster’s collegiate dictionary. 10th ed. Springfield (MA):
Merriam- Webster, Incorporated; 1998.
2. Burnet FM. Biological aspects of infectious diseases. Cambridge,
U.K.: Cambridge University Press; 1940.
3. Burnet FM. The production of antibodies. 2nd ed. London:
Macmillan; 1949.
4. Descartes R. Discourse on the method of rightly conducting the rea-
son, seeking truth in the sciences. Jan Leiden; 1637.
5. Descartes R. Meditations on first philosophy. 1641.
6. Hyder A, Jinnah M. Lesch-Nyhan syndrome [monograph on the
Internet]. 2002 Jan 25 [cited 2005 Jan 7], Available from
http://www.emedicine.com/neuro/topic630.htm
7. Callahan GN. Madness. Emerg Infect Dis. 2002;8:998-1002.
8. Wilder RL. Neuroendocrine-immune system interactions and autoim-
munity. Annu Rev Immunol. 1995;13:307-38.
9. Yang EV, Glaser R. Stress-associated immunomodulation and its
implications for responses to vaccination. Expert Rev Vaccines.
2002;1:453-9.
10. Yang EV, Glaser R. Stress-induced immunomodulation: implications
for tumorigenesis. Brain Behav Immun. 2003;17(Suppl l):S37-40.
1 1 . Yang EV, Glaser R. Stress-induced immunomodulation and the impli-
cations for health. Int Immunopharmacol. 2002;2:315-24.
12. Yang EV, Glaser R. Stress-induced immunomodulation: impact on
immune defenses against infectious disease. Biomed Pharmacother.
2000;54:245-50.
13. Glaser R, Rabin B, Chesney M, Cohen S, Natelson B. Stress-induced
immunomodulation: implications for infectious diseases? JAMA.
1999;281:2268-70.
14. Torrey EF, Yolken RH. Toxoplasma gondii and schizophrenia. Emerg
Infect Dis. 2003;9:1375-80.
15. Leweke FM, Gerth CW, Koethe D, Klosterkotter J, Ruslanova I,
Krivogorsky B, et al., Antibodies to infectious agents in individuals
with recent onset schizophrenia. Eur Arch Psychiatry Clin Neurosci.
2004;254:4-8.
16. Dickerson FB, Boronow JJ, Stallings C, Origoni AE, Cole S,
Krivogorsky B, et al. Infection with herpes simplex virus type 1 is
associated with cognitive deficits in bipolar disorder. Biol Psychiatry.
2004;55:588-93.
17. Shi L, Fatemi SH, Sidwell RW, Patterson PH. Maternal influenza
infection causes marked behavioral and pharmacological changes in
the offspring. J Neurosci. 2003;23:297-302.
18. Levin LI, Munger KL, Rubertone MV, Peck CA, Lennette ET,
Spiegelman D, et al. Multiple sclerosis and Epstein-Barr virus.
JAMA. 2003;289:1533-6.
19. Callahan GN. Eating dirt. Emerg Infect Dis. 2003;9:1016-21.
20. Wright P, Sham PC, Gilvarry CM, Jones PB, Cannon M, Sharma T,
et al. Autoimmune diseases in the pedigrees of schizophrenic and
control subjects. Schizophr Res. 1996;20:261-7.
Address for correspondence: Gerald N. Callahan, Department of
Microbiology, Immunology, and Pathology, Colorado State University,
1619 Campus Delivery, Fort Collins, CO 80523, USA; fax: 970-491-
0603; email: gerald.callahan@colostate.edu
Access
Another
Dimension articles
www.cdc .gov/nc idod/E ID/another.htm
http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/EID/vol11no01/04-0269.htm
EID
Online
www.cdc.gov/eid
338
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
LETTERS
Schistosoma
mansoni in Family
5 Years after Safari
To the Editor: Each year -350,000
Americans travel to Africa and
-500,000 travel to Brazil and the Far
East, all schistosomiasis-endemic
regions. Data from the European
Network on Imported Infectious
Diseases Surveillance (TropNetEurop)
suggest that most schistosomiasis
cases imported to Europe are acquired
in Africa; 80% of new cases world-
wide occur in sub-Saharan Africa
(1,2). Travelers to Africa from the
United States are also at high risk for
infection. Schistosoma mansoni has
the greatest impact on residents of dis-
ease-endemic areas who have high-
grade infection and progressive
hepatosplenic disease with portal
hypertension and its manifestations.
Most infected, short-term travelers
sustain a low-level of fluke infestation
with few symptoms, although serious
complications can occur.
We report a 38-year-old American
man with ectopic S. mansoni fluke
migration that led to neural schistoso-
miasis. His symptoms prompted us to
test family members who had accom-
panied him on a trip to Kenya 5 years
earlier. The family members had been
unaware of the risk for schistosomia-
sis that the trip posed. Five years after
a Kenyan safari during which the
index patient visited northeastern
Lake Victoria and swam 1 afternoon,
vertigo, nausea, and nystagmus devel-
oped. The results of liver function
tests were normal and peripheral
blood showed no eosinophilia. Biopsy
of a large cerebellar lesion noted on
magnetic resonance imaging (MRI)
was diagnostic, yielding multiple S.
mansoni ova within large eosinophilic
granulomas, consistent with tumoral
neuroschistosomiasis. We tested 24 of
25 family members who had accom-
panied him to Kenya for schistosomi-
asis (Figure). All of the accompanying
family members, except 3 women,
had gone into the water. All members
were well, except an 8-year-old boy,
in whom granulomatous colitis had
developed after the trip.
Eighteen of 25 enzyme-linked
immunosorbent assays (ELISA) were
positive for S. mansoni infection,
including that of samples from the
index patient and the boy (Figure).
ELISA was performed on 1 8 samples
at the Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention (CDC) and 7 samples at
Focus Technologies. Both tests used
the same CDC-produced antigen, the
microsomal fraction of adult S. man-
soni fluke, which has both a sensitiv-
ity and specificity for S. mansoni of
99%. Confirmatory immunoblots
were performed at CDC on samples
from 19 of the 25 ELISA-tested fam-
ily members, with 1 discordant result,
a positive ELISA and negative S.
mansoni and hematohium immuno-
blots. Three of 7 ELISA-negative
family members were the nonswim-
mers. Analyses of single stool speci-
mens from 7 family members, includ-
ing the index patient, and 1 rectal
biopsy sample were negative for ova.
Because of the high positivity rate,
praziquantel was prescribed for all 26
travelers. The index patient received
20 mg/kg of praziquantel twice daily
for 4 days and high-dose dexametha-
sone with subsequent 2-month taper;
his symptoms resolved over months.
An MRI 8 months after treatment
demonstrated minimal residual
inflammation. All other family mem-
bers received 20 mg/kg of praziquan-
tel twice in 1 day and tolerated it with-
out adverse events. Ten months after
treatment, the boy is growing after
years of an inflammatory colitis char-
acterized by hematochezia and
growth retardation. He continues to
have nonbloody diarrhea and consti-
pation.
We postulate that the mature fluke
pair migrated from the mesenteric
veins through Batson’s vertebral-
venous plexus to the cerebral veins at
the cerebellar level. There the female
expelled multiple ova into the cere-
bellum. An ensuing vigorous granulo-
matous response led to posterior fossa
mass effect and compression of
medullary nausea centers, which
resulted in the patient’s nausea, verti-
go, and nystagmus. Ectopic ovum
migration more commonly causes
neuroschistosomiasis; however, in
this case, multiple ova within 1 gran-
ulomatous mass suggest fluke-pair
migration rather than individual ovum
migration. Neuroschistosomiasis is
most commonly associated with
# Positive ELISA
O Negative ELISA
# Negative Stool
■ *\ Did not swim or wade, negative ELISA
NT Not tested
Figure. Testing for Schistosoma mansoni infection among family members 5 years after
trip to Kenya. ELISA, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay.See text for further description
of testing.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
339
LETTERS
S. japonicum , which has smaller ova.
In the literature, we found 16 other
case-patients with intracranial
tumoral S. mansoni. Eight of the
patients demonstrated cerebellar
involvement, which suggests a com-
mon fluke migratory pathway (3-15).
Like our patient, 6 others were not
native to disease-endemic regions.
This unsuspected case of neural
schistosomiasis illustrates the need
for detailed inquiry into every fresh-
water exposure by persons who have
traveled to schistosomiasis-endemic
regions. Adult Schistosoma flukes
generally survive in venules from 6 to
10 years but can survive <40 years;
therefore, remote travel history is rel-
evant. Examination of stool samples
for ova has been considered the stan-
dard method of diagnosing S. man-
soni and S. japonicum infection, and
urine examination is used to diagnose
S. haematobium. Multiple, fresh
morning specimens are ideal.
However, stool examination is not
likely to be as sensitive as current
immunologic assays for detecting
low levels of infection. Moreover, in
disease-nonendemic regions, opera-
tor variability may influence ova
detection. Among 13 recorded cases
of neurotumoral S. mansoni in which
stool specimens were examined, no
stool ova were found in 5 cases. In
our family cohort, among the 7
ELISA-positive members who sub-
mitted stool specimens, no examina-
tions performed at CDC demonstrat-
ed eggs (Figure).
The ELISA uses a highly sensitive
and specific antigen for S. mansoni.
Because the sensitivity is less for S.
haematobium and S. japonicum , sub-
sequent species- specific immunoblots
are recommended based on travel his-
tory that suggests exposure to specific
species. Thus, we recommend ELISA,
immunoblot if applicable, and stool or
urine examination for travelers with
possible exposure in disease-endemic
regions. ELISA does not have the
same utility in persons native to dis-
ease-endemic regions because posi-
tivity is also consistent with earlier
infection. Stool or urine examination
is diagnostic in suspected immigrant
case-patients.
In all cases, knowing that stool or
urine examination shows ova is valu-
able because repeat examination at 4
to 6 weeks can be used to monitor
treatment response. Because prazi-
quantel is well tolerated and effective,
empiric therapy among returning trav-
elers after possible exposure is rea-
sonable. However, diagnosing infec-
tion when possible and demonstrating
cleared infection after therapy are
more prudent approaches, particularly
as praziquantel resistance emerges
(16).
In conclusion, pretravel counseling
against freshwater exposure and post-
travel screening for schistosomiasis of
persons with any freshwater exposure
in disease-endemic regions are war-
ranted. As illustrated, the diagnosis of
schistosomiasis in a returned traveler
should prompt screening for infection
in fellow travelers.
This work was presented in part at
the American Society of Tropical
Medicine and Hygiene 52nd annual meet-
ing, December 3-7, 2003, as late-breaking
abstract 2034, Philadelphia, PA.
Valerianna Amorosa,*
Daniel Kremens,*
Martin S. Wolfe,t+
Timothy Flanigan, §
Kevin M. Cahill, K#** Kevin Judy,*
Scott Kasner,*
and Emily Blumberg*
*University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania, USA; fGeorge Washington
University, Washington, DC, USA;
^Georgetown University, Washington, DC,
USA; §Brown University, Providence,
Rhode Island, USA; IJRoyal College of
Surgeons, Dublin, Ireland; #New York
University, New York, New York, USA; and
**Lenox Hill Hospital, New York, New York,
USA.
References
1. Grobusch MP, Muhlberger N, Jelinek T,
Bisoffi Z, Corachan M, Harms G, et al.
Imported schistosomiasis in Europe: sen-
tinel surveillance data from TropNetEurop.
J Travel Med. 2003;10:164-9.
2. Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention. Annex A, Fact sheets for candi-
date diseases for elimination or eradication.
MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep.
1999;48S1:154.
3. Bambirra EA, de Souza AJ, Cesarini I,
Rodrigues PA, Drummond CA. The
tumoral form of schistosomiasis: report of a
case with cerebellar involvement. Am J
Trop Med Hyg. 1984;33:76-9.
4. Gjerde IO, Mork S, Larsen JL, Huldt G,
Skeidsvoll H, Aarli JA. Cerebral schistoso-
miasis presenting as a brain tumor. Eur
Neurol. 1984;23:229-36.
5. Goasguen J, Antoine HM, Saliou P,
Herbelleau T, Putz DM, Jallon PM, et al.
Cerebral bilharziasis caused by
Schistosoma mansoni. Rev Neurol.
1984;140:293-5.
6. Schils J, Hermanus N, Flament-Durant J,
Van Gansbeke D, Baleriaux D. Cerebral
schistosomiasis. Am J Neuroradiol.
1985;6:840-1.
7. Andrade AN, Bastos CL. Cerebral
schistosomiasis mansoni. Arq Neuro-
psiquitr. 1989;47:100-4.
8. Cabral G, Pittella JE. Tumoural form of
cerebella schistosomiasis mansoni. Report
of a surgically treated case. Acta Neurochir
(Wien). 1989;99:148-51.
9. Brito DMM, Filho A, Furtado HRC,
Carneio GJD, Filho GS, Almeida NS, et al.
Esquistossomose cerebella. Neurobiol
(Recife). 1993;56:69-72.
10. Lee YK, Choi TY, Jin SY, Lee DW.
Imported CNS schistosomiasis. J Korean
Med Sci. 1995;10:57-61.
11. Pittella JEH, Gusmao NDS, Carvalho GTC,
da Silveira RL, Campos GF. Tumoral form
of cerebral schistosomiasis mansoni. A
report of four cases and a review of the lit-
erature. Clin Neurol Neurosurg.
1996;98:15-20.
12. Case records of the Massachusetts General
Hospital — case 39 — 1996. N Engl J Med.
1996;335:1906-14.
13. Ferreira L, Lima F, dos Anjor MR, Costa J.
Tumor form of encephalic schistosomiasis:
presentation of a case surgically treated.
Rev Soc Bras Med Trop. 1998;31:89-93.
14. Fowler R, Lee C, Keystone J. The role of
corticosteroids in the treatment of cerebral
schistosomiasis caused by Schistosoma
mansoni: case report and discussion. Am J
Trop Med Hyg. 1999;61:47-50.
15. Braga BP, da Costa LB, Lambertucci JR.
Magnetic resonance imaging of cerebellar
Schistosomiasis mansoni. Rev Soc Bras
Med Trop. 2003;36: 635-6.
340
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
LETTERS
16. Lawn SD, Lucas SB, Chiodini PL. Case
report: Schistosoma mansoni infection: fail-
ure of standard treatment with praziquantel
in a returned traveler. Trans R Soc Trop
Med Hyg. 2003;97:100-1.
Address for correspondence: Valerianna
Amorosa, Division of Infectious Diseases,
Pennsylvania Hospital, 800 Spruce St,
Philadelphia, PA 19107, USA; fax: 215-829-
7132; email: Valerianna.amorosa@uphs.
upenn.edu
Community-
associated
Methicillin-
resistant
Staphylococcus
aureus, Singapore
To the Editor: Community-asso-
ciated methicillin-resistant Staphylo-
coccus aureus (CA-MRSA) is an
emerging phenomenon that has been
reported from almost every continent
in the world (1-4). Such strains are
usually characterized by multisuscep-
tibility to non- (3-lactam antimicrobial
drugs, production of Panton- Valentine
leukocidin (PVL), and presence of
staphylococcal chromosome cassette
mec (SC Cmec) IVa, a novel smaller
variant of the methicillin-resistance
locus (5). The genetic backgrounds of
CA-MRSA strains from different
parts of the world are distinct and spe-
cific for each geographic region
(1-5).
We conducted a study at our insti-
tution, a 1,600-bed adult acute-care,
tertiary-level public hospital, to deter-
mine evidence and the clinical and
molecular profile of CA-MRSA in
Singapore. We reviewed the microbi-
ology laboratory records at our institu-
tion for multidrug- susceptible MRS A
strains isolated from January 1, 2001,
to April 15, 2004. S. aureus was iden-
tified by colony morphologic features,
coagulation of citrated rabbit plasma
with EDTA (BBL Becton Dickinson
and Co., Cockeysville, MD, USA),
and production of clumping factor and
protein A (BactiStaph, Remel, Lenexa,
KS, USA). Methicillin resistance was
determined by susceptibility testing
and confirmed by latex agglutination
for penicillin binding protein-2a (6).
Multidrug- susceptible strains were
defined by susceptibility to cotrimoxa-
zole and gentamicin as determined by
the Kirby-Bauer disk diffusion method
following NCCLS guidelines (7).
The medical records of patients
infected by these MRSA were
reviewed, and strains were labeled
community-associated if they had
been isolated within 48 hours of hos-
pitalization from patients who had not
been in any hospital for >1 year.
Community-associated strains were
tested for PVL genes (8), and the
SC Cmec was typed by following a
previously described method (9).
Molecular typing was done by pulsed-
field gel electrophoresis (PLGE) with
restriction endonuclease Smal and
multilocus sequence typing (10).
These strains were sent to the Lrench
Reference Center for Staphylococci,
where genetic sequences encoding
accessory gene regulator (agr) sub-
types, enterotoxins, exfoliative toxins,
toxic-shock syndrome toxin- 1,
hemolysins, and LukE-LukD leuko-
toxin were detected by polymerase
chain reaction (PCR)-based methods.
Comparisons with CA-MRSA strains
worldwide in terms of toxin profile
and PLGE patterns were also per-
formed in Lrance; the latter was
achieved by using Taxotron software
(Institut Pasteur, Paris, Prance) to dig-
itize and analyze Smal macrorestric-
tion patterns.
Eight of 266 multidrug- susceptible
strains fulfilled the criteria for com-
munity acquisition, but only 5 of these
strains (corresponding to patients 1,3,
and 6-8) had been archived. The
demographic and clinical data of the
patients are shown in the Table. Most
were young, healthy adults with cuta-
neous abscesses. Patient 1 had dia-
betes mellitus but had never been hos-
pitalized; he was the only patient with
severe bacteremic pneumonia. Patient
6 had early- stage endometrial cancer
resected in 2000 but had not attended
her follow-up appointments for >1
year before her hospitalization.
Patient 8 had traveled to Taipei,
Table. Demographic and clinical data of patients with community-associated methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA)
Patient
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Date of MRSA
isolation
Mar 2001
Nov 2002
Jan 2003
Feb 2003
Mar 2003
May 2003
Oct 2003
Apr 2004
Ethnicity
Indian
Filipino
Chinese
Chinese
Filipino
Chinese
Filipino
Chinese
Age
52
20
38
37
31
56
21
33
Sex
M
F
M
M
F
F
F
F
Coexisting
conditions
Diabetes
mellitus
-
-
-
-
Endometrial
cancer
-
-
Infection type
Pneumonia,
Hand
Hand
Hand
Hand
Hand
Chin
Abdominal
bacteremia
abscess
abscess
abscess
abscess
abscess
abscess
wall abscess
Therapy*
IV vancomycin
l&D
l&D
l&D
l&D
l&D
l&D
l&D
Appropriate
antimicrobial drug
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
usage
*Therapy: IV, intravenous; not applicable; l&D, incision and drainage of abscess.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
341
LETTERS
Taiwan, for a month; the abscess
developed 3 days after her return
home. Travel history was not docu-
mented in the other patients’ records.
Patients 2-8 received (3-lactam
antimicrobial drugs in addition to sur-
gical drainage of their abscesses and
recovered without any complications.
All 5 archived strains had different
molecular and toxin profiles, and the
only consistent feature was the pres-
ence of PVL genes. Isolates 3 and 7
possessed SCC mec IV. Isolates 1, 6,
and 8 were mec A positive, but their
SCC mec belonged to none of the 4
major structural types. Comparisons
with published data on CA-MRSA
strains showed that isolate 7 was iden-
tical to the European strain of CA-
MRSA in terms of PFGE pattern,
toxin profile, and sequence type (ST
80) (2,5). Isolate 3 had an identical
PFGE pattern and sequence type (ST
30) compared to the Oceanian
Southwest Pacific strain but differed
slightly in toxin profile, as the LukD-
LukE leukocidin genes were absent
(3,5). Isolate 8 was similar to the
Taiwanese strains: it was ST 59 and
had non-typable SCC mec (4). It
belonged to agr 1 and tested positive
for enterotoxin sek, y2-hemolysin, and
(3-hemolysin genes.
Isolate 6 had a PFGE pattern that
may be distantly related to U.S.
strains; the similar sequence type
(ST 1) served to emphasize this,
although the presence of nontypable
SC Cmec rather than SC Cmec IV
implied that methicillin resistance
was acquired differently. It belonged
to agr 3 and tested positive for
LukD-LukE leukocidin, enterotoxins
seb and seh, and y2-hemolysin genes.
Isolate 1 is unique to Singapore in that
it had a novel sequence type (ST524:
7-6-1-5-71-5-6 and S CCmec. It
belonged to agr 1 and tested positive
for y-hemolysin gene as well as for
the enterotoxin gene cluster.
Widely diversified CA-MRSA
strains exist in Singapore. The demo-
graphic profile and clinical symptoms
of local patients infected with these
strains were consistent with published
literature (2-4). The lack of a pediatric
unit at our institution prevented a more
complete epidemiologic description.
In contrast to previous reports
(1-5), our findings are unique in that
most of our strains do not have a dis-
tinctive molecular profile and may be
related to strains from different parts
of the world. Epidemiologic and
molecular data strongly suggest that
isolate 8 was imported from Taiwan.
Some of the other strains (especially
isolates 3 and 7) may have been
imported from other countries too, as
Singapore is an international travel
hub with >6 million visitors annually.
CA-MRSA has only been isolated
sporadically in Singapore, and no
dominant clone was seen among our
isolates. Singapore may be in an early
phase of CA-MRSA emergence, and
healthcare workers should remain
vigilant for future outbreaks.
Acknowledgment
We thank the staff of the
Microbiology Laboratory at the Singapore
General Hospital, especially Lan-Huay
Ong and Grace Wang, for their assistance
in this study.
This study was funded by a grant
from Singapore General Hospital’s
Department of Clinical Research.
Li-Yang Hsu,* Anne Tristan, t
Tse-Hsien Koh,* Michele Bes,t
Jerome Etienne, t Asok Kurup,*
Thuan-Tong Tan,*
and Ban-Hock Tan*
*Singapore General Hospital, Singapore;
and fFaculte de Medecine Laennec, Lyon,
France
References
1. Naimi TS, LeDell KH, Boxrud DJ, Groom
AV, Steward CD, Johnson SK, et al.
Epidemiology and clonality of community-
acquired methicillin-resistant Staphylo-
coccus aureus in Minnesota, 1996-98. Clin
Infect Dis. 2001;33:990-6.
2. Dufour P, Gillet Y, Bes M, Lina G,
Vandenesch F, Floret D, et al. Community-
acquired methicillin-resistant Staphylo-
coccus aureus infections in France: emer-
gence of a single clone that produces
Panton- Valentine leukocidin. Clin Infect
Dis. 2002;35:819-24.
3. O’Brien FG, Lim TT, Chong FN, Coombs
GW, Enright MC, Robinson DA, et al.
Diversity among community isolates of
methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus
in Australia. J Clin Microbiol. 2004;42:
3185-90.
4. Wang CC, Lo WT, Chu ML, Siu LK.
Epidemiological typing of community-
acquired methicillin-resistant Staphylo-
coccus aureus from children in Taiwan.
Clin Infect Dis. 2004;39:481-7.
5. Vandenesch F, Naimi T, Enright MC, Lina
G, Nimmo GR, Heffernan H, et al.
Community-acquired methicillin-resistant
Staphylococcus aureus carrying Panton-
Valentine leukocidin genes: worldwide
emergence. Emerg Infect Dis.
2003;9:978-84.
6. Nakatomi Y, Sugiyama J. A rapid latex
agglutination assay for the detection of
penicillin-binding protein 2'. Microbiol
Immunol. 1998;42:739-43.
7. National Committee for Clinical
Laboratory Standards. Performance stan-
dards for antimicrobial susceptibility test-
ing. Fourteenth informational supplement.
NCCLS document M100-S14. Wayne (PA):
The Committee; 2004.
8. Lina G, Piemont Y, Godail-Gamot F, Bes
M, Peter MO, Gauduchon V, et al.
Involvement of Panton-Valentine leuko-
cidin-producing Staphylococcus aureus in
primary skin infections and pneumonia.
Clin Infect Dis. 1999;29:1128-32.
9. Oliveira DC, de Lencastre H. Multiplex
PCR strategy for rapid identification of
structural types and variants of the mec ele-
ment in methicillin-resistant Staphylo-
coccus aureus. Antimicrob Agents
Chemother. 2002;46:2155-61.
10. Enright MC, Day NP, Davies CE, Peacock
SJ, Spratt BG. Multilocus sequence typing
for characterization of methicillin-resistant
and methicillin-sensitive clones of
Staphylococcus aureus. J Clin Microbiol.
2000;38:1008-15.
Address for correspondence: Li-Yang Hsu,
Department of Internal Medicine, Singapore
General Hospital, Outram Rd, S 169608,
Singapore; fax: 65-67322601; email: liyang_
hsu@yahoo.com
342
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
LETTERS
Mumps Virus-
associated
Hemophagocytic
Syndrome
To the Editor: Virus-associated
hemophagocytic syndrome (VAHS) is
a fulminant disorder associated with
systemic viral infection and is charac-
terized pathologically by the prolifer-
ation of hemophagocytic histiocytes
in the lymphoreticular tissues. Here
we report a case of mumps VAHS fol-
lowing parotitis and pancreatitis.
A 39-year-old, previously healthy
woman sought treatment for abdomi-
nal pain on June 14, 2002. On physical
examination, her bilateral parotid
glands were swollen, and her left
upper quadrant was tender. Laboratory
studies showed a leukocyte count of
4,640/mm 3 , a hemoglobin concentra-
tion of 13.9 g/dL, and a platelet count
of 19.1 x 10 4 /mm 3 . The level of amy-
lase was elevated in her blood (1,613
IU/L; normal 50-160 IU/L) and urine
(12,940 IU/L; normal 200-1,100
IU/L). Her level of pancreatic
enzymes was also elevated: lipase
level was 194 IU/L (normal 7-60
IU/L) and phospholipase A2 level was
1,340 ng/dL (normal 130-400 ng/dL).
Parotitis and acute pancreatitis due to
a mumps virus infection were diag-
nosed. After supportive therapy, the
laboratory abnormalities improved.
On July 1, the patient’s tempera-
ture suddenly rose to 39°C. At that
time, pancytopenia was evident, with
a leukocyte count of 2,350/mm 3 , a
hemoglobin concentration of 10.9
g/dL, and a platelet count of 9.1 x
10 4 /mm 3 . Laboratory studies showed
an elevation of lactic dehydrogenase
(1,403 IU/L; normal 180-460 IU/L),
ferritin (12,727.0 ng/mL; normal
4.0-64.2 ng/mL), and soluble inter-
leukin-2 receptors (1,660 U/mL; nor-
mal 145-519 U/mL). Hypercyto-
kinemia was also shown, with an
interleukin-6 of 12.7 pg/mL (normal
<3.1 pg/mL). Her bone marrow was
normocellular, and an increased num-
ber of histiocytes with hemophagocy-
tosis was found. Extensive cultures
and serologic studies for microbial
and viral infections were all negative,
whereas tests for immunoglobulin G
and immunoglobulin M antibodies
against the mumps virus were
both positive. Mumps VAHS was
diagnosed. Treatment with corticos-
teroids led to a complete remission of
symptoms.
VAHS was initially reported by
Risdall et al. in 1979 (1). Although the
precise pathogenesis of VAHS
remains unknown, current hypotheses
focus on the roles played by activating
cytokines. VAHS has been reported in
connection with a variety of viruses:
adenovirus, cytomegalovirus, dengue,
Epstein-Barr, hepatitis A, hepatitis B,
hepatitis C, herpes simplex, HIV,
human herpesvirus 6, human her-
pesvirus 8, influenza A (antigenic type
H1N1), measles, parainfluenza type
III, parvovirus B 19, rubella, and vari-
cella-zoster (2). This report is the first
of a VAHS case associated with a
mumps virus infection. The clinical
course of VAHS is highly variable,
and in some cases, especially in
Epstein-Barr virus infection, VAHS is
a dramatic illness with a potentially
fatal outcome (2). This case implies
that mumps VAHS may have a posi-
tive prognosis.
Kunihiko Hiraiwa,*
Katsuyuki Obara,t
and Atsuhisa Satof
* Hamamatsu Red Cross Hospital,
Hamamatsu, Japan; and fMito Red Cross
Hospital, Mito, Japan
References
1. Risdall RJ, McKenna RW, Nesbit ME,
Krivit W, Balfour HH, Simmons RD et al.
Virus-associated hemophagocytic syn-
drome. Cancer. 1979;44:993-1002.
2. Fisman DN. Hemophagocytic syndromes
and infection. Emerg Infect Dis.
2000;6:601-8.
Address for correspondence: Kunihiko
Hiraiwa, Hamamatsu Red Cross Hospital, 1-5-
30, Takabayashi, Hamamatsu, 430-0907, Japan;
fax: 81-53-472-3751; email: hiraiwa9215@
hotmail.com
Imported Cutaneous
Diphtheria,
Germany, 1997-2003
To the Editor: The March 2004
report by de Benoist et al. on the inci-
dence of imported cutaneous diphthe-
ria in the United Kingdom (1)
prompted us to describe the situation
of cutaneous diphtheria in Germany
and to analyze the cases reported to
the German Consiliary Laboratory on
Diphtheria since its establishment at
our institute in 1997. The laboratory
provides advisory and diagnostic
services mainly to microbiologic lab-
oratories throughout Germany.
From 1997 to 2003, 6 cases of
cutaneous infections caused by toxi-
genic Corynebacterium diphtheriae
were documented (Table). None of
these was accompanied by secondary
diphtheria infection. Toxigenicity
was determined by both dtx poly-
merase chain reaction and Elek test
(2). As in the United Kingdom, all
cases for which clinical information
was available (N = 5) were imported.
Three were found in tourists who had
traveled to tropical countries: a
20-year-old diver had injured her heel
after stepping on coral in Thailand; a
60-year-old tourist had a chronic
ulcer develop in the thigh after a trip
to Indonesia (no history of an insect
bite); and a 39-year-old traveler to
Kenya returned with a purulent ear
infection with no memory of trauma
or insect bite. The remaining import-
ed C. diphtheriae skin infections
were reported in 2 Angolan children,
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
343
LETTERS
5 and 10 years of age, who were
brought to Germany by a humanitari-
an organization for surgery on severe
gun wounds to their lower extremities
(foot and thigh with chronic
osteomyelitis, respectively). To our
knowledge, these reports are the first
of cutaneous diphtheria in gunshot
wounds in recent years. Moreover, in
the patient with the thigh wound, C.
diphtheriae was also isolated from a
deep fistula, which suggests involve-
ment of C. diphtheriae in the chronic
osteomyelitis.
As in the United Kingdom, all
cases of diphtheria reported since 1997
were caused by C. diphtheriae mitis. In
4 of 5 cutaneous diphtheria patients
who had an available medical history,
mixed infections with Staphylococcus
aureus and Streptococcus pyogenes
were found; 3 of 5 patients were not
sufficiently vaccinated against diph-
theria as recommended. Systemic
symptoms, such as malaise and gener-
al weakness, developed in the 20-year-
old Thailand tourist, although she had
received a booster dose just before her
travel. Cutaneous diphtheria must be
expected even in vaccinated patients;
for instance, among serum samples of
287 healthy German adults with a
complete record of basic immuniza-
tion against diphtheria, only 42.2%
showed full serologic protection
as indicated by antitoxin levels
>0.1 IU/mL (3).
As de Benoist et al. outline, cuta-
neous diphtheria might be difficult to
diagnose because of its unspecific
clinical appearance and the presence
of mixed infections in chronic
nonhealing skin lesions. Because of
the nearly complete disappearance of
cutaneous diphtheria in many parts of
the western world, microbiologists
lack experience in identifying C. diph-
theriae grown from specimens. From
1997 to 2003, approximately one fifth
of the strains sent to our Consiliary
Laboratory on Diphtheria for species
identification and toxin testing were
either nondiphtheria Corynebacterium
spp. or noncoryneform bacteria of dif-
ferent genera (including lactobacilli,
Dermabacter hominis , and
Propionibacterium acnes).
Clinicians (4) and microbiologists
(5) should be aware of the possibility
of cutaneous diphtheria in chronically
infected skin lesions in patients
returning from disease-endemic
regions. Medical personnel should
include this in civilian as well as mil-
itary health services, since our cases
indicate that toxigenic C. diphtheriae
might affect not only travel-related
skin injuries caused by leisure or
tourist activities but also wounds in
patients from war regions in diphthe-
ria-endemic areas.
Andreas Sing*
and Jurgen Heesemann*
*Max von Pettenkofer-lnstitut fur Hygiene
und Medizinische Mikrobiologie, Munich,
Germany
References
1. De Benoist AC, White JM, Efstratiou A,
Kelly C, Mann G, Nazareth B, et al.
Imported cutaneous diphtheria, United
Kingdom. Emerg Infect Dis.
2004;10:511-3.
2. Sing A, Hogardt M, Bierschenk S,
Heesemann J. Detection of differences in
the nucleotide and amino acid sequences of
diphtheria toxin from Corynebacterium
diphtheriae and Corynebacterium ulcerans
causing extrapharyngeal infections. J Clin
Microbiol. 2003;41:4848-51.
3. Hasselhorn HM, Nubling M, Tiller FW,
Hofmann F. Factors influencing immunity
against diphtheria in adults. Vaccine.
1998;16:70-5.
4. Bonnet JM, Begg NT. Control of diphthe-
ria: guidance for consultants in communi-
cable disease control. Commun Dis Public
Health. 1999;2:242-9.
5. Efstratiou A, George RC. Laboratory
guidelines for the diagnosis of infections
caused by Corynebacterium diphtheriae
and C. ulcerans. Commun Dis Public
Health. 1999;2:250-7.
Address for correspondence: Andreas Sing,
Max von Pettenkofer-lnstitut fur Hygiene und
Medizinische Mikrobiologie, National
Consiliary Laboratory on Diphtheria,
Pettenkoferstrasse 9a, 80336 Munich,
Germany; fax: 49-89-5160-5223; email:
sing @ m340 1 . mpk. med. uni-muenchen . de
Antimicrobial Drug
Consumption in
Companion Animals
To the Editor: During the last
decade, use of antimicrobial drugs for
growth promotion and therapeutic
treatment in food animals has received
much attention. The reservoir of resist-
ant bacteria in food animals implies a
potential risk for transfer of resistant
bacteria, or resistance genes, from
food animals to humans. Subsequent
emergence of infections in humans,
caused by resistant bacteria originat-
ing from the animal reservoir, is of
great concern. These unintended con-
sequences of antimicrobial drug use in
animals led to termination of antimi-
crobial growth promoters in food ani-
mals in countries in the European
Union, including Denmark, where the
consumption of antimicrobial drugs
by production animals was reduced by
50% from 1994 to 2003 (1).
In Denmark, the VetStat program
monitors all veterinary use of medi-
cines for animals. VetStat is based on
reporting from the pharmacies and
from veterinary practitioners and con-
tains detailed information, such as
animal species, reason for prescrip-
tion, and dosage on each prescription.
In Denmark, antimicrobial drugs can
be obtained only by prescription and
only at pharmacies.
So far, use of antimicrobial drugs
in companion animals has received
little attention; monitoring programs
have focused on antimicrobial drug
consumption in food animals.
According to data generated by the
VetStat program in 2003, consump-
tion of fluoroquinolones and
cephalosporins in companion animals
was substantial when compared to
consumption in food animals (1).
Fluoroquinolones and cephalosporins
are antimicrobial drugs ranked by the
U.S. Food and Drug Administration
as critically important in human med-
icine, and for which emergence of
344
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
LETTERS
resistant bacteria is especially unde-
sirable (2). Considering the shared
environment of humans and compan-
ion animals, transfer of resistant bac-
teria or mobile resistance determi-
nants from companion animals to
humans would be possible, and emer-
gence of resistance to fluoro-
quinolones and cephalosporins in
companion animals should be a mat-
ter of concern.
Several scientific publications
have reported the occurrence of the
same resistance genes in companion
animals and in humans (3-6) and the
possible transfer of bacteria between
companion animals and humans
(3-9). Companion animal owners and
their families are likely in close con-
tact with their animals daily, which
provides the opportunity for transfer
of bacteria between companion ani-
mals and humans. A large proportion
of the human population presumably
has daily contact with companion ani-
mals, not only in Denmark but also in
other countries. In Denmark, 20% of
families own dogs and 16% own cats
( 10 ).
In 2002, legal restrictions aimed to
reduce the usage of fluoroquinolones
in food animals were imposed in
Denmark. The total annual consump-
tion of fluoroquinolones in animals
(companion and food animals) in
Denmark was reduced from 183 kg in
2001 to 53 kg in 2003 (1). Of these 53
kg of fluoroquinolones, almost half
(24 kg) was used in companion ani-
mals (data based on reporting on use
in veterinary practice and sales from
pharmacies on prescription). These
data document that fluoroquinolones
remain widely used for infections in
companion animals, even though the
emergence of fluoroquinolone resist-
ance in bacteria is especially undesir-
able and regarded as a human health
hazard. A similar situation exists with
cephalosporins. The total consump-
tion of cephalosporins in animals
(companion and food animals) in
Denmark in 2003 was 461 kg, of
which more than half (254 kg) was
consumed by companion animals (1).
Thus, a comparatively small num-
ber of companion animals (550,000
dogs and 650,000 cats) (10) consume
approximately the same amount of
fluoroquinolones and cephalosporins
as consumed annually in the much
larger population of food animals in
Denmark (23 million slaughter pigs,
130 million broiler chickens, and 1.2
million cattle and dairy cows) (10).
We do not believe that antimicrobial
drugs are more generously prescribed
for companion animals in Denmark
than in other industrialized countries.
Rather, the data presented here reflect
the apparent contrast between policies
of antimicrobial drug use for food ani-
mals and policies for companion ani-
mals. The use of these antimicrobial
drugs is avoided or restricted in food
animals to minimize spread of resist-
ance, while in companion animals
prescription continues unimpeded.
This situation may create undesirable
antimicrobial drug resistance in bacte-
ria, which may subsequently spread to
humans from the previously neglected
reservoir in companion animals.
This work is a part of The Danish
Integrated Antimicrobial Resistance
Monitoring and Research Programme
(DANMAP), and was funded by the
Danish Ministry of Food, Agriculture and
Fisheries and the Danish Ministry of the
Interior and Health.
Ole E. Heuer,*
Vibeke Frokjaer Jensen,*
and Anette M. Harnmerumf
*Danish Institute for Food and Veterinary
Research, Soborg, Denmark; and
fNational Centre for Antimicrobials and
Infection Control, Copenhagen, Denmark
References
1. DANMAP 2003: use of antimicrobial
agents and occurrence of antimicrobial
resistance in bacteria from food animals,
foods and humans in Denmark. Sprborg,
Denmark: Danish Zoonoses Center;2004.
2. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA
guidance (152): Guidance for industry:
evaluating the safety of antimicrobial new
animal drugs with regard to their microbio-
logical effects on bacteria of human health
concern. Fed Reg. 2003 ;68:6 1221.
3. Butaye P, Devriese LA, Haesebrouck F.
Differences in antibiotic resistance patterns
of Enterococcus faecalis and Enterococcus
faecium strains isolated from farm and pet
animals. Antimicrob Agents Chemother.
2001;45:1374-8.
4. Lanz R, Kuhnert P, Boerlin P. Antimicrobial
resistance and resistance gene determinants
in clinical Escherichia coli from different
animal species in Switzerland. Vet
Microbiol. 2003;91:73-84.
5. Simjee S, White DG, McDermott PF,
Wagner DD, Zervos MJ, Donabedian SM,
et al. Characterization of Tnl546 in van-
comycin-resistant Enterococcus faecium
isolated from canine urinary tract infec-
tions: evidence of gene exchange between
human and animal enterococci. J Clin
Microbiol. 2002;40:4659-65.
6. van Belkun A, van den Braak N,
Thomassen R, Verbrugh H, Endtz H.
Vancomycin-resistant enterococci in cats
and dogs. Lancet. 1996;348:1038-9.
7. Rodrigues J, Thomazini CM, Lopes CA,
Dantas LO. Concurrent infection in a dog
and colonization in a child with a human
enteropathogenic Escherichia coli clone. J
Clin Microbiol. 2004;42:1388-9.
8. Damborg P, Olsen KE, Moller, Nielsen E,
Guardabassi L. Occurrence of
Campylobacter jejuni in pets living with
human patients infected with C. jejuni. J
Clin Microbiol. 2004;42:1363-4.
9. Guardabassi L, Loeber ME, Jacobson A.
Transmission of multiple antimicrobial-
resistant Staphylococcus intermedius
between dogs affected by deep pyoderma
and their owners. Vet Microbiol. 2004;
98:23-7.
10. Nyt fra Danmarks Statistik: No. 499. Titel,
Denmark: Familiernes Kaeledyr (publica-
tion in Danish); 2000.
Address for correspondence: Ole E. Heuer,
Department of Epidemiology and Risk
Assessment, Danish Institute for Food and
Veterinary Research, Mprkhpj Bygade 19, DK-
2860 Spborg, Denmark; fax: 45-7234-7028;
email: oeh@dfvf.dk
All material published in Emerging
Infectious Diseases is in the public
domain and may be used and reprinted
without special permission; proper cita-
tion, however, is appreciated.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
345
LETTERS
Vibrio cholerae
SXT Element, Laos
To the Editor: The SXT element
is a Vibrio cholerae- derived ICE
(integrating and conjugative element),
which has also been referred to as a
conjugative transposon (1) or a con-
stin (2). ICEs excise from the chromo-
somes of their hosts, transfer to a new
host through conjugation, and then
integrate into the chromosome again.
SXT element was originally isolated
in 1993 from a V. cholerae 0139 clin-
ical isolate (SXT M01 °) (1). The -100-
kbp SXT element confers resistance
to sulfamethoxazole, trimethoprim,
chloramphenicol, and streptomycin
(1) . Since 1994, V. cholerae isolates
from Bangladesh, India, and
Mozambique have also contained the
SXT element (2-4). In SXT M01 °,
resistance genes are embedded near
the 5' end, in a -17.2-kbp composite
transposon-like element that inter-
rupts the SXT-encoded rumAB oper-
on. In contrast, in El Tor 01 V. choler-
ae strains isolated in India and
Bangladesh, the resistance genes are
located in SXT ET , which is closely
related but not identical to SXT M01 °
(2) . Comparison of 2 related ICEs,
SXT of V. cholerae and R391 of
Providencia rettgeri (5), showed that
the conserved backbone apparently
contains 3 hot spots for insertions of
additional DNA sequences: the first
between s043 and traL , the second
between trA and s054, and the third
between s073 and traF. R391 con-
tains an intact rumAB operon and a
transposon-associated kanamycin
resistance gene located -3.5 kbp from
the rumAB operon (6). Mobile genetic
elements such as SXT have a crucial
role in spreading antimicrobial drug
resistance genes among microbial
populations, and our understanding of
these genetic elements would help to
control the emergence of antimicro-
bial drug resistance.
We have been monitoring the drug
sensitivity pattern in the Lao People’s
Democratic Republic (Laos) since
1993, and we have found that V.
cholerae 01 strains isolated after
1997 were resistant to tetracycline,
sulfamethoxazole, trimethoprim,
chloramphenicol, and streptomycin
(7). Analysis of the genetic determi-
nants encoding antimicrobial drug
resistance showed an SXT element
(SXT LA0S ), which is different from
the previously reported SXTs (8).
SXT LA0S contains 2 novel open read-
ing frames (ORFs) in the third hot
spot (between s073 and traF). SXT ET
contains a class 9 integron in hot spot
s073-traF that harbors dfrAl as a
gene cassette (2). In SXT M01 °, the
gene encoding trimethoprim resist-
ance ( dfrl8 ) is encoded in the -17.2-
kbp composite transposon-like ele-
ment that interrupts the SXT-encoded
rumAB operon. SXT LA0S does not
encode dfrl8 or dfrAl , and the gene
encoding trimethoprim resistance has
not been identified. In this study, we
analyzed hot spot s 04 3 -traL and hot
spot traA-s054 to better characterize
SXT LA0S .
Two sets of primers were designed
to amplify the hot spot regions.
Primer HS1-F, which anneals to
s043, was 5' GGC TAT TCC ACC
GGT GGT G 3'; primer HS1-R,
which anneals to traL , was 5' TGC
CGA TCA CTA GCC CCA AC 3';
primer HS2-F, which anneals to traA ,
was 5' ATG GGT CTC TAC AAT
ACG CC 3'; and primer HS2-R,
which anneals to s054 , was 5' GGA
GAC AGC GCA AGC GCC AG 3'.
Polymerase chain reaction (PCR)
amplifications on genomic DNA
extracted from the V. cholerae 01
strain isolated in Laos (strain 00LA1)
with primers HS1-F and HS1-R
yielded an amplicon of -1100 bp,
which is slightly different from the
amplicon obtained with DNA extract-
ed from V. cholerae 0139, strain
MOIO (-1,000 bp). PCR amplifica-
tion using primers HS2-F and HS2-R
gave amplicons of similar size
(-2,200 bp) for both strains. The
-1,000-bp and -2,200-bp PCR prod-
ucts from strain 00LA1 were cloned
independently into the pCR 2.1 vec-
tor and tested to determine if recom-
binant plasmids confer trimethoprim
resistance after transformation to
Escherichia coli. No trimethoprim-
resistant colonies were observed after
transformation. The nucleotide
sequences of the inserted fragments
were analyzed. The region between
s043 and traL showed 97% identity
to the corresponding region of P.
rettgeri R391 (accession no.
AY090559), which encodes 2 hypo-
thetical proteins (ORF 37 and ORF
38). The region between traA and
s054 showed 97% identity to the cor-
responding region of SXT M01 °
(accession no. AY055428). Since the
gene encoding trimethoprim resist-
ance was not located in any of the hot
spot regions proposed by Beaber et
al. (5), we also analyzed the region
between s026 and s027 , which in
R391 contains the kanamycin resist-
ance gene. Primers s026-F (5' GAG
CAA TGG GCG AGA GTT CC) and
s027-R (5' TCA GCG ACA ACC
GGA GAA TG) gave an amplicon of
409 bp for SXT M01 °, as expected,
while no PCR product was obtained
for SXT LA0S . This result suggested
that the region between s026 and
s027 in SXT LA0S is also different
from SXT M01 °.
V. cholerae 0139 has not been iso-
lated in Laos, and the SXT element
was not likely transmitted from a V.
cholerae 0139 strain to a V. cholerae
01 strain. Since SXT LA0S has a hot
spot that is identical to R391, we
show evidence for a possible inde-
pendent emerging of SXT LA0S .
Further analysis is needed to under-
stand the evolution and relationship
between different ICEs and the emer-
gence of new variants.
In a previous study (8), we con-
firmed experimentally that trimetho-
prim resistance was also transferred
by conjugation, and we hypothesized
that the responsible gene is located
346
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
LETTERS
within SXT LA0S . However, the gene
was not found in any of the proposed
hot spot regions. The possibility that
the trimethoprim resistance determi-
nant is located on the chromosome
outside the SXT element and cotrans-
fers with the SXT in an Hfr-like man-
ner cannot be ruled out (9). Therefore,
additional hot spot regions may exist
in SXT elements for insertion of
DNA; otherwise the trimethoprim
resistance gene is not encoded within
SXT LA0S .
The nucleotide sequence data
reported in this study will appear in
the DDBJ/EMBL/GenBank nucleo-
tide sequence databases with the
accession numbers AB 185252 for the
hot spot s043-traL and AB 186353 for
the hot spot traA-s054.
Claudia Toma,* Noboru Nakasone,*
Tianyan Song,*
and Masaaki Iwanaga*
*University of the Ryukyus, Okinawa,
Japan
References
1. Waldor MK, Tschape H, Mekalanos JJ. A
new type of conjugative transposon
encodes resistance to sulfamethoxazole,
trimethoprim, and streptomycin in Vibrio
cholerae 0139. J Bacteriol. 1996; 178:
4157-65.
2. Hochhut B, Lotfi Y, Mazel D, Faruque SM,
Woodgate R, Waldor MK. Molecular analy-
sis of antibiotic resistance gene clusters in
Vibrio cholerae 0139 and Ol SXT con-
stins. Antimicrob Agents Chemother.
2001;45:2991-3000.
3. Amita, Chowdhury SR, Thungapathra M,
Ramamurthy T, Nair GB, Ghosh A. Class I
integrons and SXT elements in El Tor
strains isolated before and after 1992 Vibrio
cholerae 0139 outbreak, Calcutta, India.
Emerg Infect Dis. 2003;9:500-2.
4. Dalsgaard A, Forslund A, Sandvang D,
Arntzen L, Keddy K. Vibrio cholerae Ol
outbreak in Mozambique and South Africa
in 1998 are multiple-drug resistant, contain
the SXT element and the aadA2 gene locat-
ed on class 1 integrons. J Antimicrob
Chemother. 2001;48:827-38.
5. Beaber JW, Burras V, Hochhut B, Waldor
MK. Comparison of SXT and R391, two
conjugative integrating elements: definition
of a genetic backbone for the mobilization
of resistance determinants. Cell Mol Life
Sci. 2002;59:2065-70.
6. Boltner D, Mac Mahon C, Pembroke JT,
Strike P, Osborn A. R391: a conjugative
integrating mosaic comprised of phage,
plasmid, and transposon elements. J
Bacteriol. 2002;184:5158-69.
7. Phantouamath B, Sithivong N, Sisavath L,
Munnalath K, Khampheng C, Insisiengmay
S, et al. Transition of drug susceptibilities
of Vibrio cholerae Ol in Lao People’s
Democratic Republic. Southeast Asian J
Trop Med Public Health. 2001;32:95-9.
8. Iwanaga M, Toma C, Miyazato T,
Insisiengmay S, Nakasone N, Ehara M.
Antibiotic resistance conferred by a class I
integron and SXT constin in Vibrio choler-
ae strains isolated in Laos. Antimicrob
Agents Chemother. 2004;48:2364-9.
9. Hochuut B, Marrero J, Waldor MK.
Mobilization of plasmids and chromosomal
DNA mediated by the SXT element, a con-
stin found in Vibrio cholerae 0139. J
Bacteriol. 2000;182:2043-7.
Address for correspondence: Claudia Toma,
Division of Bacterial Pathogenesis, Department
of Microbiology, Graduate School of Medicine,
University of the Ryukyus, Nishihara, Okinawa
903-0215, Japan; fax: 81-98-895-1408; email:
k950417 @med.u-ryukyu.ac.jp
Modeling the
Impact of
Pandemic Influenza
on Pacific Islands
To the Editor: Many Pacific
Island countries and areas have been
severely impacted in influenza pan-
demics. The 1918 pandemic killed
substantial proportions of the total
population: Fiji -5.2%, Tonga -4.2%
to 8.4%, Guam -4.5%, Tahiti -10%,
and Western Samoa -19% to 22%
(1,2). Thirty-one influenza pandemics
have occurred since the first pandem-
ic in 1580(3); another one is likely, if
not inevitable (4). The potential use of
influenza as a bioweapon is an addi-
tional concern (5).
The scale of an influenza pandem-
ic may be projected on the basis of the
available historical data that have
been built into a computer model, e.g.,
FluAid (6). Flu Aid uses a determinis-
tic model to estimate the impact range
of an influenza pandemic in its first
wave. Given the lack of accessible
data for specific Pacific Island coun-
tries and areas, the default values used
in FluAid were used for the propor-
tion of the population in the high-risk
category for each age group, for the
death rates, hospitalizations, and ill-
ness requiring medical consultations.
Country-specific population data
were obtained from the Secretariat of
the Pacific Community, and hospital
bed data were obtained from the
World Health Organization (WHO)
(7,8). The FluAid model was supple-
mented by a model of an 8 -week pan-
demic wave and modeling of hospital
bed capacity. Further methodologic
details are provided in the online
Appendix (available from htttp://
w w w. cdc .gov/ncidod/EID/vol 1 1 no02
/04-095 l_app.htm).
The results indicate that at inci-
dence rates of 15% and 35%, pandem-
ic influenza would cause 650 and
1,530 deaths, respectively, giving
crude death rates of 22 to 52 per
100,000 (see the Table in the online
Appendix). Most deaths (83%) would
occur in the high-risk group, 60% of
whom would be 19-64 years of age,
and 22% would be >65 years of age.
Additionally, 3,540 to 8,250 persons
would be hospitalized, most of whom
(78%) would not have high-risk con-
ditions. Also, 241,000 to 563,000
medical consultations would occur.
Most (87%) consultations would be
for patients without high-risk condi-
tions (50% birth-18 years of age and
46% 19-64 years of age).
In the peak week of the pandemic
(week 4), from 15% to 34% of all hos-
pital beds would be required for
patients with influenza (Table). The
upper end of impact on hospital beds
at >40% would occur for Guam,
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
347
LETTERS
Table. Predicted impact on health services from the next influenza pandemic using the
FluAid model for the peak week (at incidence rates [IR] of 15% and 35%)
Hospital bed
requirement in the Consultations per
peak week physician in the
Input data (% of bed capacity) peak week
Physicians
Hospital per 10,000
Country/area
beds (n)
population
15% IR
35% IR
15% IR
35% IR
Melanesia
Fiji Islands
2,097
3.4
16
38
78
182
New Caledonia
935
20.1
11
27
13
31
Solomon Islands
881
1.3
17
39
209
487
Vanuatu
Micronesia
605
1.2
13
29
224
524
Federated States of
Micronesia
329
5.9
13
29
45
106
Guam
225
11.1
31
73
24
56
Kiribati
140
3.0
24
56
90
209
Marshall Islands
105
4.6
18
42
59
137
Nauru
50
15.7
7
16
17
40
Northern Mariana
Islands
82
4.5
43
100
58
135
Palau
Polynesia
90
11.0
11
25
24
56
American Samoa
140
7.0
17
39
38
89
Cook Islands
128
7.8
5
12
34
79
French Polynesia
1,062
17.5
10
23
15
35
Niue
0
13.0
*
*
20
48
Samoa
557
3.4
12
29
79
184
Tokelau
36
13.3
2
4
20
47
Tonga
200
3.5
20
47
76
178
Tuvalu
56
5.9
7
17
45
105
Wallis and Futuna
75
9.2
8
19
29
68
Total
7,793
6.3
15
34
42
99
*The single hospital in Niue was completely destroyed in a cyclone in 2004.
Kiribati, Marshall Islands, Northern
Mariana Islands, and Tonga.
Assuming all consultations required
doctors, 42 to 99 influenza consulta-
tions per doctor would be required
during the peak week (Table). The
upper end of impact on consultations
for individual Pacific Island countries
and areas would vary from 31 (New
Caledonia) to 524 (Vanuatu); Fiji,
Kiribati, Samoa, Solomon Islands,
Tonga, and Vanuatu would have rates
>150 consultations per week.
The uncertainties associated with
pandemic influenza mean that any
modeling of its future impact is rela-
tively crude. For example, the new
strain may be particularly infectious,
virulent, or both. In contrast, the use
of international-level public health
interventions as recommended by
WHO (9) may prevent pandemic
influenza from reaching some Pacific
Island countries and areas or particu-
larly remote island groups. These
issues and other limitations with the
model are detailed in the online
Appendix.
Nevertheless, if the death rate is in
the range suggested by the model, this
outcome would make it the worst
internal demographic event since the
1918 influenza pandemic for many
Pacific Island countries and areas.
The lower death rate (albeit for a sin-
gle wave) is similar to the U.S. rates
for the 1957 influenza pandemic (22
per 100,000) and the 1968 influenza
pandemic (14 per 100,000) (10). The
upper end is considerably lower than
for the 1918 pandemic, which sug-
gests that the range indicated is rea-
sonably plausible. Although relatively
high, the death toll from pandemic
influenza would still be less than the
typical annual impact for some
Pacific Island countries and areas
from other infectious diseases
(including malaria and diarrheal dis-
eases) and from such fundamental
determinants of health status such as
poor sanitation, poor diet, and tobacco
use.
The predicted range of hospitaliza-
tions attributable to pandemic influen-
za would likely overwhelm hospital
capacity in many of the Pacific Island
countries and areas. Rapid response at
the onset of the pandemic could
ensure efficacious use of hospital beds
and resources, e.g., cancel elective
procedures and early discharge to
community care. Other contingency
plans by hospitals could facilitate
lower hospital admission rates (e.g.,
strengthening the primary care
response).
Planning and capacity building
could be provided by WHO, the
Secretariat of the Pacific Community,
and donor nations and agencies with
support for improving surveillance
and other preventive measures for
disease control (see the online
Appendix for details). A combination
of national capacity building with
international support will maximize
the capacity to respond to the next
influenza pandemic as well as other
potential communicable disease
threats.
Acknowledgments
Helpful comments were provided by
Debbie Ryan, George Thomson, and Seini
Kupu.
This work was funded in part by the
New Zealand Ministry of Health. The
views expressed are those of the authors
and do not necessarily represent those of
the Ministry of Health or the Secretariat of
the Pacific Community.
348
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
LETTERS
Nick Wilson,* Osman Mansoor,t
Douglas Lush,±
and Tom Kiedrzynski§
*Otago University, Wellington, New
Zealand; fPublic Health Consulting Ltd,
Wellington, New Zealand; ^New Zealand
Ministry of Health, Wellington, New
Zealand; and §Secretariat of the Pacific
Community, Noumea, New Caledonia
References
1. Herda PS. The 1918 influenza pandemic in
Fiji, Tonga, and the Samoas. In: Bryder L,
Dow DA, editors. New countries and old
medicine: proceedings of an international
conference on the history of medicine and
health. Auckland (NZ): Pyramid Press;
1995. p. 46-53.
2. Crosby AW. America’s forgotten pandemic:
the influenza of 1918. Cambridge, UK:
Cambridge University Press; 2003. p.
233-6.
3. Lazzari S, Stohr K. Avian influenza and
influenza pandemics. Bull WHO.
2004;82:242.
4. Webster RG. Predictions for future human
influenza pandemics. J Infect Dis.
1997;176:S14-9.
5. Madjid M, Lillibridge S, Mirhaji P,
Casscells W. Influenza as a bioweapon. J R
Soc Med. 2003;96:345-6.
6. Meltzer MI, Shoemake HA, Kownaski M,
Crosby R. FluAid 2.0: A manual to aid state
and local-level public health officials plan,
prepare, and practice for the next influenza
pandemic (Beta test version). Atlanta:
Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention; 2000.
7. Secretariat of the Pacific Community
Demography/Population Programme.
Pacific Island populations 2004, prt 1.
Available from http://www.spc.org.nc/
demo g/EnglishO 1 - 02/Recent Stats/
2004/Pacific%20Island%20Populations%2
02004.xls
8. World Health Organization. The Work of
WHO in the Western Pacific Region.
Report of the regional director — 1 July
2002-30 June 2003. Manila: The
Organization; 2003 :p. 217. [cited 2004 Jul
20]. Available from http://www.wpro.
who.int/pdf/rcm54/en/rdr/l 9_stat_
annex.pdf
9. World Health Organization. WHO consul-
tation on priority public health interven-
tions before and during an influenza pan-
demic. Geneva: The Organization; 2004.
[cited 2004 Jul 20]. Available from
http ://www. who . int/c sr/ dis ease/ avian_influ
enza/en/final.pdf
10. Glezen WP. Emerging infections: pandemic
influenza. Epidemiol Rev. 1996;18:64-76.
Address for correspondence: Nick Wilson,
Department of Public Health, Wellington
School of Medicine and Health Sciences, Otago
University, PO Box 7343, Wellington South,
New Zealand; fax: 64-4-4763646; email: nwil-
son@actrix.gen.nz
Mycotic Brain
Abscess Caused by
Opportunistic
Reptile Pathogen
To the Editor: A 38-year-old,
HIV-seropositive Nigerian man
sought treatment with an 8-month his-
tory of severe parietal headache,
impaired memory, fatigue, paresthesia
of the left arm, and left- sided focal
seizures. He had no history of neuro-
logic disorders, including epilepsy.
On physical examination, the patient
appeared well, alert, and oriented,
with slurred speech. Evaluation of the
visual fields showed left homony-
mous hemianopsia. All other neuro-
logic assessments were unremarkable.
The patient had a blood pressure of
120/80, a pulse of 88 beats per
minute, and a body temperature of
37.3°C. Leukocyte count was
8,600/qL, total lymphocyte count was
l,981/|iL, CD4+ cell count was
102/|iL, and CD4/CD8 ratio was 0.07.
HIV RNA-load was <50 copies/mL;
all other laboratory parameters were
normal. The patient had received anti-
retroviral therapy (stavudine, lamivu-
dine, nevirapine) for 5 months before
admission, but no prophylaxis for
opportunistic infections. Magnetic
resonance imaging (MRI) of the brain
disclosed 2 masses, 3.3 and 4.8 cm in
diameter, respectively (Figure A), and
signs of chronic sinusitis. A computed
tomographic chest scan showed infil-
tration of both lower segments with
multiple, small nodules (Figure B).
Blood cultures were repeatedly nega-
tive. A computer-guided needle-
aspiration of the brain lesions yielded
yellow-brown, creamy fluid in which
abundant septated fungal hyphae were
detected microscopically (Figure C).
Cytologic investigation was consis-
tent with a necrotic abscess. The
cycloheximide-resistant isolate was
strongly keratinolytic and identified
as a Chrysosporium anamorph of
Nannizziopsis vriesii (1,2). High-dose
antimicrobial treatment with
voriconazole (200 mg twice daily,
subsequently reduced to 200 mg
daily) was added to the antiretroviral
(ritonavir, amprenavir, trizivir), anti-
convulsive, and adjuvant corticos-
teroid treatment. The isolate was
highly susceptible to voriconazole in
vitro (MIC, <16|lg/mL [Etest, AB-
Biodisk Solna, Sweden]). Recovery
was complicated by a generalized
seizure and severe, acute psychosis
associated with rapid refilling of the 2
lesions with mycotic abscess fluid.
After re-aspiration, the patient’s psy-
chosis improved gradually, and no
further seizures occurred. When last
seen 4 months later, the patient was
healthy and without neurologic
deficits. His CD4+ cell count was
233/qL, HIV-load was <50
copies/mL, and a MRI scan of the
brain showed partial regression of the
2 brain lesions (Figure D).
Chrysosporium spp. are common
soil saprobes, occasionally isolated
from human skin. Invasive infection
is very rare in humans, and most were
observed in immunocompromised
patients, manifesting as osteomyelitis
(3,4) or diffuse vascular brain inva-
sion (5). Here, we report the first case
of brain abscesses by the
Chrysosporium anamorph of N.
vriesii. This fungus has been associat-
ed with fatal mycosis in reptiles (6,7)
and cutaneous mycosis in chameleons
originating from Africa (2).
In our patient, we were unable to
determine the portal of entry and the
sequence of fungal dissemination; no
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
349
LETTERS
Figure. Chrysosporium sp. brain abscess in an HIV-seropositive patient. A) T2-weighted
magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scan of the brain showing 2 large masses (triangles)
surrounded by a ring of signal intensity and extensive perifocal edema (open arrows),
global swelling of the right hemisphere, and a midline shift of 1 .2 cm. B) Computed tomo-
graphic scan of the chest showing infiltration of the left and right lower segment. C) Mold
mycelium in aspirate of brain abscess with calcoflour white stain. D) T2-weighted MRI
scan of the brain performed 4 months after beginning of therapy.
skin lesions were present at the time
of admission. However, the multifocal
nature, lung infiltration, and involve-
ment of the middle cerebral artery dis-
tribution suggest hematogenous dis-
semination (8,9) after replication of
airborne conidia within the respirato-
ry tract.
Fungi cause >90% of brain
abscesses in immunocompromised
transplant patients with an associated
mortality rate of 97% (10), despite
aggressive surgery and antifungal
therapy (9). Our patient was treated
successfully with abscess drainage,
antiretroviral therapy, and oral
voriconazole, a novel antifungal tria-
zole drug. Despite limited data avail-
able on voriconazole penetration into
brain abscess cavities (9), this drug
was clinically and radiologically
effective in our patient.
Acknowledgments
We thank the patient for cooperating
with our investigation, Pfizer Germany for
providing voriconazole, and Heidemarie
Losert and Elisabeth Antweiler for their
excellent technical assistance.
Christoph Steininger,*
Jan van Lunzen,*
Kathrin Tintelnot,t
Ingo Sobottka,* Holger Rohde,*
Matthias Ansver Horstkotte,*
and Hans-Jurgen Stellbrink*
*University Clinic Eppendorf, Hamburg,
Germany; and fRobert Koch-lnstitut,
Mykologie, Berlin, Germany
References
1. Van Oorschot CAN. A revision of
Chrysosporium and allied genera. Stud
Mycol. 1980; 1—89.
2. Pare JA, Sigler L, Hunter DB, Summerbell
RC, Smith DA, Machin KL. Cutaneous
mycoses in chameleons caused by the
Chrysosporium anamorph of Nannizziopsis
vriesii (Apinis) Currah. J Zoo Wildl Med.
1997;28:443-53.
3. Stillwell WT, Rubin BD, Axelrod JL.
Chrysosporium, a new causative agent in
osteomyelitis. A case report. Clin Orthop.
1984; 190-2.
4. Roilides E, Sigler L, Bibashi E, Katsifa H,
Flaris N, Panteliadis C. Disseminated infec-
tion due to Chrysosporium zonatum in a
patient with chronic granulomatous disease
and review of non-aspergillus fungal infec-
tions in patients with this disease. J Clin
Microbiol. 1999;37:18-25.
5. Warwick A, Ferrieri P, Burke B, Blazar BR.
Presumptive invasive Chrysosporium
infection in a bone marrow transplant recip-
ient. Bone Marrow Transplant.
1991;8:319-22.
6. Nichols DK, Weyant RS, Lamirande EW,
Sigler L, Mason RT. Fatal mycotic dermati-
tis in captive brown tree snakes ( Boiga
irregularis ). J Zoo Wildl Med.
1999;30:111-8.
7. Thomas AD, Sigler L, Peucker S, Norton
JH, Nielan A. Chrysosporium anamorph of
Nannizziopsis vriesii associated with fatal
cutaneous mycoses in the salt-water croco-
dile ( Crocodylus porosus ). Med Mycol.
2002;40:143-51.
8. Calfee DP, Wispelwey B. Brain abscess.
Semin Neurol. 2000;20:353-60.
9. Mathisen GE, Johnson JP. Brain abscess.
Clin Infect Dis. 1997;25:763-79.
10. Hagensee ME, Bauwens JE, Kjos B,
Bowden RA. Brain abscess following mar-
row transplantation: experience at the Fred
Hutchinson Cancer Research Center,
1984-1992. Clin Infect Dis.
1994;19:402-8.
Address for correspondence: Christoph
Steininger, University Clinic Eppendorf,
Department of Medicine I, Infectious Diseases
Unit, Martinistrasse 52, 20246 Hamburg,
Germany; fax: 49-40-42803-6832; email:
c . steininger @ uke . uni-hamburg . de
The opinions expressed by authors con-
tributing to this journal do not necessari-
ly reflect the opinions of the Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention or the
institutions with which the authors are
affiliated.
350
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
LETTERS
Tuberculosis in
Undocumented
Migrants, Geneva
To the Editor: In today’s global-
ized world, a growing number of peo-
ple are migrating in search of a better
life. Simultaneously, industrialized
countries are strengthening border
controls and administrative barriers to
contain this influx of newcomers,
resulting in a significant increase in
illegal migration and human traffick-
ing. The U.S. Department of State
estimates the annual flow of irregular
migrants worldwide to be 700,000-2
million (1). Many of the migrants are
from countries where tuberculosis is
endemic, and they contribute to the
increasing proportion of foreign-born
persons with tuberculosis in North
America and Europe. These persons
may be highly contagious in the local
population, as they have limited
access to healthcare and often go
untreated (2,3).
Of 450,000 residents in Geneva,
Switzerland, 10,000-20,000 are
undocumented and come from devel-
oping countries or Eastern Europe. All
patients treated for tuberculosis in
Geneva are systematically registered
by the Antituberculosis Center, a
facility at Geneva University
Hospital. An outpatient clinic pro-
vides free consultations for patients
with tuberculosis who have no health
insurance, and patients are not
required to disclose their immigration
status to physicians. Patients with suf-
ficient funds pay for their medication.
All cases of tuberculosis in undoc-
umented migrants (foreign residents
with no resident permits) reported
from 1994 to 1998 were reviewed by
the same investigator. Their sociode-
mographic and clinical characteristics
were compared with those of 7 South
American legal residents with tuber-
culosis (representing the whole sam-
ple of South American tuberculosis
patients) during the same period and
with those of a group of 50 tuberculo-
sis patients from the general popula-
tion in a previous study.
From 1994 to 1998, a total of 397
persons in Geneva were notified that
they were infected with tuberculosis.
Twenty-two (6%) case-patients were
found among undocumented
migrants. The mean age was 31 years
(19^18 years), and 20 (91%) were
women; 15 (68%) came from South
America, 5 (22%) came from Africa,
and 2 (9%) came from Europe.
Nineteen (95%) of 20 persons had
symptoms for >1 month preceding
their first medical encounter.
Approximately 27.2% had pulmonary
manifestations only, 36.4% had extra-
pulmonary manifestations only, and
the remaining 36.4% had both pul-
monary and extrapulmonary manifes-
tations. Mycobacterium tuberculosis
was found in 11 of 14 with pulmonary
involvement, and chest radiograph
was normal in 5 (22%). When com-
pared with patients from the general
population, women were more numer-
ous (91% vs. 30%), and extrapul-
monary tuberculosis was more fre-
quent among undocumented residents
(72% vs. 34%). The time from first
symptoms to first consultation was
also longer when compared to the
general population and the registered
South American residents (5% vs.
30% and 40%, respectively, consult-
ing in the first month; p = 0.008). In 4
(19%) patients, resistance to >1 anti-
tuberculosis drug was identified, with
no multidrug resistance (defined as
rifampicin) identified, a rate of resist-
ance similar to that seen in their coun-
tries of origin but higher than the
Swiss rate (6.3%) (4). All patients
were treated with a 4-drug regimen
(HRZE: H = isoniazid, R = rifam-
picin, Z = pyrazinamid, E = ethambu-
tol) for 2 months, followed by a 2-
drug therapy (HR) for 4 months.
Eighteen (82%) patients adhered to
the regimen, as determined by month-
ly medical interviews and urine isoni-
azid checks. Only the 4 remaining
patients who missed more than one
third of the appointments with 50% of
negative urine checks, or who default-
ed, were placed under directly
observed therapy. Fifteen (68%)
patients regularly attended their
appointments until completion of
treatment. Seven (32%) patients left
Switzerland before the end of treat-
ment, 2 of whom were deported.
Fourteen (64%) patients were hos-
pitalized to initiate treatment. Four
had health insurance; the other
patients contracted a debt for hospital-
ization. The lack of insurance did not
influence adherence to treatment neg-
atively. However, as a consequence of
tuberculosis, 8 (66%) lost their jobs.
Of 102 identified close contacts,
88 (87%) were evaluated by tuber-
culin skin testing. Chest x-ray was
performed on 21 (24%) patients with
a positive test (>10 mm induration),
and isoniazid was prescribed prophy-
lactically. No secondary case of active
tuberculosis was identified.
Most undocumented immigrants
with tuberculosis in Geneva are young
South American or African women
engaged in domestic activities. This
finding reflects the irregular work
opportunities in Geneva, an area with
little agriculture and industry. As sus-
pected, a delay of several weeks
occurred before seeking care (5). The
economic and social impact of tuber-
culosis was high for this population.
Two thirds of these patients lost their
jobs as a consequence of tuberculosis.
Joblessness could be an additional fac-
tor to further deter patients from seek-
ing care. Adherence to treatment was
good, which suggested confidence that
care providers would not report to
immigration authorities and that sup-
portive follow-up care was available.
Of more concern, approximately one
third of the patients left Switzerland
before completing the full course of
treatment. This transfer rate of undoc-
umented migrants corresponds to that
observed (43%) among foreign-born
patients with unknown legal status in
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
351
LETTERS
Switzerland (6). Failure to complete a
full course of treatment may lead to
relapse and emergence of resistant
strains. A growing proportion of cases
of tuberculosis observed in Europe is
in migrants, some undocumented,
from the developing world (3). Strong
political measures should be enforced
to ensure access to healthcare services
with respect to confidentiality (as
recently stated in the Netherlands) (7).
Much emphasis has been put on
screening at time of arrival. Screening
can be conducted for immigrants and
asylum seekers, but undocumented
migrants are not screened (8).
Facilitated access to medical services
and free affordable therapy is a neces-
sity; active tuberculosis develops in
most foreign-born residents several
years after their arrival (2). In an era of
high mobility, specific innovative pro-
grams should be established to control
and prevent tuberculosis for this high-
risk, foreign-bom population. Early
detection with nonidentifying tubercu-
losis tracking systems (9), screening at
unspecialized clinics (10), and free
treatment with adequate administra-
tive measures are needed.
Industrialized countries must take
responsibility to reduce the spread of
resistant tuberculosis.
Sigiriya Aebischer Perone,*
Patrick Bovier,*
Christian Pichonnaz,*
Thierry Rochat,* and Louis Loutan*
*Geneva University Hospital, Geneva,
Switzerland
References
1. International Organization for Migration.
World migration 2003: managing migration,
challenges and responses for people on the
move. Geneva: The Organization; 2003.
2. Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention. Trends in tuberculosis — United
States, 1998-2003. MMWR Morb Mortal
Wkly Rep. 2004;53:209-14.
3. EuroTB. Surveillance of tuberculosis in
Europe — EuroTB. Report on tuberculosis
cases notified in 2001. 2003, p. 1-60. [cited
October 20, 2004]. Available from
http ://www. eurotb . org/repports/200 1 / etb_2
00 l_p l_text_tables.pdf
4. Helbing P, Altpeter E, Raeber PA, Pfyffer
GE, Zellweger JP. Surveillance of antitu-
berculosis drug resistance in Switzerland
1995-1997; the central link. Eur Respir J.
2000;16:200-2.
5. Asch S, Leake B, Gelberg L. Does fear of
immigration authorities deter tuberculosis
patients from seeking care? West J Med.
1994; 373-6.
6. Helbing P, Medinger C, Altpeter E, Raeber
PA, Beeli D, Zellweger JP. Outcome of
treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis in
Switzerland in 1996. Swiss Med Wkly.
2002;132:517-22
7. Sheldon T. Dutch minister warns that ille-
gal immigrants must receive care. BMJ.
1999;3 18: 1234.
8. Menzies D. Controlling tuberculosis among
foreign born within industrialised coun-
tries. Am J Respir Crit Care Med.
2001;164:914-5.
9. Kim DJ, Rizdon R, Giles B, Mireles T,
Garrity K, Hathcock AL, et al. A no-name
tuberculosis tracking system. Am J Public
Health. 2003;93:1637-9
10. El-Hamad I, Casalini C, Matteelli A, Casari
S, Bugiani M, Caputo M, et al. Screening
for tuberculosis and latent tuberculosis
infection among undocumented immigrants
at an unspecialised health service unit. Int J
Tuberc Lung Dis. 2001;5:712-6.
Address for correspondence: Louis Loutan,
Travel and Migration Medicine Unit,
Department of Community Medicine, Geneva
University Hospital, 24, rue Micheli-du-Crest,
1211 Geneva 14, Switzerland; fax: 0041-22-
372-96-26; email: louis. loutan @hcuge.ch
Mycobacterium
chelonae Skin
Infection in Kidney-
Pancreas Recipient
To the Editor: Mycobacterium
chelonae is rapid growing and is ubiq-
uitous in the environment, including
soil, water, domestic and wild ani-
mals, and milk and fruit products. It
can be associated with infections of
the soft tissue, lung, bone, joint, cen-
tral nervous system, and eye. M. che-
lonae infections in an immunocom-
promised host are disseminated in
>50% of those infected; chronic use
of steroids, even in low doses, seems
to be the most important predictive
factor for disseminated disease (1,2).
In immunocompetent hosts, nontuber-
culous mycobacteria can colonize
body surfaces and be secreted for pro-
longed periods without causing dis-
ease. In hematopoietic stem cell and
solid organ transplant recipients,
infections with nontuberculous
mycobacteria are common and may
be a source of illness and death (3).
We describe a case of localized cuta-
neous M. chelonae infection after a
dog bite in a kidney-pancreas trans-
plant recipient.
A 43-year-old female patient
underwent kidney transplantation for
diabetic nephropathy in 1985. After
loss of organ function due to chronic
rejection, she underwent combined
kidney-pancreas transplantation 5
years later, in 1990. Because of chron-
ic rejection, the patient lost the kidney
graft 5 years later, in 1995, and went
back on dialysis with a well-function-
ing pancreas graft. In 2004, the patient
was bitten on the right forearm by a
dog. She was on immunosuppressive
therapy of prednisolone (5 mg/day),
cyclosporine- A (trough levels of 100
ng/dL), and azathioprine (50 mg/day).
The initial lesion healed without
major complication. After several
days, a single firm edematous plaque
of 3 x 5 cm developed at the site of the
animal bite, and the patient was
admitted to the Department of
Dermatology. Empiric antimicrobial
combination therapy, including clin-
damycin (300 mg every 8 hours) and
ciprofloxacin (500 mg every 12
hours), was initiated. As no clinical
improvement was achieved, a biopsy
was performed, which showed a gran-
ulomatous inflammation with a high
number of mycobacteria (Figure).
Atypical mycobacteria were cultured
from a second biopsy (Lowenstein-
Jensen/Stonebrink, Heidelberg, Ger-
many); M. chelonae was identified by
352
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
LETTERS
Figure. Skin biopsy of the lesion showed granulomatous infection with Mycobacterium
chelonae (Ziehl-Neelsen stain, x40)
polymerase chain reaction. Therefore,
antimicrobial therapy was changed to
clarithromycin (500 mg twice daily)
for 6 months. Although cyclosporine-
A dosage was reduced with initiation
of antimicrobial therapy, trough level
increased to 350 ng/mL; therefore,
further dose reduction was performed.
Within a few weeks, the lesion disap-
peared completely, and the patient
retained good pancreatic graft func-
tion. To rule out dissemination to
other organs, a computed tomography
of head, thorax, and abdomen was
performed at time of diagnosis.
In the immunocompromised host,
an uncontrolled proliferation of pri-
marily colonizing or contaminating
pathogens or commensals can
progress to severe disease. Diagnosis
is often difficult because patients with
these infections may have atypical
symptoms due to immunosuppressive
therapy. If diagnosis is made early,
dissemination can likely be avoided.
Therefore, suspicious cutaneous
lesions should be biopsied for
histopathologic examination, and spe-
cial stains and tissue cultures should
be performed for detecting fungi,
viruses, and bacteria, including
mycobacteria (3,4). Nontuberculous
mycobacteria are resistant to conven-
tional tuberculostatic therapy and
have variable susceptibility to other
antimicrobial agents (1,2,5). Clari-
thromycin seems to be the most active
drug, and azithromycin might also
have good activity (3-6). Clari-
thromycin has been administered suc-
cessfully as monotherapy, and our
case confirms these data. However,
several cases of resistance have been
described, and use of at least 1 other
drug, such as an aminoglycoside or a
quinolone, in addition to clar-
ithromycin has been recommended
(1,4, 7-9). Clarithromycin is a potent
inhibitor of cytochrome P450 (3,4).
Therefore, cyclosporine-A and tacro-
limus levels have to be monitored
exactly, and dose adjustments may be
required. Duration of therapy depends
on the isolate, site of infection, and
clinical response to therapy, but in
general, it should be continued for at
least 6 months (3,8).
Thus far only a few cases of infec-
tions with M. chelonae in kidney,
heart, liver, and lung transplant recip-
ients have been described (3). Most of
these infections were disseminated
and often resulted in chronic infec-
tion. To our knowledge, this report is
the first of localized cutaneous
disease from M. chelonae , which
completely healed within 3 months, in
a kidney-pancreas transplant recipi-
ent. Although M. chelonae might be
part of the colonizing oral flora of
dogs, it is more likely that the bite
contributed to translocation of the
transient dermal flora. Any factor that
disrupts the skin barrier, such as
insulin self-injection in diabetes
patients, surgical wound, insect sting,
or animal bite, might be associated
with this type of infection (10,11). We
conclude that early diagnosis prevents
dissemination, leads to rapid clinical
response, and allows antimicrobial
monotherapy with a macrolide. Such
an approach preserved the function of
the pancreatic allograft.
Ingrid Stelzmueller,*
Karin M. Dunst,* Silke Wiesmayr,*
Robert Zangerle,* Paul Hengster,*
and Hugo Bonatti*
*lnnsbruck Medical University, Innsbruck,
Austria
References
1. Wallace RJ Jr, Brown BA, Onyi GO. Skin,
soft tissue and bone infections due to
Mycobacterium chelonae : importance of
prior corticosteroid therapy, frequency of
disseminated infections and resistance to
oral antimicrobials other than clar-
ithromycin. J Infect Dis. 1992;166:405-12.
2. Nathan DL, Singh SS, Kestenbaum TM,
Casparian JM. Cutaneous Mycobacterium
chelonae in a liver transplant patient. J Am
Acad Dermatol. 2000;43:333-6.
3. Doucette K, Fishman JA. Nontuberculous
mycobacterial infection in hematopoietic
stem cell and solid organ transplant recipi-
ents. Clin Infect Dis. 2004;38:1428-39.
4. Patel R, Roberts GD, Keating MR, Paya
CV. Infections due to nontuberculous
mycobacteria in kidney, heart and liver
transplant recipients. Clin Infect Dis.
1994;19:263-73.
5. Weisdorf DJ. Typical and atypical
Mycobacterium infections after hemopoiet-
ic stem cell or solid organ transplantation.
In: Bowden RA, Ljungman P, Paya CV, edi-
tors. Transplant infections. 2nd ed.
Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams &
Wilkins; 2003. p. 250-8.
6. Wallace RJ, Tanner D, Brennan PJ, Brown
BA. Clinical trial of clarithromycin for
cutaneous (disseminated) infection due to
Mycobacterium chelonae. Ann Intern Med.
1993;119:482-6.
7. Chastain MA, Buckley J, Russo GG.
Mycobacterium chelonae! abscessus com-
plex infection in a liver transplant patient.
Int J Dermatol. 2001;40:769-4.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
353
LETTERS
8. Tebas P, Faisal S, Wallace RJ, Fraser Y.
Rapid development of resistance to clar-
ithromycin following monotherapy for dis-
seminated Mycobacterium chelonae infec-
tion in a heart transplant patient. Clin Infect
Dis. 1995;20:443-4.
9. Vemulapalli RK, Cantey JR, Steed LL,
Knapp TL, Thielmann NM. Emergence of
resistance to clarithromycin during treat-
ment of disseminated cutaneous
Mycobacterium chelonae infection: case
report and literature review. J Infect Dis.
2001;43:163-8.
10. Singh S, Rattan A, Kumar S. Severe cuta-
neous Mycobacterium chelonae infection
following a yellow jacket sting. Tuber Lung
Dis. 1992;73:305-6.
11. McKinsey DS, Dykstra M, Smith DL. The
terrier and the tendonitis. N Engl J Med.
1995;332:338.
Address for correspondence: Ingrid
Stelzmueller, Medical University Innsbruck,
Department of General and Transplant Surgery,
AnichstraBe 35, 6020 Innsbruck, Austria; fax:
+43-512-504-22605; email: ingrid. stelz-
mueller @ uklibk. ac . at
SARS Control and
Psychological
Effects of
Quarantine,
Toronto, Canada
To the Editor: Hawryluck et al.
(1) have published an interesting
study that found that some persons
subject to quarantine for severe acute
respiratory distress syndrome (SARS)
displayed symptoms of posttraumatic
stress disorder and depression. They
conclude that the psychological
symptoms result from quarantine. I
believe the study has serious flaws
and that their conclusion is premature.
First, their study sampled 129 vol-
unteers among the >15,000 persons
subjected to quarantine. As acknowl-
edged by the authors, persons with the
most severe symptoms may be more
likely to volunteer for the study,
resulting in an overestimation of the
frequency and severity of the symp-
toms. Second, more than two thirds of
the participants were healthcare work-
ers. Healthcare workers in Toronto
who cared for SARS patients but were
not subject to quarantine were experi-
encing extreme stress because they
were working with a poorly under-
stood infectious disease, wearing pro-
tective equipment for extended peri-
ods, and watching colleagues become
ill and die while wondering if they
themselves were the next victims.
Most healthcare workers subject to
quarantine in Toronto (including 34%
of persons on work quarantine) likely
cared for SARS patients and would
have experienced stresses similar to
those not quarantined. Third, 85% of
the study participants wore masks at
home, indicating that they were likely
to have been symptomatic and subject
to isolation rather than quarantine.
Certainly symptomatic persons would
be undergoing stress because of their
concerns about SARS developing, the
possibility of dying, and the potential
for exposing others. Increasing levels
of stress with increasing length of iso-
lation found in the study may be due
to more severe or prolonged symp-
toms rather than to isolation or quar-
antine per se.
Measuring the psychological
effects of isolation and quarantine will
require studies comparing psycholog-
ical symptoms of healthcare workers
subjected to quarantine with those
who continued working, as well as
studies comparing randomly selected
persons subject to isolation with the
general population living in the city
during the outbreak.
In the final analysis, although iso-
lation and quarantine are stressful,
that is an insufficient reason to hesi-
tate when these measures are indicat-
ed. One might wonder how stressed
the participants would have been if
SARS had developed and they infect-
ed their family members or friends.
Regardless of whether isolation and
quarantine induce posttraumatic stress
disorder, public health officials must
be cognizant of and prepared to sup-
ply appropriate emotional and social
support to persons subject to isolation
or quarantine.
Harry F. Hull*
*Minnesota Department of Health,
Minneapolis, Minnesota, USA
Reference
1. Hawryluck L, Gold WL, Robinson S,
Pogorski S, Galea S, Styra R. SARS control
and psychological effects of quarantine,
Toronto, Canada. Emerg Infect Dis.
2004;10:1206-12.
Address for correspondence: Harry F. Hull,
State Epidemiologist and Division Director,
Infectious Disease Epidemiology, Prevention
and Control Division, Minnesota Department
of Health, 717 Delaware, SE, Minneapolis, MN
55414, USA; fax: 612-676-5666; email:
harry, hull @ health, state . mn .us
In Response: Dr. Hull raises con-
cerns regarding our study design and
the conclusions that were drawn,
believing the conclusions to be pre-
mature (1). To reiterate, we concluded
that quarantine might result in consid-
erable psychological distress in the
forms of posttraumatic stress disorder
(PTSD) and depressive symptoms,
but we clearly qualify this conclusion
by stating that the results of the study
are hypothesis-generating and require
further exploration.
Dr. Hull correctly writes that more
than two thirds of the respondents to
our survey were healthcare workers
and assumes that healthcare workers
in Toronto who cared for patients
with severe acute respiratory syn-
drome (SARS) were extremely
stressed. We agree with this statement
not on the basis of data presented in
this study, but rather on additional
354
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
LETTERS
work that we have conducted on non-
quarantined, uninfected healthcare
workers treating patients with SARS
in a hospital in Toronto (2). The
implication of Dr. Hull’s statement,
however, is that being a healthcare
worker in Toronto at the time of
SARS, rather than being placed into
quarantine, was responsible for the
psychological distress that we meas-
ured. To dispute this, we found that
healthcare worker status was not cor-
related with PTSD or depression
symptoms, which indicates that
respondents who were nonhealthcare
workers experienced similar levels of
distress as healthcare workers who
responded. Furthermore, we found
that longer durations of quarantine
were associated with increased symp-
toms of PTSD, which indicates that
the physical state of being in quaran-
tine was at least in part responsible
for the psychological distress.
Finally, Dr. Hull states that 85% of
the study participants wore masks at
home, which indicates that they were
likely to have been symptomatic and
subject to isolation rather than quar-
antine. This statement is incorrect.
The respondents to this survey were
asymptomatic, exposed persons who
were placed into quarantine.
Instructions to all quarantined per-
sons, per public health guidelines (3),
were to wear masks while in the pres-
ence of other household members,
not because they were symptomatic,
but rather because they may have
been incubating SARS and had the
potential to transmit infection to
household contacts in the 24 hours
before symptom onset.
Although the terms isolation and
quarantine have often been used inter-
changeably, they actually represent
distinct concepts (4). The strategies
differ in that isolation applies to per-
sons who are known to have an ill-
ness, and quarantine applies to those
who have been exposed to a transmis-
sible pathogen but who may or may
not become ill. Quarantine directives
for SARS included the adherence to
home infection control measures,
including wearing masks in the pres-
ence of other household members, not
sharing utensils, and sleeping in sepa-
rate quarters (3).
We agree with Dr. Hull’s final
statement that the psychological dis-
tress experienced by persons in quar-
antine is not a sufficient reason to
refrain from invoking these measures
when they are needed to control an
outbreak. We did not arrive at this
conclusion in our article. The goal of
the study was to develop a benchmark
for the possible distress associated
with quarantine. While we felt that
documenting the possible distress that
may result from quarantine was
important, it was not intended to
negate the need to impose quarantine
should it be required, but rather to
determine the support measures that
may be needed by quarantined per-
sons. Public health officials must be
cognizant of these needs and prepared
to supply appropriate emotional and
social support to persons in quaran-
tine for such measures to succeed in
halting the spread of disease.
Rima Styra,* Laura Hawryluck,*
and Wayne Gold*
*University Health Network, Toronto,
Ontario, Canada
References
1. Hull HF. SARS control and psychological
effects of quarantine Toronto, Canada [let-
ter]. Emerg Infect Dis. 2005;11:353-4.
2. Gold WL, Hawryluck L, Robinson S,
McGeer A, Fones C, Kennedy S, et al. Post-
traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) among
healthcare workers (HCW) at a hospital
treating patients with SARS [abstract]. In:
Program and abstracts of the 43rd meeting
of the Interscience Conference on
Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy
(ICAAC); 2003 Sep 14-17; Chicago.
Washington (DC): American Society for
Microbiology; 2003.
3. Svoboda, T, Henry B, Shulman L, Kennedy
E, Rea E, Ng W, et al. Public health meas-
ures to control the spread of the severe
acute respiratory syndrome during the out-
break in Toronto. N Engl J Med.
2004;350:2352-61.
4. Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention. Public health guidance for
community-level preparedness and
response to severe acute respiratory syn-
drome (SARS) Version 2/3. 2004 Jul 20
[cited 2004 Sep 26]. Available from
http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/sars/guidance
Address for correspondence: Rima Styra,
Toronto General Hospital, 200 Elizabeth St, 8
Eaton North - Rm 235, Toronto, Ontario,
Canada M5G 2C4; fax: 416-340-4198; email:
rima.styra@uhn.on.ca
Correction, Vol. 9, No. 12
In "Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome Epidemic
in Asia," by G. Zhou and G. Yan, an error occurred in
the Table. Under the table heading "Parameter estima-
tion," the third subheading should be 'T/a." The cor-
rected table appears online at http://www.cdc.gov/nci-
dod/EID/vol9no 12/03-03 82. htm#table
EID
Ontlnt
www.cdc.gov/eid
We regret any confusion this error may have caused.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
355
BOOK REVIEWS
Community-based
Health Research:
Issues and
Methods
Daniel S. Blumenthal and Ralph J.
DiClemente, editors
Springer Publishing Company,
New York, New York
ISBN: 0-8261-2025-3
Pages: 240, Price: U.S.$39.95
So many, 11 of 14, contributors to
this volume are from the Atlanta area
that I expected this book to speak with
a Southern drawl. That it does not
attests to how much this metropolis,
growing in kudzu-fashion, has
changed. This element of profound
change is also a major motif in the 10
chapters collected by the editors to
promote community-based health
research as a mechanism for address-
ing historic wrongs.
The book is aptly titled and subti-
tled. Former Surgeon General David
Satcher writes in a concise but illumi-
nating foreword, “Community-based
research is where medicine, public
health, and science meet.” In the open-
ing chapter, Daniel Blumenthal and
Eileen Yancey herald the arrival of a
“new paradigm” in which community
members become full partners with
“culturally competent” researchers. To
them, community-based research is
population centered, prevention
focused, multidisciplinary, collabora-
tive, enlightening, and empowering.
Caswell Evans follows by adding
“evidence-based” assessments, find-
ings, and guidance to the mix. In chap-
ter 3, Bill Jenkins, Camara Jones, and
Blumenthal address some of the ethi-
cal issues related to community-based
research by describing, analyzing, and
drawing lessons from the Tuskegee
syphilis study. Culturally and linguis-
tically diverse voices from the com-
munity are heard in chapter 4.
Attention shifts from issues to
methods in the last 6 chapters of the
book. In textbook fashion, Nabih R.
Asal and Laura A. Beebe distinguish
observational studies from experi-
mental designs in chapter 5 and
remind the reader of the importance of
person, place, and time in epidemio-
logic investigations. The strengths
and weaknesses of the Behavioral
Risk Factor Surveillance System are
illustrated by Deborah Holtzman in
chapter 6. Qualitative research meth-
ods are described in chapter 7 and
applied to a case study of 45 African-
American, female crack-cocaine users
in chapter 8. Community intervention
trials are introduced and a half dozen
are reviewed in chapter 9. Then the
book rather abruptly ends with a short
chapter on cardiovascular risk-reduc-
tion community intervention trials.
Instructors looking for a graduate-
level textbook may find this recent
addition to the preventive medicine
literature incomplete. It fails to link
community-based research with theo-
ries of social and cultural change; the
principles and practices of community
mobilization; and the identification,
development, implementation, and
evaluation of culturally competent
interventions. The editors have pro-
duced an adequate introduction to
community-based research issues and
methods, but a concluding section that
serves to pull all the components
together would put additional copies
of this publication in college book-
stores.
William W. Darrow*
*Florida International University, North
Miami, Florida, USA
Address for correspondence: William W.
Darrow, Robert R. Stempel School of Public
Health, Florida International University, 3000
NE 151st St, TR-7, North Miami, Florida
33181-3600, USA; fax: 305-919-5673; email:
darro w w @ f iu . edu
The Pneumococcus
Elaine I. Tuomanen, Timothy J.
Mitchell, Donald A. Morrison, and
Brian G. Spratt, editors
Washington: American Society for
Microbiology Press; 2004
ISBN: 1 -55581 -297-X
Pages: 466, Price: U.S.$115.95
Streptococcus pneumoniae , known
as the pneumococcus, remains an
important pathogen in spite of
tremendous advances in medical care.
Globally, as many as 1 million chil-
dren die of pneumococcal infections
each year, nearly all in developing
countries. Pneumococcal disease is
also common in children in industrial-
ized countries, although in those set-
tings nearly all such deaths occur in
older adults or adults with chronic
medical conditions. Given its place
near the top of the list of killer bacte-
ria, pneumococcus is a focus of
numerous researchers around the
world. A new book, The Pneumo-
coccus, edited by Elaine Tuomanen et
al., is the latest effort to summarize
the state of research on the organism.
The book begins by providing a
well-thought-out answer to a basic
question — what is a pneumococ-
cus? — and moves on to chapters on
topics ranging from attachment and
invasion of the respiratory tract to
vaccine-induced immunity. The edi-
tors are leaders primarily in the areas
of molecular biology and pathogene-
sis, and the focus of much of the book
is on these topics, although issues
such as treatment, carriage, disease in
persons with immunodeficiencies,
antimicrobial resistance, and epidemi-
ology are also well covered. The rela-
tively recent deciphering of several
pneumococcal genomes has led to a
new outburst of research activity,
aspects of which are summarized in
several of the chapters.
356
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
BOOK REVIEWS
All of the authors are recognized
experts in their respective areas. The
foreword by Robert Austrian, a pio-
neer in pneumococcal microbiology,
disease description, and vaccine
work, provides an interesting summa-
ry of the history of major discoveries
in the field. While covering many
areas of pneumococcal research, the
book is not exhaustive; for example,
issues specific to pneumococcal dis-
ease in developing countries are men-
tioned only in passing.
The book may be most suitable as
a tool for new researchers in the pneu-
mococcal field, but it may also be use-
ful for medical students, graduate stu-
dents, and infectious disease special-
ists. The level of detail varies among
the chapters, but it is adequate to pro-
vide an introduction to each of the
topics covered, and all chapters are
thoroughly referenced. Overall, the
editors and writers have done a
remarkable job of consolidating the
latest information. The Pneumo-
coccus is an authoritative reference in
a rapidly changing field.
Cynthia G. Whitney*
*Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention, Atlanta, Georgia, USA
Address for correspondence: Cynthia G.
Whitney, Respiratory Diseases Branch,
Division of Bacterial and Mycotic Diseases,
National Center for Infectious Diseases,
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention,
1600 Clifton Rd NE, Mailstop C23, Atlanta,
GA 30333, USA; fax: 404-639-3970; email:
c whitney @ cdc . go v
DNA Amplification:
Current
Technologies and
Applications
Vadim V. Demidov and Natalia E.
Broude, authors
Horizon Bioscience, Norfolk, UK
IBSN: 0-9545232-9-6
Pages: 335, Price: U.S.$180
DNA amplification is a powerful
technique that has had an immense
impact on scientific research in the
past 2 decades. While polymerase
chain reaction (PCR) is still the most
popular method, alternative methods
of DNA amplification are constantly
being developed. In addition, the
extraordinary versatility of PCR has
led to its use in novel ways that have
opened new avenues of research.
These novel methods for DNA ampli-
fication and the versatility of PCR
are highlighted in DNA Amp-
lification: Current Technologies and
Applications.
The 17 chapters in this book are
divided into 4 sections that focus on
enzymes (3 chapters), thermal cycling
methods (6 chapters), isothermal
methods (6 chapters), and the detec-
tion of non-DNA analytes by DNA
amplification (2 chapters). Each chap-
ter has a thorough description of
methods and highly detailed protocols
for applying the technique to at least 1
specific application. Several excellent
chapters describe the uses of Phi29
DNA polymerase and of applications
using isothermal rolling circle ampli-
fication. A chapter on multiple-dis-
placement amplification details the
isothermal amplification of total
genomic DNA and should prove
extremely useful for amplifying DNA
in limited amounts, such as DNA
from clinical samples. The final 2
chapters describe use of either real-
time PCR or rolling circle amplifica-
tion to detect and quantify non-DNA
analytes, such as serum cytokines,
with much greater sensitivity than
conventional enzyme-linked immuno-
sorbent assay methods.
This book is not for the novice sci-
entist, as it does not describe basic
DNA amplification fundamentals;
rather, it is directed at those with a
solid background in molecular biolo-
gy who desire knowledge of cutting-
edge applications. Although many of
the detailed protocols will not be
applicable to certain laboratory situa-
tions, the versatility of most of the
methods described will allow them to
be easily adapted to other studies.
Therefore, this book will be a good
addition to the library of researchers
in molecular biology or to molecular
diagnostics laboratories planning to
expand their horizon beyond standard
PCR amplification techniques.
Robert F. Massung*
*Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention, Atlanta, Georgia, USA
Address for correspondence: Robert F. Massung,
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention,
1600 Clifton Rd, Atlanta, GA 30333, USA; fax:
404-639-4436; email: rfm2@cdc.gov
EMERGING INFECTIOUS DISEASE! online
To receive tables of contents of new issues send on email to listserve@cdc.gov with subscribe eid-toc in the body of your message.
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
357
ABOUT THE COVER
Romare Bearden (1911-1988).
The Sea Nymph (1977)
Collage on various papers with paint and
graphite on fiberboard
(111 .8 cm x 81 .3 cm).
Permanent collection: Glen and
Lynn Tobias.
Cover art copyright
Romare Bearden Foundation / Licensed
by VAGA, New York, New York
Hazards of Travel— Who Will
Free the Contemporary
Traveler?
Polyxeni Potter*
A native of Mecklenburg County, North Carolina, Romare Bearden was the
offspring of a middle-class family established in Charlotte, where the rail-
road and cotton industries flourished after the Civil War. His paternal great-
grandparents, with whom he spent considerable time, were described in the
1915 publication Colored Charlotte as “former servants of Dr. Joseph Wilson
the father of President Woodrow Wilson....” (1). His maternal grandparents,
who were also influential in his development, ran a boarding house in
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, serving migrant steel mill workers from the South.
Around 1914, Bearden’s family moved north to New York and settled in
Harlem. In their apartment at 154 West 131st Street, he grew up with the artis-
tic, intellectual, and political influences of the cultural movement of the 1920s
and 30s known as Harlem Renaissance. His circle included writers Langston
Hughes and Ralph Ellison, musicians Duke Ellington and Fats Waller, activist
W.E.B. DuBois, and artists Aaron Douglas and Jacob Lawrence (2). Although
he spent most of his school years in New York, Bearden visited Pittsburgh
often, enjoying life in his grandparents’ boardinghouse, where mill workers
returning from work would sit on the steps and “tell stories about down-home
in the South” (1).
Bearden had many talents and broad academic interests. He graduated from
New York University with a degree in education, but he also loved mathemat-
ics and music and was an accomplished writer and cartoonist. His editorial
drawings on the social, political, and economic issues of his day (depression era
soup lines, segregation, social inequality), are reminiscent of the politically
charged work of Diego Rivera and other Mexican muralists and of Francisco
de Goya’s caprices, which chronicled the vices of 19th-century Spain. Bearden
studied art throughout his life. While employed in the New York City
Department of Social Services, he satisfied his growing wish to become an
artist by painting during evenings and weekends. By the end of the 1930s, he
was fully engaged in art.
“...[T]he function of the artist is to find ways of communicating, in sensi-
ble, sensuous terms, those experiences which do not find adequate expression
in the daily round of living and for which, therefore, no ready made means of
communication exists. . .” wrote Bearden in his first solo exhibition pamphlet in
1940 (1). In a career marked by continuous growth, he experimented with new
media, always seeking the texture, form, and color that most closely embodied
his artistic goals, and became one of the most creative and original artists of the
20th century.
Bearden’s early work was mostly gouaches (opaque watercolors on brown
paper). He became increasingly interested in the human figure but gradually
moved away from representational painting toward abstraction (3) and “those
universals that must be digested by the mind and cannot be merely seen by the
eye” (4). By the early 1960s, he was constructing photomontages, which he
*Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta, Georgia, USA
358
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
ABOUT THE COVER
continued to refine through various techniques into col-
lages, his signature style. During the 1970s and 80s, he
synthesized elements of his earlier work into an individu-
alized art form using brown paper, brilliant color, and
graphite drawings.
The collage, which dates back to medieval Persia and
Japan, was known in Europe well before the 18th century
and was rediscovered and used in modern times by Pablo
Picasso and others. Bearden turned the medium into a nar-
rative device, synthesizing color, form, photographic
images, and patches of social commentary into intricate,
richly textured, intensely emotional scenes. “. . .1 use many
disparate elements to form either a figure, or part of a
background. I build my faces... from parts of African
masks, animal eyes, marbles, mossy vegetation....” (5).
A prolific artist, Bearden painted the places where he
lived and worked: the rural South, northern cities of his
childhood, and the Caribbean islands where he spent the
latter part of his life. His artistic goal was “to reveal
through pictorial complexities the riches of a life I know.”
“I do not need to go looking for ‘happenings,’ the absurd,
or the surreal,” he said, “because I have seen things that
neither Dali, Beckett, Ionesco nor any of the others could
have thought possible; and to see these things I did not
need to do more than look out of my studio window” (6).
In 1976, after many years, Bearden traveled to the sites
of his early childhood, only to find that everything had
changed. Shortly afterwards, perhaps reflecting on his own
life’s journey, he embarked on a series of 20 collages based
on Homer’s Odyssey. Inspired by Odysseus’ epic travails
as he wandered the Mediterranean in search of Ithaca,
these compositions showcase the essential geometry in
Bearden’s work. Highly finished flat panels of vivid color
contain minimal surface manipulation or paint. Fluid char-
coal silhouettes beneath the waves recall the dark figures
adorning classical Greek pottery.
“. . .[T]he sparkle and pulsations of water give men and
women a certain energy. . .” wrote Bearden in praise of his
Caribbean experience (1), which also might have prompt-
ed this excursion into mythology. For most of us, fascina-
tion with the sea and longing for the unknown prompt trav-
el. As the graceful nymph on this month’s cover frees
Odysseus from one more hurdle of his 10-year journey, we
sympathize with the weary traveler. Yet, however grue-
some, his impediments were imaginary — angry gods,
cyclopes, sirens, Scylla and Charybdis. As we reach con-
temporary ports of call, the threats we meet — SARS, avian
flu, West Nile virus, Ebola — are real.
References
1. National Gallery of Art Washington. The art of Romare Bearden.
New York: Harry N. Abrams, Inc.; 2003.
2. Romare Bearden Foundation — biography, [cited 2005 Jan]. Available
from http : //w w w.beardenf oundation . org/ artlif e/biography/html
3. Schwartzman M. Romare Bearden his life and art. New York: Henry
N. Abrams, Inc.; 1990.
4. Marshall arts presents Romare Bearden, [cited 2005 Jan]. Available
from http ://www. courses . vcu . edu/ENG-mam/bio2 . htm
5. Campbell MS, Patton SF. Memory and metaphor: the art of Romare
Bearden. New York: Oxford University Press; 1991.
6. African culture online, [cited 2005 Jan]. Available from
http://www.africancultureonline.com/forums/showpost.php ?p=4583
&postcount=l
Address for correspondence: Polyxeni Potter, EID Journal, Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Mailstop D61,
Atlanta, GA 30333, USA; fax: 404-371-5449; email: PMPl@cdc.gov
~3
EMERGING
INFECTIOUS DISEASES
OM.C r.»—
ONLINE
www.cdc.gov/eid
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
359
NEWS & NOTES
EMERGING
INFECTIOUS DISEASES
A Peer-Reviewed Journal Tracking and Analyzing Disease Trends
Vol. 11, No. 3, March 2005
Upcoming Issue
Look in the March issue for the following topics:
Fly Transmission of Campylobacter
Disease Risk from Foods, England and Wales, 1996-2000
Probable Psittacosis Outbreak Linked to Wild Birds
Rapid Identification of Emerging Pathogens: Coronavirus
Outpatient Community-acquired Pneumonia
and Antimicrobial Drugs
Effect of Regulation and Education on Salmonellosis
SARS Risk Perceptions in Healthcare Workers, Japan
Logitudinally Profiling Neutralizing Antibody Response to SARS
Coronavirus with Pseudotypes
Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus in Horses and
Horse Personnel, 2000 2002
Notifiable Disease Surveillance and Practicing Physicians
Rumor Surveillance and Avian Influenza H5N1
Complete list of articles in the March issue at
http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/eid/upcoming.htm
Upcoming Infectious
Disease Activities
March 16-18, 2005
Focus on Fungal Infections 15
Sheraton Bal Harbour
Miami, Florida, USA
Contact: 770-751-7332 or
c . chase @ imedex .com
http://www.imedex.com/calendars/
infectiousdisease.htm
April 9-12, 2005
Society for Healthcare Epidemiology
of America (SHEA) Annual Meeting
Los Angeles, California, USA
Contact: 703-684-1006
Web site: http://www.shea-online.org
May 1, 2005
International Society of Travel
Medicine (ISTM) offers certificate
of knowledge in travel medicine exam
(Given prior to the opening of 9th
Conference of the ISTM)
Contact: exam@istm.org
http://www.ISTM.org/
May 1-5, 2005
9th Conference of the International
Society of Travel Medicine
Lisbon, Portugal
Contact: +49-89-2180-3830
http://www.ISTM.org/
November 13-18, 2005
Fourth MIM Pan- African Malaria
Conference
Yaounde, Cameroon
http ://w w w.mim. su.se/conference2005
2006
June 25-29, 2006
ISHAM 2006 (International Society
for Human and Animal Mycology)
Palais des Congres
Paris, France
Contact: 770-751-7332 or
c . chase @ imedex .com
http://www.imedex.com/calendars/
infectiousdisease.htm
360
Emerging Infectious Diseases • www.cdc.gov/eid • Vol. 11, No. 2, February 2005
EMERGING
INFECTIOUS DISEASES
I Piir-KiHivid JeuriHl Tracking oni Analrijn^ OisiDi* Tirndi
Editorial Policy
and Call for Articles
Emerging Infectious Diseases is a peer-
reviewed journal established expressly to promote
the recognition of new and reemerging infectious
diseases around the world and improve the under-
standing of factors involved in disease emergence,
prevention, and elimination.
The journal is intended for professionals in
infectious diseases and related sciences. We wel-
come contributions from infectious disease spe-
cialists in academia, industry, clinical practice, and
public health, as well as from specialists in eco-
nomics, social sciences, and other disciplines.
Manuscripts in all categories should explain the
contents in public health terms. For information on
manuscript categories and suitability of proposed
articles see below and visit http://www.cdc.gov/
eid/ncidod/ EID/instruct.htm.
Emerging Infectious Diseases is published in
English. To expedite publication, we post articles
online ahead of print. Partial translations of the
journal are available in Japanese (print only),
Chinese, French, and Spanish (http://www.cdc.
go v/eid/ ncido d/EID/ trans . htm) .
Instructions to Authors
Manuscript Preparation. For word processing,
use MS Word. Begin each of the following sec-
tions on a new page and in this order: title page,
keywords, abstract, text, acknowledgments, biog-
raphical sketch, references, tables, figure legends,
appendixes, and figures. Each figure should be in a
separate file.
Title Page. Give complete information about each
author (i.e., full name, graduate degree(s), affilia-
tion, and the name of the institution in which the
work was done). Clearly identify the correspon-
ding author and provide that author's mailing
address (include phone number, fax number, and
email address). Include separate word counts for
abstract and text.
Keywords. Include up to 10 keywords; use terms
listed in Medical Subject Headings Index Medicus.
Text. Double-space everything, including the title
page, abstract, references, tables, and figure leg-
ends. Indent paragraphs; leave no extra space
between paragraphs. After a period, leave only one
space before beginning the next sentence. Use 12-
point Times New Roman font and format with
ragged right margins (left align). Italicize (rather
than underline) scientific names when needed.
Biographical Sketch. Include a short biographi-
cal sketch of the first author — both authors if only
two. Include affiliations and the author's primary
research interests.
References. Follow Uniform Requirements
(www.icmje. org/index.html). Do not use endnotes
for references. Place reference numbers in paren-
theses, not superscripts. Number citations in order
of appearance (including in text, figures, and
tables). Cite personal communications, unpub-
lished data, and manuscripts in preparation or sub-
mitted for publication in parentheses in text.
Consult List of Journals Indexed in Index Medicus
for accepted journal abbreviations; if a journal is
not listed, spell out the journal title. List the first
six authors followed by “et al.” Do not cite refer-
ences in the abstract.
Tables and Figures. Create tables within MS
Word’s table tool. Do not format tables as columns
or tabs. Send graphics in native, high-resolution
(200 dpi minimum) .TIF (Tagged Image File), or
.EPS (Encapsulated Postscript) format. Graphics
should be in a separate electronic file from the text
file. For graphic files, use Arial font. Convert
Macintosh files into the suggested PC format.
Figures, symbols, letters, and numbers should be
large enough to remain legible when reduced.
Place figure keys within the figure. For more infor-
mation see EID Style Guide (http://www.cdc.gov/
ncidod/ EID/sty le_guide.htm).
Manuscript Submission. Include a cover letter
indicating the proposed category of the article
(e.g., Research, Dispatch) and verifying that the
final manuscript has been seen and approved by all
authors. Complete provided Authors Checklist. To
submit a manuscript, access Manuscript Central
from the Emerging Infectious Diseases web page
(w w w.cdc . gov/eid) .
Types of Articles
Perspectives. Articles should be under 3,500
words and should include references, not to exceed
40. Use of subheadings in the main body of the text
is recommended. Photographs and illustrations are
encouraged. Provide a short abstract (150 words),
a one-sentence summary of the conclusions, and a
brief biographical sketch of first author. Articles in
this section should provide insightful analysis and
commentary about new and reemerging infectious
diseases and related issues. Perspectives may also
address factors known to influence the emergence
of diseases, including microbial adaptation and
change, human demographics and behavior, tech-
nology and industry, economic development and
land use, international travel and commerce, and
the breakdown of public health measures. If
detailed methods are included, a separate section
on experimental procedures should immediately
follow the body of the text.
Synopses. Articles should be under 3,500 words
and should include references, not to exceed 40.
Use of subheadings in the main body of the text is
recommended. Photographs and illustrations are
encouraged. Provide a short abstract (150 words),
a one-sentence summary of the conclusions, and a
brief biographical sketch of first author — both
authors if only two. This section comprises concise
reviews of infectious diseases or closely related
topics. Preference is given to reviews of new and
emerging diseases; however, timely updates of
other diseases or topics are also welcome. If
detailed methods are included, a separate section
on experimental procedures should immediately
follow the body of the text.
Research Studies. Articles should be under 3,500
words and should include references, not to exceed
40. Use of subheadings in the main body of the text
is recommended. Photographs and illustrations are
encouraged. Provide a short abstract (150 words),
a one- sentence summary, and a brief biographical
sketch of first author — both authors if only two.
Report laboratory and epidemiologic results with-
in a public health perspective. Explain the value of
the research in public health terms and place the
findings in a larger perspective (i.e., "Here is what
we found, and here is what the findings mean").
Policy and Historical Reviews. Articles should
be under 3,500 words and should include refer-
ences, not to exceed 40. Use of subheadings in the
main body of the text is recommended.
Photographs and illustrations are encouraged.
Provide a short abstract (150 words), a one- sen-
tence summary of the conclusions, and brief biog-
raphical sketch. Articles in this section include
public health policy or historical reports that are
based on research and analysis of emerging disease
issues.
Dispatches. Articles should be 1,000-1,500 words
and need not be divided into sections. If subhead-
ings are used, they should be general, e.g., “The
Study” and “Conclusions.” Provide a brief abstract
(50 words); references (not to exceed 15); figures
or illustrations (not to exceed two); and a brief
biographical sketch of first author — both authors if
only two. Dispatches are updates on infectious dis-
ease trends and research. The articles include
descriptions of new methods for detecting, charac-
terizing, or subtyping new or reemerging
pathogens. Developments in antimicrobial drugs,
vaccines, or infectious disease prevention or elim-
ination programs are appropriate. Case reports are
also welcome.
Commentaries. Thoughtful discussions (500-
1,000 words) of current topics. Commentaries may
contain references but no figures or tables.
Another Dimension. Thoughtful essays, short
stories, or poems on philosophical issues related to
science, medical practice, and human health.
Topics may include science and the human condi-
tion, the unanticipated side of epidemic investiga-
tions, or how people perceive and cope with infec-
tion and illness. This section is intended to evoke
compassion for human suffering and to expand the
science reader's literary scope. Manuscripts are
selected for publication as much for their content
(the experiences they describe) as for their literary
merit.
Letters. Letters commenting on recent articles as
well as letters reporting cases, outbreaks, or origi-
nal research are welcome. Letters commenting on
articles should contain no more than 300 words
and 5 references; they are more likely to be pub-
lished if submitted within 4 weeks of the original
article's publication. Letters reporting cases, out-
breaks, or original research should contain no
more than 800 words and 10 references. They may
have one Figure or Table and should not be divid-
ed into sections. All letters should contain material
not previously published and include a word count.
Book Reviews. Short reviews (250-500 words) of
recently published books on emerging disease
issues are welcome. The name of the book, pub-
lisher, and number of pages should be included.
Announcements. We welcome brief announce-
ments (50-150 words) of timely events of interest
to our readers. (Announcements may be posted on
the journal Web page only, depending on the event
date.)
Conference Summaries. Summaries of emerging
infectious disease conference activities are pub-
lished online only (effective January 2005).
Summaries, which should contain 500-1,000
words, should focus on content rather than process
and may provide illustrations, references, and links
to full reports of conference activities.